HomeMy WebLinkAbout2501 S Pullman St Ste 200 & 201 - Plan6"
M
I
N
.
5/
8
"
-
2
"
48
"
M
I
N
.
60
"
M
A
X
.
18
"
MI
N
.
18"
MIN.
0.100"
0.300"
0.
1
0
0
"
0.
3
9
5
"
M
I
N
.
0.
4
0
0
"
M
A
X
.
X
>
2
7
"
X
>
8
0
"
27
"
-
8
0
"
27
"
M
A
X
.
X > 12"
X > 12"
80
"
M
I
N
.
X
>
8
0
"
80
"
M
I
N
.
Ø 60"
MIN.
60" MIN.
60
"
M
I
N
.
36" MIN.
24
"
M
I
N
.
12"
MIN.
12"
MIN.
30
"
M
I
N
.
48" MIN.
48
"
M
I
N
.
30" MIN.
X
>
2
4
"
36" MIN.
60" MIN.
X
>
1
5
"
36
"
M
I
N
.
30
"
M
I
N
.
48" MIN.
15
"
MI
N
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
20"
MAX.
>20"-25"
MAX.
44
"
M
A
X
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
15
"
MI
N
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
34
"
MA
X
.
46
"
M
A
X
.
34
"
MA
X
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
36"
MIN.
36"
MIN.
42"
MIN.
42"
MIN.
48
"
M
I
N
.
60
"
M
I
N
.
36
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
MI
N
.
36
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
MI
N
.
24"
MAX.
24"
MAX.
48"
MIN.
30
"
MI
N
.
30
"
MI
N
.
27
"
MI
N
.
27
"
MI
N
.
29
"
MI
N
.
44
"
MA
X
.
15" MIN.
30" CLR
17" MIN.
27
"
MI
N
.
29
"
M
I
N
.
34
"
MA
X
.
38
"
-
4
3
"
27
"
MI
N
.
36
"
M
A
X
.
18" - 19"
MIN.
19"27
"
MI
N
.
28
"
-
3
4
"
40
"
M
A
X
.
6'
-
2
"
M
I
N
.
35
"
M
A
X
.
6'
-
2
"
M
I
N
.
40
"
M
A
X
.
34
"
M
A
X
.
18"
MIN.
20
"
MA
X
.
54
"
M
I
N
.
18" MIN.
60
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
48" MIN.
48" MIN.
48" MIN.
32" MIN. 32" MIN. 32" MIN.
36" MIN.60
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
60
"
M
I
N
.
44
"
M
I
N
.
*
22"
MIN.
60
"
M
I
N
.
24"
MIN.
24" MIN.
44
"
M
I
N
.
*
HEIGHT OF RAISED
CHARACTERS
POSITION OF BRAILLE
HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE
FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND
CENTERED ON TACTILE
CHARACTERS
LOCATION OF TACTILE
SIGNS AT DOORS
PICTOGRAM FIELD
NOT IN
PICTOGRAM
FIELD
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL
OF ACCESSIBILITY
MEN
AREA OF
REFUGE
AREA OF
REFUGE
AREA OF
REFUGELIBRARY
45°
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL
OF ACCESS FOR HEARING
LOSS
3/
8
"
-
1/
2
"
3/
8
"
MI
N
.
SINGLE BRAILLE CELL
BLANK CELL SPACE
BETWEEN WORDS
RAISED DOT
NO RAISED DOT
0.059" MIN. TO 0.063" MAX.
DOT HEIGHT 0.025" MIN. TO 0.037" MAX.
MEASURED CENTER TO CENTER.
(B)(A)
LIMITS OF PROTRUDING
OBJECTS
POST MOUNTED PROTRUDING OBJECTS
VERTICAL CLEARANCE
EXCEPTION: HANDRAILS SHALL
BE PERMITTED TO PROTRUDE 4
1/2 INCHES (115 MM) MAXIMUM.
MA
X
.
27
"
POLE
VERTICAL
GUY
BRACE
GUY BRACES
4" MAX.
12"
MAX.
12"
MAX.
T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE
SIZE OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN
ALCOVE, FORWARD APPROACH
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN
ALCOVE, PARALLEL APPROACH
BASE
AR
M
AR
M
SIZE AND POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
(A) FORWARD(B) PARALLEL
DOMINANT DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
ELONGATED OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE
CARPET PILE HEIGHT VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL
2
1
NOTES:
1.FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT.
2.CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED AND SHALL HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD OR BACKING
OR NO CUSHION OR PAD. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE,
LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. PILE HEIGHT SHALL COMPLY WITH CARPET PILE HEIGHT FIGURE BELOW. EXPOSED
EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES AND SHALL HAVE TRIM ON THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF
THE EXPOSED EDGE. CARPET EDGE SHALL COMPLY WITH CHANGE IN LEVEL FIGURES BELOW.
.
LONG DIMENSION
PERPENDICULAR TO
DOMINANT
DIRECTION OF
TRAVEL
1/
2
"
MA
X
.
1/
2
"
MA
X
.
1/
4
"
M
A
X
.
1/
4
"
1/
4
"
1/2" MAX.
(A)(B)
(A)(B)
UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH
OBSTRUCTED HIGH
SIDE REACH
UNOBSTRUCTED HIGH
SIDE REACH
10" MAX.10" MAX.
>10"-
24" MAX.
(A)
180 DEGREE TURN
(B)
180 DEGREE TURN (EXCEPTION)
CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE
CLEAR WIDTH AT TURN
X < 48"X < 48"
(A)
ELEVATION
(B)
PLAN
(A)
ELEVATION
(B)
PLAN
TOE CLEARANCE
KNEE CLEARANCE
(C)
ELEVATION @ LAVATORY
6"
MAX.
9"
M
I
N
.
17" -25"
25"
MAX.
8"
MIN.
9"
M
I
N
.
11"
MIN.
9"
M
I
N
.
11"
MIN.
8"
MIN.
EQUIPMENT
PERMITTED IN
SHADED AREA
FRONT &
SIDE
APPROACH
INSULATE EXPOSED
PIPES AND SURFACES
SPOUT OUTLETSPOUT OUTLET
MIRROR @
LOCKER
ROOMS
WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
MIRROR NOT OVER
A LAVATORY
FIXED TABLE
OR COUNTER
STANDING
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
URINAL
LAVATORY
ACCESSORIESMIRROR @
LAVATORY
(*) OPERABLE PART LOCATED WITHIN
6" OF FRONT EDGE OF THE FOUNTAIN
(*)
FORWARD
APPROACH
17
"
M
A
X
.
13 -1/2" MIN.
24" MAX.
9"
M
I
N
.
6"
MAX.
8"
MIN.
6"
MAX.
8"
MIN.
9"
M
I
N
.
15" MIN.5" MAX.
(A)
FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE
(*) IF BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH ARE PROVIDED
(E)
HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE
(F) (G*)
HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE
(H)
LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE
(J) (K*)
LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE
(B) (C*)
FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE
(*) 48" MIN. IF CLOSER IS PROVIDED.
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES
(A)
PULL SIDE
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES
(B)
PUSH SIDE
(C)
PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED
WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH
(A)
HINGED DOOR
(B)
SLIDING DOOR
(C)
FOLDING
DOOR
CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS
(*) 48" MIN. IF BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH PROVIDED.
NOTES:
1.FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE WITHIN REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH [FLOOR OR
GROUND SURFACES & CHANGES IN LEVEL] DETAIL AND SHALL HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48.
CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED AT DOOR LANDINGS.
2.THRESHOLDS, IF PROVIDED AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MAX. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN
LEVEL AT DOORWAYS SHALL COMPLY WITH [FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES & CHANGES IN LEVEL] DETAIL.
3.HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL BE OPERABLE
WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OR THE WRIST.
4.THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 LBS (22.5 N) MAX.
5.OPERABLE PARTS OF DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MIN. AND 44" MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND.
6.WHEN SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND
USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES.
7.DOOR AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90° THE TIME REQUIRED
TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12° FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MIN.
8.DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70° THE DOOR
OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MIN.
9.THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
9.1.INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 LBS (22.5 N) MAX.
9.2.SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS (22.5 N) MAX.
9.3.REQUIRED FIRE DOORS: THE MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE
AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 LBS (66.7N).
9.4.EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS: 5 LBS (22.5 N) MAX.
10.SWINGING DOOR AND GATE SURFACES WITHIN 10" OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY
SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR OR GATE.
PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS IN THESE SURFACE SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16" OF THE SAME
PLANE AS THE OTHER AND BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE EDGES. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK
PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED.
11.WHERE AUTOMATIC AND POWER-ASSISTED DOORS AND GATES WITHOUT STANDBY POWER ARE PART OF A
MEANS OF EGRESS THE CLEAR BREAK OUT OPENING AT SWINGING OR SLIDING DOORS AND GATES SHALL BE
32" MIN. WHEN OPERATED IN EMERGENCY MODE.
90.00°
(A)(B)
(C)
TWO DOORS IN SERIES
DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES
X
>
8
"
X
>
8
"
X
>
8
"
12"
MIN.
18" MIN.@ INTERIOR
24" MIN.@EXTERIOR
12"
MIN. *
18" MIN.
@ INTERIOR
DOOR
24" MIN.
@ EXTERIOR SIDE OF
EXTERIOR DOOR
EXIT
CORRESPONDING (GRADE 2)
BRAILLE PER LOCAL
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS
SANS-SERIF UPPERCASE
CHARACTERS, RAISED 1/32" PER
LOCAL APPLICABLE
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS
CHARACTERS & BACKGROUND
OF SIGNS TO BE NON-GLARE
FINISH AND TO CONTRAST WITH
EACH OTHER. (STANDARD
COLOR: WHITE ON BLUE
BACKGROUND, UNLESS
APPROVED OTHERWISE). COLOR
& CONTRAST OF SIGN TO BE
DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT THAN
COLOR & CONTRAST OF WALL
1/8" MAX. RADIUS ALL CORNERS
EXIT
ROUTE
* 135% MIN.
AND 170%
MAX. OF
CHARACTER
HEIGHT
CORRESPONDING (GRADE 2)
BRAILLE PER LOCAL
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS
SANS-SERIF UPPERCASE
CHARACTERS, RAISED 1/32" PER
LOCAL APPLICABLE
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS
CHARACTERS & BACKGROUND
OF SIGNS TO BE NON-GLARE
FINISH AND TO CONTRAST WITH
EACH OTHER. (STANDARD
COLOR: WHITE ON BLUE
BACKGROUND, UNLESS
APPROVED OTHERWISE). COLOR
& CONTRAST OF SIGN TO BE
DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT THAN
COLOR & CONTRAST OF WALL
N.T.S.10SIGNS
N.T.S.5BRAILLE MEASUREMENT
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1PROTRUDING OBJECTS
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE
N.T.S.4
FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES & CHANGES
IN LEVEL
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"6REACH RANGES
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"7CLEAR WIDTH
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"8KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"11MOUNTING HEIGHTS
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"20DOORS, DOORWAYS & GATES
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"12TACTILE "EXIT" SIGN
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
0
1
A
M
Approver
Studio-A
IRV25-6017
AC
C
E
S
S
I
B
I
L
I
T
Y
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
I020
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"13TACTILE "EXIT ROUTE" SIGN
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
(FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
0
2
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
CA
L
G
R
E
E
N
N
O
T
E
S
I030
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER OUTLINE PLANNING, DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT METHODS
THAT INCLUDE ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE SITE SELECTION, BUILDING DESIGN, BUILDING
SITING AND DEVELOPMENT TO PROTECT, RESTORE AND ENHANCE THE ENVIRONMENTAL
QUALITY OF THE SITE AND RESPECT THE INTEGRITY OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES.
5.101.1 SCOPE.
5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING
FOR BUILDINGS WITHIN THE AUTHORITY OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION
AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 103, COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.4.1. FOR BUILDINGS WITHIN THE
AUTHORITY OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT PURSUANT TO SECTION 105, COMPLY
WITH SECTION 5.106.4.2.
N/A
5.106.4.1.1 SHORT-TERM BICYCLE PARKING
IF THE NEW PROJECT OR AN ADDITION OR ALTERATION IS ANTICIPATED TO
GENERATE VISITOR TRAFFIC, PROVIDE PERMANENTLY ANCHORED BICYCLE RACKS
WITHIN 200 FEET OF THE VISITORS’ENTRANCE, READILY VISIBLE TO PASSERS-BY, FOR
5 PERCENT OF NEW VISITOR MOTORIZED VEHICLE PARKING SPACES BEING ADDED,
WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE TWO-BIKE CAPACITY RACK.
EXCEPTION: ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS WHICH ADD NINE OR LESS VISITOR
VEHICULAR PARKING SPACES.
5.106.4.1.2 LONG-TERM BICYCLE PARKING
FOR NEW BUILDINGS WITH TENANT SPACES THAT HAVE 10 OR MORE TENANT-
OCCUPANTS, PROVIDE SECURE BICYCLE PARKING FOR 5 PERCENT OF THE TENANT-
OCCUPANT VEHICULAR PARKING SPACES WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE BICYCLE PARKING
FACILITY.
5.102.1 DEFINITIONS.
THE FOLLOWING TERMS ARE DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2.
CUTOFF LUMINAIRES.LUMINAIRES WHOSE LIGHT DISTRIBUTION IS SUCH THAT THE CANDELA
PER 1000 LAMP LUMENS DOES NOT NUMERICALLY EXCEED 25 (2.5 PERCENT) AT AN ANGLE
OF 90 DEGREES ABOVE NADIR, AND 100 (10 PERCENT) AT A VERTICAL ANGLE OF 80 DEGREES
ABOVE NADIR. THIS APPLIES TO ALL LATERAL ANGLES AROUND THE LUMINAIRE.
TENANT-OCCUPANTS.BUILDING OCCUPANTS WHO INHABIT A BUILDING DURING ITS NORMAL
HOURS OF OPERATION AS PERMANENT OCCUPANTS, SUCH AS EMPLOYEES, AS
DISTINGUISHED FROM CUSTOMERS AND OTHER TRANSIENT VISITORS.
ZEV. [BSC-CG, DSA-SS] ANY VEHICLE CERTIFIED TO ZERO-EMISSION STANDARDS.
COMPLY WITH ALL LAWFULLY ENACTED STORMWATER DISCHARGE REGULATIONS FOR
PROJECTS THAT (1) DISTURB ONE ACRE OR MORE OF LAND, OR (2) DISTURB LESS THAN ONE
ACRE OF LAND BUT ARE PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT OR SALE.
NOTE:PROJECTS THAT (1) DISTURB ONE ACRE OR MORE OF LAND, OR (2) DISTURB LESS
THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND BUT ARE PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT
OR SALE MUST COMPLY WITH THE POSTCONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS DETAILED IN THE
APPLICABLE NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) GENERAL
PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION AND LAND
DISTURBANCE ACTIVITIES ISSUED BY THE STATE WATER RESOURCES CONTROL BOARD OR
THE LAHONTAN REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD (FOR PROJECTS IN THE LAKE
TAHOE HYDROLOGIC UNIT).
THE NPDES PERMITS REQUIRE POSTCONSTRUCTION RUNOFF (POSTPROJECT
HYDROLOGY) TO MATCH THE PRECONSTRUCTION RUNOFF (PRE-PROJECT HYDROLOGY)
WITH THE INSTALLATION OF POSTCONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT MEASURES.
THE NPDES PERMITS EMPHASIZE RUNOFF REDUCTION THROUGH ON-SITE STORMWATER
USE, INTERCEPTION, EVAPOTRANSPIRATION AND INFILTRATION THROUGH NONSTRUCTURAL
CONTROLS, SUCH AS LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID) PRACTICES AND CONSERVATION
DESIGN MEASURES. STORMWATER VOLUME THAT CANNOT BE ADDRESSED USING
NONSTRUCTURAL PRACTICES IS REQUIRED TO BE CAPTURED IN STRUCTURAL PRACTICES
AND BE APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
REFER TO THE CURRENT APPLICABLE PERMITS ON THE STATE WATER RESOURCES
CONTROL BOARD WEBSITE AT: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. CONSIDERATION
TO THE STORMWATER RUNOFF MANAGEMENT MEASURES SHOULD BE GIVEN DURING THE
INITIAL DESIGN PROCESS FOR APPROPRIATE INTEGRATION INTO SITE DEVELOPMENT.
5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT
DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND.
5.106.4.1.3.
FOR ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS THAT ADD 10 OR MORE TENANT-OCCUPANT
VEHICULAR PARKING SPACES, PROVIDE SECURE BICYCLE PARKING FOR 5 PERCENT
OF THE TENANT VEHICULAR PARKING SPACES BEING ADDED, WITH A MINIMUM OF
ONE BICYCLE PARKING FACILITY.
5.106.4.1 BICYCLE PARKING.
[BSC-CG] COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 5.106.4.1.1 AND 5.106.4.1.2; OR MEET THE APPLICABLE
LOCAL ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS STRICTER.
5.106.4.1.4.
FOR NEW SHELL BUILDINGS IN PHASED PROJECTS PROVIDE SECURE BICYCLE
PARKING FOR 5 PERCENT OF THE ANTICIPATED TENANT-OCCUPANT VEHICULAR
PARKING SPACES WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE BICYCLE PARKING FACILITY.
5.106.4.1.5.
ACCEPTABLE BICYCLE PARKING FACILITY FOR SECTIONS 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3 AND
5.106.4.1.4 SHALL BE CONVENIENT FROM THE STREET AND SHALL MEET ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING:
1. COVERED, LOCKABLE ENCLOSURES WITH PERMANENTLY ANCHORED RACKS
FOR BICYCLES;
2. LOCKABLE BICYCLE ROOMS WITH PERMANENTLY ANCHORED RACKS; OR
3. LOCKABLE, PERMANENTLY ANCHORED BICYCLE LOCKERS.
NOTE:
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON RECOMMENDED BICYCLE ACCOMMODATIONS
MAY BE OBTAINED FROM SACRAMENTO AREA BICYCLE ADVOCATES.
BUILDINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO INCLUDE THE GREEN BUILDING MEASURES
SPECIFIED AS MANDATORY IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLISTS CONTAINED IN THIS
CODE. VOLUNTARY GREEN BUILDING MEASURES ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE
APPLICATION CHECKLISTS AND MAY BE INCLUDED IN THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
OF STRUCTURES COVERED BY THIS CODE, BUT ARE NOT REQUIRED UNLESS ADOPTED
BY A CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 101.7.
301.1 SCOPE.
301.1.1 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS.
301.2 LOW-RISE AND HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS.
[HCD] THE MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 4 SHALL BE APPLIED TO ADDITIONS OR
ALTERATIONS OF EXISTING RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WHERE THE ADDITION OR ALTERATION
INCREASES THE BUILDING’S CONDITIONED AREA, VOLUME OR SIZE. THE REQUIREMENTS
SHALL APPLY ONLY TO AND/OR WITHIN THE SPECIFIC AREA OF THE ADDITION OR
ALTERATION.
THE MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF SECTION 4.106.4.2 MAY APPLY TO ADDITIONS OR
ALTERATIONS OF EXISTING PARKING FACILITIES OR THE ADDITION OF NEW PARKING
FACILITIES SERVING EXISTING MULTIFAMILY BUILDINGS. SEE SECTION 4.106.4.3 FOR
APPLICATION.
NOTE:REPAIRS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RESURFACING, RESTRIPING,AND
REPAIRING OR MAINTAINING EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE NOT CONSIDERED
ALTERATIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION.
[HCD] THE PROVISIONS OF INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF CALGREEN MAY APPLY TO EITHER
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS,OR BOTH.
INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED BY BANNERS TO INDICATE WHERE THE
SECTION APPLIES SPECIFICALLY TO LOW-RISE ONLY (LR) OR HIGH-RISE ONLY (HR).
WHEN THE SECTION APPLIES TO BOTH LOW-RISE AND HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS, NO
BANNER WILL BE USED.
301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS.
[BSC-CG] THE PROVISIONS OF INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF CHAPTER 5 APPLY TO NEWLY
CONSTRUCTED BUILDINGS, BUILDING ADDITIONS OF 1,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER,
AND/OR BUILDING ALTERATIONS WITH A PERMIT VALUATION OF $200,000 OR ABOVE (FOR
OCCUPANCIES WITHIN THE AUTHORITY OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS
COMMISSION). CODE SECTIONS RELEVANT TO ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS SHALL
ONLY APPLY TO THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING BEING ADDED OR ALTERED WITHIN
THE SCOPE OF THE PERMITTED WORK.
A CODE SECTION WILL BE DESIGNATED BY A BANNER TO INDICATE WHERE THE
CODE SECTION ONLY APPLIES TO NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDINGS [N] OR TO
ADDITIONS AND/OR ALTERATIONS [A]. WHEN THE CODE SECTION APPLIES TO BOTH, NO
BANNER WILL BE USED.
301.3.1 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS THAT
CAUSE UPDATES TO PLUMBING FIXTURES ONLY:
NOTE:ON AND AFTER JANUARY 1, 2014, CERTAIN COMMERCIAL REAL PROPERTY,AS
DEFINED IN CIVIL CODE SECTION 1101.3, SHALL HAVE ITS NONCOMPLIANT PLUMBING
FIXTURES REPLACED WITH APPROPRIATE WATER-CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES
UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES. SEE CIVIL CODE SECTION 1101.1 ET SEQ. FOR
DEFINITIONS, TYPES OF COMMERCIAL REAL PROPERTY AFFECTED, EFFECTIVE
DATES, CIRCUMSTANCES NECESSITATING REPLACEMENT OF NONCOMPLIANT
PLUMBING FIXTURES, AND DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENSURING
COMPLIANCE.
301.3.2 WASTE DIVERSION.
THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 5.408 SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ADDITIONS AND
ALTERATIONS WHENEVER A PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR WORK.
301.4 MANDATORY MEASURES FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND
COMMUNITY COLLEGES.
[DSA-SS] NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND SITE WORK ON A NEW OR EXISTING SITE
SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 301.4.
301.4.1
BUILDING AND SITE CONSTRUCTION ON A NEW SITE SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 5 AS
ADOPTED BY DSA-SS.
301.4.2
WORK ON AN EXISTING SITE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 301.4.2.
301.4.2.1
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED SITE WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 5 AS
ADOPTED BY DSA-SS.
301.4.2.2
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 5 AS
ADOPTED BY DSA-SS AND SECTION 301.4.3.
301.4.2.3
ADDITIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 301.4.3.
REHABILITATED LANDSCAPE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 5.304.6
AND 5.106.12.
301.4.3 MINIMUM REHABILITATED LANDSCAPE AREA REQUIREMENT.
A MINIMUM REHABILITATED LANDSCAPE AREA EQUAL TO 75 PERCENT OF THE FOOTPRINT
AREA OF THE BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.304.6 AND SECTION 5.106.12. NEW
BUILDINGS OR ADDITIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS LESS THAN 1,600 SQUARE FEET SHALL
NOT BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 301.4.3.
301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES.
[OSHPD 1, 2 & 4] HEALTH FACILITIES UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE OFFICE OF
STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT (OSHPD) ARE REQUIRED TO
COMPLY WITH THE MANDATORY MEASURES PRESCRIBED IN SECTION 5.304, OUTDOOR
WATER USE. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5.304, AS ADOPTED BY THE BUILDING
STANDARDS COMMISSION, IS ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION.
EVIDENCE OF LOCAL APPROVAL SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO OSHPD PRIOR TO ISSUANCE
OF PLAN APPROVAL OR A BUILDING PERMIT.
302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS.
IN MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS, EACH PORTION OF A BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH
THE SPECIFIC GREEN BUILDING MEASURES APPLICABLE TO EACH SPECIFIC
OCCUPANCY.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. [HCD] ACCESSORY STRUCTURES AND ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES SERVING
RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 4 AND APPENDIX A4, AS
APPLICABLE.
2. [HCD] FOR THE PURPOSES OF CALGREEN, LIVE/WORK UNITS, COMPLYING WITH
SECTION 508.5 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED
MIXED OCCUPANCIES. LIVE/WORK UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 4 AND
APPENDIX A4, AS APPLICABLE.
303.1 PHASED PROJECTS.
FOR SHELL BUILDINGS AND OTHERS CONSTRUCTED FOR FUTURE TENANT
IMPROVEMENTS, ONLY THOSE CODE MEASURES RELEVANT TO THE BUILDING
COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS CONSIDERED TO BE NEW CONSTRUCTION (OR NEW LY
CONSTRUCTED) SHALL APPLY.
303.1.1 INITIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE SHALL APPLY ONLY TO THE INITIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
TO A PROJECT. SUBSEQUENT TENANT IMPROVEMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SCOPING
PROVISIONS IN SECTION 301.3 NON-RESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS.
304.1 PURPOSE.
VOLUNTARY TIERS ARE INTENDED TO FURTHER ENCOURAGE BUILDING PRACTICES
THAT IMPROVE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY AND GENERAL WELFARE BY PROMOTING THE
USE OF BUILDING CONCEPTS WHICH MINIMIZE THE BUILDING’S IMPACT ON THE
ENVIRONMENT AND PROMOTE A MORE SUSTAINABLE DESIGN.
304.1.1 TIERS.
THE PROVISIONS OF DIVISIONS A4.6 AND A5.6 OUTLINE MEANS, IN THE FORM OF
VOLUNTARY TIERS, FOR ACHIEVING ENHANCED CONSTRUCTION LEVELS BY
INCORPORATING ADDITIONAL MEASURES FOR RESIDENTIAL AND NONRESIDENTIAL NEW
CONSTRUCTION. VOLUNTARY TIERS MAY BE ADOPTED BY LOCAL GOVERNMENTS AND,
WHEN ADOPTED, ENFORCED BY LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCIES. BUILDINGS COMPLYING
WITH TIERS SPECIFIED FOR EACH OCCUPANCY CONTAIN ADDITIONAL PREREQUISITE AND
ELECTIVE GREEN BUILDING MEASURES NECESSARY TO MEET THE THRESHOLD OF EACH
TIER. SEE SECTION 101.7 OF THIS CODE FOR PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS RELATED
TO LOCAL AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS OR DELETIONS, INCLUDING CHANGES TO ENERGY
STANDARDS.
[BSC & HCD] WHERE THERE ARE PRACTICAL DIFFICULTIES INVOLVED IN COMPLYING WITH
THE THRESHOLD LEVELS OF A TIER, THE ENFORCING AGENCY MAY GRANT MODIFICATIONS
FOR INDIVIDUAL CASES. THE ENFORCING AGENCY SHALL FIRST FIND THAT A SPECIAL
INDIVIDUAL REASON MAKES THE STRICT LETTER OF THE TIER IMPRACTICAL AND THAT
MODIFICATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF THE MEASURE.
THE DETAILS OF ANY ACTION GRANTING MODIFICATION SHALL BE RECORDED AND
ENTERED IN THE FILES OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
305.1
CALGREEN TIER 1 AND CALGREEN TIER 2 BUILDINGS CONTAIN VOLUNTARY GREEN
BUILDING MEASURES NECESSARY TO MEET THE THRESHOLD OF EACH LEVEL.
305.1.1 CALGREEN TIER 1.
TO ACHIEVE CALGREEN TIER 1, BUILDINGS MUST COMPLY W ITH THE LATEST EDITION OF
“SAVINGS BY DESIGN, HEALTHCARE MODELING PROCEDURES”FOUND ONLINE AT
http://www.energysoft.com/main/page_ downloads_ sbd_healthcare.html.
305.1.2 CALGREEN TIER 2.
TO ACHIEVE CALGREEN TIER 2, BUILDINGS MUST EXCEED THE LATEST EDITION OF “SAVINGS
BY DESIGN, HEALTHCARE MODELING PROCEDURES”BY A MINIMUM OF 15 PERCENT.
306.1 PURPOSE.
FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES, VOLUNTARY MEASURES FURTHER
ENCOURAGE BUILDING PRACTICES THAT IMPROVE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY AND GENERAL
WELFARE BY PROMOTING THE USE OF BUILDING CONCEPTS WHICH MINIMIZE THE
BUILDING’S IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT AND PROMOTE A MORE SUSTAINABLE DESIGN.
306.1.1
APPENDIX A5, DIVISIONS A5.1 THROUGH A5.5, OUTLINE MEANS OF ACHIEVING ENHANCED
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION BY INCORPORATING VOLUNTARY MEASURES
THAT EXCEED THE MANDATORY MEASURES.
306.1.2
CHAPTER 5 NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES THAT ARE NOT ADOPTED AS
MANDATORY MEASURES BY DSA-SS ARE VOLUNTARY MEASURES RECOMMENDED AND
ENCOURAGED FOR THE DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, VERIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF
NON-ENERGY SYSTEMS.
NOTE: THE BUILDING COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SPECIFIED IN THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE ARE REQUIRED.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
THESE REGULATIONS SHALL BE KNOWN AS THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING
STANDARDS CODE, MAY BE CITED AS SUCH, AND WILL BE REFERRED TO HEREIN AS
“THIS CODE.”IT IS INTENDED THAT IT SHALL ALSO BE KNOWN AS THE CALGREEN CODE.
THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE IS PART 11 OF THIRTEEN PARTS
OF THE OFFICIAL COMPILATION AND PUBLICATION OF THE ADOPTION, AMENDMENT
AND REPEAL OF BUILDING REGULATIONS TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS,
TITLE 24, ALSO REFERRED TO AS THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE.
101.1 TITLE.
THE PURPOSE OF THIS CODE IS TO IMPROVE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY AND GENERAL
WELFARE BY ENHANCING THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS THROUGH
THE USE OF BUILDING CONCEPTS HAVING A REDUCED NEGATIVE IMPACT OR POSITIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ENCOURAGING SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES IN THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES:
1. PLANNING AND DESIGN.
2. ENERGY EFFICIENCY.
3. WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION.
4. MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY.
5. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
101.2 PURPOSE.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE PLANNING, DESIGN,OPERATION,
CONSTRUCTION, USE AND OCCUPANCY OF EVERY NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDING OR
STRUCTURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THIS CODE, THROUGHOUT THE STATE
OF CALIFORNIA.
IT IS NOT THE INTENT THAT THIS CODE SUBSTITUTE OR BE IDENTIFIED AS MEETING THE
CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF ANY GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM.
101.3 SCOPE.
101.3.1 STATE-REGULATED BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND
APPLICATIONS.
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE FOLLOWING BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND
APPLICATIONS REGULATED BY STATE AGENCIES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 103 THROUGH
106, EXCEPT WHERE MODIFIED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE PURSUANT TO SECTION 101.7. WHEN
ADOPTED BY A STATE AGENCY, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE SHALL BE ENFORCED BY
THE APPROPRIATE ENFORCING AGENCY, BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT OF AUTHORITY
GRANTED TO SUCH AGENCY BY STATUTE.
1. STATE-OWNED BUILDINGS, INCLUDING BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED BY THE TRUSTEES
OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
CALIFORNIA LAW, BUILDINGS DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AND REGULATED BY THE BUILDING STANDARDS
COMMISSION. SEE SECTION 103 FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPING PROVISIONS.
2. ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS REGULATED BY THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY
COMMISSION.
3. ALL RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED THROUGHOUT THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, HOTELS, MOTELS, LODGING HOUSES,
APARTMENTS, DWELLINGS, DORMITORIES, CONDOMINIUMS, SHELTERS FOR
HOMELESS PERSONS, CONGREGATE RESIDENCES, EMPLOYEE HOUSING, FACTORY-
BUILT HOUSING AND OTHER TYPES OF DWELLINGS CONTAINING SLEEPING
ACCOMMODATIONS WITH OR WITHOUT COMMON TOILETS OR COOKING FACILITIES
REGULATED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. SEE
SECTION 104 FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPING PROVISIONS.
4. PUBLIC ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE
BUILDINGS REGULATED BY THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT.SEE SECTION 105
FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPING PROVISIONS.
5. QUALIFIED HISTORICAL BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED SITES
REGULATED BY THE STATE HISTORICAL BUILDING SAFETY BOARD WITHIN THE
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT.
6. GENERAL ACUTE CARE HOSPITALS, ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS, SKILLED
NURSING AND/OR INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES, CLINICS LICENSED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND CORRECTIONAL TREATMENT CENTERS
REGULATED BY THE OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT.
SEE SECTION 106 FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPING PROVISIONS.
7. GRAYWATER SYSTEMS REGULATED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES
AND THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT.
8. GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS FOR OCCUPANCIES WHERE NO STATE AGENCY HAS
AUTHORITY OR EXPERTISE, ADOPTED BY THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS
COMMISSION. SEE SECTION 103 FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPING PROVISIONS.
PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE APPENDICES OF THIS CODE ARE NOT MANDATORY
UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ADOPTED BY A CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY IN
COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 18930 AND 18941.5,
RESPECTIVELY, FOR BUILDING STANDARDS LAW; HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION
17950 FOR STATE HOUSING LAW; AND HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 13869.7 FOR
FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICTS. SEE SECTION 101.7 OF THIS CODE.
101.4 APPENDICES.
THE CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCED ELSEWHERE IN THIS CODE SHALL BE
CONSIDERED PART OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CODE TO THE PRESCRIBED
EXTENT OF EACH SUCH REFERENCE.
101.5 REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS.
101.5.1 BUILDING.
THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL CODE AND
CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE,AS APPLICABLE, SHALL APPLY TO THE
CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, MOVEMENT, ENLARGEMENT, REPLACEMENT, REPAIR, USE
AND OCCUPANCY, LOCATION, MAINTENANCE, REMOVAL AND DEMOLITION OF EVERY
STRUCTURE OR ANY APPURTENANCES CONNECTED OR ATTACHED TO SUCH BUILDINGS OR
STRUCTURES.
101.5.2 ELECTRICAL.
THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALTERATIONS,
REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND
APPURTENANCES THERETO.
101.5.3 MECHANICAL.
THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE
INSTALLATION, ALTERATIONS, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS,
INCLUDING EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND/OR APPURTENANCES,
INCLUDING VENTILATING, HEATING, COOLING, AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION
SYSTEMS, INCINERATORS AND OTHER ENERGY-RELATED SYSTEMS.
101.5.4 PLUMBING.
THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE INSTALLATION,
ALTERATION, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT,
APPLIANCES, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES WHERE CONNECTED TO A WATER
OR SEWAGE SYSTEM.
101.5.5 FIRE PREVENTION.
THE PROVISIONS OF CCR, TITLE 19, DIVISION 1 AND CCR, TITLE 24, PART 2 AND PART 9
RELATING TO FIRE AND PANIC SAFETY AS ADOPTED BY THE OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE
MARSHAL SHALL APPLY TO ALL STRUCTURES, PROCESSES AND PREMISES FOR
PROTECTION FROM THE HAZARD OF FIRE, PANIC AND EXPLOSION.
101.5.6 ENERGY.
THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SHALL APPLY TO THE MINIMUM DESIGN
AND CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY.
101.6 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE AND USE.
101.6.1 DIFFERENCES.
IN THE EVENT OF ANY DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THESE BUILDING STANDARDS AND THE
STANDARD REFERENCE DOCUMENTS, THE TEXT OF THESE BUILDING STANDARDS SHALL
GOVERN. IN THE EVENT A LOCAL AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE RESULTS IN DIFFERENCES
BETWEEN THESE BUILDING STANDARDS AND THE AMENDMENT, THE TEXT OF THE
AMENDMENT SHALL GOVERN.
101.6.2 SPECIFIC PROVISION.
WHERE A SPECIFIC PROVISION VARIES FROM A GENERAL PROVISION, THE SPECIFIC
PROVISION SHALL APPLY.
101.6.3 CONFLICTS.
WHEN THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CODE CONFLICT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY
OTHER PART OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24, THE MOST
RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT SHALL PREVAIL.
101.6.4 EXPLANATORY NOTES.
EXPLANATORY MATERIAL, SUCH AS REFERENCES TO WEBSITES OR OTHER SOURCES
WHERE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND, IS INCLUDED IN THIS CODE IN THE FORM
OF NOTES. NOTES ARE INFORMATIONAL ONLY AND ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE REQUIREMENTS
OF THIS CODE.
THIS CODE IS INTENDED TO SET MANDATORY MINIMUM GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS
AND INCLUDES OPTIONAL TIERS THAT MAY, AT THE DISCRETION OF ANY CITY, COUNTY,
OR CITY AND COUNTY, BE APPLIED.
THIS CODE DOES NOT LIMIT THE AUTHORITY OF CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND
COUNTY GOVERNMENTS TO MAKE NECESSARY CHANGES TO THE PROVISIONS
CONTAINED IN THIS CODE PURSUANT TO SECTION 101.7.1. THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF
AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS OR DELETIONS TO THIS CODE FOR CITIES, COUNTIES, OR
CITIES AND COUNTIES FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 101.7.1 SHALL BE THE DATE ON
WHICH IT IS FILED. HOWEVER, IN NO CASE SHALL THE AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS OR
DELETIONS TO THIS CODE BE EFFECTIVE ANY SOONER THAN THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF
THIS CODE.
LOCAL MODIFICATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION
18941.5(B) FOR BUILDING STANDARDS LAW, HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION
17958.5 FOR STATE HOUSING LAW OR HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 13869.7 FOR
FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICTS.
101.7 CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS
OR DELETIONS.
101.7.1 FINDINGS AND FILINGS.
1. THE CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY SHALL MAKE EXPRESS FINDINGS FOR EACH
AMENDMENT, ADDITION OR DELETION BASED UPON CLIMATIC, TOPOGRAPHICAL OR
GEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION, CLIMATIC,
TOPOGRAPHICAL OR GEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS INCLUDE LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS AS ESTABLISHED BY THE CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY.
2. THE CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY SHALL FILE THE AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS
OR DELETIONS EXPRESSLY MARKED AND IDENTIFIED AS TO THE APPLICABLE
FINDINGS. CITIES, COUNTIES, CITIES AND COUNTIES, AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS SHALL
FILE THE AMENDMENTS, ADDITIONS OR DELETIONS AND THE FINDINGS WITH THE
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION AT 2525 NATOMAS PARK DRIVE, SUITE
130, SACRAMENTO, CA 95833.
3. FINDINGS PREPARED BY FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICTS SHALL BE RATIFIED BY THE
LOCAL CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY AND FILED WITH THE CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AT 9342 TECH CENTER
DRIVE, SUITE 500, SACRAMENTO, CA 95826.
4. THE CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY SHALL OBTAIN CALIFORNIA ENERGY
COMMISSION APPROVAL FOR ANY ENERGY-RELATED ORDINANCES CONSISTENT WITH
PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE SECTION 25402.1(H)(2) AND TITLE 24, PART 1, SECTION
10-106. LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES MAY ADOPT AND ENFORCE ENERGY
STANDARDS FOR NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDINGS, ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS AND
REPAIRS, PROVIDED THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION FINDS THAT THE
STANDARDS WILL REQUIRE BUILDINGS TO BE DESIGNED TO CONSUME NO MORE
ENERGY THAN PERMITTED BY PART 6. SUCH LOCAL STANDARDS INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT LIMITED TO, ADOPTING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PART 6 BEFORE THEIR EFFECTIVE
DATE, REQUIRING ADDITIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES, OR SETTING
MORE STRINGENT ENERGY BUDGETS.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE ARE NOT INTENDED TO PREVENT THE USE OF ANY
ALTERNATE MATERIAL, APPLIANCE, INSTALLATION, DEVICE, ARRANGEMENT, METHOD,
DESIGN OR METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION NOT SPECIFICALLY PRESCRIBED BY THIS
CODE, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH ALTERNATIVE HAS BEEN APPROVED. AN ALTERNATE
SHALL BE APPROVED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS WHERE THE ENFORCING AGENCY
FINDS THAT THE PROPOSED ALTERNATE IS SATISFACTORY AND COMPLIES WITH THE
INTENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE AND IS AT LEAST THE EQUIVALENT OF THAT
PRESCRIBED IN THIS CODE IN PLANNING AND DESIGN, ENERGY, WATER, MATERIAL
CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL AIR QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, SAFETY AND THE PROTECTION OF LIFE AND HEALTH. CONSIDERATION
AND COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS FOR OCCUPANCIES REGULATED BY ADOPTING STATE
AGENCIES ARE FOUND IN THE SECTIONS LISTED BELOW.
1. SECTION 1.2.3 IN THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) FOR THE CALIFORNIA
BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION.
2. SECTION 104.11 OF CHAPTER 1, DIVISION II FOR THE DIVISION OF THE STATE
ARCHITECT.
3. SECTION 1.8.7, CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I, OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE;
AND SECTION 1.8.7, CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I, OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL
CODE FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT.
4. SECTION 7-104, 2022 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE FOR THE OFFICE OF THE
STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT.
101.8 ALTERNATE MATERIALS, DESIGNS AND METHODS OF
CONSTRUCTION.
ONLY THOSE STANDARDS APPROVED BY THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS
COMMISSION THAT ARE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME AN APPLICATION FOR A BUILDING
PERMIT IS SUBMITTED SHALL APPLY TO THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR, AND TO
THE CONSTRUCTION PERFORMED UNDER, THAT PERMIT. FOR THE EFFECTIVE DATES
OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THIS CODE, SEE THE APPROPRIATE APPLICATION
CHECKLIST AND THE HISTORY NOTE PAGE OF THIS CODE.
101.9 EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS CODE.
THIS CODE CONTAINS BOTH MANDATORY AND VOLUNTARY GREEN BUILDING
MEASURES. MANDATORY AND VOLUNTARY MEASURES ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE
APPROPRIATE APPLICATION CHECKLIST CONTAINED IN THIS CODE.
101.10 MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS.
THE FOLLOWING STEPS SHALL BE USED TO ESTABLISH WHICH PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE
ARE APPLICABLE TO A SPECIFIC OCCUPANCY:
1. ESTABLISH THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY.
2. VERIFY WHICH STATE AGENCY HAS AUTHORITY FOR THE ESTABLISHED
OCCUPANCY BY REVIEWING THE AUTHORITIES LIST IN SECTIONS 103 THROUGH 106.
3. ONCE THE APPROPRIATE AGENCY HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED, FIND THE CHAPTER
WHICH COVERS THE ESTABLISHED OCCUPANCY.
4. THE MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES AT THE BEGINNING OF CHAPTERS 4 AND 5 IDENTIFY
THE MANDATORY GREEN BUILDING MEASURES NECESSARY TO MEET THE MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CODE FOR THE ESTABLISHED OCCUPANCY.
5. VOLUNTARY TIER MEASURES ARE CONTAINED IN APPENDIX CHAPTERS A4 AND A5. A
CHECKLIST CONTAINING EACH GREEN BUILDING MEASURE, BOTH REQUIRED AND
VOLUNTARY, IS PROVIDED AT THE END OF EACH APPENDIX CHAPTER.EACH
MEASURE LISTED IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST HAS A SECTION NUMBER WHICH
CORRELATES TO A SECTION WHERE MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIFIC
MEASURE IS AVAILABLE.
6. THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST IDENTIFIES WHICH MEASURES ARE REQUIRED BY
THIS CODE AND ALLOWS USERS TO CHECK OFF WHICH VOLUNTARY ITEMS HAVE
BEEN SELECTED TO MEET VOLUNTARY TIER LEVELS IF DESIRED OR MANDATED BY
A CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY.
101.11 EFFECTIVE USE OF THIS CODE.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY, AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE
SUCH PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
1. APPLICATION—ALL OCCUPANCIES WHERE NO STATE AGENCY HAS THE
AUTHORITY TO ADOPT GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS APPLICABLE
TO THOSE OCCUPANCIES.
ENFORCING AGENCY—STATE OR LOCAL AGENCY SPECIFIED BY THE APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS OF LAW.
AUTHORITY CITED—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 18930.5(A), 18938 AND
18940.5.
REFERENCE—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE, DIVISION 13, PART 2.5, COMMENCING
WITH SECTION 18901.
2. GRAYWATER SYSTEMS. THE CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION OF
GRAYWATER SYSTEMS FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
USES IN NONRESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES.
APPLICATION—ALL OCCUPANCIES WHERE NO STATE AGENCY HAS THE
AUTHORITY TO ADOPT GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THOSE OCCUPANCIES.
ENFORCING AGENCY—STATE OR LOCAL AGENCY SPECIFIED BY THE APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS OF LAW.
AUTHORITY CITED—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 18941.8.
REFERENCE—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 18941.8.
103.1 BSC-CG.
103.1.1 ADOPTING AGENCY IDENTIFICATION.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE APPLICABLE TO BUILDINGS IDENTIFIED IN THIS SECTION
WILL BE IDENTIFIED IN THE MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES UNDER THE ACRONYM BSC-CG.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
1. HOUSING CONSTRUCTION.
APPLICATION—HOTELS, MOTELS, LODGING HOUSES, APARTMENTS, DWELLINGS,
DORMITORIES, CONDOMINIUMS, SHELTERS FOR HOMELESS PERSONS,
CONGREGATE RESIDENCES, EMPLOYEE HOUSING, FACTORY-BUILT HOUSING AND
OTHER TYPES OF DWELLINGS CONTAINING SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS WITH OR
WITHOUT COMMON TOILET OR COOKING FACILITIES INCLUDING ACCESSORY
BUILDINGS, FACILITIES AND USES THERETO.
ENFORCING AGENCY—LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT OR THE DEPARTMENT OF
HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT.
AUTHORITY CITED—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 17040, 17920.9, 17921,
17921.5, 17921.6, 17921.10, 17922, 17922.6, 17922.12, 17922.14, 17922.15, 17926,
17927, 17928, 17958.12, 18938.3, 18944.11 AND 19990; AND GOVERNMENT CODE
SECTION 12955.1.
REFERENCE—BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE DIVISION 5; HEALTH AND
SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 17000 THROUGH 17062.5, 17910 THROUGH 17995.5, 18200
THROUGH 18700, 18860 THROUGH 18874, 18938.6, 18941, 19890, 19891, 19892 AND
19960 THROUGH 19997; CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 832, 1101.4, 1101.5, 1954.201,
1954.202 AND 5551; GOVERNMENT CODE SECTIONS 8698.4, 12955.1 AND 12955.1.1;
AND CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 20, SECTIONS 1605.1, 1605.3 AND 1607.
104.1 SCOPE.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT, THE
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY, AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
105.1
105.1.1 APPLICATION—PUBLIC ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY
SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES.
NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND SITE WORK ON A NEW OR EXISTING SITE.
NOTE:THE APPLICATION OF STANDARDS OUTLINED IN TITLE 24, PART 6 SUPERSEDES THE
ABOVE APPLICATION AS IT APPLIES TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE.
ENFORCING AGENCY—THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT-STRUCTURAL SAFETY
(DSA-SS) HAS BEEN DELEGATED THE RESPONSIBILITY AND
AUTHORITY BY THE DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES TO
REVIEW AND APPROVE THE DESIGN AND OBSERVE THE
CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY
SCHOOLS, AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES.
AUTHORITY CITED—EDUCATION CODE SECTIONS 17310 AND 81142.
REFERENCE—EDUCATION CODE SECTIONS 17280 THROUGH 17317, AND 81130
THROUGH 81147.
105.1.2 APPLICABLE ADMINISTRATIVE STANDARDS.
1. TITLE 24, PART 1, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS:
SECTIONS 4-301 THROUGH 4-355, GROUP 1, CHAPTER 4, FOR PUBLIC ELEMENTARY
AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES.
2. TITLE 24, PART 2, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS:
2.1.SECTIONS 1.1 AND 1.9.2 OF CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I.
2.2.SECTIONS 102.1, 102.2, 102.3, 102.4, 102.5, 104.9, 104.10 AND 104.11 OF CHAPTER 1,
DIVISION II.
105.1.3 APPLICABLE BUILDING STANDARDS.
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24, PARTS 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11 AND 12,
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, FOR SCHOOL BUILDINGS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
APPLICATION—GENERAL ACUTE CARE HOSPITALS AND ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS,
EXCLUDING DISTINCT PART UNITS OR DISTINCT PART FREESTANDING BUILDINGS
PROVIDING SKILLED NURSING OR INTERMEDIATE CARE SERVICES. FOR STRUCTURAL
REGULATIONS: SKILLED NURSING FACILITIES AND/OR INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
EXCEPT THOSE SKILLED NURSING FACILITIES AND INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES OF
SINGLE-STORY, TYPE V, WOOD OR LIGHT STEEL-FRAME CONSTRUCTION.
ENFORCING AGENCY—OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
(OSHPD). THE OFFICE SHALL ENFORCE THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT—ACCESS
COMPLIANCE REGULATIONS AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE
MARSHAL FOR THE ABOVE-STATED FACILITY TYPES.
106.1 OSHPD 1.
106.1.1 APPLICABLE ADMINISTRATIVE STANDARDS.
1. TITLE 24, PART 1, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: CHAPTERS 6 AND 7.
2. TITLE 24, PART 2, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: SECTIONS 1.1 AND 1.10 OF
CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I AND CHAPTER 1, DIVISION II.
106.1.2 APPLICABLE BUILDING STANDARDS.
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24, PARTS 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 11 AND 12.
106.1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF AMENDMENTS.
FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN SECTION 106.1, AMENDMENTS APPEAR IN THIS CODE
PRECEDED WITH THE ACRONYM [OSHPD 1].
AUTHORITY—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 127010, 127015, 1275 AND 129850.
REFERENCE—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 19958, 127010, 127015, 129680, 1275
AND 129675 THROUGH 130070.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
APPLICATION—SKILLED NURSING FACILITIES AND INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES,
INCLUDING DISTINCT PART SKILLED NURSING AND INTERMEDIATE CARE SERVICES ON A
GENERAL ACUTE CARE OR ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL LICENSE, PROVIDED EITHER
ARE IN A SEPARATE UNIT OR A FREESTANDING BUILDING. FOR STRUCTURAL
REGULATIONS: SINGLE-STORY, TYPE V SKILLED NURSING FACILITY AND/OR INTERMEDIATE
CARE FACILITIES UTILIZING WOOD OR LIGHT STEEL-FRAME CONSTRUCTION.
ENFORCING AGENCY—OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
(OSHPD). THE OFFICE SHALL ALSO ENFORCE THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT—
ACCESS COMPLIANCE REGULATIONS AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF THE
STATE FIRE MARSHAL FOR THE ABOVE-STATED FACILITY TYPE.
106.2 OSHPD 2.
106.2.1 APPLICABLE ADMINISTRATIVE STANDARDS.
1. TITLE 24, PART 1, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: CHAPTER 7.
2. TITLE 24, PART 2, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: SECTIONS 1.1 AND 1.10 OF
CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I AND CHAPTER 1, DIVISION II.
106.2.2 APPLICABLE BUILDING STANDARDS.
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24, PARTS 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 11 AND 12.
106.2.3 IDENTIFICATION OF AMENDMENTS.
FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN SECTION 106.2, AMENDMENTS APPEAR IN THIS CODE
PRECEDED WITH THE ACRONYM [OSHPD 2].
AUTHORITY—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 127010, 127015, 1275 AND 129850.
REFERENCE—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 127010, 127015, 1275 AND 129680.
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
APPLICATION—CORRECTIONAL TREATMENT CENTERS.
ENFORCING AGENCY—OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
(OSHPD). THE OFFICE SHALL ALSO ENFORCE THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT—
ACCESS COMPLIANCE REGULATIONS AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF THE
STATE FIRE MARSHAL FOR THE ABOVE-STATED FACILITY TYPES.
106.3 OSHPD 4.
106.3.1 APPLICABLE ADMINISTRATIVE STANDARDS.
1. TITLE 24, PART 1, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: CHAPTER 7.
2. TITLE 24, PART 2, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS: SECTIONS 1.1 AND 1.10 OF
CHAPTER 1, DIVISION I AND CHAPTER 1, DIVISION II.
106.3.2 APPLICABLE BUILDING STANDARDS.
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, TITLE 24, PARTS 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 11 AND 12.
106.3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF AMENDMENTS.
FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN SECTION 106.3, AMENDMENTS APPEAR IN THIS CODE
PRECEDED WITH THE ACRONYM [OSHPD 4], UNLESS THE ENTIRE CHAPTER IS APPLICABLE.
AUTHORITY—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 127010, 127010, 127015 AND 129790.
REFERENCES—HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 127010, 127015, 1275, AND 129675
THROUGH 130070.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OTHER DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN ONE OR
MORE SETS WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR A PERMIT. WHERE SPECIAL CONDITIONS
EXIST, THE ENFORCING AGENCY IS AUTHORIZED TO REQUIRE ADDITIONAL
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO BE PREPARED BY A LICENSED DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL AND MAY BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY.
EXCEPTION:THE ENFORCING AGENCY IS AUTHORIZED TO WAIVE THE SUBMISSION OF
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OTHER DATA NOT REQUIRED TO BE
PREPARED BY A LICENSED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL.
102.1 SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT CLARITY TO INDICATE THE
LOCATION, NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE PROPOSED GREEN BUILDING FEATURE AND
SHOW THAT IT WILL CONFORM TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, THE CALIFORNIA
BUILDING STANDARDS CODE AND OTHER RELEVANT LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES AND
REGULATIONS AS DETERMINED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
102.2 INFORMATION ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.
DOCUMENTATION OF CONFORMANCE FOR APPLICABLE GREEN BUILDING MEASURES
SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. ALTERNATE METHODS OF
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY FINDS THAT
THE PROPOSED ALTERNATE DOCUMENTATION IS SATISFACTORY TO DEMONSTRATE
SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PROPOSED GREEN BUILDING
MEASURE.
(HCD) DOCUMENTATION OF CONFORMANCE FOR APPLICABLE GREEN BUILDING
MEASURES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. ALL PROJECTS SHALL
SUBMIT A COMPLETED RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES APPLICATION CHECKLIST THAT
INCLUDES CHAPTER 4 RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES AND TIER 1 OR TIER 2, AS
APPLICABLE. REFERENCES TO THE MEASURE-SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION USED TO
SHOW COMPLIANCE SHALL BE INCLUDED. ALTERNATE METHODS OF DOCUMENTATION
SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY FINDS THAT THE PROPOSED
ALTERNATE DOCUMENTATION IS SATISFACTORY TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL
CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PROPOSED GREEN BUILDING MEASURE.
NOTE: HCD’S RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES APPLICATION CHECKLIST THAT INCLUDES
THE MINIMUM CRITERIA FOR DOCUMENTATION IS AVAILABLE AT:
http://www.hcd.ca.gov/building-standards/calgreen/cal-green-forms.shtml.
102.3 VERIFICATION.
CHAPTER 3
GREEN BUILDING
CHAPTER 5
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
DIVISION 5.1 – PLANNING AND DESIGN
SECTION 101 GENERAL
SECTION102 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND INSTALLATION
VERIFICATION
SECTION103 BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION
SECTION 104 DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
SECTION 105 DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
SECTION 106 OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING
AND DEVELOPMENT
SECTION 301 GENERAL
SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS
SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS
SECTION 304 VOLUNTARY TIERS
SECTION 305 [OSHPD 1] CALGREEN TIER 1 AND CALGREEN TIER 2
SECTION 306 [DSA-SS] VOLUNTARY MEASURES
5.106.5.3 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING
[N] [BSC-CG]CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFRASTRUCTURE AND
FACILITATE ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SHALL COMPLY W ITH SECTION 5.106.5.3.1 EV
CAPABLE SPACES, SECTION 5.106.5.3.2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS AND
ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.1, OR SECTION 5.106.5.3.6 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING
STATIONS (EVCS) -POWER ALLOCATION METHOD AND ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.6
AND SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS IN THE CALIFORNIA
BUILDING CODE AND CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS WHERE THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY HAS
DETERMINED COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION IS NOT FEASIBLE BASED UPON ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
A. WHERE THERE IS NO LOCAL UTILITY POWER SUPPLY.
B. WHERE THE LOCAL UTILITY IS UNABLE TO SUPPLY ADEQUATE POWER.
C. WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE SUITABLE TO THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT
AGENCY SUBSTANTIATING THAT ADDITIONAL LOCAL UTILITY
INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF SECTION 5.106.5.3, MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE
CONSTRUCTION COST OF THE PROJECT.
2. PARKING SPACES ACCESSIBLE ONLY BY AUTOMATED MECHANICAL CAR PARKING
SYSTEMS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS CODE SECTION.
5.106.4.2.1 STUDENT BICYCLE PARKING.
PROVIDE PERMANENTLY ANCHORED BICYCLE RACKS CONVENIENTLY ACCESSED
WITH A MINIMUM OF FOUR TWO-BIKE CAPACITY RACKS PER NEW BUILDING.
5.106.4.2.2 STAFF BICYCLE PARKING.
PROVIDE PERMANENT, SECURE BICYCLE PARKING CONVENIENTLY ACCESSED WITH A
MINIMUM OF TWO STAFF BICYCLE PARKING SPACES PER NEW BUILDING. ACCEPTABLE
BICYCLE PARKING FACILITIES SHALL BE CONVENIENT FROM THE STREET OR STAFF
PARKING AREA AND SHALL MEET ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1. COVERED, LOCKABLE ENCLOSURES WITH PERMANENTLY ANCHORED RACKS
FOR BICYCLES;
2. LOCKABLE BICYCLE ROOMS WITH PERMANENTLY ANCHORED RACKS; OR
3. LOCKABLE, PERMANENTLY ANCHORED BICYCLE LOCKERS.
5.106.4.2 BICYCLE PARKING.
[DSA-SS] FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES, COMPLY WITH SECTIONS
5.106.4.2.1 AND 5.106.4.2.2.
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED PROJECTS AND ADDITIONS WHICH DISTURB LESS THAN ONE
ACRE OF LAND AND ARE NOT PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT
OR SALE SHALL PREVENT THE POLLUTION OF STORMWATER RUNOFF FROM THE
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES THROUGH ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING MEASURES:
5.106.1 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT
DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND.
5.106.1.1 LOCAL ORDINANCE
5.106.1.2 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP’S).
COMPLY WITH LAWFULLY ENACTED STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND/OR EROSION
CONTROL ORDINANCE.
PREVENT THE LOSS OF SOIL THROUGH WIND OR WATER EROSION BY IMPLEMENTING
AN EFFECTIVE COMBINATION OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL AND GOOD
HOUSEKEEPING BMP’S.
1. SOIL LOSS BMP’S THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED FOR IMPLEMENTATION AS
APPROPRIATE FOR EACH PROJECT INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE
FOLLOWING:
A. SCHEDULING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DURING DRY WEATHER, WHEN
POSSIBLE.
B. PRESERVATION OF NATURAL FEATURES, VEGETATION, SOIL AND BUFFERS
AROUND SURFACE WATERS.
C. DRAINAGE SWALES OR LINED DITCHES TO CONTROL STORMWATER FLOW.
D. MULCHING OR HYDROSEEDING TO STABILIZE DISTURBED SOILS.
E. EROSION CONTROL TO PROTECT SLOPES.
2. GOOD HOUSEKEEPING BMP’S TO MANAGE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT,
MATERIALS, NON-STORMWATER DISCHARGES AND WASTES THAT SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED FOR IMPLEMENTATION AS APPROPRIATE FOR EACH PROJECT
INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
A. SCHEDULING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DURING DRY WEATHER, WHEN
POSSIBLE.
B. PRESERVATION OF NATURAL FEATURES, VEGETATION, SOIL AND BUFFERS
AROUND SURFACE WATERS.
C. DRAINAGE SWALES OR LINED DITCHES TO CONTROL STORMWATER FLOW.
D. MULCHING OR HYDROSEEDING TO STABILIZE DISTURBED SOILS.
E. EROSION CONTROL TO PROTECT SLOPES.
F. PROTECTION OF STORM DRAIN INLETS (GRAVEL BAGS OR CATCH BASIN
INSERTS).
G. PERIMETER SEDIMENT CONTROL (PERIMETER SILT FENCE, FIBER ROLLS).
H. SEDIMENT TRAP OR SEDIMENT BASIN TO RETAIN SEDIMENT ON SITE.
I. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS.
J. WIND EROSION CONTROL.
K. OTHER SOIL LOSS BMP’S ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
SECTION 5.101 GENERAL
SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS
SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT
SPECIFIC SCOPE OF APPLICATION OF THE AGENCY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT,
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY AND THE SPECIFIC AUTHORITY TO ADOPT AND ENFORCE SUCH
PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
APPLICATION—CORRECTIONAL TREATMENT CENTERS.
ENFORCING AGENCY—OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
(OSHPD). THE OFFICE SHALL ALSO ENFORCE THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT—
ACCESS COMPLIANCE REGULATIONS AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF THE
STATE FIRE MARSHAL FOR THE ABOVE-STATED FACILITY TYPES.
106.3 OSHPD 4.
301.4.2.4
ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO EXISTING PARKING FACILITIES SHALL
COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.6.4. ADDITIONS TO EXISTING PARKING
FACILITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.12.
301.4.2.5
ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH
SECTIONS 5.105.1, 5.106.5.6.5, 5.409, AND 5.506.3.
301.4.2.6
5.105.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.105 DECONSTRUCTION AND REUSE OF EXISTING
STRUCTURES
[BSC-CG] ALTERATION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) WHERE THE COMBINED ALTERED FLOOR
AREA IS 100,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2,
5.409.2, OR 5.409.3. ADDITION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) IS 100,000 SQUARE FEET OR
GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, SECTION 5.409.2, OR SECTION
5.409.3. EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2026, THE COMBINED FLOOR AREA SHALL BE 50,000 SQUARE
FEET OR GREATER.
[DSA-SS] ALTERATION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) WHERE THE COMBINED ALTERED FLOOR
AREA IS 50,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2,
5.409.2, OR 5.409.3. ADDITION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) WHERE THE TOTAL FLOOR AREA
COMBINED WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING(S) IS 50,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL
COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, SECTION 5.409.2 OR SECTION 5.409.3.
EXCEPTION [BSC-CG, DSA-SS]:COMBINED ADDITION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) OF
TWO TIMES THE AREA OR MORE OF THE EXISTING BUILDING(S) IS NOT ELIGIBLE TO MEET
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5.105.2.
5.105.2 REUSE OF EXISTING BUILDING.
AN ALTERATION OR ADDITION TO AN EXISTING BUILDING SHALL MAINTAIN AT A MINIMUM 45
PERCENT COMBINED OF THE EXISTING BUILDING'S PRIMARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
(FOUNDATIONS; COLUMNS, BEAMS, WALLS, AND FLOORS; AND LATERAL ELEMENTS) AND
EXISTING BUILDING ENCLOSURE (ROOF FRAMING, WALL FRAMING AND EXTERIOR FINISHES).
WINDOW ASSEMBLIES, INSULATION, PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS DEEMED STRUCTURAL
UNSOUND OR HAZARDOUS, AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS THAT ARE REMEDIATED AS PART
OF THE PROJECT SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE CALCULATION.
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO
DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5.105.2.
NOTE:SAMPLE WORKSHEET WS-3 IN CHAPTER 8 MAY BE USED TO ASSIST IN
DOCUMENTING COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION.
5.105.2.1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
F. PROTECTION OF STORM DRAIN INLETS (GRAVEL BAGS OR CATCH BASIN
INSERTS).
G. PERIMETER SEDIMENT CONTROL (PERIMETER SILT FENCE, FIBER ROLLS).
H. SEDIMENT TRAP OR SEDIMENT BASIN TO RETAIN SEDIMENT ON SITE.
I. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS.
J. WIND EROSION CONTROL.
K. OTHER SOIL LOSS BMP’S ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
N/A
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
0
3
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
CA
L
G
R
E
E
N
N
O
T
E
S
I031
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
5.303.3.1 WATER CLOSETS.
5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.
5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION
CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL INDICATE HOW SITE GRADING OR A DRAINAGE SYSTEM WILL
MANAGE ALL SURFACE WATER FLOWS TO KEEP WATER FROM ENTERING BUILDINGS.
EXAMPLES OF METHODS TO MANAGE SURFACE WATER INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO,
THE FOLLOWING:
1. SWALES.
2. WATER COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS.
3. FRENCH DRAINS.
4. WATER RETENTION GARDENS.
5. OTHER WATER MEASURES WHICH KEEP SURFACE WATER AWAY FROM BUILDINGS
AND AID IN GROUNDWATER RECHARGE.
EXCEPTION:ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS NOT ALTERING THE DRAINAGE PATH.
5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING
SEE PLUMBING AND CIVIL SHEETS FOR METER LOCATION. SUBMETERING PROVIDED AT
THIS TIME ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT
5.303.1.1 NEW BUILDINGS OR ADDITIONS IN EXCESS OF 50,000
SQUARE FEET.
SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
5.303.1.2 EXCESS CONSUMPTION.
N/A
5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS
SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
5.303.3.2.1 WALL-MOUNTED URINALS.
SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. FOR THE PURPOSES OF MANDATORY ENERGY
EFFICIENCY STANDARDS IN THIS CODE, THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION WILL
CONTINUE TO ADOPT MANDATORY BUILDING STANDARDS.
SEPARATE SUBMETERS OR METERING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR THE USES
DESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 5.303.1.1 AND 5.303.1.2.
A SEPARATE SUBMETER OR METERING DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY
TENANT WITHIN A BUILDING OR WITHIN AN ADDITION THAT IS PROJECTED TO
CONSUME MORE THAN 1,000 GAL/DAY.
PLUMBING FIXTURES (WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS) AND FITTINGS (FAUCETS AND
SHOWERHEADS) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL WATER CLOSETS SHALL NOT EXCEED
1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH. TANK-TYPE WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE CERTIFIED
TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE
SPECIFICATION FOR TANK-TYPE TOILETS.
NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF DUAL FLUSH TOILETS IS DEFINED AS THE
COMPOSITE, AVERAGE FLUSH VOLUME OF TWO REDUCED FLUSHES AND ONE FULL
FLUSH.
THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL FLOOR-MOUNTED URINALS SHALL
NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER FLUSH.
5.303.3.3.1 SINGLE SHOWERHEADS.
SHOWERHEADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN
1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI. SHOWERHEADS SHALL BE CERTIFIED
TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE
SPECIFICATION FOR SHOWERHEADS.
5.303.3.3.2 MULTIPLE SHOWERHEADS SERVING ONE
SHOWER.
WHEN A SHOWER IS SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE SHOWERHEAD, THE
COMBINED FLOW RATE OF ALL SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER
OUTLETS CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8
GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI, OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO
ALLOW ONLY ONE SHOWER OUTLET TO BE IN OPERATION AT A TIME.
NOTE:A HAND-HELD SHOWER SHALL BE CONSIDERED A SHOWERHEAD.
5.303.3.4 FAUCETS AND FOUNTAINS.
FOR THOSE OCCUPANCIES WITHIN THE AUTHORITY OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING
STANDARDS COMMISSION AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 103, THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
5.303.3 AND 5.303.4 SHALL APPLY TO NEW FIXTURES IN ADDITIONS OR AREAS OF
ALTERATION TO THE BUILDING.
SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE A WEATHER-RESISTANT EXTERIOR WALL AND FOUNDATION ENVELOPE AS
REQUIRED BY CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION 1402.2 (WEATHER PROTECTION),
MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS
MORE STRINGENT.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS.
5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL
EMPLOY MOISTURE CONTROL MEASURES BY THE FOLLOWING METHODS;
5.407.2.1 SPRINKLERS
DESIGN AND MAINTAIN LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS TO PREVENT SPRAY
ON STRUCTURES.
SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS.
DESIGN EXTERIOR ENTRIES AND/OR OPENINGS SUBJECT TO FOOT TRAFFIC OR
WIND-DRIVEN RAIN TO PREVENT WATER INTRUSION INTO BUILDINGS AS FOLLOWS:
N/A
5.407.2.2.1 EXTERIOR DOOR PROTECTION.
PRIMARY EXTERIOR ENTRIES SHALL BE COVERED TO PREVENT WATER INTRUSION
BY USING NONABSORBENT FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES WITHIN AT LEAST 2 FEET
AROUND AND PERPENDICULAR TO SUCH OPENINGS PLUS AT LEAST ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING:
1. AN INSTALLED AWNING AT LEAST 4 FEET IN DEPTH.
2. THE DOOR IS PROTECTED BY A ROOF OVERHANG AT LEAST 4 FEET IN DEPTH.
3. THE DOOR IS RECESSED AT LEAST 4 FEET.
4. OTHER METHODS WHICH PROVIDE EQUIVALENT PROTECTION.
5.407.2.2.2 FLASHING.
RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE FOR REUSE A MINIMUM OF 65% OF THE
NON-HAZARDOUS CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 OR 5.408.1.3; OR MEET LOCAL CONSTRUCTION
AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS MORE
STRINGENT.
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SUBMIT IT
TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
5.408.1.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN.
WHERE A LOCAL JURISDICTION DOES NOT HAVE A CONSTRUCTION AND
DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE THAT IS MORE STRINGENT,
SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN THAT
1. IDENTIFIES THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS TO BE
DIVERTED FROM DISPOSAL BY EFFICIENT USAGE, RECYCLING, REUSE ON
THE PROJECT OR SALVAGE FOR FUTURE USE OR SALE.
2. DETERMINES IF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS WILL
BE SORTED ON-SITE (SOURCE-SEPARATED) OR BULK MIXED (SINGLE STREAM).
3. IDENTIFIES DIVERSION FACILITIES WHERE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
WASTE MATERIAL COLLECTED WILL BE TAKEN.
4. SPECIFIES THAT THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE
MATERIALS DIVERTED SHALL BE CALCULATED BY WEIGHT OR VOLUME,BUT
NOT BY BOTH.
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
5.408.1.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
5.408.1.3 WASTE STREAM REDUCTION ALTERNATIVE.
THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION DISPOSAL THAT DOES NOT
EXCEED TWO POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT OF BUILDING AREA MAY BE DEEMED TO
MEET THE 65 PERCENT MINIMUM REQUIREMENT AS APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING
AGENCY.
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
NOTES:
1. SAMPLE FORMS FOUND IN “A GUIDE TO THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING
STANDARDS CODE (NONRESIDENTIAL)”LOCATED AT
https://www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-
CommissionResources-List-Folder/CALGreen MAY BE USED TO ASSIST IN
DOCUMENTING COMPLIANCE WITH THE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN.
2. MIXED CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS (C&D) PROCESSORS CAN BE
LOCATED AT THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF RESOURCES RECYCLING AND
RECOVERY (CALRECYCLE).
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
5.106.5.3.2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS (EVCS).
5.106.5.3.3 USE OF AUTOMATIC LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(ALMS).
5.106.5.3.4 ACCESSIBLE ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING
STATION (EVCS).
WHEN EVSE IS INSTALLED, ACCESSIBLE EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 11B, SECTION
11B-228.3.
5.106.5.4 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING:
MEDIUM-DUTY AND HEAVY-DUTY. [N]
CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.4.1 TO FACILITATE
FUTURE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).
CONSTRUCTION FOR WAREHOUSES, GROCERY STORES AND RETAIL STORES
WITH PLANNED OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH
SECTION 5.106.5.4.1 FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY
EVSE.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS WHERE THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY HAS
DETERMINED COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION IS NOT FEASIBLE BASED
UPON ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
A. WHERE THERE IS NO LOCAL UTILITY POWER SUPPLY.
B. WHERE THE LOCAL UTILITY IS UNABLE TO SUPPLY ADEQUATE POWER.
C. WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE SUITABLE TO THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT
AGENCY SUBSTANTIATING THAT ADDITIONAL LOCAL UTILITY
INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, DIRECTLY RELATED
TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SECTION 5.106.5.3, MAY ADVERSELY
IMPACT THE CONSTRUCTION COST OF THE PROJECT.
D. WHERE DEMONSTARED AS IMPRACTABLE EXCLUDING LOCAL UTILITY
SERVICE OR UTILITY INFRASTRUCTURE ISSUES.
2. REMOTE PARKING FACILITIES THAT DO NOT HAVE ACCESS TO THE
BUILDING SERVICE PANEL.
3. PARKING AREA LIGHTING UPGRADES WHERE NO TRENCHING IS PART OF
THE SCOPE OF WORK.
4. EMERGENCY REPAIRS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WATER LINE
BREAK IN PARKING FACILITIES, NATURAL DISASTER REPAIRS, ETC.
5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION.
5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS.
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, AND SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS
REFERENCED IN TABLE 1701.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE AND IN CHAPTER
6 OF THIS CODE.
5.303.3.4.1 NONRESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS.
LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT
MORE THAN 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
5.303.3.4.2 KITCHEN FAUCETS.
KITCHEN FAUCETS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 1.8
GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60PSI. KITCHEN FAUCETS MAY TEMPORARILY
INCREASE THE FLOW ABOVE THE MAXIMUM RATE, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 2.2
GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60PSI, AND MUST DEFAULT TO A MAXIMUM FLOW
RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
5.303.3.4.3 WASH FOUNTAINS.
WASH FOUNTAINS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF
NOT MORE THAN 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE/20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI].
5.303.3.4.4 METERING FAUCETS
METERING FAUCETS SHALL NOT DELIVER MORE THAN 0.20 GALLONS PER CYCLE.
METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNTAINS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
OF NOT MORE THAN 0.20 GALLONS PER CYCLE//20 [RIM SPACE (INCHES) AT 60 PSI].
NOTE:
WHERE COMPLYING FAUCETS ARE UNAVAILABLE, AERATORS OR OTHER MEANS
MAY BE USED TO ACHIEVE REDUCTION.
ALMS SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR EVCS. WHEN ALMS IS INSTALLED, THE
REQUIRED ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY SPECIFIED IN SECTION 5.106.5.3.1 FOR
EACH EVCS MAY BE REDUCED WHEN SERVICED BY AN EVSE CONTROLLED BY
AN ALMS. EACH EVSE CONTROLLED BY AN ALMS SHALL DELIVER A MINIMUM 30
AMPERES TO AN EV WHEN CHARGING ONE VEHICLE AND SHALL DELIVER A
MINIMUM 3.3 KW WHILE SIMULTANEOUSLY CHARGING MULTIPLE EVS.
INSTALL FLASHINGS INTEGRATED WITH A DRAINAGE PLANE.
THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF WALL-MOUNTED URINALS SHALL NOT
EXCEED 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH
5.303.3.2.2 FLOOR-MOUNTED URINALS.
5.303.4.1 FOOD WASTE DISPOSER
DISPOSERS SHALL EITHER MODULATE THE USE OF WATER TO NO MORE
THAN 1 GPM WHEN THE DISPOSER IS NOT IN USE (NOT ACTIVELY
GRINDING FOOD WASTE/NO-LOAD) OR SHALL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF
AFTER NO MORE THAN 10 MINUTES OF INACTIVITY. DISPOSERS SHALL
USE NO MORE THAN 8 GPM OF WATER.
NOTE: THIS CODE SECTION DOES NOT AFFECT LOCAL JURISDICTION
AUTHORITY TO PROHIBIT OR REQUIRE DISPOSER INSTALLATION.
5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE.
[A] ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO A BUILDING OR TENANT SPACE THAT MEET THE
SCOPING PROVISIONS IN SECTION 301.3 FOR NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND
ALTERATIONS, SHALL REQUIRE VERIFICATION THAT UNIVERSAL WASTE ITEMS SUCH AS
FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLAST AND MERCURY CONTAINING THERMOSTATS AS
WELL AS OTHER CALIFORNIA PROHIBITED UNIVERSAL WASTE MATERIALS ARE
DISPOSED OF PROPERLY AND ARE DIVERTED FROM LANDFILLS. A LIST OF PROHIBITED
UNIVERSAL WASTE MATERIALS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS.
NOTE:
REFER TO THE UNIVERSAL WASTE RULE LINK AT: https://dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/
UTILIZE A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY THAT CAN PROVIDE VERIFIABLE
DOCUMENTATION THAT THE PERCENTAGE OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
WASTE MATERIAL DIVERTED FROM THE LANDFILL COMPLIES WITH THIS SECTION
NOTE: THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE DETERMINATION IF THE
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL WILL BE DIVERTED BY A WASTE
MANAGEMENT COMPANY.
EXCEPTIONS TO SECTION 5.408.1.1 AND 5.4081.2:
1. EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND-CLEARING DEBRIS
2. ALTERNATE WASTE REDUCTION METHODS DEVELOPED BY WORKING WITH
LOCAL AGENCIES IF DIVERSION OR RECYCLE FACILITIES CAPABLE OF
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS ITEM DO NOT EXIST.
3. DEMOLITION WASTE MEETING LOCAL ORDINANCE OR CALCULATED IN
CONSIDERATION OF LOCAL RECYCLING FACILITIES AND MARKETS.
[N] OUTDOOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH
THE FOLLOWING:
1.THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE FOR LIGHTING
ZONES 0-4 AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 10, SECTION 10-114 OF THE CALIFORNIA
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE; AND
2.BACKLIGHT (B) RATINGS AS DEFINED IN IES TM-15-11 (SHOWN IN TABLE A-1 IN
CHAPTER 8);
3.UPLIGHT AND GLARE RATINGS AS DEFINED IN CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (SHOWN IN
TABLES 130.2-A AND 130.2-B IN CHAPTER 8) AND
4. ALLOWABLE BUG RATINGS NOT EXCEEDING THOSE SHOWN IN TABLE 5.106.8 [N], OR
COMPLY WITH A LOCAL ORDINANCE LAWFULLY ENACTED PURSUANT TO SECTION
101.7, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.
EXCEPTIONS:
1.LUMINAIRES THAT QUALIFY AS EXCEPTIONS IN SECTIONS 130.2(B) AND 140.7 OF THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE.
2.EMERGENCY LIGHTING.
3.BUILDING FACADE MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS IN TABLE 140.7-B OF THE CALIFORNIA
ENERGY CODE, PART 6.
4.CUSTOM LIGHTING FEATURES AS ALLOWED BY THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY, AS
PERMITTED BY SECTION 101.8 ALTERNATE MATERIALS, DESIGNS AND METHODS OF
CONSTRUCTION.
5.LUMINAIRES WITH LESS THAN 6,200 INITIAL LUMINAIRE LUMENS.
SEPARATE SUBMETERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS:
1.FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL LEASED, RENTED OR OTHER TENANT SPACE WITHIN THE
BUILDING PROJECTED TO CONSUME MORE THAN 100 GAL/DAY (380 L/DAY),
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SPACES USED FOR LAUNDRY OR CLEANERS,
RESTAURANT OR FOOD SERVICE, MEDICAL OR DENTAL OFFICE, LABORATORY, OR
BEAUTY SALON OR BARBER SHOP.
2.WHERE SEPARATE SUBMETERS FOR INDIVIDUAL BUILDING TENANTS ARE
UNFEASIBLE, FOR WATER SUPPLIED TO THE FOLLOWING SUBSYSTEMS:
A.MAKEUP WATER FOR COOLING TOWERS WHERE FLOW THROUGH IS GREATER
THAN 500 GPM (30 L/S).
B.MAKEUP WATER FOR EVAPORATIVE COOLERS GREATER THAN 6 GPM (0.04 L/S).
C. STEAM AND HOT-WATER BOILERS WITH ENERGY INPUT MORE THAN 500,000
BTU/H (147 KW).
EV CAPABLE SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT (EVSE) TO CREATE EVCS IN THE NUMBER INDICATED TO CREATE EVCS
IN THE NUMBER INDICATED IN TABLE 5.106.5.3.1. THE EVCS REQUIRED BY TABLE
5.106.5.3.1 SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LEVEL 2 EVSE OR DCFC AS PERMITTED IN
SECTION 5.106.5.3.2.1. AT LEAST ONE LEVEL 2 EVSE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
ONE EV CHARGER WITH MULTIPLE CONNECTORS CAPABLE OF CHARGING MULTIPLE
EVS SIMULTANEOUSLY SHALL BE PERMITTED IF THE ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY
REQUIRED BY SECTION 5.106.5.3.1 FOR EACH EV CAPABLE SPACE IS
ACCUMULATIVELY SUPPLIED TO THE EV CHARGER.
5.106.5.3.2.1 THE INSTALLATION OF EACH DCFC EVSE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO
REDUCE THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES WITHOUT
EVSE OR EVCS WITH LEVEL 2 EVSE BY FIVE AND REDUCE PROPORTIONALLY THE
REQUIRED ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY TO THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL.
5.106.5.3.2.2.THE INSTALLATION OF TWO LOW POWER LEVEL 2 EV CHARGING
RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO REDUCE THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF
REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES WITHOUT EVSE IN TABLE 5.106.5.3.1. BY ONE.
N/A
5.201.1 SCOPE.
5.303.1 METERS.
5.303.3.2 URINALS.
5.303.3.3 SHOWERHEADS.
5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.
5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION
5.106.8.1 FACING - BACKLIGHT.
LUMINAIRES WITHIN 2MH OF A PROPERTY LINE SHALL BE ORIENTED SO THAT THE
NEAREST PROPERTY LINE IS BEHIND THE FIXTURE, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE
BACKLIGHT RATING SPECIFIED IN TABLE 5.106.8 BASED ON THE LIGHTING ZONE AND
DISTANCE TO THE NEAREST POINT OF THAT PROPERTY LINE.
EXCEPTION: CORNERS.IF TWO PROPERTY LINES (OR TWO SEGMENTS OF THE SAME
PROPERTY LINE) HAVE EQUIDISTANT POINTS TO THE LUMINAIRE, THEN THE LUMINAIRE
MAY BE ORIENTED SO THAT THE INTERSECTION OF THE TWO LINES (THE CORNER) IS
DIRECTLY BEHIND THE LUMINAIRE. THE LUMINAIRE SHALL STILL USE THE DISTANCE TO
THE NEAREST POINT(S) ON THE PROPERTY LINES TO DETERMINE THE REQUIRED
BACKLIGHT RATING.
5.106.8.2 FACING - GLARE.
FOR LUMINAIRES COVERED BY 5.106.8.1, IF A PROPERTY LINE ALSO EXISTS WITHIN OR
EXTENDS INTO THE FRONT HEMISPHERE WITHIN 2MH OF THE LUMINAIRE THEN THE
LUMINAIRE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MORE STRINGENT GLARE RATING SPECIFIED IN
TABLE 5.106.8 BASED ON THE LIGHTING ZONE AND DISTANCE TO THE NEAREST POINT ON
THE NEAREST PROPERTY LINE WITHIN THE FRONT HEMISPHERE.
NOTES:
1.SEE ALSO CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 12, SECTION 1205.7 FOR
COLLEGE CAMPUS LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS FOR PARKING FACILITIES AND
WALKWAYS.
2. REFER TO CHAPTER 8 (COMPLIANCE FORMS, WORKSHEETS AND REFERENCE
MATERIAL) FOR IES TM-15-11 TABLE A-1, CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TABLES
130.2-A AND 130.2-B.
3. REFER TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONS
AND ALTERATIONS.
5.303.3.4.6 PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALVE.
WHEN INSTALLED, SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE
OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 20 (APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS), SECTION
1605.1(H)(4) TABLE H-2, SECTION 1605.3(H)(4)(A), AND SECTION 1607(D)(7), AND
SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTEGRAL AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF.
FOR REFERENCE ONLY: THE FOLLOWING TABLE AND CODE SECTION HAVE BEEN
REPRINTED FROM THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 20
(APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS), SECTION 1605.1 (H)(4) AND SECTIONS
1605.3 (H)(4)(A).
TABLE H2
STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALVES
MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019
PRODUCT CLASS
[SPRAY FORCE IN OUNCE FORCE (OZF)]
MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
(GPM)
PRODUCT CLASS 1 (≤5.0 OZF)1.00
PRODUCT CLASS 2 (> 5.0 OZF AND ≤8.0 OZF)1.20
PRODUCT CLASS 1 (> 8.0 OZF)1.28
TITLE 20 SECTION 1605.3(h)(4)(A): COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALVES
MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 2006, SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SPRAY
FORCE OF NOT LESS THAN 4.0 OUNCES-FORCE (OZF) [113 GRAMS-FORCE (GF)].
5.106.5.5.1 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING READINESS
REQUIREMENTS FOR WAREHOUSES, GROCERY STORES, OFFICE
BUILDINGS, AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES AND RETAIL
STORES WITH PLANNED OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES. [N]
IN ORDER TO AVOID FUTURE DEMOLITION WHEN ADDING EV SUPPLY AND
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, SPARE RACEWAY(S) OR BUSWAY(S) AND ADEQUATE
CAPACITY FOR TRANSFORMER(S), SERVICE PANEL(S) OR SUBPANEL(S) SHALL
BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
1. THE TRANSFORMER, MAIN SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND SUBPANELS SHALL
MEET THE MINIMUM POWER REQUIREMENT IN TABLE 5.106.5.5.1 TO
ACCOMMODATE THE DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUITS FOR THE FUTURE
INSTALLATION OF EVSE.
2. THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL INDICATE ONE OR MORE
LOCATION(S) CONVENIENT TO THE PLANNED OFFSTREET LOADING
SPACE(S) RESERVED FOR MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY ZEV CHARGING
CABINETS AND CHARGING DISPENSERS, AND A PATHWAY RESERVED FOR
ROUTING OF CONDUIT FROM THE TERMINATION OF THE RACEWAY(S) OR
BUSWAY(S) TO THE CHARGING CABINET(S) AND DISPENSER(S), AS SHOWN
IN TABLE 5.106.5.5.1.
3. RACEWAY(S) OR BUSWAY(S) ORIGINATING AT A MAIN SERVICE PANEL OR
A SUBPANEL(S) SERVING THE AREA WHERE POTENTIAL FUTURE MEDIUM-
AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE WILL BE LOCATED AND SHALL TERMINATE IN
CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE POTENTIAL FUTURE LOCATION OF THE
CHARGING EQUIPMENT FOR MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY VEHICLES.
4. THE RACEWAY(S) OR BUSWAY(S) SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO CARRY
THE MINIMUM ADDITIONAL SYSTEM LOAD TO THE FUTURE LOCATION OF
THE CHARGING FOR MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY ZEVS AS SHOWN IN TABLE
5.106.5.4.1.
TABLE 5.106.5.5.1
RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR
MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N]
BUILDING
TYPE
BUILDING
SIZE
(SQ. FT.)
GROCERY 10,000 TO 90,000
RETAIL
GREATER THAN 90,000
WAREHOUSE
10,000 TO 135,000
GREATER THAN 135,000
20,000 TO 256,000
GREATER THAN 256,000
NUMBER OF
OFF-STREET
LOADING
SPACES
ADDITIONAL CAPACITY
REQUIRED (KVA) FOR
RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND
TRANSFORMER & PANEL
1 OR 2
3 OR GREATER
1 OR 2
1 OR 2
1 OR GREATER
3 OR GREATER
1 OR GREATER
3 OR GREATER
1 OR GREATER
200
400
400
200
400
400
200
400
400
ALLOWABLE RATING
NO LIMIT
G4
LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ4
B4
B3
G3
LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ3
B3
B2
G2
LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ2
NO LIMIT
B2
B1
G1
LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ0
NO LIMIT NO LIMIT
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING (B)
LUMINAIRE GREATER THAN 2 MOUNTING
HEIGHTS (MH) FROM PROPERTY LINE
LUMINAIRE BACK HEMISPHERE IS 1 –2 MH
FROM PROPERTY LINE
LUMINAIRE BACK HEMISPHERE IS 0.5 –1 MH
FROM PROPERTY LINE
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT RATING (U)
FOR AREA LIGHTING
FOR ALL OTHER OUTDOOR LIGHTING,
INCLUDING DECORATIVE LUMINAIRES
1
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING (G)
N/A
LUMINAIRE GREATER THAN 2 MH FROM
PROPERTY LINE
N/A
N/A
LUMINAIRE FRONT HEMISPHERE IS 1 –2 MH
FROM PROPERTY LINE
LUMINAIRE FRONT HEMISPHERE IS 0.5 –1 MH
FROM PROPERTY LINE
LUMINAIRE FRONT HEMISPHERE IS LESS
THAN 0.5 MH FROM PROPERTY LINE
B1B0B0N/ALUMINAIRE BACK HEMISPHERE IS LESS THAN
0.5 MH FROM PROPERTY LINE
B4
B3
B2
U0U0U0
U3U2U1
U0
U4
G2G1G1G0
G1G1G0G0
G1G0G0G0
TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT
AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2
[DSA-SS] SHADE TREES SHALL BE PLANTED TO COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2
AND 5.106.12.3. PERCENTAGES SHOWN SHALL BE MEASURED AT NOON ON THE SUMMER
SOLSTICE. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN TREE HEALTH
SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.304.6.
5.106.12 SHADE TREES.
5.106.12.1 SURFACE PARKING AREAS.
SHADE TREE PLANTINGS, MINIMUM NO. 10 CONTAINER SIZE OR EQUAL, SHALL BE
INSTALLED TO PROVIDE SHADE OVER 50 PERCENT OF THE PARKING AREA WITHIN
15 YEARS.
EXCEPTION:SURFACE PARKING AREA COVERED BY SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SHADE
STRUCTURES OR SHADE STRUCTURES WITH ROOFING MATERIALS THAT COMPLY
WITH TABLE A5.106.11.2.2 IN APPENDIX A5 SHALL BE PERMITTED IN WHOLE OR IN
PART IN LIEU OF SHADE TREE PLANTINGS.
5.106.12.2 LANDSCAPE AREAS.
SHADE TREE PLANTINGS, MINIMUM NO. 10 CONTAINER SIZE OR EQUAL SHALL BE
INSTALLED TO PROVIDE SHADE OF 20% OF THE LANDSCAPE AREA WITHIN 15
YEARS.
EXCEPTION:PLAYFIELDS FOR ORGANIZED SPORT ACTIVITY ARE NOT INCLUDED IN
THE TOTAL AREA CALCULATION.
5.106.12.3 HARDSCAPE AREAS.
SHADE TREE PLANTINGS, MINIMUM NO. 10 CONTAINER SIZE OR EQUAL SHALL BE
INSTALLED TO PROVIDE SHADE OVER 20 PERCENT OF THE HARDSCAPE AREA
WITHIN 15 YEARS.
EXCEPTION:
1. WALKS, HARDSCAPE AREAS COVERED BY SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SHADE
STRUCTURES OR SHADE STRUCTURES WITH ROOFING MATERIALS THAT
COMPLY WITH TABLE A5.106.11.2.2 IN APPENDIX A5 SHALL BE PERMITTED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART IN LIEU OF SHADE TREE PLANTINGS.
2. DESIGNATED AND MARKED PLAY AREAS OF ORGANIZED SPORT ACTIVITY
ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE TOTAL AREA CALCULATION.
5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS.
FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES, LANDSCAPE
PROJECTS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 5.304.6.1 AND 5.304.6.2
SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER
RESOURCES MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE
(MWELO) COMMENCING WITH SECTION 490 OF CHAPTER 2.7,
DIVISION 2, TITLE 23, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, EXCEPT
THAT THE EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF)
SHALL BE 0.65 WITH AN ADDITIONAL WATER ALLOWANCE FOR
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE AREAS (SLA) OF 0.35.
5.304.6.1 NEWLY CONSTRUCTED LANDSCAPES.
NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS WITH AN AGGREGATE LANDSCAPE AREA EQUAL
TO OR GREATER THAN 500 SQUARE FEET.
5.304.6.2 REHABILITATED LANDSCAPES.
REHABILITATED LANDSCAPE PROJECTS WITH AN AGGREGATE LANDSCAPE AREA
EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 1,200 SQUARE FEET.
THE FOLLOWING TERMS ARE DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2.
EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF). [DSA-SS] AN ADJUSTMENT FACTOR
WHEN APPLIED TO REFERENCE EVAPOTRANSPIRATION THAT ADJUSTS FOR PLANT
FACTORS AND IRRIGATION EFFICIENCY, WHICH ARE TWO MAJOR INFLUENCES ON THE
AMOUNT OF WATER THAT NEEDS TO BE APPLIED TO THE LANDSCAPE.
GRAYWATER.PURSUANT TO HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 17922.12, “GRAYWATER”
MEANS UNTREATED WASTEWATER THAT HAS NOT BEEN CONTAMINATED BY ANY TOILET
DISCHARGE, HAS NOT BEEN AFFECTED BY INFECTIOUS, CONTAMINATED OR UNHEALTHY
BODILY WASTES, AND DOES NOT PRESENT A THREAT FROM CONTAMINATION BY
UNHEALTHFUL PROCESSING, MANUFACTURING OR OPERATING WASTES. “GRAYWATER”
INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, WASTEWATER FROM BATHTUBS, SHOWERS, BATHROOM
WASHBASINS, CLOTHES WASHING MACHINES AND LAUNDRY TUBS, BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE
WASTEWATER FROM KITCHEN SINKS OR DISHWASHERS.
METERING FAUCET.A SELF-CLOSING FAUCET THAT DISPENSES A SPECIFIC VOLUME OF
WATER FOR EACH ACTUATION CYCLE. THE VOLUME OR CYCLE DURATION CAN BE FIXED OR
ADJUSTABLE.
MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [BSC-CG & DSA-SS] A
CALIFORNIA REGULATION COMMENCING WITH SECTION 490 OF CHAPTER 2.7, DIVISION 2,
TITLE 23, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS. THE MWELO REGULATION ESTABLISHES A
STRUCTURE FOR PLANNING, DESIGNING, INSTALLING, MAINTAINING AND MANAGING WATER
EFFICIENT LANDSCAPES IN NEW CONSTRUCTION AND REHABILITATED PROJECTS.
POTABLE WATER. WATER THAT IS DRINKABLE AND MEETS THE US ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) DRINKING WATER STANDARDS. SEE DEFINITION IN THE
CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, PART 5.
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE AREA (SLA). [DSA-SS] [DSA-SS] AN AREA OF THE LANDSCAPE
DEDICATED SOLELY TO EDIBLE PLANTS, PLANTING AREAS USED FOR EDUCATIONAL
PURPOSES, RECREATIONAL AREAS, AREAS IRRIGATED WITH RECYCLED WATER, WATER
FEATURES USING RECYCLED WATER, AND WHERE TURF PROVIDES A PLAYING SURFACE OR
GATHERING SPACE.
SUBMETER.[HCD 1] A SECONDARY DEVICE BEYOND A METER THAT MEASURES WATER
CONSUMPTION OF AN INDIVIDUAL RENTAL UNIT WITHIN A MULTIUNIT RESIDENTIAL
STRUCTURE OR MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE. (SEE CIVIL CODE
SECTION 1954.202(G) AND WATER CODE SECTION 517 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.)
5.302.1 DEFINITIONS.
SECTION 5.201 GENERAL
CHAPTER 5 NON-RESIDENTIAL
MANDATORY MEASURES (CONTINUED)
SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS
SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE
DIVISION 5.3 – WATER EFFICIENCY AND
CONSERVATION
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER SHALL ESTABLISH THE MEANS OF CONSERVING
WATER USED INDOORS, OUTDOORS AND IN WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE.
5.301.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.301 GENERAL
SECTION 5.305 WATER REUSE SYSTEMS
(RESERVED)
DIVISION 5.4 – MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND
RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER SPECIFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACHIEVING MATERIAL
CONSERVATION, RESOURCE EFFICIENCY AND GREENHOUSE GAS (GHG) EMISSION
THROUGH PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS FROM EXTERIOR MOISTURE, CONSTRUCTION
WASTE DIVERSION, EMPLOYMENT OF TECHNIQUES TO REDUCE POLLUTION THROUGH
RECYCLING OF MATERIALS, THE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS WITH LOWER GHG
EMISSIONS AND BUILDING COMMISSIONING OR TESTING AND ADJUSTING.
5.401.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.401 GENERAL
SECTION 5.407 WEATHER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT
SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND
RECYCLING
5.407.2.2 ENTRIES AND OPENINGS
5.303.3.4.5 METERING FAUCETS FOR WASH FOUNTAINS
TABLE 5.106.5.3.1
N/A
TOTAL NUMBER OF
ACTUAL PARKING SPACES
NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV
CAPABLE SPACES
0-9 0
10-25 4
26-50 8
51-75 13
76-100 17
101-150 25
151-200 35
201 AND OVER 20 PERCENT OF ACTUAL
PARKING SPACES
N/A
1
NUMBER OF EVCS
(EV CAPABLE SPACES
PROVIDED WITH EVSE)
0
0
2
3
4
6
9
25 PERCENT OF EV CAPABLE SPACES 1
2
1. CALCULATION FOR SPACES SHALL BE ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE NUMBER.
2. THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCS (EV CAPABLE SPACES PROVIDED WITH EVSE) IN
COLUMN 3 COUNT TOWARD THE TOTAL NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES
SHOWN IN COLUMN 2.
3. AT LEAST ONE LEVEL 2 EVSE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
5.106.5.3.1 EV CAPABLE SPACES.
[N] EV CAPABLE SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 5.106.5.3.1
AND THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
1.RACEWAYS COMPLYING WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AND NO LESS
THAN 1-INCH (25 MM) DIAMETER SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL ORIGINATE AT A
SERVICE PANEL OR A SUBPANEL(S) SERVING THE AREA, AND SHALL TERMINATE IN
CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE PROPOSED LOCATION OF THE EV CAPABLE SPACE AND
INTO A SUITABLE LISTED CABINET, BOX, ENCLOSURE OR EQUIVALENT. A COMMON
RACEWAY MAY BE USED TO SERVE MULTIPLE EV CAPABLE SPACES.
2.A SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL(S) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PANEL SPACE AND
ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY FOR A DEDICATED 208/240 VOLT, 40-AMPERE
MINIMUM BRANCH CIRCUIT FOR EACH EV CAPABLE SPACE, WITH DELIVERY OF 30-
AMPERE MINIMUM TO AN INSTALLED EVSE AT EACH EVCS.
3.THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND ANY ON-SITE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO SUPPLY FULL RATED AMPERAGE AT EACH
EV CAPABLE SPACE.
4.THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY THE
RESERVED OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SPACE(S) AS “EV CAPABLE”. THE
RACEWAY TERMINATION LOCATION SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AND VISIBLY
MARKED AS “EV CAPABLE.”
NOTE: A PARKING SPACE SERVED BY ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT OR
DESIGNED AS A FUTURE EV CHARGING SPACE SHALL COUNT AS AT LEAST ONE
STANDARD AUTOMOBILE PARKING SPACE ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE OF COMPLYING
WITH ANY APPLICABLE MINIMUM PARKING SPACE REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED BY
AN ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. SEE VEHICLE CODE SECTION 22511.2 FOR FURTHER
DETAILS.
5.408.1.4 DOCUMENTATION.
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH
DEMONSTRATES COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 5.408.1.1 THROUGH 5.408.1.3. THE WASTE
MANAGEMENT PLAN SHALL BE UPDATED AS NECESSARY AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE
DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EXAMINATION BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
SEE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DRAWINGS.
5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS.
NONRESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH A LOCAL
WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE OR THE CURRENT
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES’ MODEL WATER
EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO), WHICHEVER IS
MORE STRINGENT.
NOTES:
1. THE MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE
(MWELO) IS LOCATED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF
REGULATIONS, TITLE 23, CHAPTER 2.7, DIVISION 2.
2. MWELO AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING A
WATER BUDGET CALCULATOR, ARE AVAILABLE AT:
https://www.water.ca.gov/.
SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE
5.106.5.3.5 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION SIGNAGE.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY SIGNAGE OR
PAVEMENT MARKINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH CAL-TRANS TRAFFIC OPERATIONS
POLICY DIRECTIVE 13-01 (ZERO EMISSION VEHICLE SIGNS AND PAVEMENT
MARKINGS) OR ITS SUCCESSOR(S). VERIFY SIGNAGE DETAILS COMPLY.
5.106.5.3.6 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS (EVCS) -
POWER ALLOCATION METHOD.
THE POWER ALLOCATION METHOD MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO THE
REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 5.106.5.3.1, SECTION 5.106.5.3.2 AND ASSOCIATED
TABLE 5.106.5.3.1. USE TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 TO DETERMINE THE TOTAL POWER IN
kVA REQUIRED BASED ON THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES.
POWER ALLOCATION METHOD SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. USE ANY kVA COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE SPACES, LOW POWER
LEVEL 2, LEVEL 2 OR DCFC EVSES.
2. AT LEAST ONE LEVEL 2 EVSE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
TABLE 5.106.5.3.6
TOTAL NUMBER OF
ACTUAL PARKING SPACES MINIMUM TOTAL
KVA @ 6.6 KVA
0-9 0
10-25 4
26-50 8
51-75 13
76-100 17
101-150 25
151-200 35
201 AND OVER 20 PERCENT OF ACTUAL
PARKING SPACES x 6.6
TOTAL KVA REQUIRED IN ANY
COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE,
LOW POWER LEVEL 2, LEVEL 2,
OR DCFC
0
26.4
52.8
85.8
112.2
165
231
3,4
1,2
TOTAL REQUIRED kVA = P x .20 x 6.6
WHERE P = PARKING SPACES IN
FACILITY
1. LEVEL 2 EVSE @ 6.6 KVA MINIMUM.
2. AT LEAST ONE LEVEL 2 EVSE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
3. MAXIMUM ALLOWED kVA TO BE UTILIZED FOR EV CAPABLE SPACES IS 75 PERCENT.
4. IF EV CAPABLE SPACES ARE UTILIZED, THEY SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION
5.106.5.3.1 EV CAPABLE SPACES.
5.106.5.4.1 EXISTING BUILDINGS OR PARKING AREAS WITHOUT
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED EV CAPABLE INFRASTRUCTURE [A]
WHEN EV CAPABLE INFRASTRUCTURE DOES NOT EXIST AT AN EXISTING
PARKING FACILITY OR BUILDING, AND THE PARKING FACILITY OR BUILDING
UNDERGOES AN ADDITION OR ALTERATION LISTED IN SECTION 5.106.5.4,
CONSTRUCTION SHALL INCLUDE ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING IN COMPLIANCE
WITH EITHER SECTION 5.106.5.3.6 AND ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.1, OR
SECTION 5.106.5.3.6 AND ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 FOR THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES BEING ADDED OR ALTERED.
5.106.5.4.2 EXISTING BUILDINGS OR PARKING AREAS WITH
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED EV CAPABLE INFRASTRUCTURE [A]
WHEN EV CAPABLE INFRASTRUCTURE IS AVAILABLE AT AN EXISTING PARKING
FACILITY OR BUILDING, AND THE PARKING FACILITY OR BUILDING IS
UNDERGOING AN ADDITION OR ALTERATION LISTED IN SECTION 5.106.5.4,
CONSTRUCTION SHALL INCLUDE ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING IN COMPLIANCE
WITH EITHER SECTION 5.106.5.3 AND ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.1, OR SECTION
5.106.5.3.6 AND ASSOCIATED TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 UTILIZING THE EXISTING EV
CAPABLE ALLOCATED POWER AND INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE TOTAL NUMBER
OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES BEING ADDED OR ALTERED. IF THE AREA BEING
ADDED OR ALTERED EXCEEDS THE EXISTING EV CAPABLE CAPACITY,
ALLOCATED POWER AND INFRASTRUCTURE, PROVIDE EV CHARGING AS
NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION.
5.106.5.5 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING: MEDIUM-DUTY AND
HEAVY-DUTY. [N] [BSG-CG]
CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.5.1 TO FACILITATE
FUTURE ISNTALLATION OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).
CONSTRUCTION FOR WAREHOUSES, GROCERY STORES AND RETAIL STORES,
OFFICE BUILDINGS, AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES WITH PLANNED
OFFSTREET LOADING SPACES SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.5.1
FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS WHERE THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY
HAS DETERMINED COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION IS NOT FEASIBLE
BASED UPON ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
A. WHERE THERE IS NO LOCAL UTILITY POWER SUPPLY.
B. WHERE THE LOCAL UTILITY IS UNABLE TO SUPPLY ADEQUATE
POWER.
C. WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE SUITABLE TO THE LOCAL ENFORCING
AGENCY SUBSTANTIATING THAT ADDITIONAL LOCAL UTILITY
INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, DIRECTLY RELATED
TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SECTION 5.106.5.3, MAY ADVERSELY
IMPACT THE CONSTRUCTION COST OF THE PROJECT.
WHEN EVSE(S) IS/ARE INSTALLED, IT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AND AS
FOLLOWS:
MANUFAC-
TURING
FACILITIES
10,000 TO 50,000
10,000 TO 50,000
GREATER THAN 50,000
1 OR 2
3 OR GREATER
1 OR GREATER
200
400
400
OFFICE
BUILDINGS
10,000 TO 135,000
10,000 TO 135,000
GREATER THAN 135,000
1 OR 2
3 OR GREATER
1 OR GREATER
400
400
200
5.106.5.6 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING AT PUBLIC
SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. [DSA-SS]
ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFRASTRUCTURE AND ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING
STATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.6 AND SHALL BE PROVIDED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS IN THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AND THE
CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS WHERE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION
HAS BEEN DEMONSTRATED TO BE NOT FEASIBLE BASED UPON ON OF
THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, AND WITH CONCURRENCE BY THE
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA), COMPLIANCE W ITH
SECTION 5.106.5.6 SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED.
a. WHERE THERE IS NO LOCAL UTILITY POWER SUPPLY,
b. WHERE THE LOCAL UTILITY IS UNABLE TO SUPPLY ADEQUATE POWER.
c. THE INSTALLATION OF EVCS IS IMPRACTICABLE.
2. PARKING SPACES ACCESSIBLE ONLY BY AUTOMATED MECHANICAL CAR
PARKING SYSTEMS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION
5.106.5.6.
5.106.5.6.1 EV CAPABLE SPACES.
EV CAPABLE SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE W ITH TABLE
5.106.5.6.1 AND THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
1. RACEWAYS COMPLYING WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AND NO
LESS THAN 1-INCH (25MM) DIAMETER SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL
ORIGINATE AT A SERVICE PANEL OR A SUBPANEL(S) SERVING THE AREA
SHALL TERMINATE IN CLOSE PROMIXITY TO THE PROPOSED LOCATION OF
THE EV CAPABLE SPACE AND INTO A SUITABLE LISTED CABINET, BOX,
ENCLOSURE OR EQUIVALENT. A COMMON RACEWAY MAY BE USED TO
SERVE MULTIPLE EV CAPABLE SPACES.
2. A SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL(S) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PANEL
SPACE AND ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY FOR A DEDICATED 208/240 VOLT,
40-AMPERE MINIMUM BRANCH CIRCUIT FOR EACH EV CAPABLE SPACE,
WITH DELIVERY OF 30-AMPERE MINIMUM TO AN INSTALLED EVSE AT EACH
EVCS.
3. THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND ANY ON-SITE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO SUPPLY FULL RATED AMPERAGE AT
EACH EV CAPABLE SPACE.
4. THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY
THE RESERVED OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SPACE(S) AS "EV
CAPABLE." THE RACEWAY TERMINATION LOCATION SHALL BE
PERMANENTLY AND VISIBLY MARKED AS "EV CAPABLE."
TOTAL NUMBER OF
PARKING SPACES
NUMBER OF REQUIRED
EV CAPABLE SPACES
0-9 0
10-25 4
26-50 8
51-75 13
76-100 17
101-150 25
151-200 35
201 AND OVER 20 PERCENT OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCS
0
26.4
52.8
85.8
112.2
165
231
2
25 PERCENT OF EV CAPABLE SPACES1 1
TABLE 5.106.5.6.1
1. CALCULATION FOR SPACES SHALL BE ROUNDED UP TO THE NEARESY WHOLE NUMBER.
2. EACH EVCS SHALL REDUCE THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES BY THE
SAME NUMBER
5.106.5.6.2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS (EVCS).
EV CAPABLE SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EVSE TO CREATE EVCS IN THE
NUMBER INDICATED IN TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION
5.106.5.6.2. EVCS SHALL BE SERVICED BY LEVEL 2 OR DIRECT CURRENT FAST
CHARGING (DCFC) EVSE, OR WITH EVSE IN ANY COMBINATION OF LEVEL 2 AND
DCFC. ACCESSIBLE EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA
BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 11B.
5.106.5.6.2.1 REDUCED NUMBER OF EV CAPABLE SPACES.
THE INSTALLATION OF EACH DCFC EVSE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO REDUCE
THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES INDICATED IN
TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 BY FIVE AND REDUCE PROPORTIONALLY THE REQUIRED
ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY TO THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL.
5.106.5.6.2.2 MULTIPLE CONNECTORS.
EVSE WITH MULTIPLE VEHICLE CONNECTORS CAPABLE OF CHARGING
MULTIPLE EV'S SIMULTANEOUSLY SHALL BE PERMITTED IF THE
ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY REQUIRED BY SECTION 5.106.5.6.1 FOR
EACH EV CAPABLE SPACE IS ACCUMULATIVELY SUPPLIED TO THE EVSE.
5.106.5.6.2.3 USE OF AUTOMATIC LOAD MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS (ALMS),
ALMS SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR EVCS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 5.106.5.6.2. WHEN ALMS IS INSTALLED, THE REQUIRED
ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY SPECIFIED IN SECTION 5.106.5.6.1 FOR EACH
EVCS MAY BE REDUCED WHEN SERVICED BY AN EVSE CONTROLLED BY
AN ALMS. EACH EVSE CONTROLLED BY AN ALMS SHALL DELIVER A
MINIMUM 30 AMPERES TO AN EV WHEN CHARGING ONE VEHICLE AND
SHALL DELIVER A MINIMUM 3.3 KW WHILE SIMULTANEOUSLY CHARGING
MULTIPLE EVS.
5.106.5.6.3 EVCS ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE.
IN LIEU OF COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5.106.5.6.2, EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED
WITH LEVEL 1, LOW POWER LEVEL 2, OR LEVEL 2, OR ANY COMBINATION OF LEVEL
1, LOW POWER LEVEL 2, OR LEVEL 2 EVSE SUCH THAT THE TOTAL POWER
SUPPLIED BY THE COMBINATION OF EVSE MEETS THE MINIMUM POWER
INDICATED IN TABLE 5.106.5.6.3, BASED ON THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL
PARKING SPACES IN EACH PARKING FACILITY.
NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES
IN A PARKING FACILITY
0-9
10-25
26-50
51-75
76-100
101-150
151-200
MINIMUM TOTAL POWER (KVA)
REQUIRED FOR EVCS
0
7
14
20
27
40
60
TOTAL REQUIRED KVA = P x .05 x 6.6
WHERE P = PARKING SPACES IN FACILITY201 AND OVER
TABLE 5.106.5.6.3
5.106.5.6.4 EVCS FOR ALTERATIONS OF OR ADDITIONS TO
PARKING FACILITIES.
ALTERATIONS OF OR ADDITIONS TO PARKING FACILITIES SHALL PROVIDE EVCS IN
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 5.106.5.6.4. THE INSTALLATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE
FOR EV CAPABLE SPACES REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED WITHOUT EVSE SHALL NOT
BE REQUIRED.
5.106.5.6.4.1 ALTERATIONS OF AND ADDITIONS TO
PARKING FACILITIES.
EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NUMBER
INDICATED IN TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 OR MINIMUM POWER INDICATED IN TABLE
5.106.5.6.3 WHEN THE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES AN INCREASE IN
POWER SUPPLY TO AN ELECTRIC PANEL SERVING LIGHT FIXTURES
ILLUMINATING THE PARKING AREA OR WHEN AREA CONTAINING PARKING
SPACES IS ADDED TO A PARKING FACILITY. THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED
EVCS SHALL BE BASED ON THE TOTAL NUMBER OF EXISTING AND NEW
PARKING SPACES IN THE PARKING FACILITY.
5.106.5.6.4.2 ALTERATIONS CONSISTING OF THE
INSTALLATION OF PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS.
EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NUMBER
INDICATED IN TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 OR MAXIMUM POWER INDICATED IN
TABLE 5.106.5.6.3 WHEN A NEW PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM IS INSTALLED IN
AN EXISTING PARKING FACILITY.
5.106.5.6.5 REQUIREMENT TO INSTALL EVSE.
LEVEL 2 EVSE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL EXISTING EV CAPABLE SPACES TO
CREATE EVCS WHEN A PROJECT IS REQUIRED BY CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE
CODE SECTION 4-309 TO BE SUBMITTED FOR PLAN APPROVAL TO THE DIVISION OF
THE STATE ARCHITECT. WHEN EVSE IS INSTALLED IN EXISTING EV CAPABLE
SPACES, ACCESSIBLE EVCS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 11B.
EXCEPTION: PROJECTS IN WHICH IMPROVEMENTS IN PARKING AREAS
CONSIST ONLY OF ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOT REQUIRED
TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 5.106.5.6.5.
1. IESNA LIGHTING ZONES 0 ARE NOT APPLICABLE; REFER TO LIGHTING ZONES AS DEFINED IN THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE AND CHAPTER 10 OF THE CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.
2. FOR PROPERTY LINES THAT ABUT PUBLIC WALKWAYS, BIKEW AYS, PLAZAS AND PARKING
LOTS, THE PROPERTY LINE MAY BE CONSIDERED TO BE 5 FEET BEYOND THE ACTUAL
PROPERTY LINE FOR PURPOSE OF DETERMINING COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION. FOR
PROPERTY LINES THAT ABUT PUBLIC ROADWAYS AND PUBLIC TRANSIT CORRIDORS, THE
PROPERTY LINE MAY BE CONSIDERED TO BE THE CENTERLINE OF THE PUBLIC ROADWAY OR
PUBLIC TRANSIT CORRIDOR FOR THE PURPOSE OF DETERMINING COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
SECTION.
3. GENERAL LIGHTING LUMINAIRES IN AREAS SUCH AS OUTDOOR PARKING, SALES OR STORAGE
LOTS SHALL MEET THESE REDUCED RATINGS. DECORATIVE LUMINAIRES LOCATED IN THESE
AREAS SHALL MEET U-VALUE LIMITS FOR “ALL OTHER OUTDOOR LIGHTING.”
EXCEPTION: ANY PROJECT WITH AN AGGREGATE LANDSCAPE
AREA OF 2,500 SQUARE FEET OR LESS MAY COMPLY WITH THE
PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES CONTAINED IN APPENDIX D OF THE
MWELO.
N/A
SEE SITE PLAN & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.
5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT (CONTINUED)
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
0
5
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
CA
L
G
R
E
E
N
N
O
T
E
S
I032
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
N/A
5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY.
N/A
5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING.
N/A
5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL
N/A
5.507.4.1 EXTERIOR NOISE TRANSMISSION, PRESCRIPTIVE
METHOD
BUILDINGS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE,
CCR, TITLE 24, PART 2, SECTIONS 1202 (VENTILATION) AND CHAPTER 14 (EXTERIOR
WALLS). FOR ADDITIONAL MEASURES, SEE SECTION 5.407.2 OF THIS CODE.
FOR MECHANICALLY OR NATURALLY VENTILATED SPACES IN BUILDINGS, MEET THE
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 120.1 (REQUIREMENTS FOR VENTILATION) OF THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, OR THE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE, WHICHEVER IS MORE
STRINGENT, AND DIVISION 1, CHAPTER 4 OF CCR, TITLE 8.
FOR BUILDINGS OR ADDITIONS EQUIPPED WITH DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION, CO2
SENSORS AND VENTILATION CONTROLS SHALL BE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, SECTION
120.1(c)(4).
EMPLOY BUILDING ASSEMBLIES AND COMPONENTS WITH SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS
(STC) VALUES DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90 AND ASTM E 413 OR
OUTDOOR-INDOOR SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS (OITC) DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM E 1332, USING EITHER THE PRESCRIPTIVE OR PERFORMANCE METHOD IN
SECTION 5.507.4.1 OR 5.507.4.2.
EXCEPTION:BUILDINGS WITH FEW OR NO OCCUPANTS OR WHERE OCCUPANTS ARE NOT
LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY EXTERIOR NOISE, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENFORCEMENT
AUTHORITY, SUCH AS FACTORIES, STADIUMS, STORAGE, ENCLOSED PARKING
STRUCTURES AND UTILITY BUILDINGS.
EXCEPTION: [DSA-SS]FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES, THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND ALL SUBSECTIONS APPLY ONLY TO NEW
CONSTRUCTION.
WALL AND ROOF-CEILING ASSEMBLIES EXPOSED TO THE NOISE SOURCE MAKING UP
THE BUILDING OR ADDITION ENVELOPE OR ALTERED ENVELOPE SHALL MEET A
COMPOSITE STC RATING OF AT LEAST 50 OR A COMPOSITE OITC RATING OF NO LESS
THAN 40, WITH EXTERIOR WINDOWS OF A MINIMUM STC OF 40 OR OITC OF 30 IN THE
FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
1. WITHIN THE 65 CNEL NOISE CONTOUR OF AN AIRPORT.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. LDN OR CNEL FOR MILITARY AIRPORTS SHALL BE DETERMINED
BY THE FACILITY AIR INSTALLATION COMPATIBLE LAND USE ZONE
(AICUZ) PLAN.
2. LDN OR CNEL FOR OTHER AIRPORTS AND HELIPORTS FOR
WHICH A LAND USE PLAN HAS NOT BEEN DEVELOPED SHALL BE
DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL GENERAL PLAN NOISE ELEMENT.
2. WITHIN THE 65 CNEL OR LDN NOISE CONTOUR OF A FREEWAY OR
EXPRESSWAY, RAILROAD, INDUSTRIAL SOURCE OR FIXED-GUIDEWAY
SOURCE AS DETERMINED BY THE NOISE ELEMENT OF THE GENERAL PLAN.
5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL.
WHERE OUTDOOR AREAS ARE PROVIDED FOR SMOKING, PROHIBIT SMOKING
WITHIN 25 FEET OF BUILDING ENTRIES, OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES AND OPERABLE
WINDOWS AND WITHIN THE BUILDING AS ALREADY PROHIBITED BY OTHER LAWS OR
REGULATIONS; OR AS ENFORCED BY ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS OR POLICIES OF
ANY CITY, COUNTY, CITY AND COUNTY, CALIFORNIA COMMUNITY COLLEGE,
CAMPUS OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, OR CAMPUS OF THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. WHEN ORDINANCES,
REGULATIONS OR POLICIES ARE NOT IN PLACE, POST SIGNAGE TO INFORM
BUILDING OCCUPANTS OF THE PROHIBITATIONS.
N/A
N/A
TABLE 5.504.4.3
VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS
GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER
AND LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS
SUBMITTAL AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
5.504.4.4 CARPET SYSTEMS.
ALL CARPET INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF
THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, "STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING
AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES
USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS," VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING
METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350).
5.504.4.4.2 CARPET ADHESIVE.
ALL CARPET ADHESIVE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF TABLE 5.504.4.1.
5.504.4.5. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS.
5.504.4.5.3 DOCUMENTATION.
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD AND MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD COMPOSITE
WOOD PRODUCTS USED ON THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL MEET
THE REQUIREMENTS FOR FORMALDEHYDE AS SPECIFIED IN ARB’S AIR TOXICS CONTROL
MEASURE (ATCM) FOR COMPOSITE WOOD (17 CCR 93120 ET SEQ.) THOSE MATERIALS NOT
EXEMPTED UNDER THE ATCM MUST MEET THE SPECIFIED EMISSION LIMITS,AS SHOWN IN
TABLE 5.504.4.5.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS.
VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS
REQUESTED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE AT
LEAST ONE OF THE ITEMS 1 THROUGH 5 LISTED IN SECTION 5.504.4.5.3.
1. PRODUCT CERTIFICATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2. CHAIN OF CUSTODY CERTIFICATIONS.
3. PRODUCT LABELED AND INVOICED AS MEETING THE COMPOSITE WOOD
PRODUCTS REGULATION (SEE CCR, TITLE 17, SECTION 93120, ET SEQ.).
4. EXTERIOR GRADE PRODUCTS MARKED AS MEETING THE PS-1 OR PS-2
STANDARDS OF THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION, THE AUSTRALIAN
AS/NZS 2269 OR EUROPEAN 636 3S STANDARDS.
5. OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
5.504.4.6.1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED VERIFYING THAT RESILIENT FLOORING
MATERIALS MEET THE POLLUTANT EMISSION LIMITS.
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
5.504.5.3 FILTERS.
IN MECHANICALLY VENTILATED BUILDINGS, PROVIDE REGULARLY OCCUPIED AREAS OF
THE BUILDING WITH AIR FILTRATION MEDIA FOR OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR THAT
PROVIDES AT LEAST A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 13. MERV 13
FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR
MAINTENANCE WITH FILTERS OF THE SAME VALUE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
EXCEPTION:EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.
SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.
TABLE 5.504.4.5
FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS
MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION.
SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
INSTALLED FILTERS SHALL BE CLEARLY LABELED BY THE MANUFACTURER
INDICATING THE MERV RATING.
5.504.5.3.1 LABELING.
COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT
FLAT COATINGS 50
NONFLAT COATINGS 100
NONFLAT HIGH GLOSS COATINGS 150
SPECIALTY COATINGS
ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400
BASEMENT SPECIALITY COATINGS 400
BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50
BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350
BOND BREAKERS 350
CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350
CONCRETE/ MASONARY SEALERS 100
DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50
DRY FOG COATINGS 150
FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350
FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350
FLOOR COATINGS 100
FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250
GRAPHIC ART COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500
HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420
INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250
LOW SOLIDS COATINGS 120
MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450
MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100
METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500
MULTICOLORS COATINGS 250
PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420
PRIMERS, SEALERS AND UNDERCOATERS 100
REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350
RECYCLED COATINGS 250
ROOF COATINGS 50
RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250
SHELLACS
CLEAR 730
OPAQUE 550
SPECIALITY PRIMERS, SEALERS AND UNDERCOATERS:100
STAINS 250
STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450
SWIMMING POOLS COATING 340
TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100
TUB AND TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250
WOOD COATINGS 275
WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350
ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340
PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05
PARTICLE BOARD 0.09
MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11
THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.13
SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
5.504.4.4.1 CARPET CUSHION.
ALL CARPET CUSHION INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, "STANDARD
METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL
EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS," VERSION 1.2,
JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350).
2,3
1
1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER AND INCLUDING
EXEMPT COMPOUNDS.
2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN
SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE.
3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA
AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL
MEASURE, FEBRUARY 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR
RESOURCES BOARD.
1
2
1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA
AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS
TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12.
2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCH (8 MM).
5.504.4.5.1 EARLY COMPLIANCE.
RESERVED.
SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH'S WEBSITE FOR
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS.
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#
material
SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH'S WEBSITE FOR
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS.
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#
material
5.504.4.7 THERMAL INSULATION.
COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE
ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL
CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR
CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350).
SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS.
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#
material
5.504.4.7.1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED VERIFYING THAT THERMAL INSULATION
MATERIALS MEET THE POLLUTANT EMISSION LIMITS.
5.504.4. 8 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS AND WALL PANELS.
COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE
ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL
CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR
CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350).
SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS.
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#
material
5.504.4.8.1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.
DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED VERIFYING THAT ACOUSTICAL FINISH
MATERIALS MEET THE POLLUTANT EMISSION LIMITS.
5.504.4.1 ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS.
5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL.
5.504.3 COVERING OF DUCT OPENINGS AND PROTECTION
OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION.
TABLE 5.504.4.2
SEALANT VOC LIMIT
LESS WATER AND LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS IN GRAMS PER LITER
TABLE 5.504.4.1
ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT
LESS WATER AND LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS IN GRAMS PER LITER
AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION AND DURING STORAGE ON THE
CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING
AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR
DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE,
PLASTIC, SHEETMETAL, OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE
ENFORCING AGENCY TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF DUST, WATER AND DEBRIS
WHICH MAY ENTER THE SYSTEM.
FINISH MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 5.504.4.1 THROUGH
5.504.4.6.
5.504.4.3 PAINTS AND COATINGS.
ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS IN TABLE
1 OF THE ARB ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, AS
SHOWN IN TABLE 5.504.4.3, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT LOCAL LIMITS APPLY. THE
VOC CONTENT LIMIT FOR COATINGS THAT DO NOT MEET THE DEFINITIONS FOR THE
SPECIALTY COATINGS CATEGORIES LISTED IN TABLE 5.504.4.3 SHALL BE
DETERMINED BY CLASSIFYING THE COATING AS A FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-
HIGH GLOSS COATING, BASED ON ITS GLOSS, AS DEFINED IN SUBSECTIONS 4.21,
4.36 AND 4.37 OF THE 2007 CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD SUGGESTED
CONTROL MEASURE, AND THE CORRESPONDING FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-
HIGH GLOSS VOC LIMIT IN TABLE 5.504.4.3 SHALL APPLY.
THE PERMANENT HVAC SYSTEM SHALL ONLY BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION
IF NECESSARY TO CONDITION THE BUILDING OR AREAS OF ADDITION OR
ALTERATION WITHIN THE REQUIRED TEMPERATURE RANGE FOR MATERIAL AND
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. IF THE HVAC SYSTEM IS USED DURING
CONSTRUCTION, USE RETURN AIR FILTERS WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 8, BASED ON ASHRAE 52.2-1999, OR AN AVERAGE
EFFICIENCY OF 30 PERCENT BASED ON ASHRAE 52.1-1992. REPLACE ALL
FILTERS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, OR, IF THE BUILDING IS
OCCUPIED DURING ALTERATION, AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION.
ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50
CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50
OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150
WOOD FLORING ADHESIVES 100
RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60
SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50
CERAMIC TILES ADHESIVES 65
VCT AND ASPHALTS TILE ADHESIVES 50
DRYWALL AND PANEL ADHESIVES 50
COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50
MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70
STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100
SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250
OTHER ADHESIVE NOT SPECIFICALLY USED 50
SPECIALITY APPLICATIONS
PVC WELDING 510
CPVC WELDING 490
ABS WELDING 325
PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250
ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550
CONTACT ADHESIVE 80
SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250
STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBRANE ADHESIVE 140
TOP AND TRIM ADHESIVE 250
SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
METAL TO METAL 30
PLASTIC FOAMS 50
POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50
WOOD 30
FIBERGLASS 80
SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT.
ARCHITECTURAL 250
MARINE DECK 760
NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300
ROADWAY 250
SINGLE -PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450
OTHER 420
SEALANT PRIMERS
NONPOROUS 250
POROUS 775
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500
MARINE DECK 760
OTHER 750
ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS USED ON THE PROJECT SHALL MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS:
1. ADHESIVES, ADHESIVE BONDING PRIMERS, ADHESIVE PRIMERS, SEALANTS,
SEALANT PRIMERS AND CAULKS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL OR REGIONAL
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES
WHERE APPLICABLE, OR SCAQMD RULE 1168 VOC LIMITS, AS SHOWN IN
TABLES 5.504.4.1 AND 5.504.4.2. SUCH PRODUCTS ALSO SHALL COMPLY WITH
THE RULE 1168 PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS
(CHLOROFORM, ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE,
PERCHLOROETHYLENE AND TRICHLOROETHYLENE), EXCEPT FOR AEROSOL
PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN SUBSECTION 2, BELOW.
2. AEROSOL ADHESIVES, AND SMALLER UNIT SIZES OF ADHESIVES, AND
SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUNDS (IN UNITS OF PRODUCT, LESS
PACKAGING, WHICH DO NOT WEIGH MORE THAN ONE POUND AND DO NOT
CONSIST OF MORE THAN 16 FLUID OUNCES) SHALL COMPLY WITH
STATEWIDE VOC STANDARDS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING
PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS, OF CALIFORNIA
CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94507.
ARCHITECTURAL
5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION.
1,2
1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER THE ADHESIVE
WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED.
2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT
SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE
1168, http://www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF.
NOTE:FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC
CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT
DISTRICT RULE 1168.
5.504.4.3.1 AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS.
AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL MEET THE PWMIR LIMITS FOR ROC IN
SECTION 94522(A)(3) AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON
USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS AND OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES, IN
SECTIONS 94522(C)(2) AND (D)(2) OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17,
COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94520; AND IN AREAS UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF
THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ADDITIONALLY COMPLY WITH
THE PERCENT VOC BY WEIGHT OF PRODUCT LIMITS OF REGULATION 8 RULE 49.
5.504.4.3.2 VERIFICATION.
VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE
REQUEST OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS
NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
1. MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
2. FIELD VERIFICATION OF ON-SITE PRODUCT CONTAINERS
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL
SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
(DSA-SS)EACH PUBLIC K-12 SCHOOL CLASSROOM, AS LISTED IN TABLE 120.1-A OF THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CARBON DIOXIDE MONITOR OR
SENSOR THAT MEETS THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
1.THE MONITOR OR SENSOR SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED IN A TAMPER-PROOF
MANNER IN EACH CLASSROOM BETWEEN 3 AND 6 FEET (914 MM AND 1829 MM) ABOVE
THE FLOOR AND AT LEAST 5 FEET (1524 MM) AWAY FROM DOORS AND OPERABLE
WINDOWS.
2.WHEN THE MONITOR OR SENSOR IS NOT INTEGRAL TO AN ENERGY MANAGEMENT
CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS), THE MONITOR OR SENSOR SHALL DISPLAY THE CARBON
DIOXIDE READINGS ON THE DEVICE. WHEN THE SENSOR IS INTEGRAL TO AN EMCS,
THE CARBON DIOXIDE READINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO AND REGULARLY
MONITORED BY FACILITY PERSONNEL.
3.A MONITOR SHALL PROVIDE NOTIFICATION THROUGH A VISUAL INDICATOR ON THE
MONITOR WHEN THE CARBON DIOXIDE LEVELS IN THE CLASSROOM HAVE EXCEEDED
1,100 PPM. A SENSOR INTEGRAL TO AN EMCS SHALL PROVIDE NOTIFICATION TO
FACILITY PERSONNEL THROUGH A VISUAL AND/OR AUDIBLE INDICATOR WHEN THE
CARBON DIOXIDE LEVELS IN THE CLASSROOM HAVE EXCEEDED 1,100 PPM.
4.THE MONITOR OR SENSOR SHALL MEASURE CARBON DIOXIDE LEVELS AT MINIMUM
15-MINUTE INTERVALS AND SHALL MAINTAIN A RECORD OF PREVIOUS CARBON
DIOXIDE MEASUREMENTS OF NOT LESS THAN 30 DAYS DURATION.
5.THE MONITOR OR SENSOR USED TO MEASURE CARBON DIOXIDE LEVELS SHALL HAVE
THE CAPACITY TO MEASURE CARBON DIOXIDE LEVELS WITH A RANGE OF 400 PPM TO
2000 PPM OR GREATER.
6.THE MONITOR OR SENSOR SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO BE
ACCURATE WITHIN 75 PPM AT 1,000 PPM CARBON DIOXIDE CONCENTRATION AND
SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO REQUIRE CALIBRATION NO MORE
FREQUENTLY THAN ONCE EVERY 5 YEARS.
5.506.3 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING IN CLASSROOMS.
SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT
DIVISION 5.5 – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
5.504.4.6 RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS.
WHERE RESILIENT FLOORING IS INSTALLED AT LEAST 80 PERCENT OF FLOOR AREA
RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PULBIC HEALTH, "STANDARD METHOD FOR THE
TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM
INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIROMENTAL CHAMBERS." VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017
(EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350).
SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH'S WEBSITE FOR
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS.
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#
material
5.410.2 COMMISSIONING.
5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS.
100 PERCENT OF TREES, STUMPS, ROCKS AND ASSOCIATED VEGETATION AND
SOILS RESULTING PRIMARILY FROM LAND CLEARING SHALL BE REUSED OR
RECYCLED. FOR A PHASED PROJECT, SUCH MATERIAL MAY BE STICKPILED ON
SITE UNTIL THE STORAGE SITE IS DEVELOPED.
EXCEPTION: REUSE, EITHER ON-OR OFF-SITE, OF VEGETATION OR SOIL
CONTAMINATED BY DISEASE OR PEST INFESTATION.
NOTES:
1. IF CONTAMINATION BY DISEASE OR PEST INFESTATION IS SUSPECTED,CONTACT
THE COUNTY AGRICULTURAL COMMISSIONER AND FOLLOW ITS DIRECTION FOR
RECYCLING OR DISPOSAL OF THE MATERIAL.
(www.cdfa.ca.gov/exec/county/county_contacts.html)
2. FOR A MAP OF KNOWN PEST AND/OR DISEASE QUARANTINE ZONES, CONSULT
WITH THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FOOD AND AGRICULTURE. (www.cdfa.ca.gov)
CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE READILY ACCESSIBLE AREAS THAT SERVE THE ENTIRE BUILDING AND ARE
IDENTIFIED FOR THE DEPOSITING, STORAGE AND COLLECTION OF NON-HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS FOR RECYCLING, INCLUDING (AT A MINIMUM) PAPER, CORRUGATED
CARDBOARD, GLASS, PLASTICS, ORGANIC WASTE AND METALS, OR MEET A
LAWFULLY ENACTED LOCAL RECYCLING ORDINANCE, IF MORE RESTRICTIVE.
EXCEPTION:RURAL JURISDICTIONS THAT MEET AND APPLY FOR THE EXEMPTION IN
PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE 42649.82 (A)(2)(A) ET SEQ. SHALL ALSO BE
EXEMPT FROM THE ORGANIC WASTE PORTION OF THIS SECTION.
[N] NEW BUILDINGS 10,000 SQUARE FEET AND OVER. FOR NEW BUILDINGS 10,000 SQUARE
FEET AND OVER, BUILDING COMMISSIONING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION PROCESSES OF THE BUILDING PROJECT TO VERIFY THAT THE BUILDING
SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS MEET THE OWNER’S OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE’S
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. COMMISSIONING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THIS SECTION BY TRAINED PERSONNEL WITH EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF
COMPARABLE SIZE AND COMPLEXITY. FOR I-OCCUPANCIES THAT ARE NOT REGULATED BY
OSHPD OR FOR I-OCCUPANCIES AND L-OCCUPANCIES THAT ARE NOT REGULATED BY THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SECTION 100.0 SCOPE, ALL REQUIREMENTS IN SECTIONS
5.410.2 THROUGH 5.410.2.6 SHALL APPLY.
NOTES:
FOR ENERGY-RELATED SYSTEMS UNDER THE SCOPE (SECTION 100) OF THE CALIFORNIA
ENERGY CODE, INCLUDING HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEMS
AND CONTROLS, INDOOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS, AS WELL AS W ATER
HEATING SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS, REFER TO CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SECTION 120.8
FOR COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.
COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS SHALL INCLUDE:
1. OWNER’S OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE’S PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
2. BASIS OF DESIGN.
3. COMMISSIONING MEASURES SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.
4. COMMISSIONING PLAN.
5. FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING.
6. DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING.
7. COMMISSIONING REPORT.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. UNCONDITIONED WAREHOUSES OF ANY SIZE.
2. AREAS LESS THAN 10,000 SQUARE FEET USED FOR OFFICES OR OTHER
CONDITIONED ACCESSORY SPACES WITHIN UNCONDITIONED W AREHOUSES.
3. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS LESS THAN 10,000 SQUARE FEET AS DESCRIBED IN
SECTION 303.1.1.
4. OPEN PARKING GARAGES OF ANY SIZE, OR OPEN PARKING GARAGE AREAS, OF ANY
SIZE, WITHIN A STRUCTURE.
NOTE: FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, UNCONDITIONED SHALL MEAN A BUILDING,
AREA OR ROOM WHICH DOES NOT PROVIDE HEATING AND OR AIR CONDITIONING.
INFORMATIONAL NOTE:
1. FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING FOR HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS MUST BE PERFORMED IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE.
N/A
5.410.2.1 OWNER'S OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS (OPR).
THE EXPECTATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING APPROPRIATE
TO ITS PHASE SHALL BE DOCUMENTED BEFORE THE DESIGN PHASE OF THE
PROJECT BEGINS. THIS DOCUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE ITEMS 1 THROUGH
6 LISTED IN THIS SECTION.
[N] THE EXPECTATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING APPROPRIATE TO
ITS PHASE SHALL BE DOCUMENTED BEFORE THE DESIGN PHASE OF THE PROJECT
BEGINS. THIS DOCUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SUSTAINABILITY GOALS.
2. BUILDING SUSTAINABLE GOALS.
3. INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.
4. PROJECT PROGRAM, INCLUDING FACILITY FUNCTIONS AND HOURS OF
OPERATION, AND NEED FOR AFTER HOURS OPERATION.
5. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS EXPECTATIONS.
6. BUILDING OCCUPANT AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M)
PERSONNEL EXPECTATIONS.
N/A
5.410.2.2 BASIS OF DESIGN (BOD).
[N] A WRITTEN EXPLANATION OF HOW THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING SYSTEMS
MEETS THE OPR SHALL BE COMPLETED AT THE DESIGN PHASE OF THE BUILDING
PROJECT. THE BASIS OF DESIGN DOCUMENT SHALL COVER THE FOLLOWING
SYSTEMS:
1. RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS.
2. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS.
3. WATER REUSE SYSTEMS.
5.410.2.3 COMMISSIONING PLAN
[N] PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE A COMMISSIONING PLAN SHALL BE
COMPLETED TO DOCUMENT HOW THE PROJECT WILL BE COMMISSIONED.
THE COMMISSIONING PLAN SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION.
2. COMMISSIONING GOALS.
3. SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED. PLANS TO TEST SYSTEMS AND
COMPONENTS SHALL INCLUDE:
A. AN EXPLANATION OF THE ORIGINAL DESIGN INTENT.
B. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS TO BE TESTED, INCLUDING THE
EXTENT OF TESTS.
C. FUNCTIONS TO BE TESTED.
D. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED.
E. MEASURABLE CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE.
4. COMMISSIONING TEAM INFORMATION.
5. COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES, SCHEDULES AND
RESPONSIBILITIES. PLANS FOR THE COMPLETION OF
COMMISSIONING SHALL BE INCLUDED.
ALL ADDITIONS CONDUCTED WITHIN A 12-MONTH PERIOD UNDER SINGLE
OR MULTIPLE PERMITS, RESULTING IN AN INCREASE OF 30 PERCENT OR
MORE IN FLOOR AREA, SHALL PROVIDE RECYCLING AREAS ON SITE.
EXCEPTION:
ADDITIONS WITHIN A TENANT SPACE RESULTING IN LESS THAN A 30-PERCENT
INCREASE IN THE TENANT SPACE FLOOR AREA.
5.410.1.1 ADDITIONS.
5.410.1.2 SAMPLE ORDINANCE.
SPACE ALLOCATION FOR RECYCLING AREAS SHALL COMPLY W ITH CHAPTER 18,
PART 3, DIVISION 30 OFTHE PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE. CHAPTER 18 IS KNOWN AS
THE CALIFORNIA SOLID WASTE REUSE AND RECYCLING ACCESS ACT OF 1991 (ACT).
NOTE:
A SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR USE BY LOCAL AGENCIES MAY BE FOUND IN APPENDIX A
OF THE DOCUMENT AT THE CALRECYCLE’S WEB SITE.
N/A
N/A
5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS.
SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION
5.410.2.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING.
[N] FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THE CORRECT
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF EACH COMPONENT, SYSTEM AND SYSTEM-TO-
SYSTEM INTERFACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REPORTS SHALL CONTAIN
INFORMATION ADDRESSING EACH OF THE BUILDING COMPONENTS TESTED, THE
TESTING METHODS UTILIZED, AND INCLUDE ANY READINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS MADE.
SEE MEP SPECIFICATIONS.
INSTALL ONLY A DIRECT-VENT SEALED-COMBUSTION GAS OR SEALED WOOD-
BURNING FIREPLACE, OR A SEALED WOOD-STOVE OR PELLET STOVE, AND REFER
TO RESIDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, TITLE 24,
PART 6, SUBCHAPTER 7, SECTION 150. WOODSTOVES, PELLET STOVES AND
FIREPLACES SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES.
5.503.1.1 WOODSTOVES.
WOODSTOVE AND PELLET STOVES SHALL COMPLY WITH US EPA NEW SOURCE
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS (NSPS) EMISSION LIMITS AS APPLICABLE, AND SHALL
HAVE A PERMANENT LABEL INDICATING THEY ARE CERTIFIED TO MEET THE
EMISSION LIMITS.
5.503.1 FIREPLACES.
5.410.4.5.1 INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS.
5.410.4.3.1 HVAC BALANCING.
5.410.4.3 PROCEDURES.
5.410.4.2 SYSTEMS.
5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. NEW BUILDINGS LESS THAN
10,000 SQUARE FEET.
TESTING AND ADJUSTING OF SYSTEMS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR NEW BUILDINGS
LESS THAN 10,000 SQUARE FEET OR NEW SYSTEMS TO SERVE AN ADDITION OR
ALTERATION SUBJECT TO SECTION 303.1.
N/A
DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND ADJUSTING
SYSTEMS. SYSTEMS TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND ADJUSTING SHALL
INCLUDE, AS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT:
1. RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS.
2. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS.
3. WATER REUSE SYSTEMS.
PERFORM TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS ON EACH
SYSTEM.
N/A
IN ADDITION TO TESTING AND ADJUSTING, BEFORE A NEW SPACE-CONDITIONING
SYSTEM SERVING A BUILDING OR SPACE IS OPERATED FOR NORMAL USE, BALANCE THE
SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DEFINED BY THE TESTING ADJUSTING
AND BALANCING BUREAU NATIONAL STANDARDS; THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL
BALANCING BUREAU PROCEDURAL STANDARDS; ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL
NATIONAL STANDARDS OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
INCLUDE A COPY OF ALL INSPECTION VERIFICATIONS AND REPORTS REQUIRED BY
THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
N/A
5.410.4.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O & M) MANUAL.
5.410.4.4 REPORTING.
AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING, PROVIDE A FINAL
REPORT OF TESTING SIGNED BY THE INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBLE FOR
PERFORMING THESE SERVICES.
PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE WITH DETAILED OPERATING
AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTIES/WARRANTIES FOR
EACH SYSTEM. O & M INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH OSHA
REQUIREMENTS IN CCR, TITLE 8, SECTION 5142, AND OTHER RELATED REGULATIONS.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.410.2.6 COMMISSIONING REPORT.
5.410.2.5.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS TRAINING.
5.410.2.5.1 SYSTEMS MANUAL.
5.410.2.5 DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING.
[N] A SYSTEMS MANUAL AND SYSTEMS OPERATIONS TRAINING ARE REQUIRED,
INCLUDING OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA) REQUIREMENTS IN
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR), TITLE 8, SECTION 5142, AND OTHER
RELATED REGULATIONS.
[N] DOCUMENTATION OF THE OPERATIONAL ASPECTS OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE
COMPLETED WITHIN THE SYSTEMS MANUAL AND DELIVERED TO THE BUILDING
OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE. THE SYSTEMS MANUAL SHALL INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
1. SITE INFORMATION, INCLUDING FACILITY DESCRIPTION, HISTORY AND
CURRENT REQUIREMENTS.
2. SITE CONTACT INFORMATION.
3. BASIC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE, INCLUDING GENERAL SITE
OPERATING PROCEDURES, BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING, RECOMMENDED
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS, SITE EVENTS LOG.
4. MAJOR SYSTEMS.
5. SITE EQUIPMENT INVENTORY AND MAINTENANCE NOTES.
6. A COPY OF VERIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY OR THIS
CODE.
7. OTHER RESOURCES AND DOCUMENTATION, IF APPLICABLE.
[N]A PROGRAM FOR TRAINING OF THE APPROPRIATE MAINTENANCE STAFF FOR
EACH EQUIPMENT TYPE AND/OR SYSTEM SHALL BE DEVELOPED AND
DOCUMENTED IN THE COMMISSIONING REPORT AND SHALL INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
1. SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW (WHAT IT IS, WHAT IT DOES AND WITH WHAT
OTHER SYSTEMS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IT INTERFACES).
2. REVIEW AND DEMONSTRATION OF SERVICING/PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.
3. REVIEW OF THE INFORMATION IN THE SYSTEMS MANUAL.
4. REVIEW OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS ON THE SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT.
[N] A REPORT OF COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES UNDERTAKEN THROUGH
THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PHASES OF THE BUILDING PROJECT SHALL BE
COMPLETED AND PROVIDED TO THE OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE.
SEE MEP SPECIFICATIONS.
5.410.4.1 (RESERVED)
NOTE: FOR ENERGY-RELATED SYSTEMS UNDER THE SCOPE (SECTION 100) OF THE
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, INCLUDING HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING
(HVAC) SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS, INDOOR LIGHTING SYSTEM AND CONTROLS, AS
WELL AS WATER HEATING SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS, REFER TO CALIFORNIA
ENERGY CODE SECTION 120.8 FOR COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS AND SECTIONS
120.5, 120.6, 130.4 AND 140.9(B)3 FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS OF
SPECIFIC SYSTEMS.
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER SHALL OUTLINE MEANS OF REDUCING THE
QUANTITY OF AIR CONTAMINANTS THAT ARE ODOROUS, IRRITATING AND/OR
HARMFUL TO THE COMFORT AND WELL-BEING OF A BUILDING’S INSTALLERS,
OCCUPANTS AND NEIGHBORS.
5.501.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.501 GENERAL
SECTION5.503 FIREPLACES
N/A
DIVISION 5.4 – MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND
RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
[BSC-CG] PROJECTS CONSISTING OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDING(S) WITH A
COMBINED FLOOR AREA OF 100,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH
EITHER SECTION 5.409.2 OR SECTION 5.409.3. ALTERATION(S) TO EXISTING
BUILDING(S) WHERE THE COMBINED ALTERED FLOOR AREA IS 100,000 SQUARE FEET
OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, 5.409.2, OR 5.409.3.
ADDITION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) WHERE THE TOTAL FLOOR AREA COMBINED
WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING(S) IS 100,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL
COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, SECTION 5.409.2, OR SECTION 5.409.3.
EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2026, THE COMBINED FLOOR AREA SHALL BE 50,000 SQUARE
FEET OR GREATER.
[DSA-SS] PROJECTS CONSISTING OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDING(S) WITH A
COMBINED FLOOR AREA OF 50,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH
EITHER SECTION 5.409.2 OR SECTION 5.409.3. ALTERATION(S) TO EXISTING
BUILDING(S) WHERE THE COMBINED ALTERED FLOOR AREA IS 50,000 SQUARE FEET
OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, 5.409.2, OR 5.409.3.
ADDITION(S) TO EXISTING BUILDING(S) WHERE THE TOTAL FLOOR AREA COMBINED
WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING(S) IS 50,000 SQUARE FEET OR GREATER SHALL COMPLY
WITH EITHER SECTION 5.105.2, SECTION 5.409.2, OR SECTION 5.409.3.
5.409.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.409 LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT
PROJECTS SHALL CONDUCT A CRADLE-TO-GRAVE WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE
ASSESSMENT PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ISO 14040 AND ISO 14044,
EXCLUDING OPERATING ENERGY, AND DEMONSTRATING A MINIMUM 10-PERCENT
REDUCTION IN GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP) AS COMPARED TO A REFERENCE
BASELINE BUILDING OF SIMILAR SIZE, FUNCTION, COMPLEXITY, TYPE OF
CONSTRUCTION, MATERIAL SPECIFICATION, AND LOCATION THAT MEETS THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE CURRENTLY IN EFFECT.
SOFTWARE USED TO CONDUCT THE WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT,
INCLUDING REFERENCE BASELINE BUILDING, SHALL HAVE A DATA SET COMPLIANT
WITH ISO 14044, AND ISO 21930 OR EN 15804, AND THE SOFTWARE SHALL CONFORM
TO ISO 21931 AND/OR EN 15978. THE SOFTWARE TOOLS AND DATA SETS SHALL BE
THE SAME FOR EVALUATION OF BOTH THE BASELINE BUILDING AND THE PROPOSED
BUILDING.
NOTES:
1. SOFTWARE FOR CALCULATING WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT IS
AVAILABLE FOR FREE AT ATHENA SUSTAINABLE MATERIALS INSTITUTE
(HTTPS://CALCULATELCA.COM/SOFTWARE/ IMPACT-ESTIMATOR/) AND
ONECLICK LCA-PLANETARY (WWW.ONECLICKLCA.COM/PLANETARY). PAID
VERSIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, SPHERA GABI SOLUTIONS
(GABI.SPHERA.COM), SIMAPRO (SIMAPRO.COM), ONE-CLICK LCA
(WWW.ONECLICKLCA.COM) AND TALLY FOR REVIT (APPS.AUTODESK.COM).
2. ASTM E2921-22 “STANDARD PRACTICE FOR MINIMUM CRITERIA FOR
COMPARING WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENTS FOR USE WITH
BUILDING CODES, STANDARDS, AND RATING SYSTEMS”MAY BE CONSULTED
FOR THE ASSESSMENT.
3. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION
5.409.2.3, WORKSHEET WS-9 MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING ENTITY
TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS.
5.409.2 WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT.
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS INCLUDED IN THE ASSESSMENT SHALL
BE LIMITED TO GLAZING ASSEMBLIES, INSULATION, AND EXTERIOR FINISHES.
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS INCLUDED IN THE
ASSESSMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS, AND
STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, BEAMS, WALLS, ROOFS, AND FLOORS.
5.409.2.1 BUILDING COMPONENTS.
THE REFERENCE STUDY PERIOD OF THE PROPOSED BUILDING SHALL BE
EQUAL TO THE REFERENCE BASELINE BUILDING AND SHALL BE 60 YEARS.
5.409.2.2 REFERENCE STUDY PERIOD.
A SUMMARY OF THE GWP ANALYSIS PRODUCED BY THE SOFTWARE AND
WORKSHEET WS-4 SIGNED BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD
SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS DOCUMEN-
TATION OF COMPLIANCE. A COPY OF THE WHOLE BUILDING LIFE CYCLE
ASSESSMENT WHICH INCLUDES THE GWP ANALYSIS PRODUCED BY THE
SOFTWARE, IN ADDITION TO MAINTENANCE AND TRAINING INFORMATION,
SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND
SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER AT THE CLOSE OF CONSTRUCTION. THE
ENFORCING AGENCY MAY REQUIRE INSPECTION AND INSPECTION REPORTS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 702.2 AND 703.1 DURING AND AT COM-
PLETION OF CONSTRUCTION TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL
CONFORMANCE. INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD OR THIRD PARTY ACCEPTABLE TO THE
ENFORCING AGENCY.
5.409.2.3 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.
EACH PRODUCT THAT IS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AND LISTED IN TABLE 5.409.3
SHALL HAVE A TYPE III ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD), EITHER
PRODUCT-SPECIFIC OR FACTORY-SPECIFIC.
5.409.3 PRODUCT GWP COMPLIANCE - PRESCRPTIVE PATH.
5.409.3.1 PRODUCTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM GWP VALUE SPECIFIED
IN TABLE 5.409.3.
EXCEPTION: CONCRETE MAY BE CONSIDERED ONE PRODUCT CATEGORY
TO MEET COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION. A WEIGHTED AVERAGE OF THE
MAXIMUM GWP FOR ALL CONCRETE MIXES INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT
SHALL BE LESS THAN THE WEIGHTED AVERAGE MAXIMUM GWP ALLOWED
PER TABLE 5.409.3 USING EXCEPTION EQUATION 5.409.3.1. CALCULATIONS
SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH CONSISTENT UNITS OF MEASUREMENT FOR
THE MATERIAL QUANTITY AND THE GWP VALUE.
FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS EXCEPTION, INDUSTRY-WIDE EPDS ARE
ACCEPTABLE.
EXCEPTION EQUATION 5.409.3.1
GWP < GWP allowed
WHERE
GWPn = Σ (GWPn )(Vn)
AND
GWPallowed = Σ (GWPallowed)(Vn)
AND
n = EACH CONCRETE MIX INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT
GWPn = THE GWP FOR CONCRETE MIX n PER CONCRETE MIX EPD,
IN kg CO2e/m3
GWPallowed = THE GWP POTENTIAL ALLOWED FOR CONCRETE MIX n PER
TABLE 5.409.3
Vn = THE VOLUME OF CONCRETE MIX n INSTALLED IN THE
PROJECT, IN m3
5.409.3.2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.
CALCULATIONS TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE, TYPE III EPDS FOR
PRODUCTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY, IF INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT, AND
WORK-SHEET WS-5 SIGNED BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD
SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. UPDATED EPDS
FOR PRODUCTS USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE
OWNER AT THE CLOSE OF CONSTRUCTION AND TO THE ENFORCEMENT
ENTITY UPON REQUEST. THE ENFORCING AGENCY MAY REQUIRE
INSPECTION AND INSPECTION REPORTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS
702.2 AND 703.1 DURING AND AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION TO
DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. INSPECTION SHALL BE
PERFORMED BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD OR THIRD PARTY
ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA
MATERIALS PRODUCT CATEGORY
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE GWP
VALUE (UNFABRICATED)
(GWPallowed)
HOT-ROLLED STRUCTURAL
STEEL SECTIONS
HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS
STEEL PLATE
CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL
FLAT GLASS
LIGHT-DENSITY MINERAL
WOOL BOARD INSULATION
HEAVY-DENSITY MINERAL
WOOL BOARD INSULATION
UP TO 2499 psi
TABLE 5.409.3
PRODUCT GWP LIMITS
UNIT OF
MEASUREMENT
1.77
3.00
2.61
1.56
2.50
5.83
14.28
CONCRETE, READY-MIXED2,3
BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA
MATERIALS PRODUCT CATEGORY
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE GWP
VALUE (UNFABRICATED)
(GWPallowed)
UNIT OF
MEASUREMENT
kg CO2e/MT
kg CO2e/1 m2
MT CO2e/MT
MT CO2e/MT
MT CO2e/MT
MT CO2e/MT
kg CO2e/1 m2
2500 -3499 psi
3500 -4499 psi
4500 -5499 psi
5500 -6499 psi
6500 psi AND GREATER
450
489
566
661
701
799
kg CO2e/m2
CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT READY-MIXED2
UP TO 2499 psi
2500 -3499 psi
3500 -4499 psi
875
956
1039
kg CO2e/m3
1. THE GWP VALUES OF THE PRODUCTS LISTED IN TABLE 5.409.3 ARE BASED ON 175 PERCENT
OF BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA ACT (BCCA) GWP VALUES, EXCEPT FOR CONCRETE PRODUCTS
WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BCCA.
2. FOR CONCRETE, 175 PERCENT OF THE NATIONAL READY MIXED CONCRETE
ASSOCIATION (NRMCA) 2022 VERSION 3 PACIFIC SOUTHWEST REGIONAL BENCHMARK
VALUES ARE USED FOR THE GWP ALLOWED, EXCEPT FOR HIGH EARLY STRENGTH.
3.CONCRETE HIGH EARLY STRENGTH READY-MIXED SHALL BE CALCULATED AT 130 PERCENT
OF THE READY-MIXED CONCRETE GWP ALLOWED VALUES FOR EACH PRODUCT CATEGORY.
kg CO2e/m2
kg CO2e/m2
kg CO2e/m2
kg CO2e/m2
kg CO2e/m2
kg CO2e/m3
kg CO2e/m3
COMPLY WITH 5.409.3 PRODUCT GWP PRESCRIPTIVE PATH
N/A
N/A
N/A
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
0
6
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
CA
L
G
R
E
E
N
N
O
T
E
S
I033
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
5.507.4.3 INTERIOR SOUND TRANSMISSION
WALL AND FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLIES SEPARATING TENANT SPACES AND TENANT
SPACES AND PUBLIC PLACES SHALL HAVE AN STC OF AT LEAST 40.
NOTE: EXAMPLES OF ASSEMBLIES AND THEIR VARIOUS STC RATINGS MAY BE FOUND
AT THE CALIFORNIA OFFICE OF NOISE CONTROL:
HTTP://WWW.TOOLBASE.ORG/PDF/CASESTUDIES/STC_ICC_RATINGS.PDF.
N/A
5.508.1 OZONE DEPLETION AND GREENHOUSE GAS REDUCTIONS.
INSTALLATIONS OF HVAC, REFRIGERATION AND FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 5.508.1.1 AND 5.508.1.2.
N/A
5.508.1.1 CHLOROFLUOROCARBONS (CFCs).
INSTALL HVAC, REFRIGERATION AND FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT THAT DO
NOT CONTAIN CFCS.
N/A
5.508.1.2 HALONS.
N/A
INSTALL HVAC,REFRIGERATION AND FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT THAT DO
NOT CONTAIN HALONS.
5.508.2 SUPERMARKET REFRIGERANT LEAK REDUCTION.
NEW COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS
OF THIS SECTION WHEN INSTALLED IN RETAIL FOOD STORES 8,000 SQUARE FEET OR
MORE CONDITIONED AREA, AND THAT UTILIZE EITHER REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASES,
OR WALK-IN COOLERS OR FREEZERS CONNECTED TO REMOTE COMPRESSOR UNITS
OR CONDENSING UNITS. THE LEAK REDUCTION MEASURES APPLY TO REFRIGERATION
SYSTEMS CONTAINING HIGH-GLOBAL-WARMING POTENTIAL (HIGH-GWP) REFRIGERANTS
WITH A GWP OF 150 OR GREATER. NEW REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS INCLUDE BOTH NEW
FACILITIES AND THE REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS IN
EXISTING FACILITIES.
EXCEPTION: REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS CONTAINING LOW-GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL
(LOW-GWP) REFRIGERANT WITH A GWP VALUE LESS THAN 150 ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THIS
SECTION. LOW-GWP REFRIGERANTS ARE NONOZONE-DEPLETING REFRIGERANTS THAT
INCLUDE AMMONIA, CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2), AND POTENTIALLY OTHER REFRIGERANTS.
5.507.4.1.1 NOISE EXPOSURE WHERE NOISE CONTOURS ARE
NOT READILY AVAILABLE
BUILDINGS EXPOSED TO A NOISE LEVEL OF 65 DB LEQ-1-HR DURING ANY HOUR OF
OPERATION SHALL HAVE BUILDING, ADDITION OR ALTERATION EXTERIOR W ALL
AND ROOF-CEILING ASSEMBLIES EXPOSED TO THE NOISE SOURCE MEETING A
COMPOSITE STC RATING OF AT LEAST 45 (OR OITC 35), WITH EXTERIOR WINDOWS
OF A MINIMUM STC OF 40 (OR OITC 30).
N/A
5.507.4.2 PERFORMANCE METHOD
FOR BUILDINGS LOCATED AS DEFINED IN SECTION 5.507.4.1 OR 5.507.4.1.1, WALL AND
ROOF-CEILING ASSEMBLIES EXPOSED TO THE NOISE SOURCE MAKING UP THE
BUILDING OR ADDITION ENVELOPE OR ALTERED ENVELOPE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
TO PROVIDE AN INTERIOR NOISE ENVIRONMENT ATTRIBUTABLE TO EXTERIOR
SOURCES THAT DOES NOT EXCEED AN HOURLY EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVEL (L eq -
1-Hr) OF 50 DBA IN OCCUPIED AREAS DURING ANY HOUR OF OPERATION.
5.507.4.2.1 SITE FEATURES
EXTERIOR FEATURES SUCH AS SOUND WALLS OR EARTH BERMS MAY BE UTILIZED
AS APPROPRIATE TO THE BUILDING, ADDITION OR ALTERATION PROJECT TO
MITIGATE SOUND MIGRATION TO THE NTERIOR.
N/A
5.507.4.2.2 DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLIANCE
AN ACOUSTICAL ANALYSIS DOCUMENTING COMPLYING INTERIOR SOUND LEVELS
SHALL BE PREPARED BY PERSONNEL APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR
ENGINEER OF RECORD.
N/A
N/A
5.508.2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING.
PIPING COMPLIANT WITH THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE SHALL BE
INSTALLED TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR LEAK PROTECTION AND REPAIRS. PIPING
RUNS USING THREADED PIPE, COPPER TUBING WITH AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER (OD)
LESS THAN 1/4 INCH, FLARED TUBING CONNECTIONS AND SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS
SHALL NOT BE USED IN REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW.
5.508.2.1.1 THREADED PIPE.
THREADED CONNECTIONS ARE PERMITTED AT THE COMPRESSOR RACK.
5.508.2.1.2 COPPER PIPE.
COPPER TUBING WITH AN OD LESS THAN 1/4 INCH MAY BE USED IN SYSTEMS
WITH A REFRIGERANT CHARGE OF 5 POUNDS OR LESS.
5.508.2.1.2.1 ANCHORAGE.
ONE-FOURTH-INCH OD TUBING SHALL BE SECURELY CLAMPED TO A RIGID
BASE TO KEEP VIBRATION LEVELS BELOW 8 MILS.
5.508.2.1.3 FLARED TUBING CONNECTIONS.
DOUBLE-FLARED TUBING CONNECTIONS MAY BE USED FOR PRESSURE
CONTROLS, VALVE PILOT LINES AND OIL.
EXCEPTION:SINGLE-FLARED TUBING CONNECTIONS MAY BE USED WITH A
MULTIRING SEAL COATED WITH INDUSTRIAL SEALANT
SUITABLE FOR USE WITH REFRIGERANTS AND TIGHTENED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
5.508.2.1.4 ELBOWS.
SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS ARE ONLY PERMITTED WHERE SPACE LIMITATIONS
PROHIBIT USE OF LONG RADIUS ELBOWS.
5.508.2.2 VALVES.
VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
AND AS FOLLOWS.
5.508.2.2.1 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES.
FOR VESSELS CONTAINING HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT, A RUPTURE DISC SHALL BE
INSTALLED BETWEEN THE OUTLET OF THE VESSEL AND THE INLET OF THE
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.
5.508.2.2.1.1 PRESSURE DETECTION.
A PRESSURE GAUGE, PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OR OTHER DEVICE SHALL
BE INSTALLED IN THE SPACE BETWEEN THE RUPTURE DISC AND THE
RELIEF VALVE INLET TO INDICATE A DISC RUPTURE OR DISCHARGE OF THE
RELIEF VALVE.
5.508.2.2.2 ACCESS VALVES.
ONLY SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES WITH A BRASS OR STEEL BODY ARE PERMITTED
FOR USE.
5.508.2.2.2.1 VALVE CAPS.
FOR SYSTEMS WITH A REFRIGERANT CHARGE OF 5 POUNDS OR MORE, VALVE
CAPS SHALL BE BRASS OR STEEL AND NOT PLASTIC.
5.508.2.2.2.2 SEAL CAPS.
IF DESIGNED FOR IT, THE CAP SHALL HAVE A NEOPRENE O-RING IN PLACE.
5.508.2.2.2.2.1 CHAIN TETHERS.
CHAIN TETHERS TO FIT OVER THE STEM ARE REQUIRED FOR VALVES
DESIGNED TO HAVE SEAL CAPS.
EXCEPTION: VALVES WITH SEAL CAPS THAT ARE NOT REMOVED FROM
THE VALVE DURING STEM OPERATION.
5.508.2.3 REFRIGERATED SERVICE CASES.
REFRIGERATED SERVICE CASES HOLDING FOOD PRODUCTS CONTAINING VINEGAR
AND SALT SHALL HAVE EVAPORATOR COILS OF CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIAL,
SUCH AS STAINLESS STEEL; OR BE COATED TO PREVENT CORROSION FROM THESE
SUBSTANCES.
5.508.2.3.1 COIL COATING.
CONSIDERATION SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE HEAT TRANSFER EFFICIENCY OF COIL
COATING TO MAXIMIZE ENERGY EFFICIENCY.
5.508.2.4 REFRIGERANT RECEIVERS.
REFRIGERANT RECEIVERS WITH CAPACITIES GREATER THAN 200 POUNDS SHALL BE
FITTED WITH A DEVICE THAT INDICATES THE LEVEL OF REFRIGERANT IN THE
RECEIVER.
5.508.2.5 PRESSURE TESTING.
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED DURING INSTALLATION PRIOR TO
EVACUATION AND CHARGING.
5.508.2.5.1 MINIMUM PRESSURE.
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE CHARGED WITH REGULATED DRY NITROGEN AND
APPROPRIATE TRACER GAS TO BRING SYSTEM PRESSURE UP TO 300 PSIG
MINIMUM.
5.508.2.5.2 LEAKS.
CHECK THE SYSTEM FOR LEAKS, REPAIR ANY LEAKS AND RETEST FOR PRESSURE
USING THE SAME GAUGE.
5.508.2.5.3 ALLOWABLE PRESSURE CHANGE.
THE SYSTEM SHALL STAND, UNALTERED, FOR 24 HOURS WITH NO MORE THAN A
+/-ONE POUND PRESSURE CHANGE FROM 300 PSIG, MEASURED WITH THE SAME
GAUGE.
5.508.2.6 EVACUATION.
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE EVACUATED AFTER PRESSURE TESTING AND PRIOR TO
CHARGING.
5.508.2.6.1 FIRST VACUUM.
PULL A SYSTEM VACUUM DOWN TO AT LEAST 1000 MICRONS (+/-50 MICRONS), AND
HOLD FOR 30 MINUTES.
5.508.2.6.2 SECOND VACUUM.
PULL A SECOND SYSTEM VACUUM TO A MINIMUM OF 500 MICRONS AND HOLD FOR
30 MINUTES.
5.508.2.6.3 THIRD VACUUM.
PULL A THIRD VACUUM DOWN TO A MINIMUM OF 300 MICRONS, AND HOLD FOR
24 HOURS WITH A MAXIMUM DRIFT OF 100 MICRONS OVER A 24-HOUR PERIOD.
SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
CHAPTER 7
INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR
QUALIFICATIONS
SECTION 702 QUALIFICATIONS
702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING.
702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD].
SECTION 703 VERIFICATIONS
703.1 DOCUMENTATION.
HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION
OF HVAC SYSTEMS INCLUDING DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT BY A NATIONALLY OR REGIONALLY
RECOGNIZED TRAINING OR CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. UNCERTIFIED PERSONS MAY PERFORM
HVAC INSTALLATIONS WHEN UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF A
PERSON TRAINED AND CERTIFIED TO INSTALL HVAC SYSTEMS OR CONTRACTOR LICENSED TO
INSTALL HVAC SYSTEMS. EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE HVAC TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION
PROGRAMS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:
1. STATE CERTIFIED APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMS.
2. PUBLIC UTILITY TRAINING PROGRAMS.
3. TRAINING PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY TRADE, LABOR OR STATEWIDE ENERGY
CONSULTING OR VERIFICATION ORGANIZATIONS.
4. PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY MANUFACTURING ORGANIZATIONS.
5. OTHER PROGRAMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
[HCD] WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE OW NER OR THE RESPONSIBLE
ENTITY ACTING AS THE OWNER’S AGENT SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS
TO PROVIDE INSPECTION OR OTHER DUTIES NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF INSPECTION OR
TASK TO BE PERFORMED. IN ADDITION TO OTHER CERTIFICATIONS OR QUALIFICATIONS
ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATIONS OR EDUCATION
MAY BE CONSIDERED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHEN EVALUATING THE QUALIFICATIONS
OF A SPECIAL INSPECTOR:
1. CERTIFICATION BY A NATIONAL OR REGIONAL GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM OR STANDARD
PUBLISHER.
2. CERTIFICATION BY A STATEWIDE ENERGY CONSULTING OR VERIFICATION
ORGANIZATION, SUCH AS HERS RATERS, BUILDING PERFORMANCE CONTRACTORS AND
HOME ENERGY AUDITORS.
3. SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF A THIRD PARTY APPRENTICE TRAINING PROGRAM IN THE
APPROPRIATE TRADE.
4. OTHER PROGRAMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
NOTES:
1. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE INDEPENDENT ENTITIES WITH NO FINANCIAL INTEREST
IN THE MATERIALS OR THE PROJECT THEY ARE INSPECTING FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
CODE.
2. HERS RATERS ARE SPECIAL INSPECTORS CERTIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY
COMMISSION (CEC) TO RATE HOMES IN CALIFORNIA ACCORDING TO THE HOME ENERGY
RATING SYSTEM (HERS).
[BSC-CG] WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE OWNER OR THE RESPONSIBLE
ENTITY ACTING AS THE OWNER’S AGENT SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS
TO PROVIDE INSPECTION OR OTHER DUTIES NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF INSPECTION OR
TASK TO BE PERFORMED. IN ADDITION, THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL HAVE A CERTIFICATION
FROM A RECOGNIZED STATE, NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS DETERMINED BY
THE LOCAL AGENCY. THE AREA OF CERTIFICATION SHALL BE CLOSELY RELATED TO THE
PRIMARY JOB FUNCTION, AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AGENCY.
NOTE:SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE INDEPENDENT ENTITIES WITH NO FINANCIAL
INTEREST IN THE MATERIALS OR THE PROJECT THEY ARE INSPECTING FOR
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE.
DOCUMENTATION USED TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE SHALL INCLUDE BUT IS NOT
LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, BUILDER OR INSTALLER
CERTIFICATION, INSPECTION REPORTS OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING
AGENCY WHICH DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. W HEN SPECIFIC
DOCUMENTATION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT
METHOD OF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIED IN
THE APPLICATION CHECKLIST.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
DIVISION 5.5 – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
(CONTINUED)
5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT (CONTINUED)
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
DOWN
DOWN
EXISTING 2'x4' LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN
EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING GRID & TILES TO REMAIN
EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING GRID & TILES TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING 2'x4' LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN
EXISTING WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN
EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED
D
D
D
INDICATES AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DD
D D
D
D
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
D81D81D84
D84
D81
D81
D81
D83
D83
D83
D82
8'-7"9'-1"
12
'
-
6
"
D
D
22'-1"
9'
-
1
0
"
14'-8"
D81
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
D84
10
'
-
1
0
"
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
14
'
-
2
"
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
4
7
:
1
3
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DE
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
C
E
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
ID02
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
D81 REMOVE EXISTING GRID, TILE, AND LIGHTING THIS AREA. SALVAGE
LIGHTING FOR REUSE.
D82 EXISTING GRID, TILE, LIGHTING, AND SIGNAGE EXISTING TO REMAIN
THROUGHOUT, U.N.O. REPLACE DAMAGED OR STAINED TILES AS REQUIRED.
D83 THIS ROOM/AREA IS EXISTING OPEN TO ABOVE. REMOVE EXISTING
SUSPENDED LIGHTING, IF APPLICABLE. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.
D84 REMOVE EXISTING EXIT SIGN. SALVAGE FOR REUSE.
KEYNOTES:DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN NOTESLEGENDS
DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
N
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
DOWN
DOWN
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING WALL/ PARTITION
INDICATES AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)
PROJECT
ORIGIN (0,0)
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
D03
D04
D05
D01
D02 D08
D
D
D
D06
TYP.
D07
D09
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO BE REMOVED.
D
EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN.
EXISTING COUNTER-HEIGHT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN.
EXISTING COUNTER-HEIGHT FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN.
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
4
5
:
0
9
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DE
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
F
L
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
ID01
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
D01 REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK, SINK, AND ASSOCIATED WATER DISPENSER.
EXISTING PLUMBING TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PREP WALLS AS
REQUIRED FOR NEW MILLWORK.
D02 REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK AND SUPPORTS. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PREP
WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SCHEDULED FINISH.
D03 REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK AND SINK. REMOVE PLUMBING BACK TO
ORIGINATING SOURCE. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PREP WALLS FOR NEW
SCHEDULED FINISH.
D04 CUT INTO EXISTING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR SALVAGED DOOR ASSEMBLY
AND ADJACENT SIDELIGHT ASSEMBLY.
D05 REMOVE DOOR ASSEMBLY. SALVAGE FOR REUSE.
D06 REMOVE SIDELIGHT ASSEMBLY. SALVAGE FOR REUSE.
D07 REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PREP WALL AS REQUIRED
FOR SCHEDULED FINISH.
D08 REMOVE PARTITIONS AND RELATED ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS INDICATED.
TERMINATE ELECTRICAL LINES BACK TO POINT OF ORIGIN.
D09 REMOVE ANY EXISTING WALL AND FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT, U.N.O.
PREP FOR NEW FINISHES PER FINISH PLAN.
N
DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN NOTESLEGENDS
DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES:
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
SUITE 200
END OF PARTITION PAINTED BLACK
EXISTING SILL BELOW
NON-RATED INTERIOR PARTITION,
PER PARTITION TYPES
OF MULLION AND PARTITION
FRY DRYWALL MOLDING
ENCLOSURE
EXISTING EXTERIOR WINDOW
SYSTEM
BLACK NEOPRENE GASKET
COMPRESSED AT LEAST 20% OR
APPROVED SEALANT AT RATED
PARTITIONS
INSULATION TYPICAL. U.O.N. SEE
FLOOR PLAN NOTES AND
SPECIFICATIONS
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD
EACH SIDE OVER
METAL STUDS, SEE
METAL STUD TABLE
FOR SPACING
CEILING TYPE AND HEIGHT PER
CEILING PLAN
TOP TRACK SECURED TO PARTITION
BRACE w/ (2) #8 SHEET METAL SCREWS
BRACE TO STRUCTURE, ALTERNATE
SIDES. USE METAL STUDS @ 4'-0"
O.C , MATCH PARTITION METAL
STUD SIZE & GAUGE (3-5/8" 20 GA.
MIN) BEND WEB & FASTEN TO TOP
TRACK . MAX. LENGTH OF BRACE
25'-0"
PARTITION TAG MODIFIERS:
A3 =3-5/8" METAL STUDS
PARTITION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING
PARTITION TYPE PATTERN
BOTTOM TRACK FASTENED
TO FLOOR @ 16" O.C. MAX.
EXISTING FLOOR LINE
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
WALL BASE WHERE OCCURS, SEE
FINISH PLANS
6"
45°
EXISTING DECK LINE
PERPENDICULAR CONDITION
PARALLEL
CONDITION
MIN. 3" WIDE OVER 2 FLUTED SPAN, 14
GA. PLATE WITH POWER-DRIVEN
FASTENERS TO EACH FLUTE
ICC-ESR-1752
1-1/2" x 4" 12 GA. ANGLE CLIP, MATCH
BRACE/STRUT WIDTH WITH (2) #10
SCREWS TYP.
EXISTING ROOF COMPOSITION
EXISTING STEEL DECK
METAL DIAGONAL BRACE AS
SHOWN ON PARTITION TYPE
1-1/2" x 4" 12 GA. ANGLE CLIP, MATCH
BRACE/STRUT WIDTH WITH (2) #10
SCREWS TYP.
POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS AT DECK
FLUTES
ICC-ESR-1752
POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS AT METAL
PLATES
ICC-ESR-1752
EXISTING WEB
MEMBER
EXISTING
STRUCTURAL
STEEL BEAM
POWER DRIVEN
FASTENERS
ICC-ESR-1752
EXISTING
BOTTOM CHORD
A -AT EXISTING
STEEL BEAM
B -AT EXISTING OPEN WEB
STEEL JOIST
1-1/2" x 4" 12 GA.
ANGLE CLIP, MATCH
BRACE/STRUT WIDTH
WITH (2) #10 SCREWS
TYP.
POWER DRIVEN
FASTENERS
ICC-ESR-1752
1-1/2" x 4" 12 GA.
ANGLE CLIP, MATCH
BRACE/STRUT WIDTH
WITH (2) #10 SCREWS
TYP.
16 GA. METAL STUD 16" O.C.
@ ALL BACKING STUD TRACKS
16 GA.X6"X1-1/2"
UNPUNCHED METAL TRACK
W/LEGS CLIPPED & BENT @
EA. STUD. ATTACH TO EACH
STUD W/3(#10)
SELF-DRILLING AND
SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL
SCREWS (TO MIN. 3 STUDS)
EXTEND BACKING 1 BAY
BEYOND EDGE OF CABINET /
EQUIP.
NOTE:
DO NOT CUT FLANGES
BETWEEN SUPPORTING
STUDS
W = MAX. 100 lb. PER STUD.
PARTITION TYPE NOTES:
1.INTERIOR GYP. BD. PARTITION SHALL CONFORM TO ICC-ESR-1338
2. SEE LIMITING PARTITION HEIGHT TABLE FOR METAL STUD GAUGE AND SPACING BASED ON PARTITION
HEIGHTS AND STUD SIZES AS NOTED ON EACH PARTITION TYPE.
3.MAX. STUD SPACING SHALL BE 24".
4.MINIMUM FASTENER SIZE SHALL BE #6 -1-1/4" SCREWS.
5.MAXIMUM FASTENER SPACING FOR DRYWALL-TO-STUDS SHALL BE 12" FIELD AND 8" AT EDGES..
6.ALL PARTITION METAL STUDS TO BE 3-5/8", U.O.N.
DESIGN BUILD METAL STUD:
1. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: MINIMUM BASE-METAL THICKNESS:
a. 25 GAUGE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR BELOW:
1) INTERIOR METAL STUD/GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, TYPICAL LOCATIONS:
WITHSTAND LATERAL LOADING (AIR PRESSURE) OF 5 PSF W ITH DEFLECTION
LIMIT NOT MORE THAN L/240 OF PARTITION HEIGHT.
2) INTERIOR METAL STUD/GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES AT LOCATIONS WITH
CERAMIC TILE OR OTHER HARD SURFACE FINISHES: W ITHSTAND TYPICAL
LATERAL LOADING (AIR PRESSURE) WITH DEFLECTION LIMIT NOT MORETHAN
L/360 OF PARTITION HEIGHT, MINIMUM 20 GAUGE STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER
3) WHERE WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, WOODWORK, AND CASEW ORK ITEMS
ARE INDICATED OR ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE
MINIMUM 16 GAUGE STUDS.
4) AT PARTITIONS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE TILE BACKING PANELS OR CERAMIC
TILE FINISH, PROVIDE MINIMUM 22 GAUGE STUDS.
5) AT JAMBS OF OPENINGS PROVIDE TWO MINIMUM 20 GAUGE STUDS.
6) CEILINGS: AT CEILINGS USING MOLD-MILDEW RESISTANT GYPSUM, FRAMING
TO BE 16 INCHES O.C. FOR 5/8" GYPSUM.
7) REFER TO DIVISION 5 FOR COLD FORMED STUD FRAMING WHICH IS EXPOSED
TO WIND LOADS AND FOR STUDS CARRYING HEAVY VERTICAL LOADS (STONE
TILE THICKER THAN 3/4 INCH, ETC)
b. WHERE PARTITION HEIGHTS EXCEED STUD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED
SPANS, PROVIDE STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS.
10'-6"250S125-18 12"
(S) STUD
MEMBER
SPACING
(IN.) O.C.
5 PSF
L/240
9'-7"16"
24"8'-3"
INTERIOR NON-STRUCTURAL NON-COMPOSITE:
(S) STUD
MEMBER
SPACING
(IN.) O.C.
5 PSF
L/240
250S125-18
250S125-18
12"
16"
24"
250S125-33 13'-2"
12'-0"
10'-6"
250S125-33
250S125-33
11'-5"
13'-0"
14'-4"
24"
16"
12"250S125-43
250S125-43
250S125-43
362S125-18
9'-11"
12'-2"
14'-0"12"
16"
24"
362S125-18
362S125-18
362S125-33 12"
16"
24"
17'-7"
16'-0"
14'-0"
362S125-33
362S125-33
362S125-43
15'-3"
17'-5"
19'-2"12"
16"
24"
362S125-43
362S125-43
362S125-54 (50 KSI)12"
16"
24"16'-3"
18'-7"
20'-6"
362S125-54 (50 KSI)
362S125-54 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"16'-5"
18'-10"
20'-9"400S125-43
362S125-68 (50 KSI)12"
16"
24"17'-5"
19'-11"
21'-11"
362S125-68 (50 KSI)
362S125-68 (50 KSI)
400S125-18 12"
16"
24"10'-5"
12'-10"
14'-9"
400S125-18
400S125-18
400S125-33 12"
16"
24"15'-1"
17'-3"
19'-0"
400S125-33
400S125-33
400S125-43
400S125-43
12"
16"
24"17'-7"
20'-2"
22'-2"400S125-54 (50 KSI)
400S125-54 (50 KSI)
400S125-54 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"18'-10"
21'-6"
23'-8"400S125-68 (50 KSI)
400S125-68 (50 KSI)
400S125-68 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"17'-7"
21'-6"
24'-4"600S125-27
600S125-27
600S125-27
12"
16"
24"20'-6"
23'-9"
26'-2"600S125-33
600S125-33
600S125-33
12"
16"
24"22'-10"
26'-1"
28'-9"600S125-43
600S125-43
600S125-43
12"
16"
24"24'-5"
27'-11"
30'-9"600S125-54 (50 KSI)
600S125-54 (50 KSI)
600S125-54 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"26'-2"
30'-0"
33'-0"600S125-68 (50 KSI)
600S125-68 (50 KSI)
600S125-68 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"28'-8"
32'-9"
36'-1"800S125-43
800S125-43
800S125-43
12"
16"
24"30'-9"
35'-2"
38'-9"800S125-54 (50 KSI)
800S125-54 (50 KSI)
800S125-54 (50 KSI)
12"
16"
24"33'-4"
38'-1"
41'-11"800S125-68 (50 KSI)
800S125-68 (50 KSI)
800S125-68 (50 KSI)
NOTE: ALL STUD INFORMATION IS BASED ON:
STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SSMA)
ICC ESR-3064P
US
E
F
O
R
F
U
R
R
I
N
G
P
U
R
P
O
S
E
S
O
N
L
Y
,
U
.
O
.
N
.
IN
D
I
C
A
T
E
S
T
H
A
T
W
E
B
S
T
I
F
F
E
N
E
R
S
A
R
E
R
E
Q
U
I
R
E
D
A
T
E
N
D
S
(EXAMPLE: 6" = 600 X 1/100 INCHES)
ALL MEMEBER DEPTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100
INCHES. FOR ALL "T" SECTIONS MEMBER
DEPTH IS THE INSIDE DIMENSION.
MEMBER DEPTH:FLANGE WIDTH:
(EXAMPLE: 1 5/8" = 1.625" ~ 162 X 1/100 INCHES)
ALL FLANGE WIDTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100 INCHES.
STYLE:
(EXAMPLE: STUD OR JOIST SECTION = S)
THE FOUR ALPHA CHARACTERS UTILIZED
BY THE DESIGNATOR SYSTEM ARE:
(EXAMPLE: 0.054 IN. = 54 MILS; 1 MIL =1/1000 IN.)
MATERIAL THICKNESS IS THE MINIMUM BASE
METAL THICKNESS IN MILS. MINIMUM BASE METAL
THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF THE DESIGN
THICKNESS.
MATERIAL THICKNESS:
S = STUD OR JOIST, T = TRACK, U = CHANNEL,
F = FURRING
-600 S 162 54
IN
D
I
C
A
T
E
S
T
H
A
T
W
E
B
S
T
I
F
F
E
N
E
R
S
A
R
E
R
E
Q
U
I
R
E
D
A
T
A
L
L
SU
P
P
O
R
T
P
O
I
N
T
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
C
E
N
T
R
A
T
E
D
L
O
A
D
S
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
BOTTOM TRACK WITH POWER-
DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C.
MAX.
ICC-ESR-1752
EXISTING FLOOR LINE
#10 SCREWS (TYP.)
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
NON-RATED PARTITION
WALL BASE WHERE OCCURS,
SEE FINISH PLANS
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
3
5
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DE
T
A
I
L
S
I510
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"10PARTITION AT EXISTING WINDOW
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"APARTITION TYPE -A-
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"9PARTITION SWAY BRACE
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"8BRACE CONNECTIONS
SCALE: 12" = 1'-0"5BRACING DETAIL FOR MISC. EQUIP.
N.T.S.2PARTITION TYPE NOTES
N.T.S.3DESIGN BUILD METAL STUD
N.T.S.7LIMITING PARTITION HEIGHT TABLE-L/240
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4PARTITION BASE
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
4'
-
0
"
MA
X
.
12
'
-
0
"
4
'
-
0
"
SEE
PLAN
16'-0" 12'-0"4'-0"
6"
MI
N
.
12'-0"
OC TYP.
12
'
-
0
"
OC
T
Y
P
.
18362S125
SECTION: (MIL)
4 PSF
LATERAL SUPPORT OF COMPRESSION FLANGE
UNSUPPORTED
JOIST SPACING (IN.) O.C.JOIST SPACING (IN.) O.C.
12'-8"
12"16"24"
10'-0"11'-7"9'-3"
12"16"24"
7'-7"8'-7"
MID-SPAN
27362S125 15'-0"12'-4"13'-11"10'-8"8'-10"9'-10"
30362S125 15'-6"12'-10"14'-4"11'-0"9'-1"10'-2"
33362S125 16'-2"13'-3"14'-10"11'-5"9'-5"10'-7"
43362S125 17'-9"14'-8"16'-5"12'-8"10'-5"11'-8"
27362S137 17'-2"14'-3"15'-11"12'-0"10'-0"11'-2"
33362S137 18'-4"15'-2"16'-11"12'-11"10'-8"11'-11"
43362S137 20'-0"16'-7"18'-6"14'-3"11'-8"13'-2"
33362S162 20'-10"16'-6"18'-11"14'-8"12'-2"13'-7"
43362S162 22'-8"18'-0"20'-7"16'-2"13'-4"14'-11"
27400S125 15'-5"12'-9"14'-3"10'-11"9'-1"10'-1"
30400S125 16'-0"13'-2"14'-9"11'-4"9'-4"10'-5"
33400S125 16'-7"13'-8"15'-3"11'-9"9'-8"10'-10"
43400S125 18'-3"15'-0"16'-10"13'-0"10'-8"12'-0"
27400S137 17'-7"14'-8"16'-4"12'-4"10'-3"11'-5"
33400S137 18'-9"15'-7"17'-4"13'-3"10'-11"12'-3"
43400S137 20'-7"17'-0"19'-0"14'-7"12'-0"13'-6"
33400S162 21'-5"17'-9"19'-10"15'-0"12'-6"13'-11"
43400S162 23'-4"19'-4"21'-7"16'-7"13'-8"15'-3"
27600S125 17'-11"14'-9"16'-6"12'-5"10'-4"11'-6"
33
43
30600S125
600S125
600S125
18'-5"15'-3"17'-1"12'-9"10'-8"11'-10"
18'-11"15'-10"17'-7"13'-2"11'-0"12'-3"
20'-6"17'-0"19'-0"14'-6"11'-11"13'-4"
33600S137 21'-5"17'-10"19'-10"14'-11"12'-5"13'-9"
43600S137 23'-1"19'-3"21'-5"16'-3"13'-5"15'-0"
33600S162 24'-5"20'-5"22'-8"16'-11"14'-1"15'-8"
43600S162 26'-4"21'-11"24'-4"18'-5"15'-3"17'-0"
CEILING SPAN TABLE NOTES:
1. VALUES ARE FOR SINGLE SPANS.
2. ALLOWABLE CEILING SPAN CALCULATIONS BASED ON 33KSI YIELD STRENGTH STEEL.
3. FOR FULLY BRACED CEILINGS, USE MID-SPAN BRACED VALUES.
4. END BEARING LENGTH = 1" MINIMUM.
(EXAMPLE: 6" = 600 X 1/100 INCHES)
ALL MEMEBER DEPTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100
INCHES. FOR ALL "T" SECTIONS MEMBER
DEPTH IS THE INSIDE DIMENSION.
MEMBER DEPTH:FLANGE WIDTH:
(EXAMPLE: 1 5/8" = 1.625" ~ 162
X 1/100 INCHES) ALL FLANGE
WIDTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100
INCHES.
STYLE:
(EXAMPLE: STUD OR JOIST SECTION = S )
THE FOUR ALPHA CHARACTERS UTILIZED
BY THE DESIGNATOR SYSTEM ARE:
(EXAMPLE: 0.054 IN. = 54 MILS; 1 MIL =1/1000
IN.) MATERIAL THICKNESS IS THE MINIMUM
BASE METAL THICKNESS IN MILS. MINIMUM
BASE METAL THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF
THE DESIGN THICKNESS.S = STUD OR JOIST, T = TRACK, U = CHANNEL, F
= FURRING
NOTE: ALL JOIST INFORMATION IS BASED ON STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
(SSMA) ICC ESR-3064P
-MATERIAL THICKNESS:600 S 162 54
IN
D
I
C
A
T
E
S
T
H
A
T
W
E
B
S
T
I
F
F
E
N
E
R
S
A
R
E
R
E
Q
U
I
R
E
D
A
T
E
N
D
S
SUSPENDED
CEILING GRID
LIGHT FIXTURE
(LESS THAN 56 LBS.)
LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS
MUST BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF 6"
FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING OR
DUCT WORK THAT IS NOT PROVIDED
WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR
HORIZ. FORCES. BRACING WIRES
MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID
AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A
MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT
A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN
200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL LOADS,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WITH A
SAFETY FACTOR OF 2.
PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 2 SCREWS
AT OPPOSIT CORNERS OF
SUPPORT WIRES, OR SCREW ON
T-BAR SAFETY CLIPS AT SIDES
OR ENDS.
TWO (2) NO. 12 GAUGE WIRES
MUST BE SECURED FROM LIGHT
& MECHANICAL FIXTURES AT
OPPOSING CORNERS ALONG THE
FIXTURE'S DIAGONAL. WIRES MAY
BE SLACK.
FOUR (4) NO. 12 GAUGE
WIRES MUST BE ATTACHED
TO THE GRID MEMBERS
WITHIN 3" OF EA. CORNER
OF EA. FIXTURE WHEN
INTERMEDIATE CEILING
SYSTEMS ARE
USED.
NOTE: TIE 2 ADJACENT WALLS TO
CEILING MAIN & CROSS RUNNER
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
MIN.#12 GAUGE
CEILING GRID USES #12 GUAGE
WIRE HANGERS BEGINNING 48"
FROM STARTING POINT OF GRID
AND TILE LAYOUT AND IN
BOTH DIRECTIONS AT 12'-0"
THEREAFTER ALL CLEARANCES.
TIES TO WALL, ETC.TO
CONFORM TO STATE & LOCAL
CODES.
3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
8" ELEVATION
3/8" MIN.
CLR.
CROSS RUNNER
MAIN RUNNER
PROVIDE 6" CLEARANCE
AT ALL PIPES & DUCTS, ETC.
ANCHOR WIRES TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
NOTE:
ALL WIRES 12 GA.
AT SUSPENDED CEILING:
VERTICAL HANGER WIRE AT
4'-0" O.C. W/ (2) 1 1/2" x
9" GA. STAPLES @ LOOP &
(1) ACROSS LAP. 3 FULL
TURNS MINIMUM WITHIN 3"
LENGTH
AT OPEN GRID: VERTICAL
SUSPENSION WITH THREADED
ROD PER OTHER DETAILS.
BRACING WIRES MUST BE
ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND
TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH
A MANNER THAT THEY CAN
SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF
NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS
OR THE ACTUAL LOADS,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WITH
A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2.
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING, SEE RCP
BRACE TO STRUCTURE, PER WALL/
PARTITION TYPE
45°INSULATION WHERE OCCURS,
SEE RCP
SCRIBE GYPSUM BOARD TO
CEILING GRID AND TRIM NEAT AND
TRUE
WALL/ PARTITION TO
UNDERSIDE OF CEILING
EXISTING DECK LINE
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD
OVER METAL
CEILING JOISTS, SEE
METAL JOIST TABLE
FOR SPACING
LARR # 25889
CEILING PERIMETER ANGLE
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING, SEE RCP
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING
GYPSUM BOARD
CEILING
EXISTING STEEL DECK
TOP TRACK WITH POWER-DRIVEN
FASTENERS AT 16"O.C. MAX.
ICC-ESR-1752
3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 24"
MAX O.C. WITH TOP AND BOTTOM
TRACKS.
MIN 12" WIDE OVER 2 FLUTE SPAN 14
GA. GSM CONTINUOUS ENCLOSURE
SECURED TO DECK WITH POWER-
DRIVEN FASTENERS
ICC-ESR-1752
WALL/ PARTITION PERPENDICULAR
TO FLUTES
WALL/ PARTITION PARALLEL TO
FLUTES
METAL STUD
GYPSUM BOARD TAPED AND
FINISH SMOOTH FOR PAINT
FINISH. USE RATED MATERIAL
& CONSTRUCTION WHERE
REQUIRED.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE.
WITH PERIMETER ANGLE.
SEE CEILING PLAN
FOR CEILING HEIGHT
SEE CEILING PLAN
FOR CEILING HEIGHT
METAL CORNER BEAD
TYPE "X" GYP. BD.
TAPE & FINISH SMOOTH
FOR PAINT
OF STRUCTURE ABOVE
PERPENDICULAR TO
7/8" FURRING
CHANNEL @ 24" O.C. MAX.
RUNNERS
1 1/2" CHANNELS @
4'-0" O.C. WHERE
1 1/2" COLD ROLLED
STEEL "C" CHANNELS
@ 4'-0" O.C. TYP.
8'-0" IN WIDTH. PROVIDE
TYP. TO UNDERSIDE
#10 HANGER WIRE
VA
R
I
E
S
SE
E
R
E
F
L
E
C
T
E
D
CE
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
MA
T
C
H
E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G
AD
J
A
C
E
N
T
THE FOLLOWING SPANS ARE BASED UPON STUDS HAVING A 1-5/8" LEG WITH A 3/8" RETURN.
DOUBLE STUDS ARE CONNECTED TOGETHER IN THE SHAPE OF A , WITH ONE #6 SHEET METAL
SCREW AT 16" O.C.. ATTACH THE METAL STUD TO THE T-BAR MAIN RUNNER WITH TWO #8
SCREWS. SEE DETAILS FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE.
DBL 1-5/8 X 20 GA
STEEL COMPRESSION STRUT
3-5/8" X 20 GA. STUDS- SCREWED W/ 7/16" 9 GA.
FRAMING SCREWS @ 24" O.C. STAGGERED- SANDWICH
MAIN RUNNER BACK. & ATTACH W (3) 7/16" FRAMING
SCREWS.
PRE-MANUFACTURED STRUTS MAY ONLY BE USED IF ENGINEERING IS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING
DEPARTMENT. GC TO SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.
METAL STUDS:
MANUFACTURED STRUTS:
MAIN RUNNER
2" MAX
1-5/8 X 20 GA.
MAIN RUNNER
TO 15'-0"
TO 15'-0"
TO 12'-0"
SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM, SEE
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR
SPECIFICATIONS.
ICC ESR-2631 LARR #24299
(CHICAGO METALLIC), OR
ICC ESR-1222 LARR #25764
(USG INTERIORS), OR
ICC ESR-1308 LARR #25032
(WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG
VENTURE)
CIRCLE INDICATES REQUIRED
LOCATION OF COMPRESSION
STRUTS. SEE BELOW.
20GA. MTL. STD COMPRESSION STRUT @ EA. SET OF
BRACING WIRES W/(2) #8 SHEET MTL. SCREWS TO THE
GRID, SPAN PER TABLE ABOVE.
SUSPENDED CEILING
SYSTEM. SEE CEILING PLAN.
(2) STUD ORIENTATION
12GA. BRACING W/4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" EACH
END. SPLAY WIRE BRACING IN CLUSTERS OF FOUR
WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF A
CROSS TEE SECTION.
CROSS
RUNNER
LATERAL FORCE BRACING: A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE. LATERAL FORCE BRACING
SHALL BE 12 FEET ON CENTER (MAXIMUM) AND BEGIN NO FARTHER THAN 6 FEET FROM WALLS.
LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS MUST BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM ALL HORIZONTAL
PIPING OR DUCT WORK THAT IS NOT PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZ. FORCES.
BRACING WIRES MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER
THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL LOADS,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2.
ATTACHED
UNATTACHED
UN
A
T
T
A
C
H
E
D
AT
T
A
C
H
E
D
2-1/2" X 20 GA TO 13'-6"
DBL 2-1/2" X 20 GA
CEILING SYSTEMS ARE TO
BE ATTACHED ONLY AT 2
ADJACENT WALLS OR SOFFITS
12GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" O.C. EACH WAY
(4' O.C. AT MAIN RUNNER) MINIMUM 3 TIGHT TURNS IN
1-1/2" BOTH ENDS TYPICAL
THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION DETAILS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED TO BE COMPLYING WITH THE ABOVE
REQUIREMENTS.
NOTES:
1. WHERE THE ROOF SYSTEM IS COMPOSED OF WOOD BEAMS, PURLINS, AND SUB-PURLINS, THE 2 X
4 SUB-PURLINS ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED AS STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF.
2. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH 808 AND 2506.2.1. COMPONENTS SHALL BE
ASTM "HEAVY DUTY" CLASS.
3. THE COMPRESSION STRUT SHALL BE VERTICAL, AND SHALL NOT HANG MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT-OF-
PLUMB.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM
LATERAL FORCE BRACING AND SUSPENSION
LIGHT
FIXTURE
FIRE
SPRINKLER
*
SEISMIC JOINT IF
REQ'D. PER PLAN
* = 45 DEGREES*
**
6'
-
0
"
MA
X
.
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
3
8
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DE
T
A
I
L
S
I520
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
SCALE: 12" = 1'-0"2ALLOWABLE CEILING SPANS
SCALE: 12" = 1'-0"3LIGHT FIXTURE @ SUSP. CLNG.
SCALE: 12" = 1'-0"4SUSPENDED CEILING GRID
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"5SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6CEILING TRANSITION TO WALL/PARTITION
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"7TOP OF WALL/PARTITION AT CEILINGS
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"8CEILING HEADER TRANSITION
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"9CEILING SOFFIT TRANSITION
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
1
0
3
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
SCALE: 12" = 1'-0"14SUSPENDED CEILING
1
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
SEE CEILING PLAN
FOR CEILING HEIGHT
SEE CEILING PLAN
FOR CEILING HEIGHT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (F.E.C.)
.VERIFY ROUGH OPENING
W/ MFG. IN FIELD.
.
(2) LAYERS 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. B.D.
BEHIND F.E.C. W/FURRING CHANNELS
TO MAINTAIN 1-HR RATING.
5/8 " TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TYP.
VARIES PER MANUFACTURER. (4"MAX)
METAL STUDS WHERE OCCUR.
ONE-HOUR WALL INSTALLATION NON-RATED
INSTALLATION
NOTE : MOUNT FEC SO HIGHEST OPERABLE
PART OF CABINET OR EXTINGUISHER
DOES NOT EXCEED 48" AFF.
NOTE:
PROVIDE METAL BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS TO MOUNT
LIGHT SWITCH/SENSOR & THERMOSTAT AT DIMENSION
INDICATED.
6"
40
"
LIGHT SWITCH AND/OR
SENSOR
THERMOSTAT
DOOR HANDLE
DOOR JAMB
DOOR IN OPEN
POSITION
40
"
6"
SIDELITE
PARTIAL PLAN
LIGHT SWITCH
AND/OR SENSOR
THERMOSTAT
TOP OF OUTLET BOX
NOTE:
PROVIDE METAL BLOCKING BETWEEN
STUDS TO MOUNT LIGHT
SWITCH/SENSOR & THERMOSTAT AT
DIMENSION INDICATED
DOOR HANDLE
(OR @ GLASS FRONT)
1/
2
"
4"
3"
KNEE / TOE CLEARANCE
1'-5"
KN
E
E
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
2'
-
3
"
M
I
N
.
TO
T
O
P
O
F
U
P
P
E
R
M
O
S
T
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
2'
-
1
0
"
5"
1
1
/
2
"
TY
P
.
1/
8
"
GA
P
,
2'-0"
1/2"
3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP. SEE ELEVATIONS.
1/4" MELAMINE BACK, TYP.
DRAIN & HOT WATER PIPING
TO BE WRAPPED WITH
INSULATION AS REQUIRED
FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGE,
TYP.
ACCESSIBLE INTEGRAL
TOE-KICK
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
STAINLESS STEEL SINK W/OFFSET
DRAIN, 6" DEEP MAX.
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
FALSE FRONT TO ALIGN WITH
ADJACENT DRAWERS
MAX.
6"
MI
N
.
9"
MIN.
8"
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP. SEE
ELEVATIONS.
3/4" x 2" CLEAT
3/4" SUBTOP
ADJACENT CABINET BEYOND
UNDER-COUNTER
EQUIPMENT
2'
-
1
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
2'-0"
1/2"
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C.
3/4" SCHEDULED COUNTERTOP. SEE
ELEVATIONS
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
DRAWER FACE
3/4" MELAMINE DRAWER
BOTTOM
1/2" MELAMINE DRAWER
BACK & SIDES
2'-0"
3"
1
1
/
2
"
TY
P
.
1/
8
"
G
A
P
,
4"
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
2'
-
1
0
"
EQ
.
EQ
.
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
1/
2
"
4"
3"
KNEE / TOE CLEARANCE
1'-5"
KN
E
E
C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
2'
-
3
"
M
I
N
.
TO
T
O
P
O
F
U
P
P
E
R
M
O
S
T
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
2'
-
1
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
2'-0"3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP. SEE ELEVATIONS.
1/4" MELAMINE BACK, TYP.
DRAIN & HOT WATER PIPING
TO BE WRAPPED WITH
INSULATION AS REQUIRED
FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGE,
TYP.
ACCESSIBLE INTEGRAL
TOE-KICK
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
STAINLESS STEEL SINK W/OFFSET
DRAIN, 6" DEEP MAX.
MAX.
6"
MI
N
.
9"
MIN.
8"
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C.
3/4" SCHEDULED COUNTERTOP. SEE
ELEVATIONS
WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR
2'-0"
1
1
/
2
"
TY
P
.
1/
8
"
G
A
P
,
4"
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
2'
-
1
0
"
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE SLIDE
OUT TRASH CONTAINER SHELF
WITH ANGLED SIDES
ATTACHED TO FRONT W/FULL
EXTENSION ACCURIDE GLIDES.
TRASH CONTAINER BY G.C.
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE AT
ALL EXPOSED SURFACES
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
5"
2'
-
1
0
"
3"
1
1
/
2
"
GA
P
,
1/
8
"
1/2"
2'-0"
3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP. SEE ELEVATIONS
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
3/16" DIA. HOLES FOR SHELF
SUPPORTS, TYP.
3/4" MELAMINE SHELF (1" IF
OVER 3'-0" WIDE), TYP. -
PROVIDE EDGE BANDS AT
FRONT & BACK
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
4"
TY
P
.
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
2'
-
1
0
"
2'
-
2
"
3'
-
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
2'-0"
8'
-
0
"
3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
3/16" DIA. HOLES FOR SHELF
SUPPORTS, TYP.
3/4" MELAMINE SHELF (1" IF
OVER 3'-0" WIDE), TYP. -
PROVIDE EDGE BANDS AT
FRONT & BACK
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
CLEAR
1'-0"
1'-2"
3/4" MELAMINE TOP W/EDGE
BAND
FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGE,
TYP.
3/4" FRENCH CLEAT
FASTENED TO STUDS, TYP.
1/4" MELAMINE BACK, TYP.
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
CABINET DOOR, TYP. -FINISH
BOTH SIDES & PROVIDE EDGE
BAND AT ALL 4 EDGES
4" BRUSHED STAINLESS WIRE
PULLS MOUNTED VERTICALLY, WITH
COUNTER-SUNK SCREWS & CAPS,
TYP. -PROVIDE SILENCERS AT
DOOR
VA
R
I
E
S
OPEN
ABOVE
TY
P
.
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
1/2" MELAMINE DRAWER
BACK & SIDES
GA
P
1/
8
"
4"
3"
MICROWAVE
OVEN BY
OTHERS
1
1
/
2
"
TY
P
.
1/
8
"
G
A
P
1/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
BACK
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
SHELF
1/2" MELAMINE DRAWER
BACK & SIDES
3/4" MELAMINE DRAWER
BACK BOTTOM
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS
AT 2'-0" O.C.
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
1
1
/
2
"
1'
-
3
"
*
2'
-
1
0
"
*NOTE: G.C. TO COORDINATE APPLIANCE
OPENING WITH APPLIANCE SPECIFICATION.
3"
8'
-
0
"
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
4"
CLEAR
1'-9"
2'-0"
3/4" MELAMINE TOP W/EDGE
BAND
FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGE,
TYP.
3/4" FRENCH CLEAT
FASTENED TO STUDS, TYP.
1/4" MELAMINE BACK, TYP.
3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE
CABINET DOOR, TYP. -FINISH
BOTH SIDES & PROVIDE EDGE
BAND AT ALL 4 EDGES
SCHEDULED HARDWARE -PROVIDE
SILENCERS AT DOOR
VA
R
I
E
S
OPEN
ABOVE
3'
-
4
"
4'
-
8
"
SEE CEILING PLAN
FOR CEILING HEIGHT
3/4" SCHEDULED
COUNTERTOP. SEE
ELEVATIONS
1/2" MELAMINE DRAWER
BACK & SIDES
2 x 4 WOOD STRETCHERS AT
2'-0" O.C.
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE
3/4" MELAMINE DRAWER
BOTTOM
3/4" x 3" STRETCHER, TYP.
4" SATIN CHROMIUM WIRE
PULLS MOUNTED VERTICALLY,
WITH COUNTER-SUNK
SCREWS & CAPS, TYP. -PROVIDE
SILENCERSAT DOOR
1/4" MELAMINE BACK, TYP.
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
3/4" MELAMINE TOP W/EDGE
BAND
FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGE
1/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE BACK
3/4" FRENCH CLEAT
FASTENED TO STUDS, TYP.
1
1
/
2
"
*
1
'
-
3
"
2'
-
1
0
"
2'-0"VE
R
I
F
Y
8
'
-
0
"
VE
R
I
F
Y
1'
-
4
"
3"
4"
TY
P
.
1/
8
"
G
A
P
,
MICROWAVE
OVEN BY
OTHERS
MICROWAVE
OVEN BY
OTHERS
1/
2
"
1/
2
"
*
1
'
-
3
"
*
1
'
-
3
"
MICROWAVE
OVEN BY
OTHERS
1
1
/
2
"
CARPET
SCHLUTER -RENO-U, EDGE
PROTECTING PROFILE,
FINISH: BRUSHED ALUMINUM.
1/8" RESILIENT FLOORING
(VCT, STATIC DISSIPATIVE
TILE, EPOXY FLOORING)
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
3
9
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DE
T
A
I
L
S
I530
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"2L.T. SWITCH/T-STAT INSTALLATION
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"3L.T. SWITCH/T-STAT @ SIDELITE
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"5LOWER CABINET AT SINK w/ FALSE DRAWER
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"7LOWER CAB. AT EQUIP. OPENING
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"8LOWER CABINETS W/2 DRAWERS
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"6LOWER CABINET AT SINK w/o FALSE DRAWER
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"9PULL-OUT TRASH
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"10LOWER CABINETS w/o DRAWER
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"12UPPER/LOWER CABS w/1 DRAWER
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"13LOWER CABINETS W/ MIRCROWAVE
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"18PANTRY CABINET
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"17MICROWAVE TOWER
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4CARPET TO RESILIENT FLOORING
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
SEE
FLOOR PLAN
SOLID FLUSH
WIDTH
F1
I610
1
HE
I
G
H
T
FS1
HE
I
G
H
T
SOLID FLUSH
WITH SIDELIGHT
WIDTH
I610
4
I610
2
I610
3
PLAN
SEE
INSULATION WHERE OCCURS
DOOR OPENING HEADER
NON-RATED WALL, PER PLANS
RO
U
G
H
O
P
E
N
I
N
G
DO
O
R
D
I
M
.
SE
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
1/2"
3/
4
"
DOOR FRAME PER DOOR SCHEDULE
DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE
WITH TIGHT-FITTING SMOKE AND
DRAFT CONTROL ASSEEMBLY
5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM
BOARD EACH
SIDE OVER METAL STUD.
SEE STUD TABLE FOR
SIZE AND SPACING.
INSULATION
WHERE OCCURS
FIXED GLASS
DOOR FRAME PER SCHEDULE
DOOR PER SCHEDULE
FIXED GLASS
ALUMINUM WINDOW
FRAME
BACKER ROD AND
SEALANT
CONCRETE SLAB
FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL
SHIM AS REQUIRED
INSULATION WHEN OCCURS
5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EACH
SIDE OVER METAL STUD.
SEE STUD TABLE FOR SIZE
AND SPACING.
METAL TRACK
3-5/8" METAL STUD NESTED
IN METAL TRACK
ALUMINIUM WINDOW FRAME
FIXED GLASS
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
4
1
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
DO
O
R
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
A
N
D
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
I610
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DOOR HARDWARE
HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS OPERATING HARDWARE
GENERAL NOTES
SINGLE WOOD OR HOLLOW METAL DOOR
(* = QUANTITY, TYPE AND SIZE DETERMINED BY DOOR TYPE AND SIZE.
REFER TO HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS)
NOTE: AT EXISTING DOORS WHICH REMAIN, HARDWARE INDICATED IN THIS
SCHEDULE IS NEW AND TO BE ADDED TO THE EXISTING ASSEMBLY.
(X) LETTER IN PARENTHESIS INDICATES
EXISTING COMPONENT.
WIDTH HEIGHT
DOOR SCHEDULE
DOUBLE DOORS
KI
C
K
P
L
A
T
E
S
DOOR KEYNOTESCO
A
T
H
O
O
K
DO
O
R
S
T
O
P
W
:
W
A
L
L
F:
F
L
O
O
R
ROOM
NAME.
DOOR
NO.
PER HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION BELOW, U.O.N.
DO
O
R
BO
T
T
O
M
SE
A
L
S
A:
A
C
O
U
S
T
I
C
S:
S
M
O
K
E
HO
L
D
OP
E
N
S
AS
T
R
A
G
A
L
CO
O
R
D
.
CL
O
S
E
R
S:
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
X:
C
O
N
C
E
A
L
E
D
CA
R
D
RE
A
D
E
R
PA
N
I
C
DE
V
I
C
E
DOOR COMPONENTS
OP
E
R
A
T
I
N
G
HA
R
D
W
A
R
E
HA
R
D
W
A
R
E
GR
O
U
P
FI
R
E
R
A
T
I
N
G
(M
I
N
U
T
E
S
)
FR
A
M
E
SP
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
DO
O
R
SP
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
DOOR
SIZE
DO
O
R
T
Y
P
E
EL
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
W
:
W
E
A
T
H
E
R
O:
O
V
E
R
H
E
A
D
201 RECEPTION F1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 Y
202 CONFERENCE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1
204 WELLNESS F1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 3
205 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
206 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
207 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
208 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
209 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
210 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
211 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
212 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
213 STORAGE F1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1
217 CONFERENCE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1
219 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
220 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
221 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
222 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
223 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
224 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
225 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
226 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
227 OFFICE FS1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 2
228 PHONE F1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 3
229 PHONE F1 3'-0" 8'-0" D1 FR1 B1 3
230(R) CONFERENCE F1 3'-0" 8'-0" 1
DOOR AND FRAME
SPECIFICATIONS
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MARSHFIELD
SIGNATURE SERIES
SOLID CORE 5-PLY
STAINGRADE WOOD VENEER.
FACE MATERIAL: MATCH EXISTING
SLIP MATCHED
FINISH:
THICKNESS:
MANUFACTURER:
FR1 FRAME: ALUMINUM
MANUFACTURER:
STYLE/SERIES:
D1 DOOR: WOOD
MATERIAL:
CONSTRUCTION:
SLIP MATCHED
1 3/4"
1. SEE SHEET I010 FOR GENERAL DOOR NOTES.
2. ALL HARDWARE SHALL MEET ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING
CODES.
3. REFER TO THE FLOOR PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS (IF PROVIDED) FOR ADDITIONAL DOOR
INFORMATION.
4. SOLID CORE DOORS TO BE LAMINATED WITH STAINGRADE WOOD VENEER.
5. ALL DOOR FRAMES TO BE FACTORY FINISHED, U.O.N.
6. PROVIDE RATED WIRE GLASS IN RATED ASSEMBLIES, U.O.N.
7. RATED DOORS SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC CLOSERS AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF
ALL GOVERNING CODES AND STANDARDS.
8. G.C. TO CONFIRM THE HEIGHT OF EXISTING DOORS. NEW DOORS TO MATCH.
BUTT HINGES:
1. IVES 3 KNUCKLE 3CB1 SERIES (OR 5 KNUCKLE 5BB1 SERIES) OR
APPROVED EQUAL.
2. SIZE:
a. 3-1/2" X 3-1/2" X 0.123 GA FOR 1-3/8" DOORS.
b. 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" X 0.134 GA FOR 1-3/4" DOORS TO 36" WIDE.
c. 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" X 0.180 GA FOR 1-3/4" FOR DOORS GREATER THAN 36"
TO 42" WIDE.
d. 5" X 4-1/2" X 0.190 GA FOR 1 3/4" FOR DOORS GREATER THAN 42" TO
48" WIDE.
e. MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES FOR ALL OTHER DOOR
THICKNESSES.
3. QUANTITY:
1-1/2 PAIRS FOR DOORS 60" TO 90" IN HEIGHT AND AN ADDITIONAL 1/2
PAIR FOR EVERY 30" OR FRACTION THEREOF.
4. MATERIAL:
a. ALL EXTERIOR OUTSWING DOOR BUTTS SHALL BE MADE OF NON-
FERROUS MATERIAL AND SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL HINGE
PINS.
b. ALL EXTERIOR OUTSWING DOORS SHALL HAVE NON-REMOVEABLE
PINS.
c. ALL FIRE RATED DOORS OR DOORS WITH CLOSING DEVICES
SHALL HAVE BALL BEARING STEEL HINGES.
PIVOTS:
1. IVES 7000 SERIES.
2. HIGH STRENGTH FORCED BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL TILT-ON
PRECISION BEARING AND BEARING PIN.
a. BOTTOM AND INTERMEDIATE PIVOTS: ADJUSTABILITY OF MINUS
1/16", PLUS 1/8".
CLOSING DEVICES:
1. CONCEALED -FLOOR: DORMA BTS 80 SERIES.
a. HYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED, CEMENT CASE, MAXIMUM
DEGREE DEAD STOP PERMITTED BY TRIM OR ADJACENT
STRUCTURE. PROVIDE SPECIAL PINS, FLOOR PANS, AND
LONGER SPINDLES TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR AND JAMB
CONDITIONS.
2. CONCEALED -OVERHEAD: LCN 2030 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.
a. CONCEALED IN TRACK BUMPERS WHERE SCHEDULED.
3. SURFACE -LCN 1461 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.
a. PROVIDE "DS" DESIGNER SERIES COVERS AT ALL DOORS
VISIBLE BY THE PUBLIC (STANDARD COVERS AT MAINTENANCE
ROOMS).
4. MAX. EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS:
a. EXTERIOR DOORS -5 LBS.
b. INTERIOR DOORS -5 LBS.
c. FIRE RATED DOORS -15 LBS.
5. A CLOSING DEVICE MUST BE USED ON ALL FIRE-RATED DOORS.
STOPS:
1. IVES WS40S7/FS436 SERIES DOOR STOPS:
a. WS406/407 CVX/CCV WALL-STOP OR APPROVED EQUAL, TYPICAL
U.O.N.
b. FS436/R435 DOME FLOOR-STOP (SIZE BASE TO FIT) OR
APPROVED EQUAL -WHERE WALL-STOP WILL NOT WORK.
c. WHERE WALL OR FLOOR-STOPS WILL NOT WORK PROVIDE AN
OVERHEAD STOP OR SPRING "CRUSH" ARM ON THE CLOSER.
MAGNETIC HOLDERS:
1. LCN SEM7800 (24 VDC/VAC) MAGNETIC HOLDER OR APPROVED
EQUAL AT FIRE-RATED AUTOMATIC RELEASE DOORS.
a. PROVIDE EXTENDED ARMATURES AS REQUIRED TO SUIT
CONDITIONS.
DOOR COORDINATORS (COORDINATORS TO MATCH DOOR FRAME):
1. IVES COR SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SIZED TO FIT FROM STOP TO
STOP.
a. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH BRACKET FOR MOUNTING TO ALUMINUM
FRAME.
2. IF JAMB STOP DOES NOT PERMIT USE OF IVES COR SERIES,
SUBSTITUTE IVES CORG SERIES, GRAVITY COORDINATORS.
KICK PLATES:
1. IVES 8400/8402 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.
2. PROVIDE 8400 SERIES AT NON-RATED DOORS AND 8402 SERIES AT
FIRE RATED DOORS.
3. SIZE AS FOLLOWS:
a. 10"x 2" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH -SINGLE DOOR
b. 10"x 1" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH -PAIR OF DOORS.
WEATHER STRIPPING:
1. ZERO INTERNATIONAL (ZER) OR APPROVED EQUAL:
a. THRESHOLDS -ZER 545 OR AS SHOWN ON SILL DETAILS AND AS
REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS AT EXTERIOR DOORS.
b. HEAD RAIN DRIPS -ZER 142 OR AS SHOWN ON HEAD DETAILS AND
AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS AT EXTERIOR DOORS. (OMIT
AT DOOR SHELTERED WITH OVERHANGS).
c. BOTTOM RAIN DRIPS -ZER 11 OR AS SHOWN ON SILL DETAILS AND
AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS. (AT IN-SWING DOORS).
d. DOOR BOTTOMS/SHOES -ZER 8198 OR AS SHOWN ON SILL
DETAILS AND REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS AT OUT-SWINGING
EXTERIOR DOORS.
e. DOOR BOTTOMS/SHOES -ZER 381 OR AS SHOWN ON SILL DETAILS
AND AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS AT IN-SWINGING
EXTERIOR DOORS.
f. HEAD AND JAMB SEALS -ZER 8042 (OR AS REQUIRED TO MEET
FIRE LABEL RATING) AT EXTERIOR DOORS AND FIRE RATED
DOORS. (OMIT AT ALUMINUM FRAMES).
g. ASTRAGALS -383 AT NON-RATED WOOD DOORS AND 383FS AT
FIRE RATED WOOD DOORS. (SEE LATCHGUARDS FOR EXTERIOR
AND HOLLOW METAL DOORS)
LATCHGUARDS:
1. IVES LG SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR SINGLE OUTSWING
EXTERIOR DOORS.
2. ZER 44SP SERIES ASTRAGAL OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR PAIRS OF
EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITHOUT PANIC HARDWARE.
KEYING:
1. ON NEW CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE SCHLAGE LARGE FORMAT
INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDERS WITH CONSTRUCTION CORES
AND A PERMANENT CORE.
2. ON EXISTING WORK: MATCH BUILDING STANDARD OR AS DIRECTED
BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT.
BOLTS:
1. MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS:
a. IVES FB458 OR APPROVED EQUAL
b. LENGTH TO SET AS FOLLOWS:
A. BOTTOM BOLTS 12"
B. TOP BOLT 12" FOR DOORS TO 84" IN HEIGHT
C. TOP BOLT 12" PLUS AS 1" FOR EVERY ADDITIONAL INCH OF
DOOR HEIGHT OVER 84"
c. DO NOT USE ANY ROOMS NORMALLY OCCUPIED BY PEOPLE
2. AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS:
a. IVES FB30 OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS
b. IVES FB40 OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR WOOD DOORS
c. AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS MUST BE USED AT ALL PAIRS OR FIRE
RATED DOORS.
B1 -STANDARD DOOR
3 EA HINGE
1 EA DOME STOP
3 EA SILENCER
DOOR KEYNOTES
1. REUSE SALVAGED DOOR, FRAME, SIDELIGHT, AND
HARDWARE.
2. PROVIDE INTEGRAL 2'-0" SIDELITE AT HM DOOR FRAME.
3. PROVIDE LOCKSET WITH OCCUPANCY INDICATOR.
HARDWARE GROUPS
90 MIN.
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
MATCH EXISTING
REUSE SALVAGED
DOOR TYPES
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1DOOR HEAD (JAMB SIM.)
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2INTEGRAL DOOR & WINDOW JAMB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"3WINDOW SILL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4WINDOW HEAD (JAMB AND SILL SIM.)
REUSE SALVAGED
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
R
V
V
DOWN
DOWN
R
F.
E
.
C
.
F.
E
.
C
.
F.E.C.
F.
E
.
C
.
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230 PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214BREAK ROOM
216
OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
LVT
1
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
CP
2
LVT
1
CP
2
LVT
1
P
4
P
4
P
4
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
2
P
3
P
2
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
P
2
P
3
P
3
OPEN OFFICE
218
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
STORAGE
213
OFFICE
205
RECEPTION
201
501
502 501
502
LVT
1
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
5
2
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
FI
N
I
S
H
P
L
A
N
I150
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
501 EXISTING EXTERIOR WINDOW BLINDS TO REMAIN, UNLESS DAMAGED
BEYOND REPAIR. CLEAN EXISTING BLINDS AS REQUIRED FOR "LIKE NEW"
CONDITION. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR MISSING BLINDS TO MATCH
EXISTING.
FINISH PLAN NOTESKEYNOTES:
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
1. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE ALL FLOOR PREPARATIONS IN BASE BID.
2. SEE ENLARGED PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL FINISH INFORMATION.
3. PREPARE PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE (2) COATS EGGSHELL PAINT, U.O.N.
4. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AT LOCATIONS OF SPECIALTY WALL FINISHES,
BRANDING OR SIGNAGE FOR SPECIFIC PARTITION PREP.
5. ALL AREAS WITHIN PROJECT BOUNDARY TO RECEIVE PAINT (P-1), RUBBER BASE (RB-1)
AND CARPET (CP-1), U.O.N.
6. ALL GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFITS TO RECEIVE PAINT (P-1), U.O.N.
7. PAINT DECK ABOVE AND ALL EXPOSED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE
PROTECTION DUCTWORK AND PIPING IN OPEN CEILING AREAS.
8. ALL FINISHES TO BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER ’S INSTRUCTIONS.
9. ALL FINISH TRANSITIONS AT DOORS TO BE LOCATED CENTERED UNDER THE DOOR,
U.O.N.
10. PROVIDE FLOORING TRANSITIONS AS FOLLOWS, U.O.N.:
a. RUBBER REDUCING STRIP AT ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN CARPET AND RESILIENT
FLOORING.
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1FINISH PLAN
ALTERNATE PRICING
N
502 DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOORING. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PREP FLOOR FOR
NEW SCHEDULED FINISH. DEMOLISH RUBBER BASE. PATCH, REPAIR, AND
PREP WALL FOR NEW SCHEDULED FINISH. PAINT WALLS (P-1).
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
SUITE 200
R
V
V
DOWN
DOWN
R
F.
E
.
C
.
F.
E
.
C
.
F.E.C.
F.
E
.
C
.
NON-RATED PARTITION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING
EXISTING WALL/ PARTITION
EXISTING 2HR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED PARTITION
INDICATES AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)
WALL/PARTITION
INFILL AT EXISTING 2HR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED PARTITION
I510A
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
CONFERENCE
202
OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
206
229
204
201
205
219220221222223224225227226
228
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
OFFICE
205
RECEPTION
201
213
203
207
207
207
204
205
208
16'-11" 7'-0"
5'
-
0
"
23
'
-
5
"
I510
11
TYP.
15
'
-
2
"
12
'
-
0
"
209
3'
-
0
"
OPEN OFFICE
218
I430 2 I430
3
I430
4
5'
-
0
"
5'
-
0
"
10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-0"
21'-8"
7'-6"6'-9"10'-0"
13
'
-
1
0
"
STORAGE
213
15
'
-
2
"
15
'
-
2
"
15
'
-
2
"
15
'
-
1
"
I430 5
2'-0" U.N.O.
I430
1A
1B
1C
I430 7
202
A3
6
A3
210
210
210
210
A3
A3
A3
A3
211
CENTER
ON MULLION
CENTER
ON MULLION
V.
I
.
F
.
15
'
-
2
"
15
'
-
2
"
1'
-
0
"
212
TYP.
213
I510
5
I510
5
I510
5
230(R)
217
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
TYP.
13'-6"
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
4
3
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
I120
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT TO PERFORM AN ON-SITE REVIEW ONCE ALL
PARTITIONS HAVE BEEN LAID OUT, PRIOR TO ERECTING THE PARTITIONS, AND ADDRESS
ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2. ALL PARTITION METAL STUDS TO BE 3-5/8" DEPTH -GAUGE AND SPACING PER L/240 SPAN
TABLE, ON THE FRAMING DETAILS SHEET, U.O.N.
3. ALL NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS TO BE FULLY INSULATED W ITH A MINIMUM OF R-11
UNFACED FIBERGLASS INSULATION (OR EQUIVALENT), U.O.N.
4. DRYWALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE FINISHED AS FOLLOWS, U.O.N. REFER TO GYPSUM
ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION, GA-214 (https://www.certainteed.com/drywall/what-are-
recommended-levels-finish/):
a. FOR PLENUM AND NON-VISIBLE AREAS –LEVEL-1. AREAS WITH OPEN-CEILINGS OR
CLOUDS TO BE FINISHED AS FOR VISIBLE PARTITIONS.
b. BEHIND WALL TILE –LEVEL-2
c. ALL VISIBLE PARTITION SURFACES –LEVEL 4, UNLESS NOTED AS LEVEL-5 BY OTHER
NOTES OR KEYED NOTE.
5. PROVIDE DRYWALL EXPANSION & CONTROL JOINTS PER “WALL AND CEILING BUREAU”
(WCB) STANDARDS. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
6. ALL DRYWALL CORNERS AND COLUMN EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH CORNER "L" BEAD.
7. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING WINDOW SILLS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION:
MATCH EXISTING SILL CONDITION. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING WINDOW FRAMES.
8. ACCESS PANELS IN PARTITIONS/CEILINGS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND
ELECTRICAL ACCESS SHALL BE FLUSH FRAMELESS GYPSUM BOARD PANELS.
9. EXTEND EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS/FURRING TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE
IN AREAS OF OPEN CEILINGS.
10. ALL BLOCKING IN PARTITION TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED SOLID WOOD BLOCKING,
OR CONTINUOUS METAL STRAPPING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND EXTENT IN
FIELD. GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL OWNER SUPPLIED MILLWORK, IN ADDITION TO
MILLWORK SUPPLIED BY THE GC, AND WALL-HUNG EQUIPMENT.
11. FOR WALL-MOUNTED TELEVISIONS, PROVIDE BLOCKING IN PARTITIONS AS APPROPRIATE
FOR MOUNTING TYPE. COORDINATE WITH A/V SPECIFICATIONS & REQUIREMENTS.
KEYNOTES:FLOOR PLAN NOTESLEGENDS
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN
N
203 PROVIDE NEW MILLWORK LOWER CABINETS AND COUNTERTOP. SEE
ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS.
204 PROVIDE NEW MILLWORK LOWER CABINETS, COUNTERTOP, AND UPPER
CABINETS. SEE ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS.
205 PROVIDE NEW MILLWORK LOWER AND COUNTERTOP. PROVIDE
UNDERMOUNT SINK, FAUCET, AND INSTA-HOT DEVICE. SEE ELEVATIONS
AND DETAILS.
207 PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION.
208 PROVIDE DRYWALL WHERE WALLS ARE UNFINISHED. NEW DRYWALL TO BE
FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT. PREP FOR SCHEDULED FINISH. TEXTURE
TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS.
209 FRAME NEW WALL ABUTTING EXISTING WALL.
210 NEW SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET AND FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BY POTTER-ROEMER. CABINET TO BE ALTA SERIES
#7013-DV, STEEL WITH RECOATABLE WHITE FINISH - PAINT (SEMI-GLOSS) TO
MATCH ADJACENT PARTITION. EXTINGUISHER TO BE #3005, 2A:10B:C.
211 INFILL EXISTING PARTITION WHERE DOOR AND SIDELIGHT ASSEMBLIES
WERE REMOVED. INFILL TO BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING PARTITION BOTH
SIDES.
212 REUSE SALVAGED DOOR AND SIDELITE ASSEMBLY.
213 FULL HEIGHT, 5/8" THICK, TEMPERED GLASS PANELS IN ALUMINUM FRAME
AROUND AND BUTT-JOINT IN BETWEEN. PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT AT
BUTT-JOINTS. SEE ELEVATIONS.
WALL/ PARTITION
WALL/PARTITION TYPES
1. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION SHALL CONFORM TO ICC REPORT ESR -1338. MIN.
FASTENER: #6 1-1/4" SCREW. SPACING: 12" FIELD, 8" EDGES.
2. SEE DETAIL SHEET I510 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILS.
PARTITION TAGA #
STUD SIZE, PER DETAIL
PARTITION TYPE
3.ALL PARTITIONS TO BE OF TYPE A3 U.O.N.
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
SUITE 200
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
0
:
5
8
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
GE
N
E
R
A
L
N
O
T
E
S
I010
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
MILLWORK NOTES
1. CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN PLANS. FINISH ITEMS
CLEARLY SHOWN IN PLANS, BUT OMITTED FROM SCHEDULES OR LEGENDS MUST STILL BE
PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY OMITTED FINISHES
WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING PRODUCTS.
2. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION ANY
SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
3. MILLWORKER TO COORDINATE & VERIFY WITH CONTRACTOR FINAL LOCATION FOR
CANTILEVERED COUNTERS FOR IN-WALL SUPPORT BRACKETS, PRIOR TO GYPSUM BOARD
FINISHING OF PARTITIONS. ALL FINAL INSTALLATION HEIGHTS FOR IN-WALL SUPPORT
BRACKETS MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY CODES AND STANDARDS WITH
COUNTERTOP MATERIAL THICKNESS INCLUDED.
4. MATERIAL COLORS NOT LISTED SHALL BE REQUESTED FROM THE ARCHITECT ON SHOP
DRAWING SUBMITTALS OR VIA RFIs.
5. ALL UPPERS TO BE LAMINATED TO MATCH BASE CABINETS. BOTH UPPERS & LOWER CABINETS
IN WET AREAS TO HAVE MATCHING PVC EDGE, ALL OTHERS TO HAVE PLASTIC LAMINATE EDGE
BANDING U.O.N.
6. ALL CABINETS AND DOORS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM 3/4" THICK MATERIAL, U.O.N. ON
DETAILS.
7. BASE CABINETS ARE NOT TO RECEIVE WALL BASE UNLESS INDICATED ON FINISH PLANS OR
ELEVATIONS.
8. ALL INTERIORS OF CLOSED CABINETS TO BE WHITE MELAMINE/POLYESTER OR APPROVED
EQUAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
9. ALL OPEN CABINETS OR SHELVES TO HAVE PLASTIC LAMINATE TO MATCH EXTERIORS.
10. NO 3/4" THICK SHELF SHALL SPAN LONGER THAN 32" WITHOUT SUPPORT.
11. ALL SHELVING TO BE ADJUSTABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
12. ALL FILE PEDESTALS ARE TO BE CONFIGURED FOR "FRONT TO BACK" FILING AND BE ABLE TO
ACCEPT METAL HANGERS TO ACCEPT PENDAFLEX TYPE FILE FOLDERS, UNLESS NOTED AS
LATERAL.
13. ALL COUNTER TOPS TO BE 24" DEEP, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. WHERE NO BACKSPLASH
IS SPECIFIED, COUNTER TOPS TO BE SCRIBED TIGHTLY TO BACK & SIDE WALLS.
14. ALL BACKSPLASHES TO BE SCRIBED TO PARTITIONS, AND MUST BE FLUSH TO EDGE OF BASE,
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL COUNTER TRANSITION SEAMS MUST BE CAULKED
SEALED, VERIFY EITHER MATCHING COLOR CAULK OR CLEAR SILICONE.
15. PROVIDE SIDE SPLASHES AT LOCATIONS ADJACENT TO PARTITIONS OR WINDOWS, ESPECIALLY
FOR SINKS U.O.N.
16. FACES OF PIGEONHOLES TO MATCH WORK SURFACE LAMINATE. COLOR OF EDGE BANDING ON
ALL DOORS TO MATCH FACE MATERIAL.
17. IF PROVIDED, SEE SPECIFICATIONS/PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
18. COUNTERTOPS SHALL HAVE A NOSING OF COUNTERTOP MATERIAL AT LEAST 3" DEEP,
WHEREBY THE COUNTER MATERIAL EXTENDS INTO THE INSIDE OF THE CABINET, I.E. OVER THE
DOOR (WHEN PRESENT).
19. END PANELS AND FRONT EDGES OF EDGE PANELS WHICH ARE PROUD OF THE INTERIOR
CABINET SHALL BE FACED TO MATCH DOOR FRONTS.
20. ALL HINGED DOORS TO HAVE CLEAR SILENCERS TOP AND BOTTOM ON DOOR (NOT CABINET).
21. ALL DRAWERS GLIDES SHALL HAVE SILENCERS BUILT INTO THE GLIDE AND NOT INSTALLED ON
THE DRAWER OR DRAWER FRONT.
22. ALL DRAWER GLIDES SHALL BE FULL EXTENSION.
23. PROVIDE FULL OVERLAY HINGES THAT OPEN ±105°, EXCEPT WHERE CABINETS ARE ADJACENT
TO THE PARTITIONS. PROVIDE HINGES WHICH LIMIT THE DOOR SWING TO KEEP THE DOOR
PULL FROM DAMAGING THE PARTITION.
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE HARDWARE SCHEDULE WITH HARDWARE CUT
SHEETS PREPARED BY A QUALIFIED HARDWARE CONSULTANT FOR ARCHITECT’S REVIEW
AND APPROVAL.
2.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE AND COORDINATE USE OF A MASTER KEYING
SYSTEM DEVELOPED WITH AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OWNER AND TENANT.
3.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL NEW AND EXISTING TO REMAIN DOORS AND DOOR
HARDWARE COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING CODES & STANDARDS. NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY NON-COMPLIANCE.
4.MATCH BUILDING STANDARD DOORS AND HARDWARE WHERE APPLICABLE AND IN
COMPLIANCE WITH ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIREMENTS.
5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT AND OW NER FOR REVIEW AND
RESOLUTION ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS FOUND BETWEEN THE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS AND BUILDING STANDARDS FOR DOORS, SIDELITES, DOOR AND SIDELITE
FRAMES AND HARDWARE.
6.FIELD MEASURE ALL DOORS AND/OR DOOR OPENINGS AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO
FABRICATION.
7.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE & VERIFY THE REQUIRED THROAT DEPTH
FOR EACH DOOR FRAME PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
8.HOLLOW METAL FRAMES TO BE WELDED TYPE UNLESS AND WHERE SPECIFIED OR
APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT IN ADVANCE.
9.DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES TO BE FACTORY FINISHED, U.O.N.
10.FIRE RATED AND SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL SHALL BEAR A
LABEL FROM A RECOGNIZED AGENCY SHOWING THE SPECIFIC RATINGS IN COMPLIANCE
WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING CODES & STANDARDS.
11.ALL FIRE RATED DOORS TO HAVE A LATCH AND SELF CLOSER.
12.ALL SWINGING DOOR HANDLES TO BE LEVER-TYPE IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING
CODES & ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS.
13.DOOR HANDLES OR PULLS AND ALL OTHER OPERABLE PARTS OF DOOR HARDWARE (SUCH
AS DEADBOLTS, KEYHOLES... ETC.) ARE TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE
FINISH FLOOR.
14.ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL
KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.EXCEPT AT A MAIN ENTRANCE WHERE A SIGN WITH
CONTRASTING LETTERS 1 INCH OR MORE HIGH IS PROVIDED STATING "THIS DOOR TO
REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED.”
15.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO HAVE LOCKSETS WITH KEYS FOR ENABLING FIRE DEPARTMENT
ACCESS.STORED IN A KNOXBOX AT A LOCATION APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT.
16.SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF A TYPE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION.
17.ALL DOORS WITH ELECTRONIC SECURITY LOCKS MUST BE OPERABLE FOR EXITING
PURPOSES UNDER ALL CONDITIONS. INCLUDING A POWER OUTAGE.
18.PROVIDE WEATHER SEALS ON ALL EXTERIOR DOORS PER ANSI STANDARDS.
19.PROVIDE 6”x16 GA MIN FLAT METAL OR 2x6 BACKING (FRT AS REQUIRED) BEHIND ALL WALL-
MOUNTED DOOR STOPS.
20.MAXIMUM UNDERCUT OF ALL NON-FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" ABOVE
FINISH FLOOR SURFACE.
21.CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY BLEMISHED DOOR THAT CAN NOT BE REFINISHED TO
AN "AS NEW" CONDITION PER ARCHITECT’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
DOOR NOTES GLAZING NOTES
1. EACH LIGHT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DESIGNATING THE TYPE AND
THICKNESS OF THE GLASS.
2. GLASS SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON ALL FOUR EDGES, U.O.N.
3. FIELD MEASURE ALL OPENINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
4. FIXED OR OPERABLE GLAZING IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS AS DEFINED IN THE BUILDING CODE
SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS (SAFETY GLASS).
5. GLAZING IN SWINGING, SLIDING AND BIFOLD DOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED.
6. ALL GLAZING WITHIN A 24" ARC OF EITHER EDGE OF A DOOR AND WITHIN 60" OF THE FLOOR
SHALL BE TEMPERED.
7. GLAZING IN WINDOWS: ALL GLAZING THAT MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SHALL
BE TEMPERED:
A. THE EXPOSED AREA OF AN INDIVIDUAL PANE IS GREATER THAN 9 SF.
B. THE BOTTOM EDGE IS LESS THAN 18" ABOVE THE FLOOR.
C. THE TOP EDGE IS GREATER THAN 36" ABOVE THE FLOOR.
D. WALKING SURFACE IS WITHIN 36".
8. ALL GLASS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND
THE U.S. PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSIONS: SAFETY STANDARDS FOR ARCHITECTURAL
GLAZING MATERIALS.
9. WHERE JOINTS ARE REQUIRED IN MULTIPLE LITES, CLEAR SILICONE IS TO BE PROVIDED, U.O.N.
1. CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT TO REVIEW & APPROVE CHALK LINES OF PARTITION
LAYOUT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF PARTITION CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY DIMENSIONS FOR ALL PLUMBING PARTITIONS.
3. EXTEND ALL STUDS AND PARTITION MATERIALS TO CONSTRUCTION ABOVE, U.O.N.
4. ALL CONDUIT PIPING TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE PARTITION CONSTRUCTION.
5. DOOR OPENINGS IN PARTITIONS NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 4" OF
ADJACENT PERPENDICULAR PARTITION.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE 6" METAL STUDS MINIMUM AT ALL PLUMBING PARTITIONS.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ACTUAL DEPTH REQUIRED, ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE
REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT.
7. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE OR
WHERE TILE IS USED.
8. ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES.
9. ALL HOT WATER LINES SHALL BE PROPERLY INSULATED. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
10. ALL PLUMBING CLEAN-OUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE READILY ACCESSIBLE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CLEAN-OUT LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT, AND
CABINETS. SUBMIT A PLAN OF ALL PROPOSED LOCATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR
APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
11. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ARCHITECT AND TENANT APPROVAL
PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE OF ANY CABINET WORK, MILLWORK AND ANY OTHER SPECIAL
ITEMS REQUIRING CUSTOM SHOP PREFABRICATION WORK.
12. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PARTITION BACKING, STIFFENERS, BRACING,
BACK-UP PLATES AND/ OR SUPPORTING BRACKETS AS REQUIRED FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF WALL-MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT OR BUILT-IN ITEMS.
VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SUPPLY
CATALOG CUT SHEETS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL.
13. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND PLUMBING
SUPPLY, FITTINGS & CONNECTORS TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF APPLIANCES &
EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON PLAN. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SUPPLY CATALOG CUT SHEETS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL.
14. EXACT LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS TO BE CONFIRMED WITH
ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS &
CABINETS AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTORS.
15. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, PARTITIONS, AND
CEILINGS SHALL BE TAPED, SANDED SMOOTH TO A "LEVEL 4" FINISH, SO AS TO RECEIVE
PAINT OR WALL COVERING MATERIAL.
16. PROVIDE SOUND INSULATION AT PERIMETER PARTITIONS OF RESTROOMS, LOBBY,
STAIRS, AND ACROSS CEILING OF RESTROOMS TO CREATE AN ACOUSTIC ENVELOPE,
U.O.N.
17. PATCH AND FILL OPENINGS AT EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS AND SOFFITS
FOLLOWING REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF ANY SURFACE MOUNTED OR RECESSED
FURNISHINGS, RECEPTACLES, UTILITY PIPING, SHELF STANDARDS & ALL OTHER SIMILAR
ELEMENTS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED DURING THE DEMOLITION PHASE OR INSTALLED
DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE: TAPE AND SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH JOINT
COMPOUND: APPLY NEW FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH AT ADJACENT GYPSUM
BOARD SURFACES AND FEATHER NEW FINISH WITH EXISTING FINISH TO PROVIDE
CONSISTENT & CONTINUOUS FINISH.
18. THE MAXIMUM CONTROL JOINT SPACING FOR PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS WITHOUT
PERIMETER RELIEF IS TO BE 30 LINEAR FEET OR 900 SQUARE FEET OF SURFACE AREA,
WITH PERIMETER RELIEF IS TO BE 50 LINEAR FEET OR 2,500 SQUARE FEET OF SURFACE
AREA. EXTERIOR JOINT SPACING IS TO BE 30 LINEAR FEET OR 900 SQUARE FEET OF
SURFACE AREA.
19. CONSTRUCTION SEALANT JOINTS ARE REQUIRED AT CONTINUOUS GYPSUM BOARD
SURFACES WITH DISSIMILAR PARTITION STRUCTURE.
20. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT BOTH JAMBS OF DOOR FRAMES AND HEADER.
21. PARTITIONS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED NOR BRACED TO DUCTWORK, CONDUIT OR
PIPING.
22. DO NOT MECHANICALLY SECURE NEW STUD FRAMING TO EXISTING WINDOW FRAMES.
FLOOR PLAN NOTES
POWER & SIGNAL NOTES
1. COORDINATE TELEPHONE/DATA INSTALLATION WITH APPROPRIATE SUB-CONTRACTOR.
2. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ARE TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REPLACE
DEVICE AND PLATE TO MATCH NEW AS REQUIRED.
3. ALL OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS SHOWN BY DIMENSIONS ON THE POWER &
SIGNAL PLAN OR REFERENCED ELEVATIONS. DIMENSION ALL OUTLETS FROM THE
CENTERLINE OF THE OUTLET BOX. NON-DIMENSIONED OUTLETS ARE TO BE LOCATED AT THE
NEAREST PARTITION METAL STUD.
4. WHEN OUTLETS ARE GROUPED TOGETHER (2 OR MORE), THEY ARE TO BE SPACED NO MORE
THAN 2" APART.
5. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN +15" TO
BOTTOM RECEPTACLE AND +48" TO TOP OF RECEPTACLE FROM FINISH FLOOR. SEE NOTE 6,
BELOW, FOR GENERAL MOUNTING HEIGHT.
6. ALL NEW WALL-MOUNTED 15, 20, AND 30 AMP OUTLETS/RECEPTACLES TO BE CENTERED AT 18"
A.F.F., U.O.N.
7. NO RECEPTACLES OR JUNCTION BOXES WITHIN A PARTITION/WALL ARE TO BE BACK-TO-BACK
SERVING OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE PARTITION. RECEPTACLES MUST BE STAGGERED, SET
APART BY AT LEAST 4" TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION.
8. ANY NEW VOICE/DATA AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED IN EXISTING DRYWALL
PARTITIONS TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED WITH THE FINISHED WALL-SURFACE AND WALL-PATCHED
AS REQUIRED. SHOULD THE PARTITION DEPTH NOT BE ADEQUATE, COORDINATE WITH THE
ARCHITECT AN ALTERNATE LOCATION.
9. LOCATIONS OF FURNITURE POWER FEEDS SHALL ACCOMMODATE CIRCUITS AND WIRE PER
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING FURNITURE
POWER FEED, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE POWER FEED.
10. WHERE DEDICATED ELECTRICAL OUTLETS ARE NOTED WITHIN THE FURNITURE PANEL
SYSTEM, THE PANEL SYSTEM SHALL ACCOMMODATE THIS REQUIREMENT.
11. WHERE ELECTRICAL WORK IS SPECIFIED IN CONJUNCTION WITH MILLWORK, LAMPS AND
FIXTURES ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
12. CUT-OUTS FOR SWITCHES, OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY THE MILLWORKER ARE TO BE
COORDINATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, U.O.N. ALL RECEPTACLES WHERE
MILLWORK OCCURS SHALL BE LOCATED PER ELEVATIONS OF THE MILLWORK ITEM IN
QUESTION.
13. ALL WALL COVER PLATES SHALL BE WHITE, U.O.N.
14. ALL SEPARATE CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES TO BE ORANGE COLOR WITH BUILDING STANDARD
COLOR COVER PLATE.
15. ALL/ANY FLOOR CORE DRILL LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO
DRILLING. ALL UNUSED CORE DRILLS SHALL BE PLUGGED AND CAPPED AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN FLOOR FIRE RATING.
16. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK NECESSARY TO COMPLETE CORE
DRILLING AND ELECTRICAL HOOKUP INCLUDING WORK IN LANDLORD’S OR OTHER TENANT’S
SPACE.
17. PRIOR TO CUTTING OPENINGS IN THE FLOOR, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SURVEY/X-RAYS TO
VERIFY BEAM, JOISTS, REBAR AND EXISTING CONDUIT LOCATIONS. MARK ALL CORE DRILL
LOCATIONS AND RECEIVE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND/OR BUILDING OWNER’S APPROVAL
PRIOR TO DRILLING.
18. ALL NEW PARTITION OUTLETS ABOVE COUNTERTOP TO BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 6”ABOVE
COUNTER U.O.N.
19. TEMPORARY LIGHTING TO BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION.
20. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES UNDER OVERHEADS AT MILLWORK
AND CUSTOM FURNITURE.
21. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR LIGHT FIXTURES MOUNTED IN SYSTEMS FURNITURE.
22. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKBOXES AND CONDUIT TO ABOVE CEILING ONLY FOR LOW
VOLTAGE DEVICES LOCATED IN PARTITIONS AND HARD CEILINGS. DEVICES AND CABLING ARE
BY OTHERS. COORDINATE WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR FOR LOCATIONS AND
REQUIREMENTS.
CEILING NOTES
1. SEE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES,
SWITCHES, EXIT SIGNS, ETC.
2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF LIGHT FIXTURES WITH THE CEILING SYSTEM.
3. ALL REPLACEMENT FLUORESCENT LAMPS TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD OR ADJACENT
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION -SAME COLOR AND MANUFACTURER.
4. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CEILING GRID LOCATION AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES ON PLANS.
5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SIZED CUTOUTS ABOVE CEILINGS WHERE NON-
RATED PARTITIONS EXTEND TO SLAB ABOVE AS NECESSARY FOR RETURN AIR CIRCULATION.
6. WHERE DISCREPANCIES IN LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, ETC.
OCCUR ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS, THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS SHALL GOVERN. NOTIFY
ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOR CLARIFICATIONS.
7. FIELD VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES OF DUCTS, PIPES, SPRINKLERS, ETC. AND NOTIFY
ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS ETC.
8. PLACEMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES IN AREAS WHERE MAIN DUCTS MAY CAUSE INTERFERENCE
MUST BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
9. CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE THE CEILING GRID.
10. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS SHALL BE USED IN THE PLENUM SPACE, INCLUDING ALUMINUM
FLEX, ALUMINUM CONDUIT AND POT METAL CONNECTORS.
11. ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS FOR SERVICE
SHALL BE LOCATED OVER ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. NO ACCESS HATCHES SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT. (NO
EXCEPTION).
12. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS AT HARD-LID CEILINGS ARE TO BE FULLY RECESSED AND
CONCEALED. HEADS ARE TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN LIGHTS IN A UNIFORM
ARCHITECTURAL PATTERN, G.C TO PROVIDE A SUBMITTAL WITH SPRINKLER HEAD
LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
13. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS PLACED IN WHITE CEILING TILE OR WHITE GYPSUM BOARD TO BE
WHITE. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN COLORED CEILINGS ARE TO BE CUSTOM COLOR TO MATCH
ADJACENT CEILING.
14. LOCATE RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS, WALL WASHERS, SMOKE DETECTORS, EXIT SIGNS,
SPEAKERS, FIRE SPRINKLERS, ETC. IN CENTER OF 24"x24" CEILING TILES OR IN CENTER OF
24"x24" PORTION OF 24"x48" CEILING TILES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
15. PROVIDE SWITCHES AND LIGHT SENSORS FOR OPEN AREAS AND PRIVATE OFFICES. ACTUAL
LOCATION OF ALL SWITCHES TO BE DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT.
16. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS AT ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OUTLETS, INLETS OR DUCTS
PENETRATING FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, ENCLOSURES, PARTITIONS, FLOORS OR SURFACES,
AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND FIRE DEPARTMENT. REFER TO MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
17. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING, STROBE LIGHTS, AUDIO-VISUAL
ALARMS AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS TO MEET ALL APPLICABLE CODES.
18. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LAMPS WITH TYPE IC RATED HOUSING WHERE FIXTURES
COME IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH INSULATION.
19. ALL EXIT SIGN LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT.
20. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL
BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN
ON-SITE GENERATOR) THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE EXIT SIGNS FOR A
DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES.
FINISH NOTES
1. NO FINISH SUBSTITUTIONS MAY BE MADE UNLESS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
2. CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY IN PLANS. FINISH
ITEMS CLEARLY SHOWN IN PLANS, BUT OMITTED FROM SCHEDULES OR LEGENDS MUST
STILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY OMITTED
FINISHED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING PRODUCTS.
3. INSTALL MATERIALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SUGGESTED INSTALLATION AND
PREPARATION/MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS OR BETTER, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED OR NOTED.
4. APPLICATION OF CONTROLLED INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH
STATE & LOCAL CODES.
5. DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN FLAME-RETARDANT CONDITION.
6. SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SAMPLES FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL:
A. THREE (3) 12" X 12" SAMPLES FOR ALL PAINT, WALL COVERING FINISHES AND
COLORS APPLIED TO A SUBSTRATE WHICH IS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SURFACE
TO BE FINISHED. SUBMIT PAINT SAMPLES FROM THE PAINT LOT OR LOTS
INTENDED FOR APPLICATION.
B. ONE (1) 24" X 24" MOCK-UP WITH SAMPLE SEAM (CENTERED) OF ALL WALL
COVERING FINISHES AND COLOR.
C. THREE (3) 12" X 12" SAMPLES OF ALL FLOOR COVERING.
D. SUBMIT ACTUAL CUTTINGS OF EACH PRODUCT FOR COLOR/QUALITY CONTROL.
7. WHERE MATERIALS ARE NOT RETURNABLE, SUBMIT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT AND
SECURE APPROVAL BEFORE PLACING FULL ORDERS.
8. SUBMIT SEAMING PLAN FOR CARPET TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CARPET
ORDER.
9. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ITEMS WITH LONG LEAD TIMES.
10. ALL PAINT FINISH OF METAL PARTS OF DOORS, HANDRAILS, PERIMETER ENCLOSURES,
ETC. , SHALL BE SEMI-GLOSS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
11. WHERE PAINT COLORS CHANGE, CORNERS ARE TO BE CUT-IN FREE OF OVERLAPPING.
12. PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERINGS, SURFACES SHALL BE PROPERLY
PREPARED WITH SEALER PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
13. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION AND LEVEL OF FLOOR SO AS TO RECEIVE NEW
FINISHES WITHOUT BOWING AT FLOOR OR WALL BASE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR ALL FLOOR PREPARATION.
14. ALL CARPETING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH GLUE DOWN METHOD, UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
15. ALL RESILIENT FLOORING TO BE INSTALLED WITH FULL TILE FROM THRESHOLD STRIP AND
FULL TILE FROM PARTITION ADJACENT TO DOOR SWING, U.N.O.
16. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SPECIFIED BASE FOR ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE FLOORING.
17. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PRE-FORMED RUBBER BASE CORNERS. DO NOT CUT OR
BEND STRAIGHT BASE TO MAKE CORNERS.
18. MILLWORK LOWER CABINETS ARE NOT TO RECEIVE WALL BASE UNLESS INDICATED ON
MILLWORK DETAILS.
19. FLOOR FINISHES TO CONTINUE UNDERNEATH "OPEN FLOOR" AREAS OF MILLWORK,
INCLUDING SINK AREA AND AT ALL UNDER-COUNTER EQUIPMENT AREAS WHICH ARE
OPEN TO THE FLOOR.
20. FLOORS SHALL BE SLOPED TO FLOOR DRAINS. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING AND
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. IN RATED FLOOR CONDITIONS, CONFIRM REMAINING FLOOR
THICKNESS STILL CONFORMS TO MINIMUM RATING REQUIREMENT.
21. CONTRACTOR TO RUN CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST ON ALL EXISTING OR NEW CONCRETE
SLABS PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY FLOORING AND COMPARE RESULTS WITH FLOORING
MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM CONTENT FOR WARRANTIES AND ADHESIVE
PRODUCTS.
22. PRIOR TO NEW FLOORING INSTALLATION REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES. PATCH AND
REPAIR SUB-FLOOR AS REQUIRED. PREPARE FLOORS AND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED
FOR SMOOTH AND LEVEL FINISH PER APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES.
23. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS AMONG DIFFERING FLOORING MATERIAL ARE TO BE A FLUSH
TRANSITION, U.O.N.
24. FEATHER SUB-FLOOR UP FOR TILE FLOORING TO CARPET CONDITIONS AND RESILIENT
FLOORING TO CARPET CONDITIONS FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION.
25. INSTALL METAL TRANSITION STRIPS WHERE TILE MEETS ALL OTHER FLOORING TYPES.
PROVIDE LOW PROFILE TRANSITION STRIP WHERE ALL OTHER DIFFERENT FLOOR TYPES
MEET, VERIFY COLOR WITH ARCHITECT, U.O.N.
26. FLOOR COVERING INSTALLER TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED CARPET
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. USING ADHESIVES AND INSTALLATION METHOD TO
MAINTAIN PRODUCT'S WARRANTY. CONTACT CARPET SALES REPRESENTATIVE WITH
QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.
27. FLOOR COVERING INSTALLER TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED CONTOURED
RUBBER BASE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS USING ADHESIVES AND INSTALLATION
METHODS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN PRODUCT'S WARRANTY.
28. FLOOR COVERING INSTALLER REQUIRED TO PROVIDE MINIMAL SEAMS/JOINTS AT ALL
LOCATIONS FOR FLOOR AND WALL BASE MATERIAL INSTALLATION. PROVIDE LOW VOC,
BUT HEAVY DUTY ADHESIVES TO ENDURE HEAVY FOOT TRAFFIC, CARTS AND TO MAINTAIN
PRODUCT'S WARRANTY.
29. PRIOR TO PAINTING, PARTITIONS MUST BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED, CLEAN AND DRY AS
TO LEAVE NO EVIDENCE OF PATCHING OR REPAIRS. ALL SCREW AND NAIL HEADS MUST
BE SET AND SPACKLED. ALL JOINTS MUST BE TAPED AND COVERED WITH JOINT
COMPOUND. JOINTS THAT ARE FILLED TO BE SANDED SMOOTH AND DUST REMOVED
PRIOR TO RECEIVING NEW PAINT FINISH APPLICATION.
30. PRIOR TO PAINTING OVER WALL COVERING, SECURELY GLUE DOWN ANY LIFTING OR
BUCKLING AND HIDE ALL SEAMING OR BUMPS.
31. PARTITIONS TO HAVE AT LEAST ONE COAT OF COLORED PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF
SPECIFIED PAINT FINISH TYPE. PAINT TO BE A LOW VOC UNLESS U.O.N. HIGH
TRAFFIC/WEAR ABILITY WITH GOOD SCRUB AND CLEANING ABILITY. VERIFY ALL WITH
TENANT OR OWNER PRIOR TO PURCHASING PAINT.
32. PAINT ANY UNFINISHED SPEAKER COVERS AND HVAC GRILLS IN GYPSUM BOARD
PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS TO MATCH ADJACENT PAINT COLOR AS SPECIFIED.
33. ALL EXPOSED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION DUCTWORK
AND PIPING IS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE CEILING.
34. ALL NEWLY INSTALLED, PATCHED WORK AND ALL AFFECTED AREAS SHALL BE PAINTED.
ALL PAINTING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO COVER THE ENTIRE HORIZONTAL OR
VERTICAL SURFACE TO THE CLOSEST CORNER IN ALL FOUR DIRECTIONS.
35. PRIOR TO INSTALLING WALL TILES AND WALL BASE TILE, PARTITIONS MUST BE PATCHED
AND REPAIRED, CLEAN AND DRY AND BE PROPERLY MEMBERED AND ALIGNED, SO, AS TO
LEAVE NO EVIDENCE OF PATCHING OR REPAIRS. ALL SCREW AND NAIL HEADS MUST BE
SET AND SPACKLED. ALL JOINTS MUST BE TAPED AND COVERED WITH JOINT COMPOUND.
JOINTS THAT ARE FILLED ARE TO BE SANDED SMOOTH AND BUMP FREE WITH DUST
REMOVED PRIOR TO RECEIVING MORTAR BED/BOND COAT AND WALL TILES.
36. ALL WALL TILES ARE TO HAVE A MORTAR BED/BOND COAT THICKNESS TO ACCOMMODATE
THE VARYING THICKNESSES OF ALL MATERIAL TYPES OF TILE SPECIFIED FOR PARTITION
INSTALLATION WITH A FLUSH FRONT FACE.
37. ALL TRANSLUCENT GLASS TILE SPECIFIED ARE TO RECEIVE UNIFORM COVERAGE BY BACK
BUTTERING TILES AND TROWEL RIDGES FLATTENED PRIOR TO SETTING.
38. FLOORS OF TOILETS, BATHING AND SHOWER ROOMS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD,
NONABSORBENT SURFACE. THE INTERSECTION OF SUCH FLOORS WITH PARTITIONS
SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT VERTICAL BASE AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH
PLANS OR RESTROOM ELEVATIONS. BASE SHALL EXTEND UPW ARD ONTO THE
PARTITIONS NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES.
39. WALLS AND PARTITIONS WITHIN 2 FEET OF DRINKING FOUNTAINS, SERVICE SINKS,
URINALS AND WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE
TO A HEIGHT OF NOT LESS THAN 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR.
GENERAL PROJECT NOTES
1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO COMPLY WITH ALL LEGAL, INDUSTRY AND
PROJECT-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION OF
THE FOLLOWING:
A. ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES
B. ALL APPLICABLE SPECIALTY CODES INCLUDING THE MOST CURRENT ISSUES AND
SUPPLEMENTS
C. THE PROJECT MANUAL AND ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS WHEN PROVIDED
D. THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS OR RECOMMENDATIONS
E. ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD BUILDING STANDARDS
2. IN USING THESE PLANS FOR BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES, ALL CONTRACTORS ARE
REQUIRED TO REVIEW AND TREAT THEM AS A WHOLE IN ORDER TO IDENTIFY ALL
REQUIREMENTS THAT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECT THEIR PORTION OF THE WORK, EVEN
REQUIREMENTS LOCATED IN SECTIONS DESIGNATED AS APPLICABLE TO OTHER TRADES OR
IN DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY OTHER MEMBERS OF THE PROJECT DESIGN TEAM. UNLESS
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE, THE INTENT IS TO INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS,
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE FOR THE COMPLETED PROJECT AS
CALLED FOR OR REASONABLY IMPLIED FROM THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDED BY
THE PROJECT'S DESIGN TEAM. IN CASE OF CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS, THE AFFECTED
CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO EITHER OBTAIN DIRECTION FROM AN APPROPRIATE
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER, OR OTHERWISE TO APPLY THE MORE STRINGENT OR
COSTLY STANDARD.
3. IN INTERPRETING THESE PLANS, THE FOLLOWING GENERAL RULES APPLY:
A. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL GOVERN. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. LARGE SCALE
DRAWINGS AND DETAILS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS
B. SPECIFIC NOTES AND DETAILS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND
TYPICAL DETAILS
C. WHERE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF THE
WORK, THE DETAILS SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR WORK IN THE SAME
BUILDING.
D. WORK SHOWN AS "NIC" IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THIS WORK MAY REQUIRE SOME REASONABLE
PROTECTION OR COORDINATION EFFORTS.
4. THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO REPRESENT ONLY THE FINISHED
CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AND
DEMOLITION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES INCLUDING
ANY AND ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS, AND SHALL INDEMNIFY TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW THE OWNER AND THE PROJECT DESIGN TEAM FROM AND AGAINST
ANY AND ALL RELATED CLAIMS AND LIABILITY.
5. THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SET FORTH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR
CONSTRUCTION IN ONLY AN INDUSTRY-STANDARD LEVEL OF QUALITY AND DETAIL, AND THEY
ARE INTENDED TO BE SUPPLEMENTED BY APPROPRIATE REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs).
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS ARE TO BE EXPECTED AND ANTICIPATED, AND ALL CONTRACTORS
ARE REQUIRED TO CAREFULLY REVIEW THESE PLANS FOR ERRORS AND OMISSIONS AND TO
BRING THESE ERRORS AND OMISSIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF AN APPROPRIATE OWNER
REPRESENTATIVE IN A TIMELY MANNER; AND ANY CONTRACTOR WHO FAILS TO DO SO
BEFORE BIDDING OR OTHERWISE PROCEEDING ASSUMES THE RISK OF ANY CONSEQUENCES.
6. DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE.
CONTRACTORS THAT FAIL TO FIELD MEASURE AND VERIFY DISTANCES, CLEARANCE AND FIT
ARE PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK.
7. EXCEPT WHERE DIMENSIONED, PLANS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE
AND INTENDED ONLY TO DEMONSTRATE THE RELATIONSHIP AMONG COMPONENT PARTS, AND
NOT TO DEPICT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS.
8. DESIGN/BUILD CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS WILL BE REVIEWED BY THE PROJECT DESIGN TEAM,
IF AT ALL, ONLY FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE AESTHETIC ASPECTS AND MAJOR SPACE
LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT; AND EACH DESIGN/BUILD CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
THE FOLLOWING:
A. PREPARING ALL THE ENGINEERING AND OTHER DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE
COMPONENTS OF ITS DESIGN/BUILD UNDERTAKING.
B. COMPLYING WITH THE PROJECT'S REQUIREMENTS AND SPACE LIMITATIONS.
C. COORDINATION AND INTERFACING WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONSULTANTS.
D. OBTAINING ANY REQUIRED OR APPROPRIATE APPROVALS FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT.
E. HAVING THEIR DESIGN CONSULTANTS SERVE AS THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD FOR
THE PORTIONS OF WORK WHICH THEY DESIGN.
9. AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AT THE CONCLUSION OF
CONSTRUCTION EACH PRIME CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT
THEIR PORTION OF THE WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BUILDING
PERMIT APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
10. VERSIONS OF THESE PLANS PROVIDED IN ANY ELECTRONIC FORM ARE SUBJECT TO THE
SAME PROVISION AS THE OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE PREPARED BY OR ON BEHALF OF
THE PROJECT DESIGN TEAM, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THEIR COMMON LAW,
STATUTORY OR OTHER RESERVED RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS. A RECIPIENT IS
GRANTED AT MOST A TRANSFERABLE NONEXCLUSIVE LICENSE TO REUSE THE PLANS SOLELY
FOR PROJECT PURPOSES; AND NO RECIPIENT IS AUTHORIZED TO USE OR TO ALLOW THE USE
OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE, AND ANY OTHER USE
FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE COULD CONSTITUTE ACTIONABLE PLAGIARISM. ANY ELECTRONIC
DOCUMENTS WILL BE PROVIDED IN THE RESPONSIBLE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S STANDARD
FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS AND WITH NO GUARANTEE OF THE ABSENCE OF VIRUSES OR
OTHER HARMFUL MATERIAL, OR OF COMPATIBILITY WITH ANY RECIPIENT'S SOFTWARE OR
HARDWARE SO THAT ANY USE WITH OR CONVERSION TO THE OTHER FORMS OR
CONVENTIONS, OR THE USE WITH ANY PARTICULAR SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE, IS AT THE
RECIPIENT'S SOLE RISK.
1.WHERE EXISTING TENANTS/BUSINESSES ARE ADJACENT TO THE JOB SITE/TENANT, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL MINIMIZE CONSTRUCTION NOISE -EXTREMELY NOISY CONSTRUCTION
SHALL OCCUR AT NON-TYPICAL BUSINESS HOURS. CONTRACTOR SHOULD NOTIFY BUILDING
REPRESENTATIVE OF SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES IN ADVANCE PRIOR TO WORK.
2.THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, SHALL KEEP THE PROJECT AND SURROUNDING AREA
FREE FROM DUST AND DEBRIS. THE WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE AIR AND
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS OF THE STATE DEPARTMENT OF
HEALTH.
3.CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND WASTES SHALL BE DEPOSITED AT AN APPROPRIATE SITE. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE BUILDING REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCATION OF DISPOSAL
SITES.
4.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE GENERAL CLEANING OF THE JOB AFTER ITS
COMPLETION. WHERE APPLICABLE, CLEANING SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE
EXTERIOR AND THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING, THE PATH OF TRAVEL TO THE JOB SITE,
PARKING LOTS, ELEVATORS, LOBBIES, AND CORRIDOR CARPETS.
5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION, WHERE REQUIRED PER STATE
AND LOCAL CODES.
6.IF TRENCHES OR EXCAVATIONS 5'-0" OR MORE IN DEPTH ARE REQUIRED, OBTAIN ISSUANCE OF
A BUILDING OR GRADING PERMIT.
7.NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL BE USED OR STORED WITHIN THE BUILDING WHICH DOES
NOT COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY AND STATE & COUNTY REQUIREMENTS.
8.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BLOCKING OFF SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR GRILLES,
DIFFUSERS & DUCTS TO KEEP DUST FROM ENTERING INTO BUILDING AIR DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS.
9.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF
THE OCCUPANTS AND WORKERS AT ALL TIMES.
10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE SECURITY OF THE BUILDING
AND SITE WHILE JOB IS IN PROGRESS AND UNTIL THE JOB IS COMPLETED.
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED, ALL DIMENSIONS ON THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE
TO FACE OF CURB, FACE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY, FACE OF FINISH OR CENTERLINE OF
GRIDS.
2. ALL VERTICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM FLOOR SLAB, U.O.N.
3. THE TERM "ALIGN", AS USED IN THESE DOCUMENTS, SHALL MEAN TO ACCURATELY LOCATE
FINISHES IN THE SAME PLANE.
4. "TYPICAL" AS USED IN THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL MEAN THAT THE CONDITION IS THE SAME OR
REPRESENTATIVE FOR ALL SIMILAR CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT, U.O.N.
5. DETAILS ARE USUALLY KEYED AND NOTED "TYPICAL" ONLY ONCE, WHEN THEY FIRST OCCUR
AND ARE REPRESENTATIVE OF ALL SIMILAR CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT, U.O.N.
6. COLUMN CENTERLINES (GRID LINES) ARE SHOWN FOR DIMENSIONING PURPOSES.
1. WHERE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND/OR PLUMBING ITEMS, SUCH AS LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPING,
DOWNSPOUTS, ETC. ARE TO PENETRATE ANY BUILDING FOOTINGS, SLABS, FLOORS,
STRUCTURAL FRAMING, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, ETC., IT IS REQUIRED THAT AN APPROPRIATELY
SIZED OPENING OR CLEARANCE BE FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE
INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO THE
INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. ANY
CONFLICT OR DISCREPANCY WITHIN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
ARCHITECT'S ATTENTION FOR CLARIFICATION.
2. CONTRACTORSHALL PROVIDE AND LOCATE ACCESS DOORS/PANELS IN PARTITION & CEILING
CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO MECHANICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER,
PLUMBING & ELECTRICAL WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PLAN OF ALL PROPOSED
ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
3. ALL PENETRATIONS AT RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROTECTED TO MAINTAIN RATING.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DUE
TO WORK PERFORMED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW MATERIALS AT
NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO REPAIR SUCH DAMAGE.
5. INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE &
LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DENSITY RATINGS
FOR FINISH MATERIALS.
6. WHEN USED, ALL NOISE BARRIER BATTS (SOUND INSULATION) AND INSULATION BATTS SHALL
BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE AND SHALL NOT CONTAIN OR UTILIZE OZONE DEPLETING COMPOUNDS.
JOB SITE NOTES
DRAWING INTERPRETATION – GENERAL RULES
INTERIOR/EXTERIOR NOTES
GENERAL NOTES
DEMOLITION NOTES
1. DRAWINGS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN COMPILED FROM EXISTING DATA
SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER TO THE ARCHITECT. THE ARCHITECT MAKES NO
WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED NOR IMPLIED, FOR THE ACCURACY OR THE
COMPLETENESS OF THE EXISTING INFORMATION RECORDED. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT
IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT MIGHT ARISE IN THE
COURSE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK.
2. PROTECT AND VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND
ELECTRICAL UTILITIES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN. WHERE DEMOLITION IS INDICATED,
DISCONNECT AND REMOVE BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX OR PANEL, TERMINATE
AND CAP DESIGNATED UTILITIES WITHIN THE DEMOLITION AREA. REFER TO THE
MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO.
3. ALL EXISTING BUILDING UTILITIES SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION DURING DEMOLITION
AND CONSTRUCTION. REROUTE UTILITIES SERVING ADJACENT AREAS AS REQUIRED
TO MAINTAIN UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE. ANY TEMPORARY INTERRUPTION OF
SERVICE SHALL BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY THE FACILITY MANAGER, NOT
LESS THAN 72-HOURS IN ADVANCE.
4. THE DEMOLITION PLAN KEYNOTES ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND GENERAL IN NATURE.
THEIR INTENT IS TO ILLUSTRATE THE COMPLETE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF NON-
STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WITHIN THE SPACES INDICATED UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC
QUANTITIES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
5. REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF DEMOLITION DEBRIS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR. VERIFY THE HAULING ROUTE THROUGH THE BUILDING, THE
DEMOLITION STAGING AREA, AND THE LOCATION OF THE DUMPSTERS WITH THE
OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF DEMOLITION. DISPOSAL OF RUBBISH SHALL BE
DONE IN A LEGAL MANNER.
6. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SALVAGE ANY DEMOLISHED ITEM.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED FOR THE OWNER’S PURPOSE WITH
THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF DEMOLITION. REMOVE, PROTECT, CLEAN, AND
REPAIR SALVAGED ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR REUSE AND TURN OVER SUCH ITEMS AS
DIRECTED BY THE OWNER.
7. INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL,
PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL, MAY REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS
SUBCONTRACTORS TO REMOVE AND REPLACE OR RE-FINISH EXISTING WALLS,
FLOORS, OR CEILING TO MATCH EXISTING IN THE AREAS OF THE BUILDING NOT
SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL RELATED COSTS IN
HIS BASE BID, WHETHER OR NOT THIS WORK IS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
8. AT ADJACENT SPACES NOT SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, PATCH AND REPAIR
DAMAGED FINISHES AND ITEMS AND FIXTURES TO REMAIN AND/OR REPLACE IN KIND
TO MATCH EXISTING FROM DAMAGE DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK.
9. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SAFETY BARRIERS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS INDICATED TO
INSURE PUBLIC SAFETY AND TO ALLOW EXISTING BUILDING OCCUPANCY.
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT FOR OWNER APPROVAL, BARRIER LOCATIONS AND
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ANY REQUIRED BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL.
10. PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUST BARRIERS AT ALL OPENINGS FROM ADJACENT INTERIOR
SPACES TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. PROVIDE ALL MEANS NECESSARY TO INHIBIT
DUST FROM ENTERING OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY. SUBMIT PROPOSED
BARRIER LOCATIONS TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND
APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION.
11. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING, BARRICADES AND PROTECTIVE MEASURES
AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY EXECUTE THE WORK IN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA AND THE
AREAS ADJACENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THE STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. DO
NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL CORRECTIVE MEASURES HAVE BEEN TAKEN.
12. PROVIDE TEMPORARY NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS WHERE
REQUIRED BY CODE AND THE GOVERNING FIRE AUTHORITY. AT A MINIMUM THE
BARRIERS SHALL:
A. BE FULL HEIGHT PARTITION FROM FLOOR TO CEILING.
B. BE STUDS AT 24" O.C., WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD.
C. INCLUDE NON-COMBUSTIBLE ACCESS DOOR WITH (3) HINGES AND SPRING
CLOSER.
13. CUT RIGID MATERIALS USING MASONRY SAW OR CORE DRILL. PNEUMATIC TOOLS
ARE NOT ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER.
14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BUILDING SECURITY DURING DEMOLITION PHASE.
PROTECT ALL OPENINGS FROM WEATHER CONDITIONS AND SECURE THEM TO
PREVENT VANDALISM.
15. DO NOT PERFORM ANY WORK THAT COULD VOID WARRANTIES OF EXISTING
WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENTS WITHOUT PRIOR
APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER.
16. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY RELATING TO ANY TOXIC MATERIALS,
INCLUDING ASBESTOS, AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY TO ITS EXISTENCE OR
REMOVAL. THE OWNER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTRACTING WITH A
CONSULTANT OR SPECIALIST, LICENSED BY THE STATE, FOR SUCH SERVICES
SHOULD THOSE SERVICES BE REQUIRED ON THE PROJECT.
17. IF THE EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IS CLASSIFIED SUCH THAT FIREPROOFING
INSULATION IS PRESENT, THEN THE CONTRACTOR, PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK,
SHALL VERIFY THE CURRENT FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING(S) OF THE EXISTING BUILDING
ELEMENT(S).IF THE EXISTING FIREPROOFING INSULATION IS DAMAGED/AFFECTED
DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK, AS DEFINED BY THIS PROJECT SCOPE, THEN
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH/REPAIR THE FIREPROOFING INSULATION TO A
CONDITION THAT SHALL MATCH OR EXCEED THE ORIGINAL FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING(S) OF THE EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENT(S).
18. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN, U.O.N.
19. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO REVIEW AND APPROVE THE LOCATION AND SIZE OF
CORED AND CUT OPENINGS IN ELEVATED DECKS AS WELL AS THE MAXIMUM
PENETRATION DEPTH OF DRILLED OR SHOT-ON ANCHORS AND OTHER FASTENERS.
.
.
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
COPY
203
P
1
P
1
L
1
L
1
L
3
2"3 EQ. SPACES
4'-6"
3 EQ. SPACES
6'-0"
2 EQ. SPACES
3'-0"
2"
2'
-
1
0
"
2
'
-
2
"
3
'
-
0
"
8'
-
0
"
8
I530
9
I530
TYP.TYP.
12
I530
TYP.
2"
8 EQ. SPACES
13'-7" 2"
BREAK ROOM
216
L
2
SS
1
2'-0" 2'-0"
P
1
2'
-
1
0
"
4'-7"
TW
1
8'
-
0
"
18
I530
TYP.
1 1/2"1 1/2"
5"
L
2
17
I530
EA-9
BREAK ROOM
216
L
2
SS
1
L
2
TW
1
P
1
2" 3'-0" 2'-0" 4 EQ. SPACES 2"
2'
-
1
0
"
8 EQ. SPACES
11'-3"
9
I530
12
I530
TYP.
13
I530
EA-9
1 1/2"
10'-5"
1 1/2"
BREAK ROOM
216
P
1
P
1
TW
1
L
2
L
2
SS
1 S-1
FC-1
4 EQ. SPACES
4'-3"1'-6"1'-6"3'-0"
2'
-
1
0
"
10'-6"
5
I530
9
I530
12
I530
TYP.
EA-7
8 EQ. SPACES
11'-6"
1 1/2"1 1/2"
PROVIDE WATERLINE
FOR FILTERED WATER
EA-11
PROVIDE WATERLINE FOR
COFFEE MAKER
EA-10
EA-10
WELLNESS
204
SS
1
L
2
TW
1
6'-9"2"
1'-6"3'-0"* 2'-0"
2"
2'
-
1
0
"
7
I530
6
I530
10
I530EA-5
S-1
FC-1
CONFERENCE
230
SS
1
L
2
P
1
2'
-
1
0
"
10
I530
TYP.
2"
8 EQ. SPACES
11'-10"2"
CONFERENCE
202
3'-0"
4 EQ. SPACES
13'-6"
8'
-
2
"
I610
4
I610
3
EQ EQ
EA-2
5'
-
1
0
"
CONFERENCE
217
3'-0"
5 EQ. SPACES
18'-2"
8'
-
2
"
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
5
/
2
0
2
6
1
1
:
5
1
:
3
4
A
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
MI
L
L
W
O
R
K
&
G
L
A
Z
I
N
G
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
S
I430
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
1. ALL MILLWORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT WOODWORK INSTITUTE
STANDARDS PREMIUM GRADE.
2. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL CABINETRY AND MILLWORK ARE REQUIRED TO BE
SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND
INSTALLATION.
3. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS.
4. DOOR PULLS SHALL BE: 4" SATIN CHROMIUM WIRE PULLS/BRUSHED CHROME FINISH.
5. COUNTERTOPS SHALL HAVE BACK-SPLASHES ONLY WHERE SHOWN ON ELEVATION.
6. CABINET INTERIORS SHALL BE WHITE MELAMINE, INCLUDING EDGES.
7. INTERIOR SHELVING SHALL BE COVERED IN WHITE MELAMINE.
8. DOORS SHALL BE OF FLUSH OVERLAY CONSTRUCTION.
9. DOORS EDGES SHALL BE EDGE BANDED TO MATCH THE FRONTS.
10. INTERIOR OF DOOR SHALL BE FACED WITH SAME MATERIAL AS THE FRONTS.
11. ALL DRAWERS TO HAVE ACCURRIDE (OR APPROVED EQUAL) -FULL EXTENSION GLIDES.
12. EACH CABINET DOOR TO BE NO LESS THAN 12" WIDE AND NO GREATER THAN 18" WIDE
U.O.N.
13. (*) VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES. SEE I020 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS FOR
ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE INFORMATION.
14. PROVIDE SOFT CLOSE ACCURIDE OR EQUAL HARDWARE ON ALL CABINETS AND
DRAWERS.
MILLWORK/CABINETRY NOTES
1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATIONS AND SEE I020 FOR
MOUNTING AND CLEARANCES.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE
ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT MIGHT ARISE.
GENERAL NOTES
SCALE:13/8" = 1'-0"
MILLWORK ELEVATIONS
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
- 1A -
SCALE:23/8" = 1'-0"
MILLWORK ELEVATION
- 1B -- 1C -
SCALE:33/8" = 1'-0"
MILLWORK ELEVATION
SCALE:43/8" = 1'-0"
MILLWORK ELEVATIONS
SCALE:53/8" = 1'-0"
GLAZING ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"7TYPICAL TV ELEVATION
NOTE: FRAMELESS GLASS FRONT WITH PONY WALL UP TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE.
SCALE:63/8" = 1'-0"
GLAZING ELEVATION
NOTE: FRAMELESS GLASS FRONT WITH PONY WALL UP TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE.
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
7
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
-
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
R
V
V
DOWN
DOWN
R
F.
E
.
C
.
F.
E
.
C
.
F.E.C.
F.
E
.
C
.
NOTE:ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS MAY BE REQUIRED PRIOR
TO FINAL INSPECTION AND SUBJECT TO BUILDING INSPECTOR.
EXIT SIGN TO BE CENTERED WITH THE DOOR.
NEW CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP,
SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES FACE OF LETTERING, SIGN TO
INCLUDE DIRECTIONAL ARROW AS INDICATED
NEW WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP, SHADED
QUADRANT INDICATES FACE OF LETTERING, SIGN TO INCLUDE
DIRECTIONAL ARROW AS INDICATED
EXISTING EXIT
COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL (C.P.E.T.)
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE
F.E.C.FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP, SHADED
QUADRANT INDICATES FACE OF LETTERING, SIGN TO INCLUDE
DIRECTIONAL ARROW AS INDICATED.
INDICATES AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)
EXISTING WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP, SHADED
QUADRANT INDICATES FACE OF LETTERING, SIGN TO INCLUDE
DIRECTIONAL ARROW AS INDICATED.
E
E
OCC. TYPE PATTERN LEGEND
(B) BUSINESS WITH LOAD FACTOR 15
(B) BUSINESS WITH LOAD FACTOR 150
(B) STORAGE WITH LOAD FACTOR 300
1 132
A
F
B
C
D
E
3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 128
101
OFFICE
210
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
PRE ACTION
214
CONFERENCE
217
WELLNESS
204
BREAK ROOM
216
OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
209
COPY
203
OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
230
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
202
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
CONFERENCE (B)
485 S.F. / 15 SF
33 OCCUPANTS BREAK ROOM (B)
706 S.F. / 15 SF
48 OCCUPANTS
CONFERENCE (B)
358 S.F. / 15 SF
24 OCCUPANTS
CONFERENCE (B)
246 S.F. / 15 SF
17 OCCUPANTS
OFFICE (B)
11,975 S.F. / 150 SF
80 OCCUPANTS
RECEPTION (B)
348 S.F. / 15 SF
24 OCCUPANTS
DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS
118'-9" (>D/3)
DIAGONAL DISTANCE
258'-3"
---
-
I020
13
238' MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE
22
1
'
M
A
X
.
T
R
A
V
E
L
D
I
S
T
A
N
C
E
62' C.P.E.T.
52' C.P.E.T.
102
102
E
E
E
EXISTING 1
HOUR RATED
LOBBY
EXISTING 1
HOUR RATED
STAIR
EXISTING 1
HOUR RATED
STAIR
STORAGE (B)
113 S.F. / 300 SF
1 OCCUPANTS
SEATING (B)
100 S.F. / 15 SF
7 OCCUPANTS
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
I.T. (B)
242 S.F. / 300 SF
1 OCCUPANTS
STORAGE (B)
211 S.F. / 300 SF
1 OCCUPANTS
STORAGE (B)
60 S.F. / 300 SF
1 OCCUPANTS
SEATING (B)
206 S.F. / 15 SF
14 OCCUPANTS
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
4
1
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
OC
C
U
P
A
N
C
Y
A
N
D
E
G
R
E
S
S
P
L
A
N
I110
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
101 NEW WALL-MOUNTED TACTILE SIGN, INDICATING "EXIT ROUTE".
102 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM FACILITY.
N
0 4'8' 16'32'
1/8"=1'-0"
MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS (1017.2 SPRINKLERED BUILDING)
B/BUSINESS (OFFICE) .......................................................................300 FEET MAX.
LEGEND
KEYNOTES:
MAX. COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL
MAX. COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DISTANCE (1006.2.1 SPRINKLERED BUILDING)
B/BUSINESS (OFFICE) ......................................................................100 FEET MAX.
EGRESS PLAN NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1OCCUPANCY AND EGRESS PLAN
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
SUITE 200
20
1
R
V
V
+6
6
"
TV
+66"
+66"TV
+6
6
"
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
+66"
TV
+6
6
"
+66"
AV
+6
6
"
AV
+66"
AV
+6
6
"
DOWN
DOWN
R
+6
6
"
+66"
F.
E
.
C
.
F.
E
.
C
.
F.E.C.
F.
E
.
C
.
PPPPPPPP PP PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR SPLASH.
DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED 6" ABOVE
COUNTER OR SPLASH.
FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT +18" A.F.F., U.O.N.
COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET MUD RING, WALL-MOUNTED AT 18"
A.F.F., U.O.N. PROVIDE PULL ROPE TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.
*AT TV LOCATIONS: TO BE 4S DEEP BOX WITH 2G RING AND 1-1/2" DIA. CONDUIT
TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. VERIFY J-BOX AND CONDUIT SIZE WITH A/V
VENDOR.
COMBINATION 110v. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE/DATA OUTLET, MOUNTED FLUSH IN
FLOOR BOX WITH FITTINGS. PROVIDE 1-1/2" DIA. CONDUIT FROM FLOOR CORE TO TV
TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. VERIFY CONDUIT SIZE WITH A/V VENDOR. PROVIDE
RATING AS REQUIRED.
"P" DESIGNATES PEDESTAL TYPE
WALL-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR CARD READER AT 48" A.F.F.,
U.O.N. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING & PULL RING STUBBED 6"
INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING & CARD READER
FURNISHED BY TENANT.DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED VERTICALLY AT +18" A.F.F., U.O.N.
"C" DESIGNATES RECESSED TYPE SOCKET.
AV AUDIO/VISUAL CONNECTION, MOUNTED AT +18" A.F.F. U.O .N.,
TV SINGLE COAX JACK. PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR HDMI CABLE FROM CABLE BOX TO
MONITOR, MOUNTED AT +18" A.F.F., U.O.N.
CR
DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED VERTICALLY
AT +18" A.F.F., U.O.N.
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
POWER POLE TO FEED POWER AND TELEPHONE/DATA TO PRE-WIRED FURNITURE
SYSTEM. VERIFY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS AND POWER POLE
SPECIFICATIONS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO
PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION.
PP
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214BREAK ROOM
216
OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
301
301
303
303
(N)
(N)
(R)(R)
(N)
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EA-2
EA-1
EA-3
EA-4
EA-7
EA-8
EA-2
EA-2
305
305
305
S-1
S-1
EA-5
(N)(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
FC-1
FC-2
(N)(N)(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
TYP.
304
306
EA-6
EA-9
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
EA-9
(N)
(N)
(N)
6'
-
7
1
/
2
"
6'
-
6
1
/
8
"
EA-10
EA-11
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, TO REMAIN.
INDICATES AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.)
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
2
0
:
4
3
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
PO
W
E
R
&
S
I
G
N
A
L
P
L
A
N
I130
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
301 EXISTING POWER AND TELE/DATA OUTLETS TO REMAIN WHERE SHOWN ON
PLAN. PROVIDE NEW FACEPLATES (WHITE DECORA, U.N.O.).
303 EXISTING POWER/DATA TO REMAIN IN THIS ROOM; REPLACE FACE PLATES,
OUTLETS, SWITCHES, AND COVERPLATES AS REQUIRED. NEW
SPECIFICATION TO BE WHITE DECORA.
304 COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S FURNITURE VENDOR FOR POWER POLE
SPECIFICATIONS/EXACT LOCATIONS.
305 PROVIDE POWER FOR MICROWAVE.
306 PROVIDE POWER FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL.
POWER & SIGNAL PLAN NOTESLEGENDKEYNOTES:
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
1. ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR
COORDINATION, IF INCONSISTENCIES OCCUR CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION.
2. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE OR CLUSTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PARTITION SHALL NOT BE BACK-TO -BACK: OFFSET TO ALLOW INSULATION
BETWEEN.
4. VERIFY POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR USER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT.
5. ALL FURNITURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. LAYOUT SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. VERIFY EXACT
LOCATIONS OF FLOOR CONNECTIONS/DEVICES WITH FURNITURE DEALER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF RELATED
POWER AND SIGNAL CONNECTIONS.
6. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLET LOCATIONS IN FIELD WITH SECURITY, AUDIO-VISUAL, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY,
AND EQUIPMENT VENDORS RESPECTIVELY.
7. GANG MULTIPLE ADJACENT OUTLETS AND SWITCHES TOGETHER WITH MULTI-OUTLET COVER PLATE, U.O.N.
8. ALL SWITCHES/MOTION SENSORS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BEHIND DOORS WHEN IN OPEN POSITION.
9. PROVIDE CONDUIT(S) IN CONFERENCE AND TRAINING ROOMS BETWEEN FLOOR OUTLETS/DATA/HDMI AND
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT ON PARTITION AND/OR CEILING SUCH AS TV’S, RECESSED SCREENS, AND
PROJECTORS. GC TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO CONDUITS BETWEEN EACH FLOOR OUTLET AND PIECE OF
EQUIPMENT. VERIFY FINAL SIZES WITH A/V VENDOR AND CLIENT FOR POWER CONDUIT AND DATA CONDUIT.
10. CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ANY ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE (I.E. FOR CARD READERS, OR
OTHER ACCESS CONTROL, ETC).
11. WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE WITHIN MILLWORK, GC IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL &
MILLWORK TRADES.
12. WHERE GARBAGE DISPOSALS ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE SEPARATE SWITCH ABOVE THE COUNTER.
13. ALL DATA/ELECTRICAL OUTLETS IN EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN, U.O.N.
14. ALL EXISTING BLANK PLATES AND ASSOCIATED WIRING TO BE REMOVED TO CLOSEST JUNCTION BOX. PATCH
HOLE, TAPE, AND PROVIDE NEW SMOOTH SURFACE FOR PAINTED FINISH.
15. REPLACE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES THROUGHOUT WORK AREA TO MATCH NEW, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO OUTLETS AND SWITCHES.
16. PRIOR TO CORING OR SAW CUTTING, X-RAY OR IMAGE AREA OF WORK FOR AVOIDANCE OF REBAR OR OTHER
CONCEALED ITEMS. REVIEW FINAL LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER.
17. NEW DATA CABLING TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT.
18. TENANT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS / NETWORK WIRING.
19. LANDLORD WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE HARDWARE, JUNCTION BOX / CONDUIT ABOVE GRID AND
ELECTRICAL ONLY.THE TENANT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTUAL CARD KEY READER EQUIPMENT
AND ONGOING MAINTENANCE.
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER & SIGNAL PLAN
N
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
SUITE 200
C
1
PL
1
P
1
X
ALIGN
ROOM NAME
DOOR NUMBER
ROOM NUMBER
DETAIL REFERENCE
SHEET NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
DETAIL SECTION
REFERENCE
0000
OFFICE
X
XX
X
XX
101
SHEET NUMBER
SECTION REFERENCE
KEYNOTE INDICATOR
X
XX
XX-#
REVISION CLOUD &
DELTA NUMBER
EQUIPMENT TAG
SHEET NUMBER
INTERIOR ELEVATION
REFERENCE
SHEET NUMBER
EXT. ELEVATION REFERENCE
FLOOR MATERIAL TYPE
FLOOR NOTE
WALL MATERIAL TYPE
WALL NOTE
MISC. MATERIAL TYPE
TYPE NUMBER
EXISTING DOOR
WALL/ PARTITION TAGX
XX
A
B
C
D
X
XX
XXX
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
3
0
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
PR
O
J
E
C
T
D
A
T
A
I000
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
SYMBOLS
ANGLE
CENTERLINE
# POUND or NUMBER
& AND
(E) EXISTING
@ AT
~ DIAMETER or ROUND
Ø DIAMETER
A.D. AREA DRAIN
ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL
ACT. ACOUSTICAL TILE
AGGR. AGGREGATE
AL. ALUMINUM
APPROX. APPROXIMATE(LY)
ASPH. ASPHALT
B.O.C. BOTTOM OF CONCRETE
B.O.CMU. BOTTOM OF CONCRETE
MASONRY UNIT
B.O.D. BOTTOM OF DECK
B.O.M. BOTTOM OF MULLION
B.O.P. BOTTOM OF PANEL
B.O.R. BOTTOM OF REVEAL
B/S. BUILDING STANDARD
BD. BOARD
BITUM. BITUMINOUS
BLDG. BUILDING
BLK. BLOCK
BLKG. BLOCKING
BM. BEAM
BOT. BOTTOM
C.B. CATCH BASIN
C.G. CORNER GUARD
C.I. CAST IRON
C.O. CASED OPENING
C.O.M. CENTER OF MULLION
C.O.R. CENTER OF REVEAL
C.W. COLD WATER
CAB. CABINET
CEM. CEMENT(ITIOUS)
CER. CERAMIC
CFCI. CONT. FURNISHED / CONT.
INSTALLED
CFOI. CONT. FURNISHED /
OWNER. INSTALLED
CLG. CEILING
CLKG. CAULKING
CLO. CLOSET
CNTR. COUNTER
COL. COLUMN
CONC. CONCRETE
CONN. CONNECTION
CONSTR. CONSTRUCTION
CONT. CONTINUOUS
CONTR. CONTRACTOR
CORR. CORRIDOR
CPT. CARPET
CTR. CENTER
CTSK. COUNTER-SUNK
D. DEEP
D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN
D.O. DOOR OPENING
D.S. DOWNSPOUT
D.S.P. DRY STANDPIPE
DBL. DOUBLE
DEPT. DEPARTMENT
DET. DETAIL
DIAG. DIAGNONAL
DIFF. DIFFUSER
DISP. DISPENSER
DN. DOWN
DR. DOOR
DWG. DRAWING
DWR. DRAWER
E. EAST
E.J. EXPANSION JOINT
E.P. ELECTRIC PANELBOARD
E.W.C. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
EA. EACH
EL. ELEVATION
ELEV. ELEVATOR
EMER. EMERGENCY
ENCL. ENCLOSED or ENCLOSURE
EXP. EXPANSION
EXPO. EXPOSED
EXST. EXISTING
EXT. EXTERIOR
F.A. FIRE ALARM
F.B. FLAT BAR
F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CABINET
F.F.E. FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION
F.H.C. FIRE HOSE CABINET
F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE
F.O.CMU. FACE OF CONCRETE
MASONRY UNIT
F.O.F. FACE OF FINISH
F.O.IMP. FACE OF INSULATED
METAL PANEL
F.O.M. FACE OF MULLION
F.O.SH. FACE OF SHEATHING
F.P. FIREPROOF
F.S. FULL SIZE
FDN. FOUNDATION
FIN. FINISH(ED)
FL. FLOOR
FLASH. FLASHING
FLUOR. FLUORESCENT
FT. FOOT or FEET
FTG. FOOTING
ABBREVIATIONS
FURR. FURRING
FUT. FUTURE
G.B. GRAB BAR
G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GA. GAUGE
GALV. GALVANIZED
GL. GLASS
GND. GROUND
GR. GRADE
GYP. GYPSUM
H.B. HOSE BIBB
H.C. HOLLOW CORE
H.M. HOLLOW METAL
HDWD. HARDWOOD
HDWE. HARDWARE
HORIZ. HORIZONTAL
HR. HOUR
HT. HEIGHT
I.D. INSIDE DIMENSION
INSUL. INSULATION or INSULATED
INT. INTERIOR
JAN. JANITOR
JT. JOINT
K.O. KNOCK-OUT
KIT. KITCHEN
LAB. LABORATORY
LAM. LAMINATE(D)
LAV. LAVATORY
LKR. LOCKER
LT. LIGHT
M.C. MEDICINE CABINET
M.O. MASONRY OPENING
MEMB. MEMBRANE
MET. METAL
MH. MANHOLE
MIN. MINIMUM
MIR. MIRROR
MTD. MOUNTED
MUL. MULLION
N. NORTH
NO. NUMBER
NOM. NOMINAL
O.A. OVERALL
O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OBS. OBSCURE
OFCI. OWNER FURNISHED /
CONT. INSTALLED
OFF. OFFICE
OFOI. OWNER FURNISHED /
OWNER INSTALLED
OPNG. OPENING
P.C. PRECAST
P.J. PANEL JOINT
P.LAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE
P.T.R. PAPER TOWER
RECEPTACLE
PL. PLATE
PLAS. PLASTER
PLYWD. PLYWOOD
PR. PAIR
PT. POINT
PTN. PARTITION
Q.T. QUARRY TILE
R. RISER
R.D. ROOF DRAIN
R.O. ROUGH OPENING
R.W.L. RAIN WATER LEADER
RAD. RADIUS
REF. REFERENCE
REFR. REFRIGERATOR
REINF. REINFORCE(D)
RESIL. RESILIENT
RGTR. REGISTER
RM. ROOM
RWD. REDWOOD
S. SOUTH
S.C. SOLID CORE
S.C.D. SEAT COVER DISPENSER
S.D. SOAP DISPENSER
S.N.D. SANITARY NAPKIN
DISPENSER
S.N.R. SANITARY NAPKIN
RECEPTACLE
S.S. STAINLESS STEEL
S.SK. SERVICE SINK
SCHED. SCHEDULE
SECT. SECTION
SH. SHELF
SHR. SHOWER
SHT. SHEET
SQ. SQUARE
STA. STATION
STOR. STORAGE
STRL. STRUCTURE or
STRUCTURAL
SUSP. SUSPENDED
SYMM. SYMMETRICAL
T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE
T. TREAD
T.B. TOWEL BAR
T.B.D. TO BE DETERMINED
T.C. TOP OF CURB
T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE
T.O.CMU. TOP OF CONCRETE
MASONRY UNIT
T.O.M. TOP OF MULLION
T.O.P. TOP OF PARAPET
T.O.R. TOP OF REVEAL
T.O.REC. TOP OF RECESS
T.O.W. TOP OF WALL
T.P. TOP OF PAVEMENT
T.P.D. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
T.V. TELEVISION
TEL. TELEPHONE
TER. TERRAZZO
THK. THICK
UNF. UNFINISHED
UR. URINAL
VERT. VERTICAL
VEST. VESTIBULE
W. WEST
W.C. WATER CLOSET
WD. WOOD
WP WATERPROOF
WSCT. WAINSCOT
WT. WEIGHT
FIRE AUTHORITY NOTES
INSPECTIONS
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS:
1.OCFA FINAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. PLEASE SCHEDULE ALL FIELD INSPECTIONS AT
LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE. INSPECTIONS CANCELED AFTER 1 P.M. ON THE DAY
BEFORE THE SCHEDULED DATE WILL BE SUBJECT TO A REINSPECTION FEE. PHASING
OF INSPECTIONS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL FEES, ALSO. CALL OCFA INSPECTION
SCHEDULING AT 714-573-6150.
2.BUILDINGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION SHALL CONFORM TO CFC
CHAPTER 33. NO SMOKING OR COOKING IS ALLOWED IN STRUCTURES WHERE
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARE EXPOSED OR WITHIN 25'-0" OF COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS STORAGE AREAS. CUTTING, WELDING, OR OTHER HOT WORK SHALL BE IN
CONFORMANCE WITH CFC CHAPTER 35.
3.IN BUILDINGS FOUR OR MORE STORIES IN HEIGHT, STANDPIPES SHALL BE PROVIDED
DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN THE HEIGHT REACHES 40'-0" ABOVE THE LOWEST
POINT OF FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS. A FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SHALL BE NO
MORE THAN 100'-0" FROM AVAILABLE FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ACCESS ROADWAYS.
A HYDRANT SHALL BE LOCATED ALONG THE ACCESS ROADWAY WITHIN 150'-0" OF THE
LOCATION(S) THAT THE FDC CAN BE ACCESSED FROM. CFC 3310, 3313
4.ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS, BE A
MINIMUM 0'-4" HIGH, FOR INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS AND 0'-6" HIGH FOR ALL OTHER
INSTALLATIONS AND STRUCTURES, CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, AND BE
PLAINLY VISIBLE FROM THE ROADWAY THE BUILDING IS ADDRESSED ON. TEMPORARY
ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION FENCING OR THE
BUILDING UNTIL PERMANENT NUMBERS CAN BE PROVIDED. CBC 502.1, CFC 505.1.
5.LOCATIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS OF EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH CFC 906 AND CCR TITLE 19. AT LEAST ONE EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE PROVIDED
DURING CONSTRUCTION ON EACH FLOOR AT EACH STAIRWAY, IN EACH STORAGE AND
CONSTRUCTION SHED, IN LOCATIONS WHERE FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS
ARE STORED OR USED, OR WHERE SIMILAR HAZARDS ARE PRESENT PER CFC 3315.1.
BEFORE FINAL OCCUPANCY, AT LEAST ONE 2A:10B:C EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE
PROVIDED SO THAT NO POINT IS MORE THAN 75'-0" TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM THE
EXTINGUISHER. EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE LOCATED ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS
TRAVEL AND IN A READILY VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE LOCATION, WITH THE BOTTOM OF
THE EXTINGUISHER AT LEAST 0'-4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS
MAY BE REQUIRED BY OCFA INSPECTORS DEPENDING ON PROJECT OR SITE
CONDITIONS AND FINAL PLACEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THEIR APPROVAL.
6.WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING FINISHES AND MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FLAME
SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS IN CBC TABLE 803.13. DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE
PROPERLY TREATED BY A PRODUCT OR PROCESS APPROVED BY THE STATE FIRE
MARSHAL WITH APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED TO THE OCFA. SUCH ITEMS
SHALL BE APPROVED AND INSPECTED BY THE OCFA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
7. KNOX BOXES/ KEY CABINETS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS, POOL
ENCLOSURES, GATES IN THE PATH OF FIREFIGHTER TRAVEL TO STRUCTURES, SECURED
PARKING LEVELS, DOORS GIVING ACCESS TO ALARM PANELS AND/OR ANNUNCIATORS,
AND ANY OTHER STRUCTURES OR AREAS WHERE IMMEDIATE ACCESS IS REQUIRED OR
IS UNDULY DIFFICULT. AN OCFA INSPECTOR CAN ASSIST W ITH LOCKING GATE KEYS IN
KNOX BOXES, CONTACT YOUR LOCAL FIRE STATIONTO ARRANGE AN APPOINTMENT TO
SECURE MASTER BUILDING KEYS IN THE KNOX BOX.
8.APPROVAL OF THESE PLANS SHALL NOT PERMIT THE VIOLATION OF ANY CODE OR LAW.
REQUIREMENTS OR FEATURES NOT IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN MAY APPLY AND OCFA
INSPECTORS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR ITEMS FROM THOSE SHOWN
ON THE PLAN DEPENDING ON ACTUAL OR ANTICIPATED FIELD CONDITIONS. SUCH
CHANGES MAY NECESSITATE SUBMITTAL OF REVISED OR AS-BUILT PLANS TO THE
OCFA AND THE CITY/COUNTY WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED.
1.AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT THE
BUILDING IN COMPLIANCE WITH CFC 903 AND THE APPLICABLE 2019 NFPA SPRINKLER
STANDARD. REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF A SPRINKLER PLAN IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION OR MODIFICATION.
2.AN AUTOMATIC EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PROTECT
COMMERCIAL-TYPE FOOD HEATING EQUIPMENT THAT PRODUCES GREASE-LADEN
VAPORS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH 2019 CFC AND CMC AND 2009 NFPA 17A. REVIEW
AND APPROVAL OF A HOOD AND DUCT EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM PLAN IS REQUIRED
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OR USE OF COOKING EQUIPMENT.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.THE PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2019
CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, AND OTHER CURRENTLY ADOPTED CODES, STANDARDS,
REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS AS ENFORCED BY THE ORANGE COUNTY FIRE
AUTHORITY.
2.DUMPSTERS AND TRASH CONTAINERS EXCEEDING 1.5 CUBIC YARDS SHALL NOT BE
STORED IN BUILDINGS OR PLACED WITHIN 5'-0" OF COMBUSTIBLE WALLS, OPENINGS
OR COMBUSTIBLE ROOF EAVE LINES UNLESS PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED
SPRINKLER SYSTEM OR LOCATED IN A TYPE I OR IIA STRUCTURE SEPARATED BY
10'-0" FROM OTHER STRUCTURES. CONTAINERS LARGER THAN ONE (1) CUBIC YARD
SHALL BE OF NON-OR LIMITED-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS OR SIMILARLY PROTECTED
OR SEPARATED. CFC 304.3
3.EXIT, EXIT SIGNS, FIRE ALARM PANELS, HOSE CABINETS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
LOCATIONS, AND STANDPIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT BE C ONCEALED BY
CURTAINS, MIRRORS, OR OTHER DECORATIVE MATERIAL.
4.THE EGRESS PATH SHALL REMAIN FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AT ALL
TIMES. NO STORAGE IS PERMITTED IN AISLES.
5.EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. DOORS SHALL NOT BE PROVIDED WITH
THUMB-TURN LOCKS OR DEADBOLTS THAT DO NOT UNLATCH IN TANDEM WITH THE
NORMAL OPERATING LEVER. THE OPENING FORCE FOR INTERIOR DOORS WITHOUT
CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED (5) POUNDS. THE UNLATCHING AND OPENING FORCE
FOR OTHER DOORS, INCLUDING FIRE DOORS, SHALL NOT EXCEED (15) POUNDS. CBC
1010.
6.THE EXIT PATH SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH EXIT SIGNS CONFORMING TO
CBC 1013. ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS MUST HAVE 90-MINUTE EMERGENCY POWER
BACK-UP.
7.TACTILE SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS, PUBLIC
BUILDINGS/ACCOMMODATIONS, AND PUBLICLY FUNDED HOUSING SUBJECT TO CBC
CHAPTERS 11A AND B AND CONFORM TO 1143A OR 11B-703.1, -703.2, -703.3, AND
703.5, BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE LOWEST LINE OF BRAILLE
CHARACTERS AT LEAST 4'-0" ABOVE THE FLOOR BUT THE BOTTOM OF THE HIGHEST
LINE OF RAISED TEXT CHARACTERS NO MORE THAN 5'-0" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND
WHENEVER POSSIBLE, ON THE STRIKE SIDE OF THE DOOR. LETTERING SHALL BE
BETWEEN 5/8" AND 2" HIGH. CBC 1013.4
8.STAIRS SERVING 4+ STORIES SHALL HAVE STAIRWELL SIGNS CONFORMING TO CBC
1023.9 AND OCFA GUIDELINES E-02.
9.THE EXIT PATH SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC
1008. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 90-MINUTE BACKUP.
10.RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL CONFORM TO APPROVED METHODS AND MATERIALS OF
CONSTRUCTION. PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, OR FLOORS
SHALL BE PROTECTED IN AN APPROVED MANNER COMPLYING WITH CBC/CFC
CHAPTER 7.
11.RATED DOORS SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING AND LATCHING; SUCH DOORS SHALL NOT
BE EQUIPPED WITH DOOR STOPS OR OTHERWISE PROPPED OPEN. RATED DOORS
SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH RATED HARDWARE. CFC 705
PROJECT-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS:
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
DOWN
DOWN
PPPPPPPP PP PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING GRID & TILES TO REMAIN
EXISTING 2'x4' INDIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN.
NEW SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM THROUGHOUT TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING
TILE AND GRID. ACT TO BE: 2'x4' DUNE SECOND LOOK, GRID TO BE: 2'x4' STANDARD
ALUMINUM DROP CEILING GRID (1"), TO MATCH EXISTING. CEILING HEIGHT TO
MATCH EXISTING.
RELOCATE SALVAGED 2'x4' INDIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE.
PROVIDE NEW 4"x48" SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE.
F-1
F-2
EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN
EXISTING WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATED CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN
RELOCATED WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN
(N)
(N)NEW CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO MATCH EXISTING
NEW WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO MATCH EXISTING
(R)
(R)
(R)
(N)
NEW GYPSUM CEILING, TO MATCH EXISTING.
EXISTING GYPSUM CEILING TO REMAIN.
NEW POWER POLE TO FEED POWER AND TELEPHONE/DATA TO PRE-WIRED
FURNITURE SYSTEM. VERIFY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS AND POWER POLE
SPECIFICATIONS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO
PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION.
PP
(N)
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
(E) TYP.
(E) TYP.
(E) TYP.
OFFICE
205
(R)
402
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
TYPICALTYPICAL
402
402
402
401
403
403
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1 F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
TYP.
406
407
407
407
407
407
407407407407407
408
402
402
403
STORAGE
213
403
403403403403403403403403403
403
F-1
F-1
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)(R)
(R)
F-1
(R)
(R)(R)
(R)(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
(R)
409
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
7"
8"
TYP.
410
7"
8"
7"
8"
7"
8"
NOTE:
CEILING HEIGHT @ NEW CEILING:
TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT SUITE.
6"
8"
7"
8"
7"
8"
411
411
411
411
EQ
.
EQ
.
EQ.EQ.
411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411411
8'-0"
8
I520
9
I520
(R)
(N)
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1
F-1 F-1
F-1F-1
(R)
F-1
F-1
(R)
(R)
F-1
1'
-
4
5
/
8
"
11"
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
5
1
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
RE
F
L
E
C
T
E
D
C
E
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
I140
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
CEILING PLAN NOTESKEYNOTES:
SEE SHEETS G010 -I010 FOR GENERAL NOTES
1. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLING THE WORK.
2. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATIONS, AND TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS (U.O.N).
COORDINATE MOUNTING OPTIONS WITH OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE & ARCHITECT. NOTIFY
OWNER/ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH OTHER ELEMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
3. ALL MATERIALS USED WITHIN CEILING PLENUM SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE.
4. IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS THE LIGHTS, HVAC ELEMENTS, FIRE DEVICES, ETC. ARE TO ALIGN IN A NEAT AND
REGULAR PATTERN. REVIEW LAYOUT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
5. DEVICES IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES TO BE CENTERED IN A 2'X2' TILE, OR 2'X2' PORTION OF A 2'X4' TILE,
U.O.N.
6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO IDENTIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF ALL ACCESS PANELS TO CEILING PLENUM
SPACES IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS: ACCESS PANELS TO BE AVOIDED WHERE POSSIBLE. IF AN ACCESS
PANEL IS REQUIRED, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. CEILING ACCESS PANELS TO BE FLUSH
FRAMELESS GYPSUM-BOARD INFILL PANELS.
7. SEE KEYNOTE INFORMATION FOR ANY REQUIRED CEILING INSULATION.
8. ALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRIDS & TILE TO BE CENTERED WITHIN A ROOM, U.O.N.
9. WHERE LIGHTING IS WITHIN MILLWORK OR PARTITION ELEM ENTS SUCH AS MIRRORS, GC IS RESPONSIBLE TO
COORDINATE WITH ALL ELECTRICAL TRADES.
10. GANG MULTIPLE ADJACENT OUTLETS AND SWITCHES TOGETHER WITH MULTI-OUTLET COVER PLATE, U.O.N.
11. ALL SWITCHES/MOTION SENSORS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BEHIND DOORS WHEN IN OPEN POSITION.
12. SOUND BOOTS: PROVIDE AT ALL R/A DIFFUSERS AT ALL OFFICES, TRAINING ROOMS AND CONFERENCE
ROOMS.
13. EXIT SIGN LAYOUT: CENTER ALL EXIT SIGNS OVER DOORS OR OVER PATH OF TRAVEL AREA.
• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY
THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS THAT
MIGHT ARISE.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
LEGEND
N
401 PROVIDE UNDERCABINET LIGHTING MOUNTED UNDER UPPER MILLWORK.
TO BE STANDARD 4'-0" STRIP LED FIXTURE.
402 ALL LIGHTING, CEILING GRID, AND TILES TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT, U.N.O.
REPLACE ALL DAMAGED OR STAINED TILES THAT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN
THROUGHOUT.
403 PROVIDE NEW 2' X 2' CEILING GRID AND TILES IN THIS AREA; TO MATCH
EXISTING. RELOCATE SALVAGED LIGHTING AND PROVIDE NEW AS NOTED.
406 PROVIDE 2'-0" SOUND BATT INSULATION ON BOTH SIDE OF OFFICE WALLS.
407 CONTRACTOR TO PULL WIRE ABOVE CEILING THIS AREA (POWER/DATA).
SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND READY FOR CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE
FEEDS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANT FURNITURE DEALER
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
408 ENSURE EXISTING WALL IS FULL HEIGHT AND INSULATED. MAY REQUIRE AN
ADDITIONAL LAYER OF DRYWALL TO DAMPEN SOUND TRANSFER FROM
RESTROOMS.
409 EXTEND EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT TO THIS AREA. TO BE FLUSH
WITH EXISTING SOFFIT ALL SIDES.
410 START NEW CEILING GRID WITH A WHOLE TILE AT THIS LOCATION, TYP.
411 CENTER CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING AS SHOWN IN THIS ROOM.
SEE SHEET I620 FOR FINISH, PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULES.
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
SUITE 200
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
8/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
1
2
:
1
5
:
5
8
P
M
Approver
Author
IRV25-6017
SC
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
I620
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
# FIXTURE TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER FINISH DESCRIPTION / NOTES
FC-1 FAUCET MOEN 7365SRS SPOT RESISTANT STAINLESS
FC-2 INSTANT HOT WATER FAUCET INSINKERATOR FH3010 STAINLESS STEEL
S-1 SINK ELKAY ELUHAD281645 STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE BOWL, UNDERCOUNTER-MOUNTED, ACCESSIBLE.
EA-#
OF
O
I
OF
C
I
CF
C
I
TYPE MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION/FINISHES MODEL NUMBER NOTES
EA-1 COPIER T.B.D.
EA-2 TV T.B.D.
EA-3 VENDING - LIQUIDS T.B.D.
EA-4 VENDING - DRY GOODS T.B.D.
EA-5 U.C. REFRIGERATOR ACCUCOLD ADA BUILT-IN U.C. REFRIGERATOR, AUTO DEFROST, W/
LOCK, STAINSLESS STEEL
FF7LWBISSHVADA
EA-6 GARBAGE DISPOSAL INSINKERATOR BADGER 5 - 3/4 HP
EA-7 FREEZER TRUE REACH-IN SOLID SWING DOOR FREEZER T-12F-HC
EA-8 REFRIGERATOR TRUE REACH-IN SOLID SWING DOOR REFRIGERATOR T-49-HC PROVIDE RECESSED WATERLINE
EA-9 MICROWAVE GE PROFILE SERIES 2.2 CU. FT. COUNTERTOP
MICROWAVE OVEN
PEB7226SFSS
EA-10 COFFEE MACHINE NEWCO FC-LD SERIES 101893 PROVIDE 1/4" COPPER WATERLINE RAN FROM ANGLE-STOP AND STUBBED TO COUNTERTOP (HOLE DRILLLED)
EA-11 WATER DISPENSER VERTEX WATER PRODUCTS LO-PROFILE COUNTERTOP WATER COOLER PWC-400 EXISTING COPPR LINE/COFFEE WATER SOURCE TO SHARE WATER WITH WATER COOLER WIT H A SHUT OFF
VALVE
F-# GENERAL TYPE MOUNTING TYPE NAME MANUFACTURER HOUSING/FINISHES/LENS DESCRIPTION COLOR TEMP CRI NOTES
F-1 2' X 4' INDIRECT LED LIGHT
FIXTURE
CEILING TILE, RECESSED MATCH EXISTING
LIGHT FIXTURES PLUMBING FIXTURES
OFFICE EQUIPMENT / APPLIANCES
FINISH SCHEDULE
FLOORING FINISHES
WALL FINISHES
MILLWORK FINISHES
MISCELLANEOUS FINISHES
CARPET
MARK PRODUCT TYPE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION LAYOUT BACKING/ FINISHING ADHESIVE NOTESCOLLECTION/ STYLE/ #COLOR/ COLOR #SIZEGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
CARPET TILECP-1 MOHAWK ANGLED PERCEPTION WET CEMENT -937 12" X 36"T.B.D.OPEN OFFICE CP-1
CARPET TILECP-2 MOHAWK HIDDEN DIMENSION WET CEMENT -937 12" X 36"T.B.D.OFFICES, CONFERENCE CP-2
WALL / CEILING PAINT
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER COLOR/ COLOR #SHEEN NOTESGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
FIELD PAINTP-1 DUNN EDWARDS DEW341 SWISS COFFEE EGGSHELLTYPICAL, U.N.O.P-1
ACCENT PAINTP-2 DUNN EDWARDS DE6221 FLINTSTONE EGGSHELLRECEPTION, OFFICES P-2
LAMINATE
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER STYLE/ STYLE #TEXTURE INSTALLATION METHOD NOTEGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
PLASTIC LAMINATEL-1 FORMICA 8826H-58 NEUTRAL TWILL MATTEVERTICAL SURFACES -COPY L-1
PLASTIC LAMINATEL-2 FORMICA 4924-NG GREIGE SOFTWOOD NATURAL GRAIN TEXTUREVERTICAL SURFACES -
CONFERENCE, BREAK,
WELLNESS
L-2
RESILIENT FLOORING
PRODUCT TYPE COLLECTION/ STYLE/ #COLOR/ COLOR #SIZE PROFILE/ TEXTURE INSTALLATION LAYOUT SEAMING COLORMARKMANUFACTURER NOTESINSTALLATION METHODGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
LUXURY VINYL TILELVT-1 MOHAWK ANTIEK C0015 311 ALABASTER 9" X 48"T.B.D.COPY, WELLNESS, RECEPTION LVT-1
WALL BASE
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER PROFILE/ PROFILE #COLOR/ COLOR #SIZE INSTALLATION METHOD NOTEGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
RUBBER BASERB-1 TARKETT STRAIGHT @ CPT, COVE @
RESILIENT
TA4 GATEWAY WG 4"TYPICAL RB-1
SOLID SURFACE
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER NOTESTYLE/ STYLE #GENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
COUNTERTOPSS-1 CAESARSTONE 5141 FROSTY CARRINACONFERENCE, BREAK,
WELLNESS
SS-1
ACCENT PAINTP-3 DUNN EDWARDS DE5146 CAMPFIRE EGGSHELLPHONE ROOM, WELLNESS P-3
MARK
MARK
MARK
MARK
MARK
MARK
SERIES
ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER SERIES NOTESGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL -FELTAWP-1 LBI BOYD ECO CORE COLORS ECC-09 ORANGE AWP-1
ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL -FELTAWP-2 FITZFELT 487 PFIRSICH AWP-2
MARKCOLOR
ACCENT PAINTP-4 DUNN EDWARDS DE5145 ORANGE DAYLILY EGGSHELLCONFERENCE P-4
ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL -FELTAWP-3 ARKTURA SOFT SOUND KIWI AWP-3
PLASTIC LAMINATEL-3 WILSONART 5012K-19 MAGNOLIA AEON SCRATCH RESISTANCE -
LENO WEAVE FINISH
HORIZONTAL SURFACES -
COPY
L-3
WALL TILE
PRODUCT TYPEMARK MANUFACTURER COLOR/ COLOR #FINISH NOTESGENERAL LOCATION, U.O.N.
CERAMIC WALL TILETW-1 T.B.D.T.B.D.T.B.D.T.B.D.BREAK ROOM TW -1
MARKSTYLE
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
11
/
3
0
/
2
0
2
5
20
1
N
NOT TO SCALE
55
MA
I
N
S
T
.
RED
HILL AVE.
JAM
BOREE RDE. DYER RD
5
PROJECT SITE
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
,
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
AN
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
PT
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
NS
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
HE
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
IC
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION:IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
Au
t
o
d
e
s
k
D
o
c
s
:
/
/
I
R
V
2
5
-
6
0
1
7
-
0
0
_
F
u
j
i
F
i
s
i
-
I
r
v
i
n
e
S
c
i
2
5
0
1
P
u
l
l
m
a
n
/
6
0
1
7
_
A
R
C
H
-
T
I
.
r
v
t
3/
2
7
/
2
0
2
6
2
:
2
1
:
0
1
P
M
D. DILUZIO
L. B.
IRV25-6017
TI
T
L
E
S
H
E
E
T
G010
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
FI
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
ARCHITECT
LOCATION MAP
(For Tenant Improvement Permit Only)
SHEET INDEX
ISSUANCE
08
/
2
2
/
2
0
2
5
SHEET ISSUED ON DATE INDICATED, WITH MODIFICATIONS
SHEET ISSUED ON DATE INDICATED, NO MODIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL
E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
E0.02 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E0.03 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E1.21 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN
E1.31 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
E2.11 POWER PLAN
E3.11 LIGHTING PLAN
E6.01 ELECTRICAL FIXTURE & PANEL SCHEDULES
E7.01 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL SHEET COUNT: 9
MECHANICAL
M0.01 MECHANICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
M0.02 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M0.03 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M0.04 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M0.05 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M0.06 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M1.21 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
M1.31 MECHANICAL ZONING PLAN
M2.11 MECHANICAL PLAN
M5.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M5.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M6.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M6.02 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M7.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS
MECHANICAL SHEET COUNT: 14
PLUMBING
P0.01 PLUMBING LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
P0.02 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
P0.03 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
P2.11 PLUMBING PLAN
P5.01 PLUMBING DETAILS
P6.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES
PLUMBING SHEET COUNT: 6
ARCHITECTURAL
G010 TITLE SHEET
I000 PROJECT DATA
I010 GENERAL NOTES
I020 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
I030 CALGREEN NOTES
I031 CALGREEN NOTES
I032 CALGREEN NOTES
I033 CALGREEN NOTES
ID01 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
ID02 DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN
I110 OCCUPANCY AND EGRESS PLAN
I120 FLOOR PLAN
I130 POWER & SIGNAL PLAN
I140 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
I150 FINISH PLAN
I430 MILLWORK & GLAZING ELEVATIONS
I510 DETAILS
I520 DETAILS
I530 DETAILS
I610 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
I620 SCHEDULES
ARCHITECTURAL SHEET COUNT: 21
FUJIFILM - FISI
2501 PULLMAN ST SUITE 201
SANTA ANA, CA 92705
PROJECT DESCRIPTION & SCOPE
RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
REQ'D (REQUIRED): NEEDED FOR THE PROJECT |WM: WARE MALCOMB |TT: TENANT |LL: OWNER/LANDLORD |GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR
REQ'D
Y N
ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING, DESIGN COMMENTS
CONTRACTED BY
WM GC TT LL
ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND:
PROJECT DIRECTORY
BUILDING OWNER
TENANT
DEFERRED SUBMITTALS
REQ'D
Y N
VENDORS / INSTALLERS
CONTR'D BY
GC TT LL
COMMENTS / CONTACTS
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
BUILDING & CODE INFORMATION
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT IS 2ND GENERATION TENANT IMPROVEMENT. INCLUDES NEW INTERIOR NON-LOAD
BEARING WALLS, DOORS, INTERIOR FINISHES, LIGHT FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, MODIFIED HVAC
DUCTWORK AND NEW SINK AT WELLNESS ROOM MILLWORK.
OCC. CLASSIFICATION:B -BUSINESS
CHANGE IN USE:YES NO
DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEERS OF
RECORD WHO SHALL REVIEW AND PROVIDE NOTATION INDICATING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN
REVIEWED AND FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE BUILDING DESIGN.
SUBMITTAL MATERIALS SHALL INCLUDE PLANS, DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS PREPARED AND
SIGNED BY A STATE REGISTERED ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER REVIEWED SUBMITTAL MATERIALS TO
THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR REVIEW AND PERMIT APPROVAL. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS
SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO OBTAINING THE BUILDING OFFICIAL'S APPROVAL OF THE
SUBMITTAL.
1. AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM.
2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
OFFICE (B) 15,400 S.F.SCOPE AREA(S):
PRIMARY CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
ALTERNATE CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
CROWN REALTY & DEVELOPMENT
18201 VON KARMAN
SUITE 950
IRVINE, CA 92612
(949) 567 -5893
DIANE SCOTT
CONTACT
(XXX) XXX-XXXX
XXX@XXX.XXX
PRIMARY CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
ALTERNATE CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
FUJI FISI
FUJI FISI
TBD
MARTHA MAHONEY
(914) 789 -8156
mmahoney@fujifilm.com
CONTACT
(XXX) XXX-XXXX
XXX@XXX.XXX
PRIMARY CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
ALTERNATE CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
TBD
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
P 949.660.9128
10 EDELMAN
IRVINE, CA 92618
PRIMARY CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
SECONDARY CONTACT:
DANIELA DILUZIO
DDILUZIO@waremalcomb.com
(949) 266-6566
(949) 660-9128 x3061
ARCHITECT'S CONSULTANTS
PRIMARY CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
ALTERNATE CONTACT:
PH:
EMAIL:
ALFATECH
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING ENGINEER
421 E. HUNTINGTON DRIVE
MONROVIA, CA 91016
SAHIL ASIF
+1 (213) 436 -4958
Sahil.Asif@atce.com
(XXX) XXX-XXXX
XXX@XXX.XXX
ARCHITECTURE -EXTERIORX
X ARCHITECTURE -INTERIOR X
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERINGX
3RD PARTY INSPECTIONX
X MECHANICAL ENGINEERING X
X PLUMBING ENGINEERING X
X ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING X
CIVIL ENGINEERINGX
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND DESIGNX
LIGHTING DESIGNERX
ENVIRONMENTAL GRAPHICSX
X FIRE SPRINKLER X
X FIRE ALARM X
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DESIGNX
STRUCTURED CABLING CONSULTANTX
AUDIO / VISUAL CONSULTANTX
SECURITY DESIGNX
COMMISSIONING AGENT (MEP SYSTEM)X
ENVIRONMENTAL / ASBESTOS CONSULTANTX
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CONSULTANTX
ACOUSTICAL ENGINEER / DESIGNERX
LEED OR WELL DESIGN AND ADMINISTRATIONSX
[SPECIALTY CONSULTANT]X
X FURNITURE X
OFFICE FRONTS (GLAZING SYSTEMS)X
I.T. SYSTEMSX
I.T. CABLINGX
AUDIO / VISUAL EQUIPMENTX
SECURITY DESIGN / INSTALLX
INTERIOR SIGNAGE (NON-CODE)X
INTERIOR GRAPHICSX
SOUND MASKINGX
HIGH-PILE STORAGEX
SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT / MOVING / INSTALLX
ARTWORKX
BUILDING DEPARTMENT:
APPLICABLE BUILDING
CODES:
CITY OF SANTA ANA
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE -ACCESSIBILITY
CITY OF SANTA ANA MUNICIPAL CODE
BUILDING TYPE:III-A
NUMBER OF STORIES:
YEAR BUILT:
OCCUPANCY CLASS:
SEPARATIONS:
FIRE SPRINKLERS:
FIRE ALARM:
ACCESSOR'S PARCEL #:
LEGAL DESCRIPTION:
2
1969
B
CBC 602
CBC CHAPTER 3
CBC TABLE 508.4
430-032-10
N/A
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
BLOCK/LOT:LOT 1
G.C. INSTRUCTIONS
1.AT THE START OF JOB PROVIDE A SCHEDULE OF ALL ANTICIPATED SUBMITTALS AND DATES.
FLAG SUBMITTALS WHICH ARE OR COULD BE CRITICAL PATH. FLAG SUBMITTALS THAT WILL BE
REQUESTED TO BE EXPEDITED FASTER THAN THE STANDARD 7-10 DAYS.
2.A SUBMITTAL LOG IS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND A CURRENT COPY IS
TO BE INCLUDED WITH EACH SUBMISSION.
3.ALL SUBMITTALS MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED WITH A STAMP AND SIGNATURE BY THE
GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. THE REVIEW WILL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED
TO:
3.1. CONFIRMING THAT THE SUBMITTAL MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
3.2. COORDINATION HAS TAKEN PLACE WITH ALL INTERCONNECTING TRADES
3.3. THE SUBMITTAL IS COMPLETE AND COMPREHENSIVE
3.4.REQUESTS ON SUBMITTALS FOR DIMENSIONS WHICH CAN BE DISCERNIBLE THROUGH
MATHEMATICAL MEANS FROM INFORMATION ALREADY PROVIDED ON THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE PROVIDED.
3.5.SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT UNLESS PHYSICAL SAMPLES ARE
REQUESTED.
4.SUBMITTALS NOT REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY OR MAY NOT BE REVIEWED
AT THE DESIGN TEAM'S DISCRETION.
5.SUBMITTALS ARE TO BE ROUTED THROUGH THE ARCHITECT AND ARE NOT TO BE SENT DIRECTLY
TO ARCHITECT'S CONSULTANTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THE ARCHITECT.
6.MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK MAY OCCUR AS A RESULT OF THE DESIGN TEAM'S REVIEW. IF A
CHANGE RESULTS IN MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE OR SCHEDULE, THE
CONTRACTOR WILL ISSUE A CHANGE ORDER REQUEST FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE
OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.
SUBMITTALS
1.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO REVIEW ALL PROSPECTIVE RFI's AND MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO
ANSWER THEM BEFORE SUBMITTING TO THE DESIGN TEAM.
2.MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK MAY OCCUR AS A RESULT OF THE DESIGN TEAM'S REVIEW. IF A
CHANGE RESULTS IN MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE OR SCHEDULE, THE
CONTRACTOR WILL ISSUE A CHANGE ORDER REQUEST FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE
OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.
3.AN RFI LOG IS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND A CURRENT COPY IS TO BE
INCLUDED WITH EACH RFI SUBMISSION ALONG WITH ANY CRITICAL RESPONSE DUE DATES.
4.RFI's REGARDING METHODS AND MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION WILL NOT BE REVIEWED AND WILL
BE REMOVED FROM THE RFI LOG.
REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI's)
1.A COMPLETE SCHEDULE OF VALUES OF THE BASE CONTRACT IS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER
AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK.
2.ALL CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS ARE TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND
ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A CHANGE ORDER.
3.CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS ARE TO INCLUDE A COMPLETE BREAKDOWN BY TRADE ALONG WITH
TRADE BACK-UP AND UNIT PRICING WHERE APPLICABLE.
4.A CHANGE ORDER REQUEST AND CHANGE ORDER LOG IS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR AND SUBMITTED ALONG WITH EACH CHANGE ORDER REQUEST.
CHANGE ORDERS
1.A COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK TO BE PROVIDED TO
THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK.
2.THE SCHEDULE SHALL NOT EXCEED TIME LIMITS CURRENT UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
3.THE SCHEDULE SHALL BE REVISED AT APPROPRIATE INTERVALS AS REQUIRED BY THE
CONDITIONS OF THE WORK AND PROJECT AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER
AND ARCHITECT IF FOR ANY REASON THE SCHEDULE IS EXTENDED.
4.A THREE WEEK LOOK-AHEAD SHALL BE REVIEWED REGULARLY AT EACH AOC MEETING WHICH
WILL BE IN-LINE WITH THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
PRE-CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1.PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING IS TO BE
HELD INCLUDING A RESPONSIBLE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ARCHITECT, THE
OWNER AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE DISCUSSION WILL BE IN REGARDS
TO THE ARCHITECT-OWNER-CONTRACTOR (AOC) CORRESPONDENCE PROCESSES
AND PROCEDURES. AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE DISCUSSED:
2.AOC REGULARLY SCHEDULED MEETINGS
2.1.WHEN
2.2.WHERE
2.3.HOW OFTEN
2.4.IN PERSON VERSUS CONFERENCE CALLS
2.5.APPROXIMATE ALLOTTED TIME PER MEETING
3.CONSTRUCTION MEETING MINUTES
3.1. FORMAT FOR THE MINUTES
3.2. CONTRACTOR TO AUTHOR THE MINUTES
4.FORMAL CHANGES IN THE WORK
4.1.ADDENDA AND BULLETINS ISSUED BY THE ARCHITECT
4.2.CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS ISSUED BY THE CONTRACTOR
4.3.CHANGE ORDERS ISSUED BY THE CONTRACTOR
4.4.TRACKING MECHANISMS
5.REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PROCESS
5.1.TRACKING MECHANISM
5.2.DEFINE Cc: RECIPIENT LIST
5.3.STANDARD RESPONSE TIMES (2-5 WORKING DAYS IS STANDARD)
6.SUBMITTAL PROCESS
6.1.TRACKING MECHANISM
6.2.ISSUANCE SCHEDULE BY THE CONTRACTOR
6.3.DEFINE Cc RECIPIENT LIST
6.4.STAMPED REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO
SUBMISSION
6.5.NON-REQUESTED SUBMITTALS MAY NOT BE REVIEWED
6.6.STANDARD RESPONSE TIMES (7-10 WORKING DAYS IS STANDARD)
7.SUBSTITUTIONS
7.1.REQUEST FORMS WITH REASONS AND BENEFIT FOR SUBSTITUTION
8.PAYMENT APPLICATIONS
8.1.PROCESS
8.2.SUBMITTAL DATE
8.3.ANTICIPATED TURN-AROUND
9.PUNCH LISTS
9.1.ONLY ONE PUNCH WALK TO BE PROVIDED BY DESIGN TEAM
9.2. CONTRACTOR TO PUNCH AND MAKE CORRECTIONS OR CREATE A MINIMAL LIST
OF CORRECTIONS PRIOR TO DESIGN TEAM PUNCH.
9.3.A FINAL WALK WILL OCCUR ONLY IF THE ARCHITECT IS CONTRACTED TO DO SO.
REFERENCE ONLY
A-0.4 SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
A-0.4A SITE PLAN - ACCESSIBLE UPGRADES AND DETAILS (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
A-0.6 RESTROOM PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
REFERENCE SHEET COUNT: 3
DA
T
E
R
E
M
A
R
K
S
08
/
2
5
/
2
0
2
5
I
S
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
E
R
M
I
T
1
0
3
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
2
0
3
/
2
7
/
2
0
2
6
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
R
E
S
U
B
M
I
T
T
A
L
1
03
/
0
5
/
2
0
2
6
FIRE PROVISIONS:EXISTING BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE IS SUPPLIED IN THE YARD AND IT'S AN
INTEGRAL PART WITH THE SYSTEM PROVIDED FOR THE FIRE SERVICE. IF THE
BACKFLOW PUMP IS FOUND TO BE NO LONGER CODE COMPLIANT, LANDLORD WILL
INSTALL ONE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.
03
/
2
7
/
2
0
2
6
2
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E0.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
L
E
G
E
N
D
S
,
A
B
B
R
E
V
I
A
T
I
O
N
S
,
&
GE
N
E
R
A
L
N
O
T
E
S
PA
VA
W
WP
WH
UON
UG
V
SYM
XFMR
T, TEL
TYP
SPKR
SWBD
SW
REC
SPECS
RMS
SD
PDU
PVC
PNL
CO
HZ
MAX
MSG
PH,Ø
OH
P
NO
NTS
(N)
MTD
MSB
MTG. HT.
MLO
MCC
MIN
LTG
MA
LTS
KWH
KW
LCP
JB
KCMIL
KV
KVA
INCAND
INST
FUT, (F)
HOA
HPS
HP
GEN
GFCI
G
FACP
FLUOR
FLA
(E)
EPO
FA
DWG
EMT
EM
ELR
DO
DP
DIA
DIST
DISC
DN
DET.
CU
AL
BKBD
CB
CAT.
CCTV
CKT
BKR
C
AWG
BC
ATS
ARCH
APP.
AT
A, AMPS
AFG
AIC
AFF
AF
AC
AMPERES
ALTERNATE CURRENT
AMPERE FRAME
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
AMPERE INTERRUPTION CURRENT
ALUMINUM
APPROXIMATE
ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL
AMPERES TRIP
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BARE COPPER
BACKBOARD
BREAKER
CONDUIT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
CATALOG
CIRCUIT
CONDUIT ONLY
COPPER
DETAIL
DIAMETER
DISCONNECT (SWITCH)
DISTRIBUTION
DOWN
DUCT ONLY WITH #12 TW
COPPER PULL WIRE OR 3/16"
DIAMETER NYLON PULL ROPE.
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
DRAWING
EMERGENCY
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
END-OF-LINE RESISTOR
EMERGENCY POWER OFF
EXISTING
FIRE ALARM
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FULL LOAD AMPERES
FLUORESCENT
FUTURE
GROUND
GENERATOR
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER
HAND-OFF-AUTO SELECTOR SWITCH
HORSEPOWER
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HERTZ
INSTANTANEOUS
INCANDESCENT
JUNCTION BOX
KILO CIRCULAR MILLS
KILOVOLTS
KILOVOLT-AMPERES
KILOWATTS
KILOWATT-HOURS
LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL
LIGHTING
LIGHTS
MILLIAMPS
MAXIMUM
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MINIMUM
MAIN LUGS ONLY
MOUNTED
MOUNTING HEIGHT
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MAIN SWITCHGEAR
NEW
NORMALLY OPEN, NUMBER
NOT TO SCALE
OVERHEAD
POLE
PHASE
PUBLIC ADDRESS
POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT
PANEL
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RECEPTACLE
ROOT MEAN SQUARE
SMOKE DETECTOR
SPECIFICATIONS
SPEAKER
SWITCH
SWITCHBOARD
SYMMETRICAL
TELEPHONE
TRANSFORMER
TYPICAL
UNDERGROUND
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
VOLTS
VOLT-AMPERES
WATTS
WATER HEATER
WEATHERPROOF
(R)REMOVED
(RE)
(RL)EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED
PP POWER POLE
MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE
IG ISOLATED GROUND
N NEUTRAL
MH
MIC
MECH
MFR
MFG
HH
HO
HD
HID
MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURING
MANHOLE
MICROPHONE
MECHANICAL
HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
HANDHOLE
HIGH OUTPUT
HEAT DETECTOR
BLDG BUILDING
CC CENTER TO CENTER
CAB.CABINET
CL CENTER LINE
CLG CEILING
CLR CLEAR
CONC.CONCRETE
CTR CENTER
DC DIRECT CURRENT
EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ENCL ENCLOSURE/ENCLOSED
EQ EQUAL
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
FLEX FLEXIBLE
GALV GALVANIZED
GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL
HV
HSP HOUSE SERVICE PANEL
HIGH VOLTAGE
IC INTERCOM
ISC INTERRUPTING SHORT CIRCUIT
LPS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM
MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY
MISC MISCELLANEOUS
MOCP
NC NURSE CALL, NORMALLY CLOSE
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
OC ON CENTER
PB PUSHBUTTON
REQ'D REQUIRED
RS RAPID START
RSC RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
SN SOLID NUETRAL
SEC SECONDARY
STD STANDARD
TD
TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL
TIME DELAY
UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES
VP VAPORPROOF
WT WATERTIGHT
XP EXPLOSION PROOF
+4-6"
MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
APPLICABLE CODESABBREVIATIONS
SCOPE OF WORK
SHEET INDEX
GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, CALIFORNIA
ELECTRICAL CODE 2022 EDITION AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS.
2. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND WORK INCLUDED.
FOLLOW DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT WORK AND CHECK DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES RELATING TO WORK TO
VERIFY SPACES IN WHICH WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND MINIMUM CODE REQUIRED
WORKING CLEARANCES AT ALL TIMES.
3. DURING BID, THE CONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE THE COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR ALL TRADES. COORDINATE AND VERIFY DIMENSIONS SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND POINTS OF CONNECTION
TO ALL EQUIPMENT. MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH THE STRUCTURAL AND
THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
4. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED AND REMINDED THAT THEIR BEST EFFORTS AND THAT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S
ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL ARE TO BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE COORDINATED EFFORT INTENDED TO
PROVIDE THE PROJECT OWNER AND THE ULTIMATE USERS AND OCCUPANTS WITH FINISHED PROJECT WHICH
WILL SERVE ITS INTENDED PURPOSE.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ALL OTHER
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
6. DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE NEC 110.26(F): THE SPACE EQUAL TO THE WIDTH AND DEPTH OF THE EQUIPMENT
AND EXTENDING FROM THE FLOOR TO A HEIGHT (6 FT) ABOVE THE EQUIPMENT OR TO THE STRUCTURAL CEILING,
WHICHEVER IS LOWER, SHALL BE DEDICATED TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. NO PIPING, DUCTS, LEAK
PROTECTION APPARATUS, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE
LOCATED IN THIS ZONE.
7. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS
TO CONTROL PANELS AND TRANSFORMERS, 120V FOR CONTROL SYSTEM, SWITCHES, TIME CLOCK, VALVES,
STATS, RELAYS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATION, VAV BOXES, SMOKE FIRE DAMPERS, AND ETC. CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY FINAL CONTROL WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH DIVISION 22 & 23 PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND PROVIDE
ALL NECESSARY WIRING, DEVICES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND WIRING FROM ALL JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. AND MAKE FINAL
CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ANY
WORK.
9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL MOTOR AND APPLIANCE RATING AND LOADS IN ORDER TO PROVIDE
CORRECT SIZED MOTOR RELATED ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT
WITH REVISED DATA BEFORE INSTALLATION. ALL CHANGES SHALL BE SHOWN ON RECORD DRAWINGS.
10. ALL PANELS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GUTTER SPACE AND LUGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH U.L.
REQUIREMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS SHOWN.
11. WHERE WIRE SIZES ARE INDICATED ON PLANS, FOR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS, THE WIRE SIZE INDICATED SHALL
APPLY TO THE COMPLETE CIRCUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
12. LOCATION OF LOCAL WALL SWITCHES ARE SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS. AT OR NEAR DOORS, INSTALL SWITCHES
ON SIDE OPPOSITE TO DOOR HINGES. VERIFY FINAL HINGE LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, STROBES/HORNS,
STROBES, FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS, RECEPTACLES, ETC. WITH TACK BOARDS, CABINETS, FURNITURE,
EQUIPMENT ETC. TO AVOID CONFLICT.
14. WHERE ELECTRIC MOTORS OR EQUIPMENT ARE INSTALLED IN HUNG CEILING, PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN
HUNG CEILING WITHIN REACH FROM ACCESS POINT.
15. PROVIDE APPROVED EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAY CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS.
16. PROVIDE PULL WIRE IN EACH RACEWAY RUN OVER 10 FEET IN LENGTH, IN WHICH PERMANENT WIRING IS NOT
INSTALLED.
17. NOT MORE THAN THREE LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE OUTLET CIRCUITS ARE PERMITTED IN ONE CONDUIT, UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUIT FOR EACH HOME RUN INDICATED ON THE DRAWING.
18. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO OUTSIDE ENVIRONMENT SHALL BE
WEATHERPROOF TYPE, NEMA 3R.
19. LIGHTING, POWER, TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BACK TO BACK.
OUTLETS SHALL BE HORIZONTALLY SEPARATED MIN. OF 24" FOR RATED WALL AND MIN. OF 18" FOR NON-RATED
WALL.
20. PROVIDE PULL BOXES WHEREVER NECESSARY TO FACILITATE PULLING OF CONDUCTORS. COORDINATE
LOCATIONS OF BOXES WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT. PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. THE SIZE
OF PULLBOX SHALL COMPLY WITH CEC REQUIREMENTS.
21. OUTLET BOXES FOR FIXTURES RECESSED IN HUNG CEILING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH OPENING
OPERATED BY REMOVAL OF FIXTURES.
22. WHERE MORE THAN ONE LIGHT SWITCH OCCURS AT SAME LOCATION, SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A
MULTIPLE GANG BOX UNDER A SINGLE COVER PLATE. PLATES WITH MORE THAN (3) LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE
LABELED TO INDICATE THE LIGHT FIXTURES CONTROLLED. SWITCH(ES) CONTROLLING LIGHTS ON EMERGENCY
CIRCUIT SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE BOX UNDER THE SAME COVER PLATE AS THE OTHER SWITCHES.
23. PROVIDE GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH RACEWAY INCLUDING CONDUITS, PLUG STRIPS, ETC. SIZE OF
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE ARTICLE 250.122.
24. PROVIDE #10 CONDUCTORS FOR ALL 20 AMPS CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 100' AND #8 CONDUCTORS FOR CIRCUITS
LONGER THAN 225'. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST THE SIZE OF CONDUITS ACCORDINGLY.
25. FEEDER LENGTH SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION AND NOT TO BE USED FOR COST
ESTIMATING.
26. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING, THEY ARE BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT THE
TIME OF PREPARATION OF THESE DRAWINGS/DOCUMENTS. NO WARRANTY IS IMPLIED AS TO THE ACCURACY.
CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. SHOULD FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN,
THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID. THE ENGINEER WILL THEN
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCOMPLISH THE DESIRED RESULT.
27. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL CIRCUIT AND PANEL NAME ON ALL OUTLETS.
28. FUSES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE HOLDERS.
29. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES PER TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS. FOR EACH FULL
SWITCHED RECEPTACLE PROVIDE TWO LABELS, ONE ON EACH CORNER (TOP RIGHT AND BOTTOM RIGHT). FOR
EACH HALF SWITCHED RECEPTACLE PROVIDE ONE LABEL ON TOP RIGHT CORNER. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL
DIAGRAMS FOR VISUAL REPRESENTATION.
30. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY U.L. OR APPROVED THIRD PARTY TESTING FACILITY.
31. ALL SERVICE EQUIPMENT, SWITCHGEAR, DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, AND PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY RATED.
SERIES RATED IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT 4'-6" FLOOR
OR GRADE TO CENTER OF ABOVE BOX
E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
E0.02 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E0.04
E2.11 POWER PLAN
E7.01 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E3.11 LIGHTING PLAN
E6.11 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES
THIS PROJECT INCLUDES TI RENOVATION OF EXISTING BUILDING.
REUSE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND EXISTING PANELS.
REUSE EXISTING LIGHTING AND PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING.
PROVIDE NEW POWER.
PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROL TO COMPLY T24.
E1.21 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN
E1.31 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
ELECTRICAL TITLE24 CALCULATIONS
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
(D)EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED
REPLACED
RECEPTACLES (+18" AFF, U.N.O.)GENERAL
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
POWER UTILITY METER
GROUND
POWER TRANSFORMER
NEUTRAL BUS
GROUND BUS
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
TRANSFORMER
COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET
WITH 1"CONDUIT UP TO ACCESSIBLE
CEILING, U.O.N.
FLOOR MOUNTED COMBO
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET WITH 1"CONDUIT
UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, U.O.N.
CONCEALED CONDUIT IN WALL OR CEILING
CONCEALED CONDUIT BELOW FINISHED FLOOR/GRADE
CONDUIT OR RACEWAY TURNED UP
CONDUIT STUB OUT, CAP-OFF
CONDUIT OR RACEWAY TURNED DOWN
CONDUIT CONTINUATION
HOMERUN CONDUIT
LONG STROKES INDICATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR,
SHORT STROKES INDICATE PHASE OR SWITCHED
CONDUCTOR, LONG STROKES WITH DOT INDICATES
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3/4"CONDUIT MIN.
(3)1"C,3#8,1#8G 3 SETS OF ONE INCH CONDUIT WITH THREE
NUMBER EIGHT WIRE AND ONE NUMBER EIGHT
GROUND.
(U.O.N.), #12 AWG CONDUCTOR MIN. (U.O.N.)
WIRES AND RACEWAYS
SWITCHBOARD OR DISTRIBUTION BOARD
QUANTITY OF SECTIONS REQUIRED SHOWN
NOTE:
ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20AMP, 120V, U.O.N.
JUNCTION BOX WALL MOUNTED
+18"AFF, U.O.N.
JUNCTION BOX FLUSH IN FLOOR
TIME CLOCK
DISCONNECT SWITCH
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
TC
J
J
JUNCTION BOX CEILING MOUNTEDJ
N
G
M
T
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (MULTIPLE LETTERS
INDICATE MULTIPLE OPTIONS)
A ABOVE COUNTER, MOUNTED +44" AFF
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
C FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED.
E EMERGENCY.
F ARC FAULT PROTECTED BY BREAKER IN
PANEL.
G GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER.
GB GFCI PROTECTED BY BREAKER IN THE
PANEL.
L ISOLATED GROUND.
R1 HALF SWITCHED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR
RELAY.
R2 FULLY SWITCHED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR
RELAY.
T TAMPER RESISTANT SHUTTERED
RECEPTACLE.
U USB PORT (S).
W WEATHERPROOF CONTINUOUS USE
COVER, GFCI PROTECTED, WITH
WEATHER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLE.COMMUNICATIONS (+18" AFF, U.O.N.)
RECEPTACLES (+18" AFF, U.N.O.)
SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET (TYPE AS NOTED)
FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION RECEPTACLE
& TELE/DATA
SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET
QUAD RECEPTACLE
LIGHTING CONTROL
LIGHT SWITCH. LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING
CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF SWITCHES AS
REQUIRED TO CONTROL ZONE AS SHOWN.
WALL MOUNTED DIMMER SWITCH. LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S)
INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED. SWITCH TO HAVE
ON/OFF AND RAISE/LOWER PER ZONE. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF
SWITCHES AS REQUIRED TO CONTROL ZONES AS SHOWN.
KEY OPERATED SWITCH.
CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR.
LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL
ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (0-10V) DIMMER SWITCH.
LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL
ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR. LOWERCASE
LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S)
CONTROLLED.
WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH.LOWERCASE LETTER
SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
OSD
OS
VS
SS
DL CEILING MOUNTED DIGITAL PHOTOCELL / DAYLIGHT SENSOR.
TC ASTRONOMICAL TIME CLOCK.
S
RC
WALL MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE OVERRIDE SWITCH. SUFIX "ZX-01"
DENOTES: X= ZONE NUMBER AND OVERRIDE SWITCH # 01
ROOM CONTROLLER MOUNTED ABOVE THE DOOR IN A ACCESIBLE
CEILING SPACE. U.N.O. ROOM CONTROLLER PROVIDED WITH DIM
RELAYS.
ALCR AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY.
POWER POINTPP
E2.10 POWER PLAN - LEVEL 01
E5.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS & FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E3.12 EM PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION - LIGHTING PLAN
T WALL MOUNTED T-STAT LOCATION
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART1 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART2 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART3 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART4 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART5 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART6 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART7 (NO LONGER PUBLISHED IN TITLE 24. SEE TITLE 8, CCR)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART8 2022 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART9 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC)
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART10 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART11 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART12 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE
TITLE 19 C.C.R., PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS.
NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE
NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVE
NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE
CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES WHETHER INDICATED HERE IN
OR NOT.
E0.03 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
SECTION [260000] - ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Electrical systems required for this work includes labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of
electrical work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility and not specifically described in
other Sections of these Specifications. Among the items required are:
1.Service and distribution equipment shown on Drawings.
2.Feeders to switchboards, distribution panels, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment, Owner-provided
equipment, and other equipment as detailed.
3.Branch circuit wiring from the distribution panels for lighting, receptacles, motors, signal systems and other detailed circuit
wiring.
4.Luminaires, control switches, receptacles, relays, supports and other accessory items.
5.Wiring and power connections for motors installed for heating, cooling and ventilation.
6.Fire alarm system
7.Low voltage system
B.Fees:
1.Obtain and pay for electrical permits, plan review, and inspections from local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A.Following is a list of abbreviations generally used in this Division:
1.ADA Americans With Disabilities Act.
2.AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction.
3.CBC California Building Code.
4.CEC California Electrical Code.
5.CFC California Fire Code.
6.HVAC Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
7.IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
8.IES Illuminating Engineering Society
9.NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
10.NFPA National Fire Protection Association.
11.OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
12.UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
B.Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
C.Furnish: Supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.
D.Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying, finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar
operations at the project site as required to complete items of work furnished by others.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Operation and Maintenance Documentation: Provide copies of certificates of code authority acceptance, test data, product data,
guarantees, warranties, and the like.
B.Submittals/Shop Drawings: Provide product submittals and shop drawings which include physical characteristics, electrical
characteristics, device layout plans, wiring diagrams, and the like. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in either paper
format or electronic format. Electronic format must be submitted via email or ftp site. For paper hardcopy, provide one complete
binder with tabbed dividers containing a separate submittal for each specifications section. For electronic format, provide one zip file
per specification division containing a separate file for each specifications section. Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per
Specification Section method will be returned without review or comment. Copy Architect on all submissions.
1.Identify each submittal and shop drawing in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between the submitted item and the
specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be considered cause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or
not discovered during the submittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment and materials that
meet the specifications and drawings.
2.Provide the following information for lighting submittals: Include electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting, material, required
clearances, terminations, wiring and connection diagrams, photometric data, diffusers, louvers, ballast type and quantities,
lamp type and quantities.
3.Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additional reviews and/or early review of long-lead items;
Bear costs of these additional reviews at Engineer's hourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to
contractor without review.
C.Record Drawings: Show changes and deviations from the Drawings. Include written Addendum and change order items. Make
changes to drawings in electronic format. Obtain electronic copy from Architect, use the same version of AutoCAD to prepare
record drawings as was used by the Engineer. Provide electronic copy and hard copy to Engineer for review.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Conform to the latest adopted version of the California Electric Code (CEC), with local amendments.
B.Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or other testing firm acceptable to AHJ.
C.Use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors' time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive
infrared sensitivity to satisfaction of the Owner.
D.Electrical Systems and Equipment Hanger and Support Requirements:
1.Manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of bolted metal framing support systems, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years.
2.Support systems to be supplied by a single manufacturer.
3.Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze,
equipment hangers/supports, and seismic restraint by a qualified Structural Professional Engineer.
a.Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where
Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in
material, design, and extent.
E.Regulatory Requirements:
1.Provide luminaires acceptable to code authority for application and location as indicated.
2.Comply with applicable ANSI standards.
3.Comply with applicable NEMA standards.
4.Provide luminaires and lampholders that comply with UL standards and have been listed and labeled for location and use
indicated by a testing agency acceptable by the AHJ (e.g. UL, ETL, and the like).
5.Comply with CEC as applicable to installation and construction of luminaires.
6.Comply with fallout and retention requirements of CBC for diffusers, baffles, and louvers.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A.For the proper execution of the work, cooperate with other crafts and contracts as needed.
B.To avoid installation conflicts, thoroughly examine the complete set of Contract Documents. Resolve conflicts prior to installation.
C.Prior to installation of feeders to equipment requiring electrical connections, examine the manufacturer's shop drawings, wiring
diagrams, product data, and installation instructions. Verify that the electrical characteristics detailed in the Contract Documents are
consistent with the electrical characteristics of the actual equipment being installed.
1.6 WARRANTY
A.Guarantee electrical work against faulty material or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final completion by the
Owner.
B.Ballast Manufacturer's Warranty: Not less than 5 years for electronic type ballasts, based on date of substantial completion.
Include normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast.
C.LED warranty: LED systems and complete luminaires must have manufacturer's warranty of 3 years from date of substantial
completion, including drivers.
1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Systems and Equipment Hanger and Support Requirements:
1.General: Provide conduit and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:
a.When supports, anchorages, and seismic restraints for equipment and supports, anchorages and seismic restraints for
conduit, cable tray and equipment are not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor is responsible for their design.
b.Connections to structural framing shall not introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral bending in the framing members. Provide
supplementary steel as required.
2.Engineered Support Systems: The following support systems to be designed, detailed, and bear the seal of a professional
engineer registered in the State of California.
a.Support frames such as conduit racks or stanchions for conduit and equipment which provide support from below.
b.Equipment and piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.
3.Provide channel support systems, for conduits to support multiple conduits capable of supporting combined weight of support
systems and system contents.
4.Provide heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple conduit capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and system contents.
5.Provide seismic restraint hangers and supports for conduit and equipment.
6.Obtain approval from AHJ for seismic restraint hanger and support system to be installed for piping and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used for construction are to be new, latest
products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog data and are to be UL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by
state, county, and city authorities. Equipment/fixture supplier is responsible for obtaining State, County, and City acceptance on
equipment/fixture not UL approved or not listed for installation.
B.Include special features, finishes, accessories, and other requirements as described in the Contract Documents regardless of the
item's listed catalog number.
C.Provide incidentals not specifically mentioned herein or noted on Drawings, but needed to complete the system or systems, in a
safe and satisfactory working condition.
D.Firestopping Foam Sealant: Foam sealant for use around conduit penetrations to prevent passage of smoke, fire, toxic gas or
water. Maintain seal before, during and after fire. In and around conduit for thermal break at penetration of barrier between heated
and unheated spaces. Hilti, 3M, Chase Technology Corporation CTC PR-855, Fire Foam, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
2.2 RACEWAYS
A.Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Hot-dip galvanized after thread cutting, in conformance with UL 6, ANSI C80.1. Fittings: NEMA FB2.10.
Manufacturers: Allied Tube & Conduit, Beck Manufacturing Inc, Picoma, Wheatland Tube Company, or approved equivalent.
B.Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Steel galvanized tubing, in conformance with UL 797, ANSI C80.3. Fittings: NEMA FB1, steel,
compression type. Manufacturers: Allied Tube & Conduit, Beck Manufacturing WL, Picoma, Wheatland Tube Company, or
approved equivalent.
C.Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Interlocked steel construction, in conformance with UL 1. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20. Manufacturers:
AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, or approved equivalent.
D.Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Inner core made from spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, hot dipped galvanized low
carbon steel, in conformance with UL 360. 3/4-inch through 1-1/4 inch trades sizes have a square lock core and contain an integral
bonding strip of copper. 1-1/2 inch and larger have fully interlocked core. Jacket material is moisture, oil, and sunlight resistant
flexible PVC. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20. Manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, or
approved equivalent.
E.Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Schedule 40 PVC. Manufactured in conformance with UL 651, NEMA TC 2. Fittings: NEMA TC
3. Manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, JM Eagle, or approved equivalent.
F.Conduit Fittings:
1.Bushings:
a.Insulated type for threaded raceway connectors without factory-installed plastic throat conductor protection. Insulated
grounding type for threaded raceway connectors. Manufacturers: Thomas & Betts 1222 Series, O-Z Gedney B Series, or
approved equivalent.
2.Raceway Connectors and Couplings:
a.Steel connectors, couplings, and conduit bodies, hot-dip galvanized.
b.Connector locknuts to be steel, with threads meeting ASTM tolerances. Locknuts to be hot-dip galvanized.
c.Connector throats (EMT, flexible conduit, metal clad cable and cordset connectors) to have factory installed plastic inserts
permanently installed. For normal cable or conductor exiting angles from raceway, the cable jacket or conductor insulation
to bear only on plastic throat insert.
d.Steel gland, Tomic or Breagle connectors and couplings are recognized for this Contract as having acceptable raceway to
fitting electrical conductance.
e.Set screw connectors and couplings, without integral compression glands, are recognized for this Contract as not having
acceptable raceway to fitting electrical conductance. A ground conductor sized per this Specification must be included and
bonded within raceway assembly utilizing this type connector or coupling.
3.Provide expansion/deflection fittings for EMT [PVC]. Manufacturers: O-Z Gedney, Crouse & Hinds, Carlon, Kraloy, or approved
equivalent.
2.3 WIRES AND CABLES
A.Copper, Soft-drawn with conductivity of not less than 98 percent IACS at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F). 600 volt rated throughout.
Conductors 12 AWG and 10 AWG, solid. Conductors 8 AWG and larger, stranded. 12 AWG minimum conductor size. Minimum
insulation rating of 90 degrees C. Insulation Type: THHN/THWN-2 above grade and XHHW-2 below grade. Manufacturers: General
Cable, Okonite, Southwire, Encore Wire or approved equivalent.
B.Phase color to be consistent at feeder terminations; A-B-C, top to bottom, left to right, front to back.
C.MC Cable: High strength galvanized steel flexible armor. Full length minimum size No. 12 copper ground wire, copper dual rated
THHN/THWN-2, full length tape marker phase/circuit identification on cable armor. Short circuit throat insulators, mechanical
compression termination. Manufacturers: Alflex, AFC, General Cable, Southwire, Encore Wire, or approved equivalent.
D.Ampacity: Cross-sectional area of pad for multiple conductor terminations to match ampere rating of panelboard bus or equipment
line terminals.
E.Copper Pads: Drilled and tapped for multiple conductor terminals.
F.Lugs: Compression type for use with stranded branch circuit or control conductors; mechanical type for use with solid branch and
feeder circuit conductors. Manufacturers: Anderson, Ilsco, Panduit, Thomas & Betts, 3M, or approved equivalent.
2.4 CONNECTORS
A.Split bolt connectors not allowed.
B.Conductor Branch Circuits: Wire nuts with integral spring connectors for conductors 12 through 8 AWG. Push-in type connectors
where conductors are not required to be twisted together are not acceptable. Manufacturers: 3M, Ideal, or approved equivalent.
2.5 BOXES
A.Luminaire Outlet: 4-inch octagonal box, 1-1/2 inches deep with 3/8-inch luminaire stud if required. Provide raised covers on
bracket outlets and on ceiling outlets. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
B.Device Outlet: Installation of one or two devices at common location, minimum 4-inch square, minimum 2 inches deep. Single- or
two-gang flush device raised covers. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
C.Multiple Devices: Three or more devices at common location. Install one-piece gang boxes with one-piece device cover, one
device per gang.
D.Masonry Boxes: Outlets in concrete. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
E.Construction: For interior locations, provide galvanized steel outlet wiring boxes, of the type, shape and size, including depth of box,
to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes
with screws for securing box covers or wiring devices. Provide outlet box accessories for each installation, including mounting
brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, luminaire studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes,
compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. Exposed boxes shall be cast
steel, type FD.
F.Junction and Pull Boxes: ANSI 49 gray enamel painted sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of the type shape
and size, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with steel nuts, bolts, screws and
washers. Install junction boxes above accessible ceilings for drops into walls for receptacle outlets from overhead. Install junction
boxes and pull boxes to facilitate the installation of conductors and limiting the accumulated angular sum of bends between boxes,
cabinets and appliances to 270 degrees. Manufacturer: B-Line, Hoffman, or approved equivalent.
G.Box extension adapter: Install over flush wall outlet boxes to permit flexible raceway extension from flush outlet to fixed or movable
equipment. Manufacturer: Bell 940 Series, Red Dot IHE4 Series, or approved equivalent.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A.Finish: Match building standard.
B.Wall Switches: Toggle type, quiet acting, 20 amp, 120/277 volt, UL listed for motor loads up to 80 percent of rated amperage, extra
heavy duty. Where switches are ganged together, provide a single multi-gang coverplate. Leviton 1221, Pass & Seymour
PS20AC1, Hubbell HBL1221, or approved equivalent. Decorative AC Rocker Switches Characteristics: Quiet acting, 20 amp,
120/277 volt, UL listed for motor loads up to 80 percent of rated amperage. Where switches are ganged together, provide a single
multi-gang coverplate. Cooper, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, or approved equivalent.
C.Dimmer switches: Lutron NT Series compatible with type or load controlled (i.e., electronic ballast or low voltage luminaire). Finish
to match wall switches. Size dimmers to accept connected load. Do not cut fins. Where dimmers are ganged together, provide a
single multi-gang coverplate.
D.Receptacles: Straight parallel blade, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding.
1.Commercial Grade: Riveted. Back and side wired. Brass ground contact on steel mounting strap. Nylon face and nylon base.
[20 amp. Cooper 5362, Hubbell 5362, Bryant 5362, Leviton 5362S, Pass & Seymour 5362] [15 amp. Cooper 5352, Hubbell
5352, Bryant 5352, Leviton 5352, Pass & Seymour 5352.]
E.Commercial Grade Controlled Receptacle: Half-controlled, back and side wired. Brass ground contact on steel mounting strap.
Nylon face and nylon base. 20 amp, 125VAC. Pass & Seymour 5362CH or approved equivalent.
F.Ground Fault Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacle: Meets or exceeds UL943 (Class A GFCI), UL498. Feed through type, back-and-side
wired, tamper-resistant, weather resistant self-testing, 20 amp, 125VAC. Hubbell GFR5362SB, Cooper WRVGF20, Pass &
Seymour 2095TRWR, or approved equivalent.
G.While-In-Use Weatherproof Covers: NEMA 3R when closed over energized plug. Vertical mount for duplex receptacle. Provide
continuous use cover with cover capable of closing over energized cord cap with bottom aperture for cord exit.
2.7 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A.Passive Infrared Sensors (Ceiling mounted):
1.Sensor Function: Detects human presence in floor area being controlled by detecting changes in Infrared energy. Sensor
detects small movements, i.e., when people are writing while seated at a desk.
2.Provide temperature compensated dual element pyro-electric sensor and with multi-element Fresnel lens.
3.Sensor utilizes DIP switches for adjustment to time delay and override. Field adjustable settings for sensitivity.
4.Provide daylight filter to ensure that sensor is insensitive to short-wavelength infrared waves, i.e., those emitted by the sun.
5.Sensor utilizes advanced digital signal processing technology to reduce false offs without reducing sensitivity.
6.360 degree sensor range; coverage: 1200 square feet, unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
7.Low Voltage Sensor: 24VDC power. Sensor operates remote power switch packs. Multiple sensors can be wired in parallel
allow coverage of large areas.
8.WattStopper CI-300 series or approved equivalent.
B.COMBINED OCCUPANCY SENSOR/WALL SWITCHES ("SENSOR/SWITCHES")
1.Completely self-contained sensor system that fits into a standard single gang box. Internal transformer power supply, latching
dry contact relay switching mechanism compatible with electronic ballasts, compact fluorescent, and inductive loads. Triac and
other harmonic generating devices are not allowed.
2.Passive infrared sensor technology includes advanced signal processing to reduce false triggers without increasing sensitivity.
LED indicator blinks when occupant sensed.
3.Rated to switch loads: 800 watts incandescent or 120-volt ballast; 1000 watts 277 volt ballast. Zero-crossing technology
switches lighting off when AC voltage is at zero, minimizes contact wear.
4.Provide adjustable daylight feature that holds lighting "off" when a desired footcandle level is present.
5.Provide integral off override switch with no leakage current to the load or ground.
6.Vandal-resistant lens.
7.Include neutral wire to meet NEC 2014.
8.Finish: Match building standard.
9.Alerts for impending shut-off: light flash, audible, both or none.
10.Standard Sensor/Switch:
a.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
b.Manufacturers: WattStopper PW-100 Series or approved equivalent.
11.Dual Relay Sensor/Switch:
a.Dual auto-off buttons on face of switch allow end-user to turn off two switch legs in room space. Built-in light adjustable
level sensor only turns off second of two relays when desired footcandle level is present. Otherwise similar to
specifications above for single-zone sensor/switch.
b.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
c.Finish: Match building standard.
d.Manufacturers: WattStopper PW-200 Series or approved equivalent.
12.Sensor/Slide Dimmer:
a.Line voltage slider dimmer allows for manual adjustment of lighting levels from 100 percent to 10 percent; compatible with
two-wire line voltage 100 percent to 10 percent electronic dimming ballasts. Separate manual button for override 'off'
control.
b.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
c.Match building standard.
d.Manufacturers: WattStopper WD Series or approved equivalent.
2.8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
A.Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners:
1.Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of
equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. Manufacturers: Anchor It, Epcon System, Hilti-Hit System, Power
Fast System, or approved equivalent.
2.Concrete Inserts: Cast in concrete for support fasteners for loads up to 800 lbs.
3.Anchors and Fasteners:
a.Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
b.Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts.
c.Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps.
d.Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors.
e.Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts.
f.Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors.
g.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
h.Wood Elements: Use wood screws
4.Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as required for assembly and installation of fabricated items; surface-applied fasteners
are specified elsewhere.
5.Bolts: Low carbon steel externally and internally threaded fasteners conforming with requirements of ASTM A307; include
necessary nuts and plain hardened washers. For structural steel elements supporting mechanical material or equipment from
building structural members or connection thereto, use fasteners conforming to ASTM A325.
6.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipment required for fabrication.
B.Support Channel, Hangers, and Supports:
1.Hangers and Supports - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and
conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. Manufacturers: B-Line, Kindorf, Superstrut, Unistrut, or approved equivalent.
a.Channel Material: Carbon steel. Stainless steel.
b.Coating: Hot dip galvanized Electrogalvanized zinc.
2.Pipe Straps: Two-hole galvanized or malleable iron.
3.Luminaire Chain: 90 lb. test with steel hooks.
4.Miscellaneous Metal: Provide miscellaneous metal items specified hereunder, including materials, fabrication, fastenings and
accessories required for finished installation, where indicated on Drawings or otherwise not shown on drawings that are
necessary for completion of the project. The Contractor is responsible for their design.
a.Fabricate miscellaneous units to size shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of required dimensions to receive
adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and
plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive
hardware and similar items.
5.Structural Shapes: Where miscellaneous metal items are needed to be fabricated from structural steel shapes and plates,
provide members constructed of steel conforming with requirements of ASTM A36 or approved equivalent.
6.Steel Pipe: Provide seamless steel pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM A53, Type S, Grade A, or Grade B. Weight and
size required as specified.
7.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipment required for fabrication.
2.9 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A.Nameplates: Engraving stock melamine or lamicoid plastic laminate, Federal Specification L-P-387, in the size and thicknesses
indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style, minimum 1/2-inch high letters, black with white core (letter color), punched
for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Provide 1/8-inch thick material. Use
self tapping stainless steel screws. Manufacturer: B&I Nameplates, Intellicum, JBR Associates, or approved equivalent.
B.Labels: Adhesive tape with 18 point black letters on clear background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and
receptacles, control stations, and telecommunication outlets. Indicate device name, source panel, and source circuits. Do not
provide dymo tape style labels. Manufacturer: Kroy, Brady, or approved equivalent.
C.Conductor Numbers: Vinyl-cloth self-adhesive type wire markers. Each conductor at pullboxes, panelboards, outlet boxes, junction
boxes, and each load connection. Branch circuit or feeder numbers as indicated on drawings and source panel. Manufacturer:
Brady, Panduit, Sumitomo, or approved equivalent.
D.Branch Circuit Schedules: Provide branch circuit identification schedules, typewritten, clearly filled out, to identify load connected to
each circuit and location of load. Numbers to correspond to numbers assigned to each circuit breaker pole position.
2.10 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.Fuses: Dual element, time delay, current limiting, nonrenewable type, rejection feature. UL Class RK1, RK5, J 1/10 to 600 amp, UL
Class L, above 600 amps. Provide fuse pullers for complete range of fuses. Manufacturers: Bussmann, Gould-Shawmut,
Littelfuse, or approved equivalent.
B.Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1.One, two or three-pole bolt on, single handle common trip, as indicated on Drawings.
2.Overcenter toggle-type mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action. Trip indication is by handle position.
3.Calibrate for operation in 40C ambient temperature.
4.15 to 150 Amp Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole.
5.151 to 400 Amp Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements. Provide push-to-trip button on cover on breaker for mechanical
tripping.
6.Greater than 400 Amp: Electronic trip type with adjustments for long-time, instantaneous, and short-time functions. Provide
ground fault function for breakers greater than 400 amps.
7.Provide handle mechanisms that are lockable in the open (off) position.
8.Manufacturers: Eaton Electrical, General Electric/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
2.11 CONTROL DEVICES
A.Lighting Contactors:
1.Continuously rated 20 amp per pole for all types of ballast and tungsten lighting and resistance loads, do not derate for use on
high-inrush loads.
2.Contacts: Double break, silver-cadmium-oxide. Auxiliary arcing contacts not acceptable. Convertible Contacts, N.O. or N.C.
Contact status, N.O. or N.C., clearly visible.
3.Approved per UL 508. Design in accordance with NEMA ICS2-211B, rated for application to 600 volt.
4.Electrically Held Contactor Coil: Continuously rated and encapsulated.
5.Mechanically Held Contactor: Encapsulated latch and unlatch coils, coil clearing contacts.
6.Manufacturer: ASCO, Eaton Electrical, GE/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
B.Power Contactors:
1.Continuously rated 30 to 800 amp per pole for types of ballast and tungsten lighting, resistance and motor loads.
2.Contacts: Totally enclosed contacts. Double break, silver-cadmium-oxide. Auxiliary arcing contacts not acceptable. Provide
for contact inspection or replacement without disturbing line or load wiring.
3.Straight through wiring, terminals clearly marked.
4.Approved per UL 508. Design in accordance with NEMA ICS2-211B, rated for application to 600 volt.
5.Field Addition Accessories: Auxiliary contacts, 6 amp, 600 volt, N.O. or N.C. Maximum of four. Control circuit fuse holder, one
or two fuses. Transient-suppression module for control circuit of 120 volt.
6.Electrically Held Contactor Coil: Continuously rated and encapsulated.
7.Mechanically Held Contactor: Encapsulated latch and unlatch coils, coil clearing contacts.
8.Enclosures: Provide NEMA enclosure suitable for location and use, flush or surface mount as indicated on Drawings.
9.Manufacturer: ASCO, Eaton Electrical, GE/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
C.Electronic Time Switches: Double pole, single throw; one N.O. contact, one N.C. contact. 24-hour digital. Battery power source to
provide minimum of 3 years of memory back-up. Eight event setpoints. Provide enclosure with separate hinged door, recessed or
surface as indicated on Drawings. Manufacturer: Intermatic, Paragon, Tork, Sangamo, or approved equivalent.
D.Photoelectric Switches: Hermetically sealed light sensitive element installed in die-cast weatherproof enclosure. Adjustable
external light level slide. Swivel adjustable enclosure. 120VAC, 1800VA, connected for pilot duty unless otherwise indicated.
Manufacturer: Paragon, Tork, Precision, or approved equivalent.
2.12 LUMINAIRES
A.Luminaires: Refer to description and manufacturers in Luminaire Schedule.
B.Where recessed luminaires are installed in cavities intended to be insulated, provide IC rated luminaires or other code approved
installation.
C.UL label luminaires installed under canopies, roof or open porches, and similar damp or wet locations, as suitable for damp or wet
locations.
D.Suspended luminaires: Provide minimum 24-inch adjustability in aircraft cable length where used.
E.Recessed Luminaires: Frame compatible with ceiling material installed at particular luminaire location. Provide proper factory trim
and frame for luminaire to fit location and ceiling material. Verify with Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan prior to submittals.
F.Finishes: Manufacturer's standard finish (unless otherwise indicated) over corrosion resistant primer. White or specular finish with
not less than 85 percent reflectance for interior luminaires.
G.Light Transmitting Components: Plastic diffusers, molded or extruded of 100 percent virgin acrylic. Prismatic acrylic, extruded, flat
diffusers, 0.125-inch overall thickness, unless otherwise noted.
1.Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA):
a.With fully wired, integral dry-film type capacitor and potted ignitor (where applicable).
b.Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.6.
c.Metal Halide (MH) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with less than plus or
minus 5 percent variation in output voltage.
d.High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with output
voltage within trapezoidal limits of lamp operating voltage over lamp life.
e.Manufacturers: Philips, Universal Lighting Technologies, Venture or approved equivalent.
2.High pressure sodium: high leakage reactance high power factor (HX-HPF) equal to Philips 72C Series acceptable for 100
watt or less.
3.Electronic:
a.Integral end of lamp life detection and shutdown circuit with automatic reset.
b.High frequency operation: not less than 170Hz.
c.Ballast shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with less than plus or minus 0.5 percent variation in
output voltage.
d.Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.3.
e.Manufacturers: Osram/Sylvania, Philips, Universal Lighting Technologies, or approved equivalent.
2.13 LAMPS
A.Provide lamps for luminaires. Provide lamp cataloged for specified luminaire type.
B.Manufacturers: Osram/Sylvania, General Electric, Philips, Venture, Ushio (MR only), or approved equivalent unless specific
manufacturer is indicated in the luminaire schedule.
C.Incandescent: Not allowed unless noted in luminaire schedule.
D.High Intensity Discharge (HID):
1.Rate lamps used in open luminaires for such use.
2.Provide coated or clear lamps as recommended by luminaire manufacturer for maximum luminaire efficiency and distribution.
3.Lamps installed in common interior areas shall be of the same manufacturer's production run.
4.Provide self extinguishing lamps or lamps with protective shroud in open luminaires
5.Ceramic arc tube metal halide: Color temperature: 4000K. CRI equal to or exceeding 80. Wattage, configuration, and base
style and type as indicated in luminaire schedule. Provide lamp base and orientation compatible to luminaire.
6.Quartz arc tube metal halide: CRI exceeding 64, Color temperature: 4000K. Wattage, configuration, and base style and type as
indicated in luminaire schedule. Maximum plus or minus 600 Kelvin color shift over rated lamp life. Provide pulse-start type.
Provide lamp base and orientation compatible to luminaire.
7.High Pressure Sodium: Ceramic arc tube type, mogul or medium screw base, universal burn rated, wattage and configuration
as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
E.LED (Light Emitting Diode):
1.LED manufacturer will include, but not be limited to, light source, luminaire, power supply and control interface with added
components as needed for complete and functioning system.
2.Comply with ANSI chromaticity standard for classifications of color temperature. See luminaire schedule for specified LED
lamp color and color temperature. UL or ETL listed and labeled.
3.Luminaire testing per IESNA LM-79 and LM-80 procedures.
4.Lamp life for white LEDs: 50,000 plus hours with lamp failure occurring when LED produces 70 percent of initial rated lumens.
5.Provide shop drawings, with LED systems based on lumen output at 70 percent lumen depreciation for white LEDs and 50
percent lumen depreciation for color LEDs. Initial lumens for all colors of LEDs must be listed individually.
6.LED Drivers: reverse polarity protection, open circuit protection, require no minimum load. Minimum 80% efficiency. Class A
noise rating.
7.Dimming: LED system capable of full and continuous dimming.
8.LED light source manufacturers: Nichia, Cree, Osram/Sylvania, GE Lumination or approved equivalent.
2.14 EMERGENCY LED LAMP POWER SUPPLY
A.Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, factory mounted within luminaire body and compatible with driver. Comply with
UL 924.
1.Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously at a minimum output of 1400 lumens each. Connect
unswitched circuit to battery unit and switched circuit to luminaire driver.
2.Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire or entering ceiling space.
a.Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability.
b.Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end
of discharge cycle.
3.Battery: Seal, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90 minutes.
4.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer relay.
B.External Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, suitable for powering one or more LED modules, remote mounted from
luminaire. Comply with UL 924.
1.Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously. Connect unswitched circuit to battery unit and switched circuit
to luminaire driver.
2.Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire.
a.Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability.
b.Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end
of discharge cycle.
3.Battery: Seal, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90 minutes.
4.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.
5.Housing: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.
C.Provide access hatches for emergency battery power supplies, adjacent to recessed 6-inch or less diameter downlights installed in
inaccessible ceilings.
D.Manufacturers: Bodine, Iota, Lithonia.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.Drawings are diagrammatic with symbols representing electrical equipment, outlets, luminaires, and wiring. Examine the entire set
of Drawings to avoid conflicts with other systems. Determine exact route and installation of electrical wiring and equipment with
conditions of construction.
B.Clarification:
1.The Drawings govern in matters of quantity, the Specification in matters of quality. In event of conflict on Drawings or in the
Specifications, the greater quantity and the higher quality apply.
2.Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the governing codes and regulations, refrain from installing
that portion of the work until clarified by Architect.
3.2 DEMOLITION
A.Coordinate with Owner so that work can be scheduled not to interrupt operations, normal activities, building access, access to
different areas. The Owner will cooperate to the best of their ability to assist in a coordinated schedule but will remain the final
authority as to time of work permitted.
B.Coordinate the exact location of existing utilities and equipment prior to commencement of work. Compensate the Owner for
damages caused by the failure to locate and preserve utilities. Replace damaged items with new material to match existing. Verify
that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
A.Execution:
1.Remove existing luminaires, switches, receptacles, and other electrical equipment and devices and associated wiring from
walls, ceilings, floors, and other surfaces scheduled for remodeling, relocation, or demolition unless shown as retained or
relocated on Drawings.
2.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain electrical continuity of existing systems during construction. Remove or
relocate electrical boxes, conduit, wiring, equipment, luminaires, as encountered in removed or remodeled areas in the existing
construction affected by this work.
3.Remove and restore wiring which serves usable existing outlets clear of the construction or demolition
4.If existing junction boxes will be made inaccessible, or if abandoned outlets serve as feed through boxes for other existing
electrical equipment which is being retained, provide new conduit and wire to bypass the abandoned outlets.
5.If existing conduits pass through partitions or ceiling which are being removed or remodeled, provide new conduit and wire to
reroute clear of the construction or demolition and maintain service to the existing load.
6.Concealed conduit located in concrete walls or hardboard ceiling spaces may be abandoned in place. Remove conductors and
tag abandoned conduits with corresponding system and termination point. Cut and cap abandoned conduit. Do not extend
stubs above finished floor.
7.Extend circuiting and devices in existing walls to be furred out.
8.Provide temporary support for electrical systems that remain in place.
9.Existing electrical outlets and luminaires are indicated on electrical demolition plans. Verify exact location and number of
existing electrical outlets and luminaires in the field. Only partial existing electrical shown. Locations of items shown on
Drawings as existing are partially based on Record and other Drawings which may contain errors. Verify the accuracy of the
information shown prior to bidding and provide such labor and material as is necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract
Documents.
10.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
11.Provide blank cover plate for abandoned flush outlets.
12.Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as
appropriate.
13.Provide updated panel schedules and directories that identify existing circuits and number of spare circuits available upon
completion of demolition work.
3.3 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE
A.No interruption of services to any part of existing facilities will be permitted without express permission in each instance from the
Owner. Requests for outages shall state the specific dates and hours and the maximum durations, with the outages kept to these
specific dates and hours and the maximum durations. Obtain written permission from the Owner for any interruption of power,
lighting or signal circuits and systems.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A.Install electrical equipment complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Obtain installation instructions from
manufacturer prior to rough-in of the electrical equipment, examine the instructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation
instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer prior to proceeding with installation. This includes
proper installation methods, sequencing, and coordination with other trades and disciplines.
B.Delivery, storage and handling: Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period. Store in a clean,
dry environment. Maintain factory packaging, and if required, provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect
enclosure(s) from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
C.Install equipment requiring access (i.e. Junction boxes, luminaires, power supplies, motors, etc.) so that they may be serviced,
reset, replaced or recalibrated by service people with normal service tools and equipment. Do not install electrical equipment in
obvious passages, doorways, scuttles or crawl spaces which would impede or block the intended usage.
D.Noise Control:
1.Do not install outlet boxes back to back. Do not use straight through boxes.
2.Do not place contactors, transformers, starters and similar noise producing devices on walls which are common to occupied
spaces unless specifically called for on Drawings. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied
spaces, mount or isolate in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied
space.
E.Firestopping: Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and floors. When these assemblies
are penetrated, seal around conduit and equipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material complete as
directed the manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTM E814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of
Through-Penetration Fire Stops.
F.Equipment Wiring:
1.Connect equipment, whether furnished by Owner or other Divisions of the Contract, electrically complete. Do not install
electrical equipment or wiring on mechanical equipment without approval of Architect.
2.Provide moisture tight equipment wiring and switches in ducts or plenums used for environmental air.
3.Connect motor and appliance/utilization equipment complete from panel to motor/equipment as required by Code.
4.Install motor starters and controllers for equipment furnished by others.
5.Appliance/Utilization Equipment: Provide appropriate cable and cord cap for final connection unless equipment is provided
with same. Verify special purpose outlet NEMA configuration and ampere rating with equipment supplier prior to ordering
devices and coverplates.
G.Conduit:
1.Conduit Joints: Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, luminaires and equipment with fittings to maintain
continuity.
2.Conceal conduits. Exposed conduits are permitted only in the following areas:
a.Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms or spaces where walls, ceilings and floors will not be covered with finished materials.
b.Existing walls that are concrete or block construction and where specifically noted on the Drawings.
3.Do not install conduits on surface of building exterior, across roof, on top of parapet walls, or across floors. Where exposed
conduits are permitted, install parallel and perpendicular to walls, tight to finished surfaces and neatly offset into boxes.
4.Keep conduits a minimum of 12-inches away from steam or hot water radiant heating lines (at or above 104 degrees F) or
3-inches away from waste or water lines.
5.Maximum Bends: Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between electrical boxes. Install no more than
equivalent of two 90 degree bends between telecommunication boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction,
as around beams.
6.Flexible Conduit: Install 12 inch minimum slack loop on flexible metallic conduit and liquidtight flexible metallic conduit.
7.Conduit Size: Minimum trade size 3/4 inch.
8.Conduit Use Locations:
a.Underground, In Slab on Grade, or In Slab Above Grade: PVC.
b.Outdoor Locations Above Grade: RMC or IMC.
c.Wet Locations: RMC or IMC.
d.Damp Locations: RMC, IMC, or EMT up to 2 inches in diameter.
e.Dry, Protected: EMT.
f.Cast-In-Place Concrete and Masonry: RMC, IMC, and PVC. Horizontal runs of conduit in poured-in-place concrete slabs,
maximum diameter of conduit is 1 inch.
g.Sharp Bends and Elbows: RMC, EMT use factory elbows.
h.Install two pull strings/tapes in empty raceways. Secure pull strings/tapes at each end.
i.Elbow for Low Energy Signal Systems: Use long radius factory ells where linking sections of raceway for installation of
signal cable.
j.For motors, recessed luminaires and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration, use flexible metallic
conduit.
k.For motors and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration and subjected to the following conditions; exterior
location, moist or humid atmosphere, water spray, oil or grease: use PVC coated liquid tight flexible metallic conduit.
9.Branch Circuits: Do not change the intent of the branch circuits or controls without approval. Homeruns for 20 amp branch
circuits may be combined to a maximum of six conductors in a homerun. Apply derating factors. Increase conductor size as
needed.
H.Conduit Fittings:
1.Use set screw type fittings only in dry locations. When set screw fittings are utilized, provide insulated continuous equipment
ground conductor in conduit, from over current protection device to outlet.
2.Use compression fittings in dry locations, damp and rain-exposed locations. Maximum size permitted in damp locations and
locations exposed to rain is 2 inches in diameter.
3.Use threaded type fittings in wet locations and damp or rain-exposed locations where conduit size is greater than 2 inches.
4.Provide corrosion-resistant punched-steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and plastic conduit bushings of the type and
size to suit each respective use and installation.
5.Expansion Joints:
a.Provide conduits crossing expansion joints where cast in concrete with expansion-deflection fittings, installed per
manufacturer's recommendations.
b.Secure conduits 3-inches and larger to building structure on opposite sides of a building expansion joint with an
expansion-deflection fitting across joint installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
c.Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of
expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible
conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflection fitting, as
indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.
d.Verify expansion/deflection requirements with Structural Engineer prior to installation.
6.Seismic Joints:
a.No conduits cast in concrete allowed to cross seismic joint.
b.Provide conduits with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of seismic joint, connected together with 15-inches
of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper.
Prior to installation, verify with Architect that 15-inches is adequate for designed movement, and if not, increase this length
as required.
c.Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of
expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible
conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflection fitting, as
indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.
I.Lugs and Pads:
1.Thoroughly clean surfaces to remove all dirt, oil, great or paint.
2.Use torque wrench to tighten per manufacturer's directions.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E0.02
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
O.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION:
1.conductor identification: apply markers on each conductor for power, control, signaling and communications circuits.
2.provide an engraved label on each major unit of electrical equipment indicating both equipment name and circuit serving equipment, including but not
limited to the following items: disconnect switches, relays, contactors, time switches, service disconnects, switchboards, branch circuit panelboards,
and transformers.
3.install engraved label on the inside of flush panels, visible when door is opened. install label on outside of surface panel. secure nameplates to inside
surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations.
4.on the back of receptacle and switch finish plates legibly write with indelible ink pen the circuit that each device is connected to.
5.on the front of receptacle and switch finish plates, provide label with the circuit that each device is connected to.
6.service and distribution: verify utility requirements prior to bidding and provide associated work required by local utility including but not limited to:
service underground primary including conduit, pull cord, excavation and backfill, underground pull vaults, pole risers, transformer pads, vaults, and
the like. secondary service lateral including conduit, and conductors. grounding of transformers. service metering equipment.
3.6 CLEANING
A.remove dirt and debris caused by the execution of the electrical work. leave the entire electrical system installed in clean, dust-free and proper working order.
B.thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removing temporary labels and traces of foreign substances. throughout work, remove construction debris and surplus
materials accumulated during work.
C.where finish of luminaires or enclosures is damaged, touch up finish with matching paint in accordance to manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
D.clean paint splatters, dirt, dust, fingerprints, and debris from luminaires.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E0.03
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E0.04
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
NOT IN SCOPE
TT
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
T
(E)PANEL 'LC'
(E)PANEL 'LCC'
(E)PANEL 'HD'
(E)PANEL 'HE'
(E)PANEL '3LC'
(E)75 KVA X'MER 'AA'(E)PANEL 'AA'
(E)PANEL 'LC1'
(E)PANEL 'AA1'
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
2 2
1
2
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E1.21
PO
W
E
R
D
E
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES
AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ELECTRICAL OR ARCHITECTURAL PLAN, DISCONNECT AND
REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION
BOXES, DISCONNECT SWITCH, DATA DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, CONDUIT,
WIRING IN THE ROOM BACK TO THE SOURCE PANEL.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER DEMOLITION PLAN
A.REFER TO SHEET E0.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION.
B.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND
BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT
OF THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
C.THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY AND ALL
MATERIALS, CONNECTIONS, EXTENSIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING AND OTHER
ELECTRICAL WORK, TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT, THAT MAY REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN SERVICE THROUGHOUT THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT.
COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT.
D.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES LABELED AS (E)
SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ANY NEW WORK
SHALL NOT AFFECT THE EXISTING OPERATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES.
E.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE
DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT
SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED.
EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND
SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE
NECESSARY.
F.EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS PASSING THRU THE AREA OF
DEMOLITION AND SERVING OCCUPIED ADJACENT AREAS AND/OR INTERFERING
WITH THE NEW WORK SHALL BE TRACED AND RELOCATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
ALL NECESSARY SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS WORK SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT.
G.WIRING, CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITING
WHERE NOTED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THEIR PANEL OF ORIGIN.
H.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS
SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
I.PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL
UNDERTAKE ELECTRICAL SURVEY TO TRACE ALL EXISTING BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS IN AREAS DEMOLITION INCLUDING ADJACENT AREAS TO
REMAIN AND CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS TO REMAIN. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC
WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE DEMISED AREA ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. THIS SHALL
INCLUDE CIRCUITS THAT PASS THRU AND/OR FEED THE ADJACENT SPACES TO
REMAIN.
J.THE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT FOR EXISTING TO REMAIN ACTIVE BRANCH CIRCUITS
SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM(S) FOR A MINIMUM OF
24” OUTSIDE THE ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. AFTER
CEILING DEMO IS COMPLETE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT
CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.
K.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:LIGHTING
FIXTURES, RECTANGLES, ELECTRICAL PANELS, CONTROL PANELS, DISCONNECT
SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES
THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE
TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.
L.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD
VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
M.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID.
HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
N
1
2
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
NOT IN SCOPE
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)
(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)(D)
(D)(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1
11
1
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 11111
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 11111
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1 1
111
1 1 1
111
1 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E1.31
LI
G
H
T
I
N
G
D
E
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
N
1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ELECTRICAL OR ARCHITECTURAL PLAN, DISCONNECT,
REMOVE, STORE AND PROTECT EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE FOR RE-USE. REFER TO NEW WORK
PLAN ON E3.11 FOR NEW LOCATION.
A.REFER TO SHEET E0.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION.
B.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND
BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT
OF THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
C.THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY AND ALL
MATERIALS, CONNECTIONS, EXTENSIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING AND OTHER
ELECTRICAL WORK, TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT, THAT MAY REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN SERVICE THROUGHOUT THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT.
COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT.
D.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES LABELED AS (E)
SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ANY NEW WORK
SHALL NOT AFFECT THE EXISTING OPERATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES.
E.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE
DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT
SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED.
EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND
SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE
NECESSARY.
F.EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS PASSING THRU THE AREA OF
DEMOLITION AND SERVING OCCUPIED ADJACENT AREAS AND/OR INTERFERING
WITH THE NEW WORK SHALL BE TRACED AND RELOCATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
ALL NECESSARY SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS WORK SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT.
G.WIRING, CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITING
WHERE NOTED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THEIR PANEL OF ORIGIN.
H.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS
SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
I.PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL
UNDERTAKE ELECTRICAL SURVEY TO TRACE ALL EXISTING BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS IN AREAS DEMOLITION INCLUDING ADJACENT AREAS TO
REMAIN AND CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS TO REMAIN. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC
WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE DEMISED AREA ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. THIS SHALL
INCLUDE CIRCUITS THAT PASS THRU AND/OR FEED THE ADJACENT SPACES TO
REMAIN.
J.THE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT FOR EXISTING TO REMAIN ACTIVE BRANCH CIRCUITS
SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM(S) FOR A MINIMUM OF
14” OUTSIDE THE ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. AFTER
CEILING DEMO IS COMPLETE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT
CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.
K.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:LIGHTING
FIXTURES, RECTANGLES, ELECTRICAL PANELS, CONTROL PANELS, DISCONNECT
SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES
THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE
TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.
L.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD
VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
M.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID.
HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
4.3
IT STORAGE
IT
OFFICE
131
OFFICE
132
OPEN AREA
135
OFFICE
136
FAMILY ROOM
137
OFFICE
138
OFFICE
139
CONFERENCE
ROOM
141
COPY
143
BREAKROOM
144
VESTIBULE
149
RESTROOM
147
RESTROOM
148
OFFICE
128
OFFICE
130
CONFERENCE
ROOM
129
OPEN AREA
134
OPEN AREA
125
OPEN AREA
126
OFFICE
124
CONFERENCE
ROOM
123
OFFICE
122
OFFICE
121
OFFICE
120
OFFICE
119
OFFICE
117
CONFERENCE
ROOM
118
WORK AREA
116
COPY
114
OPEN AREA
110
STORAGE
111
CONFERENCE
ROOM
109
CONFERENCE
ROOM
112
CONFERENCE
ROOM
113
OPEN AREA
104
CONFERENCE
ROOM
103
CONFERENCE
ROOM
108 OFFICE
105
OFFICE
106
OFFICE
107
COMPUTER
STATION
102
MEN'S
RESTROOM
151
WOMEN'S
RESTROOM
152
RECEPTION
101
STORAGE
145
STORAGE
146
COPY
127
OPEN AREA
142
STORAGE
153
STORAGE
154
STORAGE
155
CORRIDOR
150
STORAGE
115
LOBBY
OFFICE
133
OFFICE
140
T T(E)MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
'MS'
(E)PANEL 'HA'
(E)PANEL 'HB'
(E)112.5 KVA X'MER
(BOTTOM)
(E)112.5 KVA
X'MER 'LA'(E)75 KVA
X'MER(TOP)
(E)PANEL 'LA'
(E)PANEL 'LAA'
(E)PANEL 'LBB'
(E)PANEL 'LB'
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IT
NOT IN SCOPE
NOT IN SCOPE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E2.10
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
-
L
E
V
E
L
0
1
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER PLAN - LEVEL 01
N
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING
E000 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.RECEPTACLES GANGED TOGETHER SHALL BE MOUNTED UNDER SINGLE COVER PLATE.
C.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT. SCALING OF
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
D.REFER TO AV, IT, AND SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACK BOX AND CONDUIT
REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL TELE/DATA BOXES AND AN EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
TELE/DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT. ALL
TELEPHONE/DATA CONDUIT STUB-UPS, WHERE GYPBOARD CEILINGS OCCUR, SHALL
RUN INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS.
E.NO PIPING, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT.
F.DO NOT INSTALL OUTLETS BACK TO BACK ON THE SAME PARTITION. WHERE OUTLETS
MUST BE LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE PARTITION,
INSTALL A VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STUD, AS REQUIRED, SEPARATING SUCH
OUTLETS.
G.NO EQUIPMENT, J-BOXES, ETC. REQUIRING ACCESS SHALL BE LOCATED IN HARD
CEILING AREAS UNLESS ACCESS PANEL IS PROVIDED,COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT.
H.ALL WIRING IN OPEN AREAS TO BE RUN NEATLY IN CONDUIT.
I.ALL FURNITURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. LAYOUT SHOWN FOR
REFERENCE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF FLOOR CONNECTIONS/DEVICES WITH
FURNITURE DEALER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF RELATED POWER AND SIGNAL
CONNECTIONS.
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED
WIRES AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
1
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
+66"
TV AV
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
AV
(N)
(N)
(N)
+66"
+66"
+6
6
"
+6
6
"
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
G
(N)
(N)
+40"
(N)
G
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
+66"
+66"
+66"
+66"
AV
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
1
NOT IN SCOPE
TT
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
T
(E)PANEL 'LC'
(E)PANEL 'LCC'
(E)PANEL 'HD'
(E)PANEL 'HE'
(E)PANEL '3LC'
(E)75 KVA X'MER 'AA'(E)PANEL 'AA'
(E)PANEL 'LC1'
(E)PANEL 'AA1'
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+66"+66"
+66"
1
2
TV
TV
(N)CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
LC1-5
5
5
5
5 5
LC1-7
7
7
7
7
7
7
LC1-9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
13
13
13 13
13
13
15
15
LC1-13
15
15
15 15 17
17 17 17
17
17
LC1-17
LC1-15
LC1-11
LC1-21
21 21
21
21
21
25
25
25
25
25 23
23
23
23
LC1-23
27
27
27
27
27
LC1-27
29
29
29
29
29
LC1-29
31
31
31
31
31
LC1-31
41
41
41
41
LC1-41
LC1-2,4,6 LC1-8,10,12 LC1-34,36,38
AA-31,33,35
LC1-14,16,18 LC1-20,22,24 LC1-35,37,39
AA-7,9,11
AA-1,3,5
AA-37,39,41
3
3
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
3
3
3 3
4
4 4 4 4 4
4
4
4
4
J
EWH-2HD-41
EWH-1
HD-33
60A-1P
60A-1P
5
5
6
LDS-1
LC1-19
1
WSHP
2
WSHP 3
WSHP
6
WSHP
7
WSHP
8
WSHP
9
WSHP
(E)(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)(R)(E)
(R)(R)
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9 PP
(N)
2
PP
(N)
2
PP (N)
2
PP (N)
2
PP (N)
2
PP
(N)
2
PP
(N)
2
PP
(N)
2
PP
(N)
2
PP
+40"+40"
A
A
5
A A
A
A
A
A
AA-17
AA-28,30,32
1
3
5+40"
+40"
+40"
+40"
G
G
G
G
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
AA-15
29
27
(N)
(N)
(N)
9
A
WATER
DISPENSOR
LCC-18 COFFEE
MAKER
LCC-20 LCC-22
LC1-25
10
10
(N)
(N)
(N)
31
31
(N)
29
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216 CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
12A
WSHP
10
WSHP
11A
WSHP
11
11
111121
11
LCC-9
LCC-5
LCC-3
LCC-1
LCC-7
AA-21 AA-19
1919
AA-13
21
LC1-1
LC1-3
3
3
3
1
1
E-2.11
2
LCC-11
27
(N)
3
WSHP
13
WSHP
(N)
11
30A-3P
HB-16,18,20
J
LCC-17
CR
(N)
PRE ACTION
214
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
(N)
(N)
LCC-2424
24
AA-27
(N)27
LCC-26
26
(N)
13
(N)
LCC-15
15
(N)
(N)
15
AA-27
27 (N)
LCC-13
(N)
LCC-2,4
LCC-6,8
LCC-10,12
LCC-14,16
AA-14/16
AA-18/20
AA-22/24
AA-2/4
AA-6/8
AA-10/12
(N)(N)(N)
(N)(N)(N)
(N)(N)
(N)
(N)
AA-29
(N)
(N) FIRE
ALARM PANELAA-36
J
AA-26
CONTROL
VALVE
24
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E2.11
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER PLAN
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING
E000 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.RECEPTACLES GANGED TOGETHER SHALL BE MOUNTED UNDER SINGLE COVER PLATE.
C.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT. SCALING OF
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
D.REFER TO AV, IT, AND SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACK BOX AND CONDUIT
REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL TELE/DATA BOXES AND AN EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
TELE/DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT. ALL
TELEPHONE/DATA CONDUIT STUB-UPS, WHERE GYPBOARD CEILINGS OCCUR, SHALL
RUN INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS.
E.NO PIPING, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT.
F.DO NOT INSTALL OUTLETS BACK TO BACK ON THE SAME PARTITION. WHERE OUTLETS
MUST BE LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE PARTITION,
INSTALL A VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STUD, AS REQUIRED, SEPARATING SUCH
OUTLETS.
G.NO EQUIPMENT, J-BOXES, ETC. REQUIRING ACCESS SHALL BE LOCATED IN HARD
CEILING AREAS UNLESS ACCESS PANEL IS PROVIDED,COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT.
H.ALL WIRING IN OPEN AREAS TO BE RUN NEATLY IN CONDUIT.
I.ALL FURNITURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. LAYOUT SHOWN FOR
REFERENCE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF FLOOR CONNECTIONS/DEVICES WITH
FURNITURE DEALER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF RELATED POWER AND SIGNAL
CONNECTIONS.
N
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED
WIRES AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
LEAVE LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SLACKS LONG ENOUGH TO REACH THE THE DATA RECEPTACLE
ON THE MODULAR FURNITURE.
SAW-CUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR THIS AREA AS REQUIRED FOR NEW DATA AND POWER
CONNECTION. NEW FLOOR DATA AND RECEPTACLES TO BE COMPLETELY FLUSH WITH FLOOR
SURFACE FOR CONCEALED LOOK. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER/ARCH PRIOR TO
ROUGH-IN.
LEAVE SLACK WIRES LONG ENOUGH TO REACH THE LAST CUBICLE'S RECEPTACLE THAT THE
CIRCUIT IS SERVING.
PROVIDE POWER TO WATER HEATER "EWH-1 & 2" UNIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND
REQUIREMENT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUGH-IN.
PROVIDE POWER TO WATER HEATER "LDS-1" UNIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND
REQUIREMENT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EC SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND REWIRED NEW MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT
REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EC SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND REWIRED RELOCATED
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE
EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING
AND CONTROL COORDINATE WITH GC/OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WHILE RETAINING
THE EXISTING OUTLET. PROVIDE A NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON THE PLAN.
COORDINATE WITH MECH CONTRACTOR/DRAWINGS FOR CONDENSATE PUMP LOCATION PRIOR
TO WORK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"2
IT/IDF & PRE ACTION ROOM ENLARGED
POWER PLAN
11
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
X1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
(N)
NOT IN SCOPE
R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
D
OS
OS
OS
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OS
OSOS OS
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
X1
X1
D
OS
D
3
OS
D 3
(N)
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
228
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
1
EF
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
D
a,b
OS
OS
a
a
a a
aaaa
a
b
b
b
b
X1
R1
R1 R1
R1
X1 X1
R1
R1R1
R1R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1
R1
R1R1R1
R1 R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
X1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1R1
R1
D
OS
HD-5
HD-3
4
D4
D4
OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS OS
OS
3
D3
a,b
D
3
5
55
55
55
55
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
555
55
55
5
5
5
5
55
5
5
55
5
5
55
5
5
55
5
5
5
5
5
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
55
5
5
5
3 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
33
3
3
3
3
3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3
3333333
3
3 3 3 3 3 3
3
3
3
333
3 3 3
333
3 3 3
333
3 3 3
333
5
5
5 3 3 3
33
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EMEM
3
OS
D
p
p
a b c d
j
e f g
h
k
l
m
n
5
5
3
3
3
3
S13
OSOS
DL
DL
DL
DL
OS o
4
DL
DL
D
4
4
33 S1S1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1
11
PRIMARY
DAYLIGHT
ZONE
SECONDARY
DAYLIGHT
ZONE
PRIMARY
DAYLIGHT
ZONE
SECONDARY
DAYLIGHT
ZONE
2 3
2 3
S133S1
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E3.11
LI
G
H
T
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1LIGHTING PLAN
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING E000
FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXIT SIGN LOCATION AND COUNTS WITH FIRE INSPECTOR.
C.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION, QUANTITIES, TYPES, AND
MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF LIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS, SWITCHES, DIMMERS, ETC.
D.PRIOR TO ORDERING LIGHTING FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND
ENGINEERING INFORMATION, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION OF ANY QUESTIONS PRIOR TO
PROCEEDING.
E.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AS
INDICATED AND INSTALL NEW SWITCHES, DIMMERS, ETC. FOR CONTROL OF LIGHT FIXTURES
AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE SWITCHING CONTROL
WITH ARCHITECT/CLIENT REPRESENTATIVES.
F.LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CIRCUITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED
ADJACENT TO EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE. CIRCUITRY MAY BE SHOWN IN CERTAIN INSTANCES
AND ONLY UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES. PROVIDE ALL CONDUITS, WIRES AND BOXES AS
WELL AS CEILING OUTLETS AND FIXTURES WHIPS REQUIRED FOR CIRCUITRY INCLUDING
WIRING FOR SWITCHING OF THE FIXTURES.
G.ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VIA LOW
VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
H.EACH COMPONENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE AND
CAPABLE OF BEING INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED AND CONFIGURED THROUGH THE SYSTEM.
PROVIDE THE REQUIRED RELAY PACKS AND DIMMING MODULES TO CONTROL ALL LIGHTING
LOAD TYPES.
N
1 BOX INDICATES AN OPEN OFFICE AREA LESS THAN 600 SQFT WITH LIGHT FIXTURES BEEN
CONTROLLED BY SAME "SWITCH-LEG" PER CURRENT T24, PART AND VIA A CEILINMG MOUNTED
OCCUPANCY SENSOR (TYPICALL).
PROVIDE A DAYLIGHT SENSOR TO CONTROLL LIGHTS WITH IN THE PRIMARY DAYLIGHTING ZONE.
PROVIDE A DAYLIGHT SENSOR TO CONTROLL LIGHTS WITHIN THE SECONDARY DAYLIGHTING ZONE.
WALL MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE DIM SWITCH TO CONTROL OPEN OFFICE LIGHT FIXTURES.
2
3
4
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
NOT IN SCOPE
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EMEM
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.6 4.4 4.5 0.3 0.9
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.1 4.4 5.5 5.5 4.4 3.0 2.0
1.2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.1 3.2 4.6 5.7 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.2
1.7 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.0 2.9 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1
2.5 2.8 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.4 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.4 1.8
3.7 4.2 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.7 3.7 3.1 2.3 1.7 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.6
4.8 5.6 5.2 4.0 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.7 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.0 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4
5.3 6.1 5.6 4.3 2.9 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.2 5.3 4.2 2.9 2.0 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.3
4.7 5.3 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.7 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.6 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4
3.5 4.0 3.7 2.7 2.0 1.4 1.1 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.1 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.0 1.6
0.3 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.3 3.9 4.0 3.3 2.5 1.9
0.2 0.7 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.2 3.0 2.1
1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.4 3.1 2.1
0.5 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.7 4.5 4.6 3.8 2.7 1.9
0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.3 3.3 2.8 2.1 1.6
0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3
0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8
1.6 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6
2.2 2.6 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5
1.0 1.5 2.3 3.2 3.9 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 2.6 4.1 5.1 5.1 4.2 2.9 1.9 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5
4.6 5.6 5.5 4.4 3.0 2.0 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5
4.0 4.7 4.7 3.8 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
2.9 3.4 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
2.0 2.3 2.3 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6
1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7
1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.0 0.9
0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.1
0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 2.6 2.3 1.8 1.4
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 3.9 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.8
0.5 0.6 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.1 2.9 2.0
0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.4 5.4 4.4 3.1 2.1
0.4 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.8 4.6 4.6 3.8 2.8 2.0
0.6 0.6 2.6 0.5 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.4 3.4 3.0 2.3 1.8
3.0 3.6 3.6 3.1 1.3 1.1 0.6 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.3 4.5 3.8 2.8 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.7 4.5 4.4 3.7 2.5 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.5
4.1 4.8 4.8 4.1 2.2 3.1 2.8 5.8 4.8 3.5 2.4 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.1 3.0 4.3 5.4 5.5 4.6 3.3 2.2 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.5 5.6 5.6 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.6 1.4
5.0 6.0 5.9 5.0 2.6 3.8 5.1 6.3 6.3 5.2 3.7 2.5 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.5 5.6 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.3 4.7 5.8 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.2 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4
5.3 6.3 6.3 5.2 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.7 5.6 4.7 3.4 2.4 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.9 3.9 4.8 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.9 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.5
4.6 5.4 5.4 4.5 3.3 4.4 4.6 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.9 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.5 3.6 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.7
3.5 4.0 4.0 3.4 5.2 4.8 4.4 3.9 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.5 4.1 4.1 3.5 2.7 2.0
2.7 2.9 2.9 2.5 6.1 5.3 4.3 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.3 5.3 5.3 4.3 3.1 2.2
0.8 1.0 1.1 1.6 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.9 4.0 5.3 6.4 6.4 5.4 4.1 3.2 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.6 5.6 5.6 4.6 3.2 2.3
1.0 1.3 1.5 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.4 1.2 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.1 5.1 5.7 5.5 4.7 3.7 2.9 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.4 3.1 4.0 4.8 4.8 4.0 3.0 2.1
1.3 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.6 2.6 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.7 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.5 4.5 4.3 3.7 3.0 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.6 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.6 3.2 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.4 1.9
1.6 2.4 3.3 4.0 4.0 3.4 2.6 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 3.1 3.7 3.7 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.8 3.8 3.2 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.4 4.0 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.7 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.3 2.4 2.9 3.6 4.1 4.1 3.5 2.6 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.5 3.3 3.9 4.0 3.3 2.5 1.8 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.1 4.1 3.6 2.9 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.6
1.9 2.8 4.1 5.1 5.1 4.2 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.9 4.9 4.9 4.0 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.8 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.1 2.9 2.1 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.4 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.2 4.2 2.9 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.9 4.3 5.4 5.6 5.0 4.0 3.2 2.7 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.5 3.2 4.3 5.2 5.2 4.3 3.0 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.1 2.9 2.0 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.2 5.2 5.3 4.4 3.3 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5
2.0 2.9 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.3 3.0 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.2 5.2 4.2 2.9 1.9 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.3 5.3 4.3 3.1 2.2 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.7 3.7 4.8 5.7 5.6 4.5 3.1 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.4 5.6 5.8 4.9 3.7 2.8 2.2 1.9 1.8 1.9 2.3 3.2 4.4 5.4 5.5 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.4 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.4 5.5 5.6 4.6 3.4 2.6 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4
1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.6 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.6 4.4 4.4 3.6 2.5 1.7 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.8 2.9 2.2 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.1 4.9 3.9 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.8 4.7 4.8 4.1 3.1 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.8 3.8 4.6 4.6 3.8 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.7 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.8 4.7 4.7 4.0 3.1 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5
1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.1 1.5 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.1 3.1 2.6 2.0 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.2 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.8 3.4 3.7 3.9 4.0 4.1 3.8 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.4 3.4 3.0 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.2 2.8 2.1 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 3.5 3.1 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 2.7 2.2 1.7
1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 2.2 2.8 3.7 4.4 4.6 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.9 3.7 4.3 4.3 3.6 2.7 2.0
0.9 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.5 5.4 5.6 4.8 3.7 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.5 5.5 5.4 4.4 3.2 2.2
0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.3 3.3 4.7 5.7 5.8 4.8 3.6 2.6 1.9 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.4 4.8 5.9 5.9 4.7 3.2 2.2
0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.9 4.1 4.9 4.9 4.2 3.3 0.7 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.5 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.1 4.3 5.2 5.2 0.4 1.9
2.4 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.2
1.8 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.2
1.4 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.6
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E3.12
EM
P
H
O
T
O
M
E
T
R
I
C
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
-
L
I
G
H
T
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1EM PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION - LIGHTING PLAN
N
Calculation Summary
Label CalcType Units Avg Max Min Avg/Min Max/Min
Open Office Illuminance Fc 2.13 6.4 0.2 10.65 32.00
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E5.01
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
&
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E6.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
GENERAL NOTES
A.EXISTING LOADS, BREAKER SIZES AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON SITE
SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE AND SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY EXACT CONNECTED LOADS, ACTUAL BREAKER SIZES AND CIRCUIT
DESIGNATIONS IN THE FIELD AND UPDATE PANEL SCHEDULES AS NEEDED.
B.PANEL LABELS AND DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED ON ALL EXISTING PANELS UTILIZED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT RENOVATION. ALL EXISTING BREAKERS IN THE 'OFF' POSITION
SHALL BE LABELED AS 'SPARE'. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCURATE PANEL SCHEDULES
AT CONCLUSION OF PROJECT.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E6.11
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
P
A
N
E
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
SCHEDULE LEGEND
(E)PANEL'HD'(E)PANEL'AA'(E)PANEL'LC1'
(E)PANEL'LCC'(E)PANEL'HB'
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
SCALE:1 EXISTING ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - ELECTRICAL
NTS
(E) MAIN
SERVICE
480/277V,1200A,
3Ø-4W
M (E)METER
TO EXISITING
INCOMING SERVICE
(E)
PANEL
"AA"
200A
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
1200A
3P
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"LCC"
200A
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"LC"
200A
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HC"
200A
(E)
150A
3P
(E)
150A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HB"
150A
(E)
70A
3P
(E)
70A
3P
M M
(E)
ELEV
(E)
CHILLER
SCOPE OF WORK
GENERAL NOTES
A.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME
FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT OF THE EXECUTION
OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
B.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING
AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
C.EXISTING ONE LINE DIAGRAM IS BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND SITE SURVEY DATA
AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FEEDER SIZES, BREAKER SIZES, FUSE SIZES
ETC. AND ALL EXACT LOCATIONS. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY
DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICENOT SHOWN ON ONE LINE DIAGRAM
SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
D.FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ENGINEERED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING FIELD
CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE PLANS AND BE FAMILIARIZED WITH THE EXISTING
SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBMIT ANY WRITTEN REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) AND/OR
REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION (RFC) TO ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER FOR INTERPRETATION
OR CORRECTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
E.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE NOT TO DISRUPT CIRCUITS IN OTHER NOT IN
CONTRACT, (NIC) AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHERE EXISTING AREAS ARE AFFECTED
DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER AS
REQUIRED.
F.PANEL LABELS AND DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED ON ALL EXISTING PANELS UTILIZED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT RENOVATION. ALL EXISTING BREAKERS IN THE 'OFF' POSITION SHALL
BE LABELED AS 'SPARE'. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCURATE PANEL SCHEDULES AT
CONCLUSION OF PROJECT.
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LC1"
100A
(E)
PANEL
"3LC"
100A
(E)
PANEL
"AA1"
100A
(E)
125A
3P
(E)XFMR
"T1"
112.5KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LA"
(E)
125A
3P
(E)XFMR "T2"
112.5KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LB"
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HE"
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HD"
200A
SCOPE OF WORK
(E)
PANEL
"LAA"
(E)
PANEL
"LBB"
2ND FLOOR
1ST FLOOR
(E)
PANEL
"HA"
150A
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2"
C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2"
C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1
+ (1)#8
CU GND
3 SET OF 4" C-(4)#600
+ (1)#3/0 CU GND
#6 CU GND #6 CU GND #6 CU
GND
#6 CU GND #6 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
1-1/4"
C-(4)#4 +
(1)#8 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
1-1/4"
C-(4)#4 +
(1)#8 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
(E)
PANEL
"CP4"
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
(E)
PANEL
"LE"
(E)
100A
3P
(E)XFMR "T3"
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
2-1/2" C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
#6 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
(E)DISC-1
200AF
200AS 3P
SCOPE OF WORK
SCOPE OF WORK
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
0
1
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
E7.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
I
N
G
L
E
L
I
N
E
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA J . PAR
EFORPDERETS
IGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RA . PARK
EFORPDERETSIGER REENIGNELANOISS
CALIFORNIASTATEOF
RICALELECT
No. E22632
RAY J . PARK
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.01
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
L
E
G
E
N
D
S
,
A
B
B
R
E
V
I
A
T
I
O
N
S
,
&
GE
N
E
R
A
L
N
O
T
E
S
SCOPE OF WORK
·EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT AND EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNIT SHALL REMAIN. UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE.
·VERIFY EXISTING DUCT DISTRIBUTION FROM EXISTING ROOF TOP UNITS AND EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP, REUSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND BALANCE
THE AIRFLOW. OTHERWISE, PROVIDE NEW DUCT DISTRIBUTION.
·PROVIDE COMFORT COOLING AND HEATING TO OCCUPIABLE SPACES.
·PROVIDE NEW DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DUCT SUPPORT AS NEEDED TO ENSURE THE REQUIRED AIR FLOW QUANTITY.
·PROVIDE NEW AIR DISTRIBUTION FOR NEW AREA.
MECHANICAL SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES
TITLE 24 - ENERGY CONSERVATION
THERMOSTAT HUMIDISTAT
CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DUCT SMOKE DETECTORCO2
M
VOLUME DAMPER
GRAVITY DAMPER
MOTORIZED DAMPER
PARALLEL DAMPER
CD
CWR
CWS
CONDENSATE DRAIN
CONDENSER WATER RETURN
CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY
TRANSFER DUCT
SINGLE LINE FLEX DUCT
NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION POINT
SINGLE LINE REDUCER
EXHAUST AIR - SINGLE LINE
OUTSIDE AIR - SINGLE LINE
RETURN AIR - SINGLE LINE
SUPPLY AIR - SINGLE LINE
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
EA
OA
SA
RA
DIFFUSER INDICATION
SHOWING CFM
FS
BD
F
S
FIRE DAMPER
SMOKE DAMPER
BACKDRAFT DAMPER
FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
SUPPLY ARROW
RETURN ARROW
EXHAUST ARROW
TYPICAL DUCT - SIZE AS INDICATED
(WIDTH / DEPTH)
RADIUS ELBOW
TEE WITH RADIUS
ROUND DUCT UP/DOWN
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
TEE WITH VANES
RETURN DIFFUSER/GRILLE
EXHAUST DIFFUSER/GRILLE
MITERED ELBOW WITH VANES
24x12
DUCTWORK
PIPING
GATE
AV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT
CONCENTRIC REDUCER
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
WITH METERING POINTS
PLUG VALVE
MANUAL AIR VENT
FLOW DIRECTION
ECCENTRIC REDUCER
CHECK VALVE
BALL VALVE
BALANCING VALVE
BALANCING VALVE
PIPE UP
PIPE TEE, UP
PIPE DOWN
PIPE CAP
PIPE TEE, DOWN
PT
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WATER SYSTEMS)
PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (GAS SYSTEMS)AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE 2-WAY
AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE 3-WAY
AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
PUMP (GENERIC)
THERMOMETER
TEST PORT
STRAINER
SOLENOID VALVE
UNION
NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION POINT
PRESSURE GAUGE
EQUIPMENT TYPE DESIGNATION
EQUIPMENT AREA
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
OR
PCD PUMPED CONDENSATE DRAIN
ACD AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN
D-1
200
SUPPLY DUCT UP/DOWN
RETURN DUCT UP/DOWN
EXHAUST DUCT UP/DOWN
XXX
##
TECHNOLOGY CENTERTC
SCIENCE CENTERSC
HC HEATING COIL
FIN TUBE RADIATORFTR
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVFD
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTORRPBP
QUANTITYQTY
PRESSURE DIFFERENCEPD
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
DAMPER
DUCT HEATERDH
DMPR
LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE
ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE
EXHAUST FANEF
TYP.
TSP
UNO
UH
WLR
WLS
WELL FIELD RETURN
WELL FIELD SUPPLY
TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
UNIT HEATER
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
TYPICAL
OTCS
OSA
OD
RA
PVC
SA
RIJS
S.O.V.
SM
SCO
RD
PE
R
SUPPLY AIR
ROOF DRAIN
RISE IN JOIST SPACE
SHUT-OFF VALVE
SHEET METAL
SURFACE CLEAN OUT
OUTSIDE AIR
OPEN TO CEILING SPACE
OVERFLOW DRAIN
RETURN AIR
POLYVINYLCHLORIDE
POLYETHYLENE
REGISTER
HWR
MA
LWT
LAT
N.I.C.
NC
(N)
NO
MD
IJS
IAW
NORMALLY CLOSED
NOT IN CONTRACT
NORMALLY OPEN
MOTORIZED DAMPER
NEW
MIXED AIR
HOT WATER RETURN
IN JOIST SPACE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH
LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE
EWT
EXH
EWC
FLR
G
ESP
ES
FLOOR
GRILLE
EXHAUST
EMERGENCY SHOWER
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
CUH
EAT
DWG
(E)
DTR
D
DG
CS
CI
CW
DUCT THRU ROOF
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE
EXISTING
DRAWING
CABINET UNIT HEATER
COUNTER SINK
COLD WATER
DOOR GRILLE
DIFFUSER
CAST IRON
ACD
AAP
APD
AHU
BDD
AVTR
BOP
BOC
AP
BEL
BFF
AFF
AD
ACCESS PANEL
AIR PRESSURE DROP
BELOW FINISH FLOOR
BACK DRAFT DAMPER
ACID VENT THRU ROOF
BOTTOM OF PIPE
BOTTOM OF CASING
BELOW
AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN
AREA ALARM PANEL
ACCESS DOOR
ABOVE FINISH FLOOR
AIR HANDLING UNIT
REL RELIEF AIR
DDCVA DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
PRIMED(P)
DSD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
SPPA STRUCTURAL POLYCARBONATE PANEL ASSEMBLY
HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATION
RIS RUBBER IN SHEAR
MFGR MANUFACTURER
GSHP GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP
FAN TERMINAL UNITFTU
I E INVERT ELEVATION
NPCW NON POTABLE COLD WATER
OA OUTSIDE AIR
CLG CEILING
RAINWATER SYSTEMRWS
ZCV ZONE CONTROL VALVE
BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT
CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN
CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY
UTR UP THRU ROOF
FCU FAN COIL UNIT
SD SMOKE DETECTOR
ABBREVIATIONS
DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SENSORSP
SD
CAL-GREEN BUILDING CODE NOTES
PROJECT LOCATION SANTA ANA, CA
CALIFORNIA CLIMATE ZONE CZ-08
PROJECT ALTITUDE (FT. ABOVE SEA LEVEL)54
SUMMER DESIGN DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE (°F)93.1
SUMMER DESIGN WET-BULB TEMPERATURE (°F)69.7
WINTER DESIGN DRY BULB TEMPERATURE (°F)38.9
DESIGN CRITERIA
(2021 ASHRAE HANDBOOK - FUNDAMENTALS @ 99.6% / 0.4%)
CONTROL
AIR AND WATER BALANCE NOTES
A. TEST & DOCUMENT ALL EQUIPMENT & HVAC.
B. BALANCE THE INDIVIDUAL AIR OUTLETS TO DESIGN QUANTITIES. MEASURE & DOCUMENT THE
ACTUAL COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE DURING AIR BALANCING & THE OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE.
C. CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE FIRE DAMPERS.
D. MAKE INSPECTION FOR INSTALLATION DURING CONSTRUCTION DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE
NOTED AND REPORTED TO THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
E. VERIFY & DOCUMENT ACTUAL MOTOR AMPERAGES, RPM, AS WELL AS AIR PRESSURE ON ALL
SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FANS.
CONTROL NOTES
DP
(R)RELOCATE
T
S
H
1.THE CONTROL WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
2.ALL CONTROL WORK SHALL BE PER BASE BUILDING STANDARDS
3.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH BASE BUILDING CONTROL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CONTROL SYSTEM.
4.CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS,
EMERGENCY & ALARM SYSTEM.
5.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE PROPER BASE BUILDING THERMOSTAT SELECTION AND CONTROL WIRING METHOD WITH BASE
BUILDING ENGINEERS. FOR BID PURPOSES, EVERYTHING SHALL RUN IN CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FULL
PACKAGE INCLUDING WIRES, CONDUIT, INTERFACE, ETC.
1.ALL DUCTWORK, INCLUDING INSULATION, SHALL CONFORM TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24 AND SMACNA LOW VELOCITY DUCT
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, LATEST EDITION.
2.ALL EXHAUST FANS ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPERS.
3.ALL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING SET TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINTS FROM 55 DEG F TO 85 DEG F
AND SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING THE SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING SEQUENCE.
4.ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE TO PROVIDE A TEMPERATURE RANGE OF UP TO 10 DEG F BETWEEN FULL HEATING AND FULL
COOLING AND SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF TERMINATING ALL HEATING AT A TEMPERATURE OF NO MORE THEN 70 DEG F AND OF
TERMINATING ALL COOLING AT A TEMPERATURE OF NOT LESS THAN 78 DEG F.
5.TRANSVERSE JOINTS OF ALL AIR SUPPLY DUCTS INSTALLED WHERE AIR LEAKAGE WOULD BE NON-BENEFICIAL TO THE OCCUPIED AREA
TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED MASTIC OR TAPE PER SPECIFICATIONS.
6.A MAINTENANCE LABEL WILL BE AFFIXED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH PIECE OF
EQUIPMENT. MANUALS WILL BE PROVIDED TO OWNER FOR USE IN MAINTAINING THE BUILDING EQUIPMENT.
7.THE CALIFORNIA NON-RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, EQUIPMENT AND
CALCULATIONS COMPLY WITH THESE STANDARDS. SEE INCLUDED COMPLIANCE FORMS.
1.DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL DESIGN AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPES, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, ETC.
INFORMATION SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN CHARACTER AND DOES NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE EVERY REQUIRED OFFSET, FITTING, ETC. DO NOT SCALE
DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED FOR DIMENSIONS, MEASUREMENTS, EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, LEVELS, ETC.
REFER TO DIV. 21,22 OR 23 SPECIFICATIONS (OR SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS).
2.CONFER AND COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THEIRS. COORDINATE CEILING CAVITY SPACE CAREFULLY WITH OTHER
TRADES. BRING ANY CONFLICTS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.
3.BASE FINAL INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ON ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. FIELD MEASURE FOR MATERIALS OR
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING EXACT FIT.
4.THE CONTRACTOR AND SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL LOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH MUST BE SERVICED, OPERATED, OR MAINTAINED IN FULLY ACCESSIBLE
POSITIONS. EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE (BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO) VALVES, SHOCK ABSORBERS, TRAPS, CLEANOUTS, MOTORS, CONTROLLERS, SWITCH GEAR, AND
DRAIN POINTS. MINOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS MAY BE ALLOWED TO PROVIDE FOR BETTER ACCESSIBILITY. ANY CHANGES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO MAKING THE CHANGE.
5.THE SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ACCESS DOORS, WALL OPENINGS, ROOF
OPENINGS, CONCRETE SLEEVES OR ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. LOCATIONS OF
THESE OPENINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO BE INSTALLED IN THE NORMAL COURSE OF WORK. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR LOCATING CONCRETE SLEEVES IN INTERIOR GRADE BEAMS FOR ALL PIPING HUNG IN CRAWL SPACE. THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE PRIOR TO POURING OF
GRADE BEAMS.
6.PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATORS FOR MOTOR DRIVEN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE SCHEDULES AND/OR
SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPES AND SIZES REQUIRED. OTHERWISE, PROVIDE ISOLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.
7.ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION OR LINER REQUIRED FOR
DUCT SYSTEMS. VERIFY THAT THE DUCTWORK SPECIFIED WILL FIT IN THE CEILING SPACE AVAILABLE USING THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS AS REFERENCE PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION.
8.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION OF PIPING. USE EXPANSION LOOPS, ANCHORS, GUIDES, EXPANSION JOINTS, ETC. AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
9.WHERE CEILING SPACE IS USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE CODES AS TO MATERIALS ALLOWED FOR USE IN AIR PLENUMS. COORDINATE
WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FREE RETURN OF AIR FROM ALL LOCATIONS.
10.THE CONTRACTOR AND SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE TO PROVIDE AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. ADEQUATE RETURN AIR OUT OF ALL SPACES BACK TO THE
APPROPRIATE AIR HANDLING UNIT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF FULL HEIGHT WALLS INCLUDING SECURITY AND FIRE SEPARATION
WALLS. PROVIDE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF ALL REQUIRED RETURN AIR OPENINGS. PROVIDE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, FIRE
DAMPERS & SMOKE DAMPERS AS REQUIRED BY TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION. RETURN AIR VELOCITY THROUGH OPENINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED 750 FEET PER MINUTE.
11.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES.
12.ALL RECTANGULAR 90° ELBOW DUCTWORK ARE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TURNING VANES. ALL RECTANGULAR TEES ARE TO BE DIVIDED WITH SPLITTER AND TURNING
VANES.
13.COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THE LOCATION OF FIRE RATED & SMOKE AND RATED WALLS PRIOR TO ORDER AND INSTALLATION OF DAMPERS.
14.MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, OR ACCESSORIES THAT DO NOT SERVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS MAY NOT ENTER OR PASS
THROUGH THE SPACE. REFERENCE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ELECTRICAL ROOMS.
15.AN INDEPENDENT SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A CERTIFIED NEBB OR AABC AIR BALANCE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF ALL
FIRE, SMOKE AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS. THE SPECIAL INSPECTION REPORT SHALL BE RECEIVED AND BY THE CODE AUTHORITY MECHANICAL INSPECTOR PRIOR
TO CITY ISSUANCE OF FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL OR OCCUPANCY APPROVAL, INCLUDING CONDITIONAL OCCUPANCY APPROVAL. ALSO SEE SPECIFICATION
SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
16.THE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THE THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE 48" TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE DEVICE ABOVE THE ADJOINING FLOOR
LEVEL FOR DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE.
17.ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPES ARE TO BE INSULATED TYPE "M" COPPER PIPE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS. SLOPE CONDENSATE DRAINS PIPES AT 1/8" PER
FOOT MINIMUM.
18.THE MECHANICAL DESIGN AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL, IS BASED ON
THE CHARACTERISTICS OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY THOSE COMPANIES SPECIFICALLY LISTED IN THE SCHEDULES AND ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY AND ALL
COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH CHANGES DUE TO THE USE OF OTHER MANUFACTURES EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN THE APPROVED
MANUFACTURERS LIST IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THESE CHANGES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE
LIMITED TO, AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE CHANGES, ACCESS SPACE REQUIREMENTS, PIPING CHANGES, STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS, AND SPACE REQUIRED FOR
PLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT.
19.ALL BRANCH RUNOUTS TO DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE DIFFUSER NECK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
20.ALL RETURN DUCTWORK TO UNITS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF THE UNIT'S INLET, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
21.ALL MATERIALS PLACED IN PLENUMS SHALL COMPLY WITH MOST CURRENT CMC TO BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR HAVE FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25
AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50.
22.BUILDINGS WITH A ABOVE CEILING RETURN AIR PLENUM AND/OR WITHOUT A DISTRIBUTED - FULL AREA FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM. ALL FIRE AND SMOKE
DETECTORS ARE FURNISHED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DUCT DETECTORS SHALL BE MOUNTED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND CONNECTED BY
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. DUCT DETECTOR POWER AND SUPERVISORY AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATION SHALL BE BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. FIRE AND SMOKE
DETECTION FUNCTIONS SHALL BE INITIATED BY DRY CONTACT OUTPUTS FROM THE ELECTRICAL FIRE DETECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM. THESE OUTPUT
CONTACT CIRCUITS WILL BE BROUGHT TO THE APPROPRIATE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM OR EQUIPMENT LOCATION BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FOR
INTERFACE WITH THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND FINAL TERMINATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
AND NOTES.
23.SEE DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE LIST OF PRIMARY APPLICABLE CODES. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO PRIMARY APPLICABLE CODES.
24.ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE RESTRAINED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, LATEST EDITION AND PER LOCAL
CODES. A COPY OF THE SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND LOCAL CODES SHALL BE KEPT AT THE PROJECT SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR REFERENCE.
25.ALL DUCT WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT VERSION OF CMC.
26.UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER MAY BE CUT, DRILLED OR NOTCHED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND/OR THE ARCHITECT AND LOCAL AUTHORITY. NO DUCT PENETRATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN NEW OR EXISTING BEARING OR
SHEAR WALLS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND COORDINATED WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND/OR ARCHITECT..
27.ALL DUCT OPENINGS AND OTHER AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMO ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE WITH TAPE, SHEET
METAL, OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHODS TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF DUST AND DEBRIS, WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEMS CFBC 5.504.3.
1.FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT, AN OPERATION & SYSTEMS MANUAL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE FIELD INSPECTOR FOR VERIFICATION PURPOSES AT
THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION.
2.ALL DUCT AND RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC OR SHEET METAL UNTIL THE FINAL
STARTUP OF HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT.
3.AN AIR FILTER WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 13 OR HIGHER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR
OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR TO OCCUPANCY.
4.DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION SHALL USE CO2 SENSORS AND VENTILATION CONTROLS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, CCR AND TITLE 24, PART 6 SECTION 121 (C).
5.THE HVAC, REFRIGERATION AND FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY CFC OR HALONS.
6.PROVIDE COVERING OF DUCT OPENINGS AND PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2022
CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE SECTION 5.504.3. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION OR DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE
AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT
OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL, OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY TO REDUCE
THE AMOUNT OF DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM.
7.THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CAL-GREEN AND CITY OF SANTA ANA CODE AND ORDINANCES.
8.THE ENTIRE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY AND BE COMMISSIONED PER CAL-GREEN CODES.
9.HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED BY SKILLED MECHANICALS WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED AN APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM OR
ANOTHER CRAFT TRAINING PROGRAM CERTIFIED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, BUREAU OF APPRENTICESHIP AND TRAINING.
10.QUALIFIED SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE AVAILABLE AS REQUESTED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR.
11.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TESTING AND BALANCING REQUIREMENTS PER SECTION 5.410.4 OF THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE.
12.MATERIALS USED SHALL HAVE VOC LIMITS IN COMPLIANCE WITH TABLE 5.504.4.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE.
13.REFER TO THE SPECIFICATION "START-UP, TESTING AND BALANCING FOR THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE AIR AND WATER
BALANCE CONTRACTOR.
1. THE AIR AND WATER BALANCE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATION SHALL BE CONTRACTED DIRECTLY BY THE
GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND COORDINATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
2. AIR AND WATER BALANCE SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR ENTIRE CORE AND CORE SPACE UNDER THIS CONTRACT,
TERMINAL AIR UNITS, AIR HANDLING UNITS, ALL EXHAUST SYSTEM, AC UNITS, DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES. BALANCING
SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN "AABC" CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR.
3. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATION "START-UP, TESTING AND BALANCING FOR THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE AIR
AND WATER BALANCE CONTRACTOR."
4. IN ADDITION, THE AIR & WATER BALANCE WORK SHALL ALSO CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING:
SHEET INDEX
M0.01 MECHANICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
M0.02 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M0.03 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M1.31 MECHANICAL ZONING PLAN
M5.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M7.01 MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAMS
M2.11 MECHANICAL PLAN
M6.02 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M1.21 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
APPLICABLE CODES
2022 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (CAC) PART 1, TITLE 24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) PART 2, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) PART 3, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) PART 4, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) PART 5, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE PART 6, TITLE 24, CCR
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) PART 9, TITLE 24
M5.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS
SHOP DRAWING NOTE
·CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIELD LAYOUT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY NOTES
1.ALL HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL SHUT DOWN UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR AND SIGNAL FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EXCEPT MPOES, MDFS, IDF, AND TRS
ROOMS.
2.MPOES, MDFS, IDFS, AND TRS AC UNITS SHALL SHUT DOWN AS DESCRIBED BELOW
A.THE AC UNITS SERVING THESE ROOMS SHALL NOT SHUT DOWN BASED ON GENERAL ALARM SIGNAL. THEY SHALL SHUT DOWN BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM
THE LOCAL ROOM SMOKE DETECTORS ONLY.
M0.04 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M0.05 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M0.06 MECHANICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
M6.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED(ER)
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.02
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE:
A.1.AIR CONDITIONING FOR ALL AREAS IN SCOPE OF WORK SHALL CONSIST OF MAIN DUCTS,
AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS.
A.2.AIR CONDITIONING FOR ALL AREAS IN SCOPE OF WORK SHOWN ON PLANS COMPLETE
WITH ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, AIR DISTRIBUTION DUCTWORK, PIPING AND
CONTROLS.
A.3.EXHAUST VENTILATION FOR RESTROOMS, AIR CONDITIONING FOR OCCUPIED SPACES,
AND ALL OTHER AREAS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
B.RELATED WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE:
B.1.FURNISHING ELECTRICAL DEVICES NECESSARY FOR MECHANICAL WORK WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF DISCONNECTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
B.2.LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND CONDUIT FOR LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FOR
MECHANICAL CONTROLS INCLUDING FINAL CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED ON WIRING
DIAGRAMS.
B.3.RESPONSIBILITY FOR OBTAINING CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT/OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT EXIST BETWEEN MECHANICAL WORK
AND THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
B.4.RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRECT AND PROPER OPERATION OF AUTOMATIC DIGITAL
CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ALL ELECTRIC POWER
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION.
C.RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS:
C.1.ALL EXPOSED PIPING, DUCTWORK AND UNFINISHED PORTIONS OF FIXTURES AND
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PAINTED AS OUTLINED.
C.2.MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OWNER OR UNDER OTHER SECTIONS WITH
THE EXCEPTION OF EXHAUST AND VENTILATION CONNECTIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT
SHALL BE MADE UNDER THIS SECTION.
C.3.ELECTRICAL WORK AS SPECIFIED WILL BE PROVIDED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS:
C.3.A.CONDUIT FOR LINE WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES AS INDICATED OR
SPECIFIED EXCEPT CONDUIT FOR LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FOR
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLS AS SPECIFIED ON THE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS.
C.3.B.LINE WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES AS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED HEREIN
EXCEPT LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
CONTROLS AS SPECIFIED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.
C.3.C.PROVIDING DISCONNECT SWITCHES.
C.3.D.FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ELECTRICAL DEVICES SUCH AS STARTERS AND
DISCONNECTS, WHERE INDICATED.
C.4.VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR
ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. ALL SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING A HORIZONTAL FORCE AND VERTICAL
FORCE BASED ON THE 2019 CBC. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL HAVE SEISMIC
RESTRAINTS WHICH COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT VERSIONS OF SMACNA AND TITLE 24.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A.SHOP DRAWINGS
A.1.SHOW ALL DETAILS OF ALL DUCTWORK, DUCT SUPPORTS, PIPING SUPPORTS,
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND ANY RELEVANT ELECTRICAL WIRING OR
CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS.
B.PRODUCT DATA:
B.1.WITHIN 35 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT AND PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO THE JOB SITE
OF ANY MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONE (1) ELECTRONIC
COPY OR TWO (2) HARDCOPIES OF COMPLETE BROCHURES OF ALL MATERIALS AND
EQUIPMENT, IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS.
B.2.PRODUCT DATA SHALL INCLUDE ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HANGERS, FANS,
DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND
OTHER ASSOCIATED STANDARD ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS.
C.RECORD DRAWINGS: PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE
PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
ABOVE SECTION.
D.OPERATING MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
D.1.SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF ALL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE
MANUALSTO THE BUILDING OWNER WITH ALL PAGES NUMBERED AND CLEARLY MARKED
PRODUCT DATA. UNMARKED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTABLE.
D.2.FULLY INSTRUCT OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AND DEMONSTRATE ALL ASPECTS
OF EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. AMOUNT OF TIME
ALLOCATED FOR SAID INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND
SYSTEMS SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THESE OBLIGATIONS. SUBMIT A LETTER TO
ARCHITECT SIGNED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WHO WILL OPERATE SYSTEMS
STATING THAT HE/SHE HAS BEEN FULLY INSTRUCTED BY CONTRACTOR CONCERNING
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS.
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A.PROTECTION: ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE MATERIALS
OF THIS SECTION BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION.
B.REPLACEMENTS: ANY OCCURRENCE OF DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION,
SHALL TRIGGER IMMEDIATE REPAIR OF ALL DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE WORK TO THE
APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
1.04 MISCELLANEOUS:
A.PERMITS AND FEES: CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE, APPLY AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY
PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, EXAMINATIONS, FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED BY PUBLIC
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B.LOCATIONS AND ACCESSIBILITY: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE COMPLETELY INFORMED REGARDING
ANY PECULIARITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF SPACES AVAILABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK
UNDER THIS SECTION. VALVES, MOTOR CONTROLS AND ALL OTHER DEVICES REQUIRING
SERVICE, MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE LOCATED IN POSITIONS OF FULL ACCESS.
ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE NECESSARY IN DUCTWORK OR CONSTRUCTION
WHETHER SPECIALLY DETAILED OR NOT, AND RENDER ALL SUCH DEVICES ACCESSIBLE.
C.SCAFFOLDING: PROVIDE ALL SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING AS REQUIRED FOR THE
PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK.
D.DRAWINGS: DRAWINGS SHOW DESIRED LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTWORK, PIPING,
EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS, AND SHOULD BE ADHERED TO AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATING THE WORK WITH ALL
OTHER TRADES. WORK SPECIFIED WHICH IS NOT CLEARLY DEFINED BY THE DRAWINGS SHALL
BE INSTALLED AND ARRANGED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. IF CHANGES IN
INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT, THEY
SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGES TO THE OWNER
PROVIDED THE CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE WORK IS INSTALLED AND NO ADDITIONAL
MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. QUALITY AND GAUGES OF MATERIALS:
1.QUALITY OF MATERIALS:
NEW, BEST OF THEIR RESPECTIVE KINDS, FREE FROM DEFECTS AND LISTED BY
UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., OR BEARING THEIR LABEL. MATERIALS AND
EQUIPMENT OF SIMILAR APPLICATION: SAME MANUFACTURE, EXCEPT AS NOTED. CONFORM
TO REFERENCE STANDARDS.
1.06 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ALL APPROVALS AND PAY ALL FEES FOR ALL WORK
INSTALLED. CERTIFICATE SHALL BE DELIVERED TO OWNER BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE
MADE.
B. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR A
COMPLETE AND SAFE INSTALLATION OF HVAC IN FULL CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF
ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION; ALL AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR HEREIN
SPECIFIED FOR THE SYSTEMS INCLUDED. WORK SHAL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE
MANNER. INCLUDE ALL COSTS FOR PERMITS, LICENSES, CERTIFICATES, FILING AND
INSPECTION REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES L HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.07 DESCRIPTION
A. SPECIFICATIONS ARE OF SIMPLIFIED FORM AND INCLUDE INCOMPLETE SENTENCES. WORDS OR
PHRASES SUCH AS "THE CONTRACTOR SHALL," "SHALL BE," "FURNISH," "PROVIDE," "A," "AN,"
"THE," AND "ALL" HAVE BEEN OMITTED FOR BREVITY.
B. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND
WORK. FOLLOW DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT WORK AND CHECK DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES
TO VERIFY SPACE CONDITIONS. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND SPACE CONDITIONS.
C. THE WORK DOES NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS, DROPS AND RISES OF RUNS. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL ALLOW IN HIS PRICES FOR ROUTING OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO AVOID
OBSTRUCTIONS. EXACT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT.
D. SCOPE OF WORK: LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES AND FEES NECESSARY FOR
COMPLETE SAFE INSTALLATION IN CONFORMITY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION; AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND HEREIN SPECIFIED.
D. FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLATION: REFER TO SMACNA STANDARDS, CHAPTER 3.
DUCTS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, SINGLE PIECES NOT OVER 5 FEET LONG, AS
STRAIGHT AND SHORT AS FEASIBLE, ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED. CENTERLINE
RADIUS OF BENDS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN TWO DUCT DIAMETERS. MAKE
CONNECTIONS WITH CLAMPS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. CLAMP PER
SMACNA WITH ONE CLAMP ON THE CORE DUCT AND ONE ON THE INSULATION
JACKET. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL NOT PENETRATE FLOORS, OR ANY CHASE OR
PARTITION DESIGNATED AS A FIRE OR SMOKE BARRIER, INCLUDING CORRIDOR
PARTITIONS FIRE RATED ONE HOUR OR TWO HOUR. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL
ONLY BE PERMITTED IN CONCEALED SPACES.
E. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE LEAK TESTED FIRST BEFORE ENCLOSED IN A SHAFT
OR COVERED IN OTHER INACCESSIBLE AREAS. TEST PROCEDURE, APPARATUS
AND REPORT SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL. THE
MAXIMUM LEAKAGE RATE ALLOWED IS 4 PERCENT OF THE DESIGN AIR FLOW
RATE.
3.14 CONNECTIONS:
A. PHYSICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TWO DISSIMILAR METAL PIPES SHALL BE
MADE WITH DIELECTRIC UNIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
B. NEW PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING SYSTEMS WITHOUT VALVED
CONNECTION LOCATIONS SHALL BE DONE WITH HOT TAPS WHEREVER EXISTING
SYSTEMS CANNOT FEASIBLY BE FULLY DRAINED. HOT TAPS SHALL BE DONE AT
NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
3.15 OPERATION:
A. MECHANICAL SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE QUIETLY AND WITHOUT VIBRATION OR
NOISE AND SHALL BE REGULATED OR ADJUSTED TO ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION.
3.16 TESTING AND ADJUSTING:
SYSTEMS TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND ADJUSTING SHALL INCLUDE AT A MINIMUM,
AS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT.
1. HVAC SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS.
A. PERFORM TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICES AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS ON EACH SYSTEM AS
DETERMINED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL.
B. AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING, PROVIDE A FINAL
TESTING SIGNED BY THE INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING THESE
SERVICES.
C. PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE WITH DETAILED
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF
GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM. O & M INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE
CONSISTENT WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS IN CCR, TITLE 8, SECTION 5142 AND
OTHER RELATED REGULATIONS.
D. INCLUDE A COPY OF ALL INSPECTION VERIFICATIONS AND REPORTS REQUIRED
BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY.
1.08 JOB CONDITIONS
A. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK:
1.INSTALL NEW WORK AND CONNECT TO EXISTING WORK WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO
EXISTING FACILITIES.
2.MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES AS REQUIRED WITH
NECESSARY TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING WORK.
3.TEMPORARY SHUTDOWNS OF EXISTING SERVICES:
A. AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES.
B. AT TIMES NOT TO INTERFERE WITH NORMAL OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES.
C. ONLY WITH WRITTEN CONSENT OF OWNER.
4.CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN NEAT AND ACCEPTABLE MANNER. RESTORE
EXISTING DISTURBED WORK TO ORIGINAL CONDITION INCLUDING MAINTENANCE OF WIRING
CONTINUITY AS REQUIRED.
B. REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING WORK:
1.DISCONNECT, REMOVE OR RELOCATE MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND
OTHER WORK NOTED AND REQUIRED BY REMOVAL OR CHANGES IN EXISTING
CONSTRUCTION.
2.WHERE EXISTING PIPES, CONDUITS AND/OR DUCTS, WHICH ARE TO REMAIN, PREVENT
INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AS INDICATED, RELOCATE, OR ARRANGE FOR RELOCATION,
OF EXISTING PIPES, CONDUITS AND/OR DUCTS.
3.PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR RELOCATED EQUIPMENT.
4.PLUG OR CAP ACTIVE PIPING OR DUCTWORK BEHIND OR BELOW FINISH.
5.DO NOT LEAVE LONG DEAD-END BRANCHES. CAP OR PLUG AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO
ACTIVE LINE.
6.DISPOSE OF REMOVED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AS DIRECTED.
1.09 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. MOVING OF EQUIPMENT: WHERE NECESSARY, SHIP IN CRATED SECTIONS OF SIZE TO PERMIT
PASSING THROUGH AVAILABLE SPACES.
B. ACCESSIBILITY:
1.FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.
2.MINOR DEVIATIONS: PERMISSIBLE.
3.CHANGES OF MAGNITUDE OR INVOLVING EXTRA COST: NOT PERMISSIBLE WITHOUT
REVIEW.
4.GROUP CONCEALED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS WITH EQUIPMENT
FREELY ACCESSIBLE THROUGH ACCESS DOORS.
1.10 MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
A. PROVIDE FOUR (4) COPIES OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR OWNER'S USE FOR
EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. EACH ITEM SHALL BE CROSS-REFERENCED AND NUMBERED
WITH AS-BUILT DRAWING DESCRIPTIONS.
B.AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: DELIVER TO OWNER, ONE SET OF REPRODUCIBLES, AUTO-CADD CD,
AND ONE BOUND SET OF BLUEPRINTS AND PANEL SCHEDULES SHOWING WORK AS ACTUALLY
INSTALLED.
1.11 SEISMIC SUPPORT
A.CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO DESIGN ALL SEISMIC SUPPORTS
REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT.
B.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPORT AND BRACE ALL HVAC SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SEISMIC CODE REQUIREMENTS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT:
A.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A.1.FURNISH VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE VIBRATION ISOLATION
SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION
FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO THE STRUCTURE. NO RIGID CONNECTION SHALL BE
PERMITTED BETWEEN ROTATING OR OSCILLATING EQUIPMENT OR PIPING AND THE
STRUCTURE.
A.2.VIBRATION ISOLATION MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS DETAILING
THE INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF ALL ISOLATORS. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL
REPLACE ANY VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN INCORRECTLY SIZED.
MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE OTHER TRADES.
CONTRACTOR FOLLOWING HIM/HER, SUCH AS PLASTERING OR ELECTRICAL, SHALL BE
INFORMED AND INSTRUCTED TO AVOID ANY CONTACT WITH THE VIBRATION ISOLATION
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION THUS NOT REDUCING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE SYSTEM.
A.3.INSPECTIONS: VIBRATION ISOLATION MANUFACTURER SHALL INSPECT ALL OF THE
VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS AND INFORM THE ARCHITECT/OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF ANY NECESSARY CORRECTIONS AND/OR ADJUSTMENTS.
A.4.VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY A SINGLE
MANUFACTURER. ALL VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITHOUT
ANY DEVIATION FROM THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURED BY MASON,
VIBREX, OR EQUAL. THE ISOLATION MANUFACTURER SHALL INCLUDE IN THE SUBMITTAL THE
FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
A.4.1.ISOLATOR TYPE
A.4.2.ISOLATOR DEFLECTION.
A.4.3.ISOLATOR FREE OR UNLOADED HEIGHT.
A.4.4.ISOLATOR PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SPRINGS USED.
A.4.5.SIZE OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ISOLATORS ARE TO SUPPORT.
A.4.6.EFFICIENCY CALCULATIONS.
A.4.7.ANY OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION TO MAKE THE SUBMITTAL COMPLETE.
B.TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS:
B.1.ISOLATORS SHALL BE DESIGNED OR TREATED FOR RESISTANCE TO CORROSION. ALL NUTS,
BOLTS, AND WASHERS ASSOCIATED WITH ISOLATOR SHALL BE ZINC-ELECTROPLATED.
B.2.ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINTS TO COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF ALL GOVERNING AGENCIES. THE VIBRATION MANUFACTURER SHALL
DESIGN AND SUPPLY THESE RESTRAINTS. SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SHALL BE
RESTRAINED BY STEEL CABLE. THE CABLE AND THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SUCH
A MANNER AS TO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT THE VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DETAILS AND DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL.
B.3.PROVIDE PIPING AND DUCT FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
WITH ROTATING COMPONENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO VIBRATION.
2.02 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES:
PROVIDE AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OF THE SIZES AND CAPACITIES INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS
AND SCHEDULES.
A.COLORS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WITH FACTORY FINISHED
STANDARD WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. COLOR TO MATCH
TILE AS SELECTED. SUBMIT PAINT SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT.
B.SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS: PERFORATED FACE WITH MODULAR BLADE CORES ALLOWING ONE,
TWO, THREE AND FOUR WAY THROW PATTERNS, OF SIZE AND CAPACITY INDICATED. DIFFUSER
INSTALLATION SHALL BE ADAPTED TO CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND PERFORATED FACE
SHALL BE HINGED AND REMOVABLE.
C.RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES: DOUBLE DEFLECTION BLADES FIXED AT 0 DEGREE
DEFLECTION.
D.SUPPLY WALL REGISTERS: DOUBLE DEFLECTION BLADES FIXED AT 0 DEGREE DEFLECTION.
2.03 DUCTS AND SHEET METAL WORK:
F.PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUCTS, PLENUMS, ACCESS DOORS, FRESH AIR INTAKES, AND EXHAUST
AIR OUTLETS AS INDICATED AND REQUIRED. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, ERECTED
AND TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE MOST RESTRICTIVE OF LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS AND
STANDARDS ISSUED BY SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (SMACNA). DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF G90 GALVANIZED STEEL AND
PREFABRICATED SPIRAL LOCKSEAM DUCTS AND FITTINGS.
G.CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE FINAL CONNECTION MADE WITH FLEXIBLE GLASS FIBER DUCT,
(CASCO SILENT FLEX-II). FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION TO ROUND DUCTS SHALL BE MADE WITH
1/2" WIDE POSITIVE LOCKING STEEL STRAPS. FLEX DUCT BENDS SHALL BE MADE WITH NOT LESS
THAN ONE DUCT DIAMETER CETERLINE RADIUS. FLEX DUCTS SHALL NOT BE COMPRESSED.
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 FEET LENGTH WHEN FULLY EXTENDED. FLEX
DUCT IS NOT PERMITTED WHERE DUCTWORK IS EXPOSED.
H.BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO MAIN DUCTS SHALL BE MADE WITH LOW LOSS FITTINGS. BUTT
TAPS AND STRAIGHT TEES ARE NOT ALLOWED. 45 DEGREE ENTRY BRANCH SHALL ONLY BE USED
WHERE AIRFLOW IN BRANCH IS LESS THAN 25% OF TOTAL AIRFLOW IN MAIN DUCT; MORE THAN
25% SHALL USE DIVIDED FLOW BRANCH PER SMACNA FIG. 2-5 TYPE 1 OR 4A.
I.ALL FLAT DUCT SURFACES SHALL BE DIAGONALLY CRIMPED REGARDLESS OF SIZE.
LONGITUDINAL JOINTS IN ALL DUCT SIZES MAY BE FLAT-LOCK JOINTS. TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND
INTERMEDIATE BRACING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL OR
GALVANIZED STRUCTURAL ANGLES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ASHRAE GUIDE
AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
J.TRANSVERSE JOINTS ON SUPPLY DUCTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH MASTIC OR TAPE.
K.LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY DUCTS WITH INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE IN EXCESS OF 0.75" OF
WATER PRESSURE SHALL HAVE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS SEALED WITH MASTIC OR TAPE.
L.LOCK JOINTS SHALL BE HAMMERED TO ENSURE THEY ARE AIRTIGHT. INSIDE OF DUCT SHALL
PRESENT A SMOOTH SURFACE TO FLOW OF AIR.
M.CHANGES IN SIZE OF DUCTS SHALL INCREASE GRADUALLY WITH A SLOPE OF NOT MORE THAN 1:5
RATIO WHERE POSSIBLE, BUT NO GREATER THAN 1:3 RATIO IN ANY EVENT.
N.HORIZONTAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH GALVANIZED HANGERS TO COMPLY WITH
SMACNA GUIDELINES AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH A 4" WIDE SHEET METAL SUPPORT STRAP TO PREVENT PINCHING OF
DUCTWORK.
O.ALL VISIBLE DUCTWORK ABOVE RETURN AIR GRILLES MOUNTED IN A CEILING RETURN AIR
PLENUM SHALL BE PAINTED MATTE BLACK.
2.04 TURNING VANES:
A.RECTANGULAR DUCT SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS USE - MULTIPLE SPLITTER VANES.
B.RECTANGULAR ELBOWS: RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH EITHER SINGLE OR
DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES WITH A RADIUS OF 4.5", AND A SEPARATION OF 3.25",
PRE-ASSEMBLED ON RUNNERS CONSTRUCTED PER SMACNA DUCT DESIGN GUIDE. VANES SHALL
BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE RUNNERS.
2.05 DAMPERS AND LOUVERS:
A.BALANCING VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EACH SUPPLY AIR BRANCH DUCT IN AN
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND AS CLOSE TO THE BRANCH TAKEOFF AS POSSIBLE. FURNISH EACH
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER WITH BEARINGS AND AN ADJUSTING DEVICE HAVING A LOCKING
MECHANISM. PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATORS FOR VOLUME DAMPERS INSTALLED IN INACCESSIBLE
LOCATIONS.
B.BALANCING DAMPERS WHERE NEITHER DUCT DIMENSION EXCEEDS 17" CAN BE SITE FABRICATED
BUTTERFLY TYPE CONSISTING OF A BLADE CONSTRUCTED OF 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL
SECURELY RIVETED OR WELDED AT ITS CENTER AXIS TO A SQUARE OPERATING ROD OR SHALL
HAVE AIR BALANCE AC-111 OR AC-112 BUTTERFLY TYPE INSTALLED.
C.BALANCING DAMPERS WHERE EITHER DUCT DIMENSION EXCEEDS 17" SHALL HAVE AIR BALANCE
AB-2, OPPOSED BLADE TYPE INSTALLED.
D.CABLE CONTROL VOLUME DAMPER SYSTEMS: PROVIDE BOWDEN REMOTE CABLE CONTROLS AS
MANUFACTURED BY YOUNG REGULATOR COMPANY. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE FOR
INSTALLATION INCLUDING THE BOWDEN ALUMINUM ANGLE BRACKET AND THE BOWDEN CONTROL
HUB TO ACCOMMODATE THE CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM MOUNTED ON THE DAMPER. COVER PLATE
SHALL BE 7/8" DIAMETER COLD ROLLED STEEL COVER AND ZINC PLATED FOR PAINTING.
E.COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS: COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS MEETING
REQUIREMENTS OF UL STANDARD 555 7TH EDITION AND UL STANDARD 555S 4TH EDITION.
DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A UL555S LEAKAGE RATING OF LEAKAGE CLASS 1 OR 2. DAMPER FRAME
SHALL BE 16 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL FORMED INTO A 5" X 1" STRUCTURAL HAT CHANNEL. TOP
AND BOTTOM FRAME MEMBERS ON DAMPERS LESS THAN 17" HIGH SHALL BE LOW PROFILE
DESIGN TO MAXIMIZE THE FREE AREA OF THESE SMALLER DAMPERS. FRAME SHAL BE 4-PIECE
CONSTRUCTION WITH 1 12" (MINIMUM) INTEGRAL OVERLAPPING GUSSET REINFORCEMENTS IN
EACH CORNER TO ASSURE SQUARE CORNERS AND PROVIDE MAXIMUM RESISTANCE TO RACKING.
2.06 INSULATION:
A.FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC: CLOSED-CELL EXPANDED-RUBBER MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH
ASTM C 534, TYPE I FOR TUBULAR MATERIALS AND TYPE II FOR SHEET MATERIALS.
1.PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING:
a.AEROFLEX USA INC..
b.ARMACELL LLC.
c.K-FLEX
2.FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50 PER ASTM E84.
3.UNSLIT OR SLIT TYPE WITH SELF- SEALING FACTORY INSTALLED TAPE WITH OVERLAPPING
LONGITUDINAL SEAM SEAL AS REQUIRED TO SUIT THE INSTALLATION.
B.CONDENSATE AND EQUIPMENT DRAIN SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2 INCH THICK FLEXIBLE
ELASTOMERIC INSULATION.
C.OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET:
4.INSTALL JACKET OVER INSULATION MATERIAL. FOR INSULATION WITH FACTORY-APPLIED
JACKET, INSTALL THE FIELD-APPLIED JACKET OVER THE FACTORY-APPLIED JACKET.
5.EXTERIOR WEATHER CLADDING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
6.OUTDOOR PIPING:
d.ALUMINUM, STUCCO EMBOSSED: 0.024 INCH THICK.
e.EXTERIOR WEATHER CLADDING.
D.THERMAL DUCT INSULATION: INSULATE ALL CONCEALED SUPPLY, RETURN, AND OUTSIDE AIR
DUCTS AND PLENUMS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, WITH J-M MICROLITE FIBERGLASS DUCT
INSULATION, FOIL-FACED, 3/4 LB. DENSITY, 1-1/2" THICK. INSULATION SHALL BE WRAPPED
ENTIRELY AROUND DUCT WITH JOINTS LAPPED AT LEAST 2" AND SECURED WITH INSULATION
TAPE. INSULATION SHALL COVER ALL SURFACES INCLUDING STANDING SEAMS.
E.DUCT LINER (WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS): J-M LINACOUSTIC, THERMAL RESISTNACE OF R-8,
1-1/2 LB. DENSITY COATED FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90-A
REQUIREMENTS. THE CUT LINER SHALL NOT HAVE AN AIR FRICTION CORRECTION FACTOR
GREATER THAN 1.1 AT A VELOCITY OF 3000 FPM. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE INSIDE
OF DUCTS WITH AN APPROVED FIRE RETARDANT ADHESIVE TO PROVIDE 100 COVERAGE AND A
SMOOTH SURFACE. IN DUCTS WITH ONE SIDE GREATER THAN 12", SECURE INSULATION WITH
MECHANICAL FASTENERS IN ADDITION TO ADHESIVE, SPACED AT 14" CENTERS IN BOTH
DIRECTIONS. MECHANICAL FASTENERS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE LINER SURFACE AND SHALL
BEGIN WITHIN 2" OF THE LEADING EDGE OF EACH SECTION AND WITHIN 3" OF THE LEADING EDGE
OF ALL CROSS JOINTS WITHIN THE DUCT SECTION. ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND THE LEADING EDGE
OF ALL CROSS JOINTS OF THE LINER SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE
RESISTANT ADHESIVE. THE DUCT LINER SHALL BE CUT TO ASSURE SNUG CLOSING CORNER
JOINTS, THE BLACK SURFACE OF THE LINER SHALL FACE THE AIR STREAM, TRANSVERSE JOINTS
SHALL BE NEATLY BUTTED AND ALL DAMAGED AREAS SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN
APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE.
F.ALL DUCT INSULATION SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE OF 4.2 EXCLUSIVE OF FILM
RESISTANCE AND FULLY COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE SECTION 605 AND
T24 REQUIREMENT.
3.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.INSTALL HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS FIRMLY IN PLACE USING APPROVED HANGERS, SUPPORTS,
AND/OR PIPE RESTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. HANGER RODS SHALL BE SUSPENDED
FROM CONCRETE INSERTS OR FROM APPROVED.
B.BRACKETS, CLAMPS OR CLIPS. HANG PIPES INDIVIDUALLY OR IN GROUPS ONLY IF SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE IS ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF PIPING AND FLUID. EXCEPT FOR BURIED
PIPING, HANG PIPE SUPPORT RUNS SO THEY HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO EXPAND OR CONTRACT
FREELY WITHOUT STRAIN TO PIPE OR EQUIPMENT.
C.HORIZONTAL COPPER TUBING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS EVERY 6' FOR 1-1/2" DIAMETER
AND SMALLER.
D.FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EVERY 5'-0" MINIMUM WITH 1 MAXIMUM
PERMISSIBLE SAG OF " PER FOOT OF SPACING BETWEEN SUPPORTS. 2 HANGERS SHALL BE
ADEQUATELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. TERMINAL DEVICES CONNECTED BY
FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED TO THE STRUCTURE.
E.SPACING AND SIZING OF DUCTS SUPPORTS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA
STANDARDS.
3.06 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:
A.INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
B.PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPE CONNECTIONS TO UNITS
WHEREVER VIBRATION ISOLATORS ARE INSTALLED.
C.MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN DUCTS OR PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE
A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT GREATER THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX NOT GREATER
THAN 50, WHEN TESTED AS A COMPOSITE PRODUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING TEST METHODS: NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, OR UL 723.
D.ADHESIVES, ADHESIVE BONDING PRIMERS, ADHESIVE PRIMERS, SEALANTS, SEALANT PRIMERS,
CAULKS AND AEROSOL ADHESIVES AND SMALLER UNIT SIZES OF ADHESIVES AND SEALANT OR
CAULKING COMPOUNDS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS (5.504.4).
3.07 ACCESSIBILITY:
A. INSTALLATION OF WORK SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR NORMAL
OPERATION, READING OF INSTRUMENTS, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE, INSPECTION
AND REPAIR. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED.
ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RESPECTIVE
SUBCONTRACTOR.
3.08 SYSTEM BALANCING:
A. SUBMITTED BALANCING DATA SHALL SHOW AIR FLOW AT EACH OUTLET, OUTSIDE
AIR, RETURN AIR, TOTAL SUPPLY AIR, FAN BHP AND RPM, STATIC PRESSURE
DROP ACROSS FILTER BANKS, COINS, VAV BOXES, FAN PRESSURES, WATER
QUANTITIES, PRESSURE DROPS, AND TEMPERATURES AND ANY OTHER DATA
DEEMED NECESSARY TO SHOW THAT PROPER ADJUSTMENTS. HAVE BEEN MADE.
IF IN THE OPINION OF ENGINEER THE AIR BALANCE TEST RESULTS ARE DEEMED
UNACCEPTABLE AND THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SATISFY SYSTEM BALANCNG
REQUIREMENTS, AN INDEPENDENT BALANCING COMPANY WILL BE RETAINED TO
BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS. ALL ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR THIS SERVICE SHALL BE
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
B. TESTS SHALL BE WITNESSED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SUBMITTAL
DATA SIGNED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION.
C. AIR BALANCE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT VOLUME DAMPERS HAVE
BEEN INSTALLED FOR ADEQUATE AIR BALANCING AND THAT AIR LOSS IN
DUCTWORK IS NON EXISTENT. ALL LEAKS IN DUCT JOINTS SHALL BE REPAIRED
BY CONTRACTOR.
D. BALANCING WORK INCLUDED:
D.1. CONDUCT COMPLETE AND COMPREHENSIVE TESTING AND BALANCING
OF ALL SYSTEMS, DISTRIBUTION PIPING, AIR TESTING AND BALANCING
OF ALL EXHAUST SYSTEMS, OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEMS, AIR TERMINAL UNITS,
AND AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT COMPLETE AS HEREIN SPECIFIED.
D.2. ALL SYSTEM BALANCING SHALL BE CONDUCTED BY INDEPENDENT
AGENCY CERTIFIED BY AABC. PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS SHALL BE
SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FROM EACH SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR
CERTIFIED TO PERFORM SUCH SERVICES.
D.3. ALL BALANCING SHALL BE COMPLETED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE
ENGINEER. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR REFUSE OR NEGLECT TO
BALANCE THE SYSTEM TO THE ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION, SUCH
BALANCING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT AGENCY AT
THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
D.4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE DRIVE CHANGES, INSTALL ADDITIONAL
DAMPERS, VANES, OR OTHER ITEMS, AS MAY BE REQUIRED ON THE JOB,
TO ACHIEVE THE OBJECTIVE OF BALANCING BALANCING THE SYSTEM
TO THE ENGINEER'S SATISFACTION.
E. VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: PRIOR TO CONDUCTING ANY TESTING AND
BALANCING, INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AND ARRANGE WITH
CONTRACTOR FOR SATISFACTORY CORRECTION OF ALL DEFECTS IN
WORKMANSHIP AND/OR MATERIAL THAT COULD DISAFFECT THE WORK SPECIFIED
HEREIN.
F. SYSTEM OPERATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL PUT ALL COMPONENTS OF SYSTEMS
IN FULL OPERATION AND SHALL CONTINUE THE OPERATION OF SAME DURING
EACH WORKING DAY OF TESTING AND BALANCING.
G. SUBMITTALS: WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE START OF CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE TESTING AND BALANCING
PROCEDURE DETAILING ALL TEST EQUIPMENT THAT WILL BE USED, TESTING
PROCEDURES, TEST DATA SHEETS, SYSTEMS SCHEMATICS, AC UNIT DIAGRAMS
AND POINTS OF TESTING.
G.1. TEST DATA: SUBMIT ONE (1) ELECTRONIC COPY OR TWO (2) HARDCOPIES
OF TEST DATA TO ARCHITECT UPON COMPLETION OF WORK UNDER THIS
SECTION.
G.2. CERTIFICATE: AGENCY SHALL PROVIDE CERTIFICATION IN WRITING THAT
SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED AND BALANCED AND DESIGN
CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN ACHIEVED IN ALL AREAS OF BUILDING.
H. INSTRUMENTS: INSTRUMENTS USED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ACCURATELY
CALIBRATED AND MAINTAINED IN GOOD OPERATIONAL ORDER. INSTRUMENTS
SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER, OR AN APPROVED TEST
LABORATORY WITHIN 6 MONTHS OF THE TESTING DATE; SUBMIT THIS
CERTIFICATE TO ARCHITECT. TEST INSTRUMENTS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR
FOR DELIVERY TO OWNER MAY BE USED TO PERFORM PART OF THE SYSTEM
BALANCING.
I. AIR DISTRIBUTION TESTING AND BALANCING:
I.1. MAKE PITOT TUBE TRANSVERSE OF MAIN SUPPLY DUCTS AND OBTAIN
DESIGN CFM AT FANS AT SIMULATED FULL LOAD CONDITIONS.
I.2. TEST AND ADJUST SYSTEM FOR DESIGN RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR CFM.
I.3. TEST AND ADJUST SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE AIR DESIGN CFM AT ALL
OPERATING MODES.
I.4. ADJUST ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT TO PROPER DESIGN CFM.
I.5. ADJUST ALL ZONES TO PROPER STATIC PRESSURE, DESIGN MINIMUM
AND MAXIMUM AIRFLOW RATES AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE.
I.6. TEST AND ADJUST EACH DIFFUSER AND REGISTER TO WITHIN +/- 10% OF
SPECIFIED DESIGN REQUIREMENT.
I.7. EACH GRILLE, DIFFUSERS, AND REGISTER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS TO
LOCATION AND AREA.
I.8. SIZE, TYPE AND MANUFACTURER OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS
AND ALL TESTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND LISTED.
MANUFACTURER'S RATINGS ON ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED TO
MAKE REQUIRED CALCULATIONS.
I.9. READINGS AND TESTS OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL
INCLUDE THE REQUIRED FPM VELOCITY AND TEST RESULT VELOCITY
AFTER ADJUSTMENT, REQUIRED CFM, AND TEST RESULT CFM AFTER
ADJUSTMENT.
I.10. IN COOPERATION WITH THE CONTROL MANUFACTURER'S
REPRESENTATIVE, SETTINGS SHALL BE ADJUSTED OF AUTOMATICALLY
OPERATED CONTROLS TO OPERATE AS SPECIFIED, INDICATED AND/OR
NOTED.
I.11. ALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AND ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL
BE ADJUSTED TO MAINTAIN THE DESIGN CONDITIONS AT DESIGN LOADS.
J. COORDINATE TESTS WITH THE MANUFACTURER OF EACH PIECE OF MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT.
K. WITNESS: NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO TESTING AND
BALANCING OF ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT IN ORDER TO ARRANGE THAT
ARCHITECT'S REPRESENTATIVES TO WITNESS THE TESTS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS:
A.INSPECTION:
A.1.BEFORE COMMENCING WORK REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION, THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES
SHALL BE INSPECTED AND VERIFIED SUCH THAT WORK HAS BEEN PROPERLY COMPLETED
AND INSTALLED TO FACILITATE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MATERIALS AND
METHODS REQUIRED OF THIS SECTION.
A.2.ALL HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH
THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, THE ORIGINAL DESIGN,
MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND THE REFERENCED STANDARDS.
B.DISCREPANCIES:
B.1.IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN MECHANICAL WORK AND THE WORK OF OTHER
TRADES OR EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED
IMMEDIATELY.
B.2.DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION IN AREAS OF DISCREPANCY UNTIL ALL SUCH
DISCREPANCIES HAVE BEEN FULLY RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER.
3.02 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
A.ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT SHALL DISPLAY FIRMLY ATTACHED METAL NAMEPLATES WHICH STATE
NAME OF MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBER AND ELECTRICAL DATA. AN ADDITIONAL PERMANENT
LABEL SHALL BE ATTACHED TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHICH WILL CLEARLY INDICATE UNIT
NUMBER AND AREA OR SPACE SERVED. LABEL SHALL BE METAL OR LAMINATED PLASTIC WITH
DATA ENGRAVED OR STAMPED AND SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT.
LETTERS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1/4" HIGH.
B.VALVES SHALL HAVE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED METAL TAGS IDENTIFYING THE TYPE OF VALVE,
NAME OF MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBER AND VALVE NUMBER.
3.03 SAFETY PROVISIONS:
A.EQUIPMENT AND PIPING WITH TEMPERATURES ABOVE 140 DEGREE F OR BELOW 25 DEGREE F,
LOCATED IN A POSITION TO POSSIBLY INFLICT DANGER TO PERSONNEL OR CREATE A FIRE
HAZARD, SHALL BE PROPERLY GUARDED OR COVERED WITH INSULATION. BOLTS, GEARS,
CHAINS, PULLEYS, COUPLINGS, PROJECTING SET SCREWS, KEYS AND OTHER ROTATING OR
RECIPROCATING PARTS SHALL BE COVERED OR PROPERLY GUARDED. PROVIDE GUARD RAILS,
ETC. TO ENSURE SAFE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT.
3.04 INITIAL LUBRICATION:
A.PRIOR TO OPERATING ANY MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT BEARINGS SHALL BE LUBRICATED
AND BOLTS, PULLEYS, AND OTHER MOVING PARTS CHECKED FOR ALIGNMENT AND TOLERANCES
SO AS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. PIPING AND LIQUID
SYSTEMS SHALL BE FLUSHED OUT AND FILLED WITH OPERATING FLUIDS. AFTER TESTS, VALVES
AND OTHER PARTS OF WORK SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO ENSURE QUIET OPERATION. STRAINERS
SHALL BE CLEANED OUT BY REMOVING AND WASHING BASKET OR SCREEN, PRIOR TO START-UP
AND COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE LUBRICATING OIL CHANGED BEFORE START-UP. VIBRATION AND
NOISE SHALL BE SUPPRESSED.
3.09 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS:
A. AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT FINAL LOCATIONS TO BE COORDINATED WITH
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
B. WHERE DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES CANNOT BE INSTALLED TO AVOID
SEEING INSIDE THE DUCT, PAINT THE INSIDE OF THE DUCT WITH FLAT BLACK
PAINT TO REDUCE VISIBILITY.
3.10 TURNING VANES:
A. TURNING VANES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL 90 DEGREE ANGLE TURNS IN DUCTS.
3.11 SOUND INSULATION:
A. WHERE INDICATED, SPECIFIED DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE NET CLEAR INSIDE
DIMENSIONS; THAT IS, CLEAR DIMENSIONS, AFTER SOUND INSULATION HAS BEEN
INSTALLED.
3.12 FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DETECTORS:
A. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR ALL DUCT MOUNTED FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS.
B. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
CONTRACTOR PROVIDING DETECTORS SHALL COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM
CONTRACTOR ON WIRING AND RELAY REQUIREMENTS.
C. DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
D. SEAL OPENINGS AROUND DUCT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS
WITH FIRE STOP MATERIAL AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 90A.
3.13 DUCTWORK:
A. DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLEAR AND FREE OF DUST AND DEBRIS BEFORE AND
AFTER INSTALLATION.
B. DUCT ACCESSORIES EXPOSED TO THE AIR STREAM, SUCH AS DAMPERS OF ALL
TYPES AND ACCESS OPENINGS, SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE DUCT
OR PROVIDE AT LEAST THE SAME LEVEL OF CORROSION RESISTANCE.
C. DRAWINGS SHOW THE GENERAL LAYOUT OF DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES BUT
DO NOT SHOW ALL REQUIRED FITTINGS AND OFFSETS THAT MAY BE NECESSARY
TO CONNECT DUCTS TO EQUIPMENT, AIR TERMINAL BOXES, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES,
ETC., AND TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. FABRICATE DUCTWORK BASED
ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS AND OFFSETS AT
NO ADDITIONAL COST. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR SPACE AVAILABLE
AND RELATIVE LOCATION OF HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES ON CEILING
GRID. DUCT SIZES ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS WHICH SHALL BE
ALTERED BY CONTRACTOR TO OTHER DIMENSIONS WITH THE SAME AIR
HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS WHERE NECESSARY TO AVOID INTERFERENCES
AND CLEARANCE DIFFICULTIES.
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.03
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.04
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.05
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M0.06
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
1
WHSP
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
DOWN
DOWN
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)16"Ø
2
WSHP
3
WSHP
4
WSHP
5
WSHP
6
WSHP
(E)
-
(E)18"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)20"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)10"Ø
(E)10"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)20"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)24"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)12"Ø (E)12"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)20"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)24"Ø
1
1
1
1
1
44
4
4
4
(E)16"Ø
(E)8"Ø
4
4
4
4
1
1 1
1
4 4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
4
7
WSHP
8
WSHP
11A
WSHPSA/RA UPTO
HP-1
SA/RA UPTO HP-2
(E)18"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)18"Ø(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
-
(E)
500
(E)
1000
(E)20"Ø
(E)18"Ø(E)16"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)16"Ø
2
3
3
2
3
3
SA/RA UPTO HP-3
9
WSHP
6
3
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
1
4
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
SA/RA UPTO
HP-5 2
12A
WSHP 6
3
10
WSHP
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
(E)
500
(E)
500
(E)
1000
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)(E)
(ER)
(D)
(ER)
(ER)
5
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
T
(E)
T (E)T(E)
T T
T (E)
T (E)
T
T
TT(E)
T
3
3
3
3
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
NOT IN SCOPE
3
3
3
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M1.21
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
D
E
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
N
1.DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCY.
2.DRAWINGS ARE MADE W/ LIMITED SITE SURVEY AND NO AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITION PRIOR TO
DEMOLITION OF ANY KIND.
3.THE DRAWINGS SHOWS THE SCOPE INTENT AS IT RELATES TO DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE, EXAMINE THE DESIGN DRAWINGS
AND ENSURE THAT THE PRICE INCLUDES ALL ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE DEMOLISHED INCLUDING SUPPORTS, ROOF PLATFORMS, EXISTING HVAC
EQUIPMENT, CONTROLS AND WIRING.
4.CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT NOT BEING USED FROM THE SPACE.
5.CAP AIR TIGHT AND WATER TIGHT ALL EXISTING UNUSED DUCTS, PIPES AND WALL OPENINGS.
6.WALL OPENINGS DUE TO THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING FIRE DAMPERS AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING
7.ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, HVAC UNITS, SUPPORTS, AND RELATED APPURTENANCES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN SHALL BE REMOVED.
8.CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND SEAL WATER TIGHT EXISTING OPENINGS FROM MAIN DUCT PENETRATIONS.
1.EXISTING DIFFUSER ALONG WITH ANY ACCESSORIES, DUCTWORK, APPURTENANCES SHALL REMAIN. IF
ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND, COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER / ENGINEER OF RECORD.
2.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DUCT AND RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN FROM ROOF. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY
DUCT DROP LOCATION, SIZE AND ELEVATION IN THE FIELD.
3.DEMOLISH EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION ALONG WITH ANY ACCESSORIES, DUCTWORK, APPURTENANCES
AND DISPOSED OFF AS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION AND
ELEVATION IN THE FIELD.
4.EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION ALONG WITH ANY ACCESSORIES, DUCTWORK, APPURTENANCES SHALL
REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION AND ELEVATION IN THE FIELD.
5.CUT AND REMOVE THE EXISTING HVAC UNIT. SALVAGE AND STORE AS DIRECTED BY THE BUILDING
OWNER.
6.EXISTING WSHP TO BE RELOCATED AS PER NEW FLOOR PLAN. REFER SHEET M2.11 FOR NEW LOCATION.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION OF RELOCATED WSHP PRIOR TO CONNECTION..
7.EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION.
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
WSHP
1
(E)
WSHP
7
(E)
WSHP
6
(E)
WSHP
8
(E)
HP
5
(E)
WSHP
12A
(ER)
WSHP
11A
(ER)
HP
3(E)
WSHP
2
(E)
WSHP
3
(E)
HP
2
(E)
HP
1
(E)
WSHP
9
(ER)
WSHP
10
(N)
T
(E)
T
T
T(E)
T
(E)
T
T
(ER)
T
(ER)
T(E)
T (ER)
T
(ER)
T
(N)
T (ER)
T
(ER)
(E)(E)
(ER)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2 2
2
2
WSHP
13
(N)
WSHP
13
(N)
T (N)
NOT IN SCOPE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M1.31
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
Z
O
N
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
1.EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO BE RELOCATED AS INDICATED ON THE PLAN.
2.EXISTING THERMOSTAT SHALL REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION AND
ELEVATION IN THE FIELD.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1MECHANICAL ZONING PLAN
1.PROVIDE NEW T-24 COMPLIANT DDC THERMOSTATS PER BASE BUILDING STANDARDS. COORDINATE
WITH ARCHITECT FOR EXACT THERMOSTAT LOCATION.
2.THE THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS
AS APPLICABLE.
A.EACH SPACE CONDITIONING ZONE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY AN INDIVIDUAL
THERMOSTATIC CONTROL THAT RESPONDS TEMPERATURE WITHIN THE ZONE AND
MEETS THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NEXT SECTION.
B.EACH THERMOSTATIC CONTROL REQUIRED BY THE FIRST SECTION SHALL BE CAPABLE
OF BEING SET LOCALLY OR REMOTELY BY ADJUSTMENT OR SELECTION OF SENSORS TO
CONTROL:
a. COMFORT HEATING DOWN TO 55°F OR LOWER. COMFORT COOLING UP TO 85°F OR
HIGHER.
b. BOTH HEATING AND COOLING, THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF
PROVIDING A TEMPERATURE RANGE OR DEAD BAND OF AT LEAST 5°F WITHIN WHICH
HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY TO THE ZONE IS SHUT OFF OR REDUCE TO A
MINIMUM.
3.THERMOSTAT MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL MATCH WITH LIGHT SWITCHES.
4.THERMOSTAT LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH R-4 RIGID BACK INSULATION.
N
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
DOWN
DOWN
NOT IN SCOPE
16"Ø
(E)16"Ø
14"Ø
SA/RA UPTO HP-5
10"Ø10"Ø
12"Ø 18"Ø
CD-1
250
(TYP.2)
CR-1
500
CR-1
1000
(TYP.2)
22"Ø
18"Ø
9
WSHP
18"Ø
CD-1
420
(TYP.2)
12"Ø
12"Ø
16"Ø
12"Ø
14"Ø
3
3
3
4
4
SA/RA UPTO HP-3
8"Ø
CD-1
235
CD-1
235
CR-1
365
CR-1
225
4
14"Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
CD-1
360
CD-1
350
CD-1
310
CD-1
180CD-1
130
CD-1
50
CR-1
1480
CR-1
135
10"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
8"Ø
(E)8"Ø
(E)8"Ø
(E)8"Ø
4
105 CFM
4
210 CFM
4 270 CFM
CD-1
300
CR-1
695
(TYP.2)
18"Ø
10"Ø 10"Ø 10"Ø 10"Ø
10"Ø16"Ø
18"Ø
14"Ø
14"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
14"Ø
4
CD-1
290
CD-1
285
10"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
(ER)
CD-1
310
(TYP. 2)
10"Ø
SD
9
14"Ø
3
14"Ø
16"Ø14"Ø
14
"
Ø
6"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
18"Ø
CR-1
115
8"Ø
CD-1
300
CD-1
300
CD-1
300
1 1/4" CWS
1 1/4" CWS
10"Ø 10"Ø
10"Ø
22"Ø
12"Ø
22"Ø
7
3
SA/RA UPTO HP-2
SA/RA UPTO HP-1
6"Ø
1
EF 6"Ø
6
CR-1
55
12A
WSHP
CD-1
165
CR-1
365
10"Ø
14"Ø
(ER)
10"Ø CR-1
225
CD-1
235
(TYP. 2)
8"Ø
3/4" CWR
3/4" CWS
7
10"Ø
10"Ø
10
WSHP
CD-1
285
(TYP.2)
CR-1
515
(TYP.2)
16"Ø
10"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø 10"Ø
(N)
16
"
Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø
4
CD-1
50
8"Ø
CD-1
290
(TYP.2)
14"Ø
1" CWR
1" CWS
7
14"Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø
CR-1
295
CR-1
295
CR-1
295
10"Ø
16"Ø
8"Ø
8Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
12"Ø
14"Ø
16"Ø
11A
WSHP
4
310 CFM
(ER)
8
WSHP
(E)
1000
(E)
1000
(E)18"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)16"Ø
1
1
1
2
2
CD-1
500
(E)16"Ø 12"Ø
(E)
SD
8
16"Ø
1
WSHP
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø(E)16"Ø
2
WSHP
3
WSHP
6
WSHP
(E)
180
(E)18"Ø
(E)12"Ø
12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)
720
(E)
200
(E)
500
(E)
500
(E)
375
(TYP.3)
(E)
400
(E)
400
(E)
565
(E)
300
(E)20"Ø
16"Ø
10"Ø
(E)10"Ø
(E)10"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø
10"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)18"Ø
(E)18"Ø
CD-1
80
14"Ø
CD-1
80
CD-1
290
(TYP.2)
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
2
(E)
900
(TYP.2)
2
CD-1
400
(TYP.2)
(E)18"Ø
(E)
1660
(TYP.2)
2 2
2
(E)
400
2
1
1
1
1
1
7
WSHP
(E)20"Ø
(E)20"Ø
(E)16"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)16"Ø(E)12"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)
940
(E)
940
(E)8"Ø
2
2
1
1
1
1
CD-1
160 CD-1
160
CD-1
310
(TYP.2)
12"Ø
CR-1
565
1
1
1
2
2
12"Ø
TD-1 TD-1 TD-1
CR-1
18"x18"
CR-1
18"x18"
CR-1
18"x18"
(E)10"Ø
(E)8"Ø
(E)10"Ø
CR-1
65
CR-1
65 5 5 5
4
300 CFM
4 200 CFM
4
250 CFM
4270 CFM
4
105 CFM
CD-1
500
(TYP.2)(E)
500
(E)
500
(E)16"Ø
16"Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
SD
SD
SD SD
8
8
8
8
(E)14"Ø
(E)12"Ø
(E)14"Ø
(E)8"Ø
CD-1
295
10"Ø (E
)
1
8
"
x
1
8
"
12"Ø
1
4120 CFM
CD-1
165CD-1
175
CD-1
175
CD-1
175
CD-1
175
CD-1
175
8"Ø
10"Ø12"Ø14"Ø16"Ø
6"Ø
8"Ø
14"Ø 12"Ø 10"Ø 8"Ø8"Ø
6"Ø CR-1
130
CR-1
130
CR-1
130
CR-1
130
CR-1
130
CR-1
120
CD-1
160
8"Ø
12"Ø
8"Ø
10"Ø
8"Ø
(E)12"Ø
10"Ø
4 300 CFM
8"Ø 8"Ø 8"Ø 8"Ø 8"Ø
13
WSHP (N)
8"Ø8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø8"Ø
8"Ø
FSD
CD-1
285
(TYP.5)
FSD
FSD
FSD
CD-1
420
(TYP.2)
CR-1
780
CR-1
690
CD-1
310
14"Ø
20
"
Ø
3
3
3
3
8"Ø
CD-1
165
8Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
8"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
CD-1
200
(TYP.2)
CD-1
200
(TYP.2)
CD-1
165
(TYP.2)
CD-1
200
(TYP.2)(E)10"Ø
8"Ø
16"Ø
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M2.11
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1MECHANICAL PLAN
N
1.PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS ON THE SUPPLY AIR DUCT PLENUM OF THE AC UNITS RATED AT GREATER THAN 2,000 CFM. WHICH
SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH THE UNIT FOR SHUT-DOWN AND SHALL BE TIED INTO BUILDING FIRE LIFE SAFETY CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE WITH
REMOTE STATUS PANEL WITH RESET LED PUSH BUTTON.
2.ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK FROM OUTLET OF THE HVAC EQUIPMENT TO DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SPIRAL DUCTWORKS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
3.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL WALL PARTITIONS TYPES/CEILING TYPES AND RATING IN ORDER TO PROVIDE COMBINATION SMOKE FIRE DAMPERS /
FIRE STOPPING AT PENETRATIONS TO FIRE RATED AREAS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH MECHANICAL CODE).
4.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HVAC LAYOUT IN ORDER TO AVOID FIRE SPRINKLER LINES.
5.FINAL DIFFUSER TYPES AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT MEP ENGINEER.
6.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FINAL MECHANICAL DISTRIBUTION AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CLEARANCE
ISSUES.
7.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL RETURN AIR OPENINGS/GRILLES ON ALL FULL HEIGHT WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER RETURN AIR
FLOW/PATH BACK TO THE AC UNITS MAIN RETURN.
8.PROVIDE A VOLUME DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TO OUTLET, WHETHER SHOWN DRAWING OR NOT. DAMPERS SHALL BE AS FAR AWAY FROM
DIFFUSER AS POSSIBLE, PREFERABLY AT THE BRANCH TAKEOFF. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAG ALL VOLUME DAMPERS WITH RED OR YELLOW RIBBONS.
9.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REMOTE REGULATOR CONTROLS FOR ACCESS TO VOLUME DAMPERS ABOVE HARD LID CEILING. REMOTE REGULATOR
SHALL BE YOUNG REGULATORS C/WITH BOWDEN CABLES.
10.ALL ACCESS PANELS INCLUDING THOSE IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SHALL BE DESIGNATED AND PROPERLY FRAMED TO ALLOW PROPER ACCESS WITHOUT
DRAGGING THE CEILING TILE OR GRID.
11.ALL ACOUSTICAL FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE CASCO SILENTFLEX II OR EQUAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MAXIMUM 5 FT. ACOUSTICAL FLEXIBLE
DUCT CONNECTION BETWEEN DIFFUSERS AND VOLUME DAMPERS.
12.ALL DUCT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FULL HEIGHT WALLS SHALL BE ACOUSTICALLY SEALED.
13.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE HARD LID CEILING.
14.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL VOLUME DAMPERS AT LEAST 5 FEET FROM A DIFFUSER WITH 1-INCH ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTWORK.
15.PROVIDE DUCT FLEX CONNECTORS ON ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN/EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTIONS TO A/C UNITS OR SUPPLY/EXHAUST FANS.
16.CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LOW LOSS CONICAL HIGH SIDE CONNECTION (45 DEG. CONVERGENCE) TAP-IN TO MAIN LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK.
17.EXPOSED DUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT DENTS OR DEFECTS. USE COUPLINGS AT JOINTS SEALED WITH CLEAR SILICONE SEAL. CONTRACTOR
SHALL INSTALL ALL VOLUME DAMPERS AT LEAST 5 FEET FROM A DIFFUSER WITH 1-INCH ACOUSTICALLY LINED. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT TERMINATE
SECONDARY/OVERFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN ABOVE ANY WORKSTATIONS OR ELEC. HVAC EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING & COMB. SMOKE/FIRE
DAMPERS SHALL BE LABELED FOR ACCESS.
18.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE START-UP REPORT ON ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY FANS IN ADDITION TO BALANCING.
19.INSULATE ALL DUCTWORK WITH R-8 MINIMUM INSULATION PER CEC AND CMC.
20.PROVIDE BACK DRAFT DAMPER AND VOLUME DAMPER WHERE OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS CONNECT TO RETURN AIR PLENUM OR DUCTWORK.
21.ALL DUCTWORK ABOVE CONFERENCE ROOMS SHALL BE ACOUSTICALLY LINED INTERNALLY (1" MIN).
22.ALL HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED NATIONAL STANDARDS PER CGBC 5.4.10.4.3.
23.EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION.
1.EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION ALONG WITH ANY ACCESSORIES, DUCTWORK, APPURTENANCES SHALL REMAIN. IF ANY
DISCREPANCY FOUND, COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER / ENGINEER OF RECORD.
2.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING DUCTWORK & DIFFUSER AND RE-BALANCE THEM
TO CFM AS SHOWN.
3.PROVIDE 1" ACOUSTIC LINER FOR ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK.
4.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SIZE, AND ROUTING IN THE FIELD. CONTRACTOR SHALL
REBALANCE OUTSIDE AIR CFM INDICATED ON THE PLAN.
5.REFER TO DETAIL #5 ON SHEET M5.02 FOR U-BOOT SIZES AND INSTALLATION.
6.6"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF, AND TERMINATE OUTSIDE WITH WEATHER PROTECTIVE CAP.
7.PROVIDE NEW CONDENSER WATER PIPING AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND EXTEND PIPING
AS REQUIRED TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION WITH THE EXISTING MAIN CONDENSER WATER LOOP.
8.EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION AND CONDITION.
9.PROVIDE NEW SMOKE DETECTOR AS INDICATED. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS.
INSTALL PER NFPA REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE FOR ACCESSIBILITY, MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES, AND FINAL
CEILING CONDITIONS.
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M5.01
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
AIR FLOW
RETURN/EXHAUST
AIR FLOW
SUPPLY
DUCT BRANCH
MAIN DUCT
MANUAL VOLUME
DAMPER (VD)
13 WIDTH OF BRANCH
5" MIN.
R
R=1.5xD
90° 5 PIECE ELBOW
CONICAL TEE
R=1.5xD
R
45° 3 PIECE ELBOW
REDUCING CONICAL TEE
(SEE NOTE 4)(SEE NOTE 5)
AIR FLOW
SUPPLY
AIR FLOW
RETURN/EXHAUST
MANUAL VOLUME
DAMPER
45° (MAX.)
MAIN DUCT
A
PLAN
A
SECTION A-A
1/4" (MAX.)
LESS THAN DUCT
DIAMETER
1/4" DIA. SET SCREW
SPOTWELD
1"X1/8" GALVANIZED STRAP
16 GA GALVANIZED
DAMPER BLADE
3/8" SQ. ROD
CLOSED END BEARING
1"X1/8" GALVANIZED STRAP
INDICATING HANDLE
LOCKNUT
REGULATOR
3/8" CONTINUOUS SQ. ROD
GASKET (TYP.)
AI
R
F
L
O
W
AIR FLOW
DUCT TO
PLENUM OR
DIFFUSER
SHEET
METAL AS
REQUIRED
VOLUME DAMPER
MAIN DUCT
FLEXIBLE STRING WIRE
SHEATH WITH 0.050 STAINLESS
STEEL WIRE INSIDE
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
RACK AND PINION OPERATOR.
CONVERTS ROTARY MOTION OF
SHAFT TO PUSH/PULL MOTION
OF WIRE
CEILING
PLENUM SLOT DIFFUSER
(SEE NOTE BELOW)
SOCKET WRENCH TO ENGAGE
OPERATOR SHAFT FOR DAMPER
ADJUSTMENT
SUPPLY
AIR
FLOW
RETURN/EXHAUST
AIR
FLOW
D
VOLUME DAMPER
MAIN DUCT
NOTES:
1.FURNISH THIS TYPE CONNECTION WHEN DUCTWORK IS DRAWN
SIMILAR TO THIS FOR BRANCHES WITH LESS THAN 25% OF TOTAL
AIR FLOW.
2.FOR MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SEE DETAIL 7/M500.1 AND DETAIL
8/M500.1.
NOTES:
1.FITINGS TO BE MIN. 2 GAUGES HEAVIER THAN CONNECTED DUCT.
2.ADJUSTABLE ELBOWS WILL BE PERMITTED FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION OF 2" W.G.
OR LESS.
3.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT EACH FITTING JOINT.
4.PROVIDE THIS TYPE OF CONNECTION FOR BRANCHES WHEN DUCTWORK IS
DRAWN SIMILAR TO THIS .
5.PROVIDE THIS TYPE OF CONNECTION FOR BRANCHES WHEN DUCTWORK IS
DRAWN SIMILAR TO THIS .
NOTES:
1.FURNISH LATERAL TEE CONNECTION FOR BRANCHES WHEN DUCTWORK IS DRAWN
SIMILAR TO THIS .
2.FOR MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SEE DETAIL 7/M500.1 AND DETAIL 8/M500.1
NOTES:
1.DIFFUSER OR REGISTER LOCATED IN GYP BOARD CEILING.
2.PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR FOR ALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS INSTALLED IN
INACCESSIBLE CEILING OR HARD TO REACH PLACES.
3.FOR CEILING TYPE AND CONSTRUCTION SEE ARCHITECTURAL DWGS.
NOTES:
1.LOCK DAMPER DURING AIR BALANCE AND MARK QUADRANT TO RECORD AIR BALANCED DAMPER
POSITION POSITION.
2.PROVIDE "HAT" SECTION AT QUADRANT FOR ALL EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTWORK.
3.PROVIDE FLUORESCENT COLORED MARKERS AT ALL VOLUME DAMPERS LOCATIONS.
NOTES:
1.FURNISH THIS TYPE CONNECTION WHEN DUCTWORK IS DRAWN SIMILAR TO THIS FOR BRANCHES
WITH MORE THAN 25% OF TOTAL AIR FLOW
2.FOR MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SEE DETAIL 7/M500.1 AND DETAIL 8/M500.1.
NOTES:
1.FURNISH THIS TYPE OF CONNECTION WHEN DUCTWORK IS DRAWN SIMILAR TO THIS FOR
BRANCHES WITH LESS THAN 25% OF THE TOTAL AIR FLOW, OR WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
2.FOR MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SEE DETAIL 7/M500.1 AND DETAIL 8/M500.1.
3.SLIP-IN VOLUME DAMPER HOUSING WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.
ROUND VOLUME DAMPER (UP TO 14" DIA)ROUND SUPPLY DUCT BRANCH CONNECTION RECTANGULAR DUCT BRANCH TO MAIN CONNECTION
ROUND DUCT FITTINGSROUND DUCT BRANCH TO MAIN RECT. CONNECTIONWSHP MOUNTING DETAIL
BOWDEN TYPE CABLE CONTROL (YOUNG'S REGULATOR)ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING INSTALLATION ROUND DUCT BRANCH TO ROUND MAIN CONNECTION
SPRING ISOLATOR
STRUCTURE
FLATTER (TYP.4)
SEISMIC RESTRAINT
FLEX CONNECTION
EACH END. SLOPE 45° OR
ROPE, 2 WIRE ROPES CUPS
1/8"Ø AIRCRAFT 7X7 WIRE
MIN. 1/2"Ø THREADED ROD
1/2" LINING
FLOOR
VIBRATION ISOLATOR
SE
E
N
O
T
E
#
1
RETURN AIR
PROVIDE RETURN
AIR FILTER BOX
WITH MIN.
MERV-13 FILTER
OSA
NOTE:
1.LOCATE ALL UNITS AT HEIGHT REQUIRED TO MAKE CONDENSATE
DRAIN PITCH.
2.PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION FOR ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS.
3.PROVIDE 30" SERVICE CLEARANCE FOR UNIT MAINTENANCE.
4.PRIMARY CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN SHALL BE BUILT INSIDE UNIT.
PROVIDE SECONDARY DRAIN PAN WITH LEAK DETECTION AND
TERMINATE DRAIN IN A VISIBLE LOCATION.
5.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MODIFY SUPPLY / RETURN DISCHARGE
/ INLET AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
6.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT TERMINATE SECONDARY/OVERFLOW
CONDENSATE DRAIN ABOVE ANY WORKSTATIONS OR ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENTS.
RETURN & SUPPLY AIR
PLENUM MIN. 3 FT LONG
(LINED) (SHALL BE SIZED
FOR 1000 FPM ON
SUPPLY SIDE, AND 600
FPM ON RETURN SIDE)
OVER GRIP-PIN
LINING (THICKNESS AS
SPECIFIED) PRESSED DOWN
ADHESIVE OVER ENTIRE INNER
SURFACE OF DUCT
APPROVED)
DUCT WITH ADHESIVE NOT
DUCT (PINS FASTENED TO
WELD-PIN STUD WELDED TO
DETAIL A
WAY (TYPICAL)
MAXIMUM SPACING 16" EACH
WITH ADHESIVE
LINING
SEE DETAIL A
EDGES OF LINING
NOT MORE THAN 3" FROM
AND SPEED CLIP WASHER
TYPICAL STUD-WELDED PINS
ALL EDGES OF LINING COATED
PRESSED DOWN TO LINING
SPEED CLIP WASHER
3"
DUCT
WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP PIPING
PLUG VALVE
BALL VALVE, (TYP.)
COND.
WATER SEAL
DRAIN PAN
BY UNIT MANUFACTURED
SEE DETAIL OF FLEXIBLE HOSE
CONSTANT FLOW VALVE SUPPLIED
FOR CLEANING & FLUSHING PIPING SYSTEM
SEE DETAIL OF TEMPORARY CONNECTION
BRASS MALE ADAPTER
BRASS SWIVEL NUT
BALL VALVE
FITTING
MPT BRASS
APPROX 5"
DETAIL OF FLEXIBLE HOSE
CONNECTION
PIPE
RUNOUT
LOCATION
DRAIN TO VISIBLE
DRAIN PAN
NOTE:
AND 1/8" PER FOOT IN TIGHT SPACES.
1. PITCH 1/4" PER FOOT WHERE POSSIBLE
2. SHALL INCLUDE MCDONNELL CONTROL VALVE
STRAINER
SECONDARY DRAIN PAN
AIR VENT
AUTOMATIC
FLEXIBLE HOSE
PIPE CLEANING LOOP
INITIALLY PROVIDE
CLEANING CONNECTION
DETAIL OF PIPING
CW
S
PUMPCW
R
SLOPE
DUCT THRU WALL DETAIL
24" MAX DIA. DUCT
NOTES:
1.DUCT SUPPORTS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2005 SMACNA STANDARDS TABLES 5-1, 5-1M AND 5-2.
2.REFER TO 2005 SMACNA STANDARDS TABLES 5-1, 5-1M AND 5-2 FOR STRAP, WIRE AND SPACING
CRITERIA
UNLESS FOOT OF
STRAPS IS PLACED
UNDER A BOTTOM
REINFORCEMENT
SCREWS
SCREWS MAY BE
OMITTED IF HANGER
LOOPS
HANGER
STRAPS
DUCT HANGER DETAIL
3/8" THREADED ROD
DUCT MATE HANGER
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M5.02
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
SUPPLY
AIR
DHEET METAL
DUCT
SUPPORT FLEXIBLE DUCT
FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE
(SIZE PER SMACNA)
LOAD RATED FASTENERS
METAL CLAMP
1" WIDE
GALVANIZED
SHEET METAL
DUCT STRAP
INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT
EARTHQUAKE TAB
12 GAUGE SECURITY
WIRE (TYP. 3)
CEILING DIFFUSER
CEILING
METAL CLAMP AT
DIFFUSER NECK
D
NOTES:
1.FLEXIBLE DUCT MAXIMUM LENGTH
SHALL BE 5 FEET. MINIMUM LENGTH
SHALL BE 3 FEET.
2.ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING SHOWN
(GYPBOARD CEILING SIMILAR).
3.WHERE FLEXIBLE DUCTS ARE
SHOWN ON DRAWINGS PROVIDE
SIMILAR PLENUM FOR DUCTED
RETURN/EXHAUST AIR GRILLES.
4.MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SAG SHALL
NOT EXCEED 1/2" PER LINER FT.
5.FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL NOT BE
USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
EXHAUST.
6.ALL BRACING AND ATTACHMENT TO
THE STRUCTURE SHALL COMPLY
WITH ASCE 7 GUIDELINES AND CBL
AMENDMENTS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ISAT PUBLICATIONS WITH AN
OSHPD PRE-APPROVAL NO.
OPA-0485.
SUPPLY DIFFUSER CONNECTION
1
4
6
2
3 5
RECTANGULAR ELBOW W/ TURNING VANES
1-1/2" (TYP.)
45°
R=2"
45°
1-1/2" (TYP.)
TURNING VANES
FLOW
FLOW
VANED ELBOW
NOTES:
1.MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED VANE LENGTH 36".
2.VANES AND FRAMES - 24 GAUGE.
3.DUCT INLET AND OUTLET DIMENSIONS TO BE EQUAL.
4.FOR HIGH VELOCITY APPLICATIONS PROVIDE 18 GAUGE
CHANNEL AND TACK WELD VANE EDGES TO CHANNEL, TYPICAL
BOTH ENDS.
5.FRAMES AND CHANNELS - BOLTED OR TACK WELDED TO
ELBOW.
CHANNEL
SEE NOTE 4
RUNNER
CRIMP
FRAME
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
TYP. HORIZONTAL DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL CABLE DAMPER DETAIL
CONCEALED REGULATOR KIT
CEILING DIFFUSER
RIGID DUCTWORK
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
SOCKET WRENCH
AND WIRE (50'-0"
RACK & PINION
CUP
FLEXIBLE CASING
MAXIMUM)
OPERATOR
DIE CAST MOUNTING
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED CONCEALED REGULATOR WITH ARCHITECT1)
NOTE:
270-301 BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM
NO SCALE
CEILING FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE.
THE 270-301 BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO BE IMBEDDED IN THE2)
CABLE SHALL CONSIST OF BOWDEN CABLE 0.054" STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL WIRE
ENCAPSULATED IN 1/16" FLEXIBLE GALVANIZED SPIRAL WIRE SHEATH.
LOCKING RACK AND PINION GEAR DRIVE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 14 GAUGE STEEL
AND SHALL BE USED TO CONVERT ROTARY MOTION INTO PUSH-PULL MOTION.
CONTROL SHAFT SHALL BE "D"-STYLE FLATTENED 1/4" DIAMETER WITH 265° ROTATION
PROVIDING 1-1/2" LINEAR TRAVEL CAPABILITY.
3)
4)
5)
830ACC RECTANGULAR
5020CC ROUND DAMPER OR
OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER
3"Ø COVER PLATE
RACK & PINION
OPERATOR
MOUNTING BRACKET
SOCKET WRENCH
LOCKING
NON-CONCEALED REGULATOR OPTION
1.
NOTES:
2.FOR UPPER ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING SEE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
FIG. 4-1 AND FIG. 4-2, WITH SPECIFIC BUILDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER APPROVAL.
3.FOR BRACING AND OTHER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS SEE GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS PUBLISHED BY SMACNA.
FOR HANGER SIZE AND SPACING, SEE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS TABLE 4.2
RECTANGULAR DUCT
(E) CONC. SLAB
OVER METAL DECK
NOTES:
1.ROD SIZE SHALL COMPLY WITH CMC 2022.
2.INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINT AS REQUIRED BY SMACNA SEISMIC GUIDELINES,
LATEST EDITION.
OVER 50 INCH DIA.
BAND (2) 1" x 16 GA
PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1000 BRACE
W/ 1
2"Ø THRU-BOLT TO EA.
P1843 HINGE. TYP. 2
HANGER
RODS
18 GA MIN HANGER STRAP
W/ 12"Ø HILTI KB-TZ W/ 2"
EMBED TO (E) CONC
LOAD RATED
FASTENER
BAND OF SAME
SIZE AS HANGER
50 INCH DIA. MAX.
PROVIDE 16 GA
STRAP AT 45°
ANGLE
TYP. 2 SPACED 2
FT APART
18 GA MIN HANGER STRAP
W/ 3 8"Ø HILTI KB-TZ W/ 2"
EMBED TO (E) CONC
PROVIDE 18 GA
STRAP AT 45° ANGLE
TYP. 2 SPACED 2 FT
APART
LOAD RATED
FASTENER
BAND OF SAME
SIZE AS HANGER
ROUND DUCT
24" DIA. MAX.
PROVIDE
STRAP AT 45° ANGLE
TYP. 4
PROVIDE
ILI CTA
STRAP
#10 SELF TAPPING
SHEET METAL SCREWS
TYPICAL TRANSFER BOOT U-SHAPED
RIGID BOARD ACOUSTICAL
DUCT LINING - 2" THICK
FULL HEIGHT ACOUSTICAL PARTITION
UNVANED ELBOW
(TYP.)
8" MIN.
1
3
2
NOTES:
1.SEAL DUCT THROUGH ACOUSTICAL PARTITION
PENETRATION ON ALL SIDES AIRTIGHT.
2.PROVIDE 8" MIN. HIGH DUCT BOOT WHERE
SPACE PERMITS.
3.SHEET METAL SLEEVE.
STRUCTURE ABOVE
BEAM (WHERE
APPLICABLE)
SIZING CHART
CFM FREE AREA
SIZE (IN.)
UP TO 240 12X12
241 TO 420 22X10
421 TO 610 28X14
611 TO 800 34X14
MARK
NO.
TD-1
TD-2
TD-3
TD-4
FPM H
250
250
250
250
3"
4"
5"
5"
CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE W/ SOUND BOOT
W 2W
2W
SUSPENDED CEILING
RETURN AIR
GRILLE
SOUND BOOT
FOIL SIDE
1" TYPE 705 INSULATION
WITH FRK-25 FOIL FACING
(OWENS/CORNING)
1 1/2" POCKET SLIP
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR
DUCT
GALVANIZED SHEET METAL
1 1/2" (MIN.) TO 3" (MAX.)
6" NOMINAL WITH MATERIAL TAUT
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M6.01
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
EXISTING ROOF TOP PACKAGE HEAT PUMP UNIT SCHEDULES (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
SYMBOL SERVING STATUS
MANUFACTURER
TONS
COOLING CAPACITY EVAP COIL.HEATING SUPPLY FAN MIN
OSA
CFM
ECONOMIZER/MODULATING POWER EXHAUST RTU UNIT RTU
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
CURB
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
PWREXH/
ECON WEIGHT
(LBS.)
TOTAL
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
REMARKSTOTAL
(MBH)
SENSIBLE
(MBH)SEER / EER EDB
(°F)
EWB
(°F)
LDB
(°F)
LWB
(°F)
INPUT
(MBH)COP / HSPF CFM TOTAL
ESP BHP MAKE&
MODEL TYPE HP FLA MCA MOCP VOLTAGE MCA MOCP V/PH/HzMAKEMODEL
(E) HP-1 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)4.0 48.00 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)(EXISTING TO REMAIN)48.00 (EXISTING TO
REMAIN)1680 (EXISTING TO
REMAIN)210 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)ALL
(E) HP-2 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)4.0 48.00 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)(EXISTING TO REMAIN)48.00 (EXISTING TO
REMAIN)1510 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)120 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)ALL
(E) HP-3 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)2.0 24.00 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)(EXISTING TO REMAIN)24.00 (EXISTING TO
REMAIN)780 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)150 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)ALL
(E) HP-5 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)6.0 72.00 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)(EXISTING TO REMAIN)72.00 (EXISTING TO
REMAIN)2500 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)450 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)ALL
NOTES :
1. CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT AS NECESSARY. UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO TENENAT IN FULLY OPERATIONAL CONDITION.
2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING FILTERS AND REPLACE AS NECESSARY.
3. ADJUST ROOF TOP UNIT SUPPLY FAN AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN TOTAL CFM LISTED IN SCHEDULE.
4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT AND REPLACE AS NECESSARY.
5. PROVIDED WITH NEW DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ON THE SUPPLY DUCT MAIN. COORDINATE WITH FIRE PROTECTION.
6. CONTRACTOR TO REBALANCE THE OUTSIDE AIR TO THE EXISTING UNIT AS PER THE UPDATED DRAWINGS.
OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE(PER 2022 CMC 403.2.1 & TITLE-24 120.1 & 150.2)
CMC METHOD T24 AREA METHOD T24 PEOPLE METHOD
MAX. OF ALL
METHODS (CFM)
PROVIDED
OUTSIDE AIR FLOW SERVED BY
ROOM NAME ROOM AREA
(SF)
CFM PER SF
Ra
CFM PER OCC.
Rp
NO. OF OCC.
Pz
MIN. OUTDOOR
AIRFLOW
Vbz
ZONE AIR
DISTRIBUTION
EFFECTIVENESS
Ez
ZONE OUTDOOR
AIRFLOW
Voz
CFM PER SF MIN. OA CFM NO. OF OCCUPANTS CFM PER OCCUPANT MIN. OA CFM
230 CONFERENCE 542 0.06 5 12 92.52 1.00 93 0.50 271 12 15 180 271 280 (E) WSHP-1
231 (E) STORAGE 132 0.06 5 1 12.92 1.00 13 0.15 20 1 15 15 20 20 (E) WSHP-1
218 OPEN PLAN 1180 0.06 5 8 110.8 1.00 111 0.15 177 8 15 120 177 200 (E) WSHP-2
218 OPEN PLAN 1511 0.06 5 17 175.66 1.00 176 0.15 227 17 15 255 255 255 (E) WSHP-3
226 OFFICE 129 0.06 5 3 22.74 1.00 23 0.15 19 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
227 OFFICE 130 0.06 5 3 22.8 1.00 23 0.15 20 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
228 PHONE 47 0.06 5 1 7.82 1.00 8 0.15 7 1 15 15 15 15 (N) WSHP-13
229 PHONE 46 0.06 5 1 7.76 1.00 8 0.15 7 1 15 15 15 15 (N) WSHP-13
222 OFFICE 130 0.06 5 3 22.8 1.00 23 0.15 20 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
223 OFFICE 130 0.06 5 3 22.8 1.00 23 0.15 20 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
224 OFFICE 129 0.06 5 3 22.74 1.00 23 0.15 19 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
225 OFFICE 129 0.06 5 3 22.74 1.00 23 0.15 19 3 15 45 45 45 (N) WSHP-13
218 OPEN PLAN 903 0.06 5 8 94.18 1.00 94 0.15 135 8 15 120 135 135 (E) WSHP-6
219 OFFICE 129 0.06 5 3 22.74 1.00 23 0.15 19 3 15 45 45 45 (E) WSHP-6
220 OFFICE 130 0.06 5 3 22.8 1.00 23 0.15 20 3 15 45 45 45 (E) WSHP-6
221 OFFICE 129 0.06 5 3 22.74 1.00 23 0.15 19 3 15 45 45 45 (E) WSHP-6
218 OPEN PLAN 726 0.06 5 8 83.56 1.00 84 0.15 109 8 15 120 120 120 (E) WSHP-7
218 OPEN PLAN 682 0.06 5 6 70.92 1.00 71 0.15 102 6 15 90 102 105 (E) WSHP-8
211 OFFICE 219 0.06 5 7 48.14 1.00 48 0.15 33 7 15 105 105 105 (ER) WSHP-12A
212 LARGE OFFICE 223 0.06 5 7 48.38 1.00 48 0.15 33 7 15 105 105 105 (ER) WSHP-12A
218 OPEN PLAN 1015 0.06 5 8 100.9 1.00 101 0.15 152 8 15 120 152 155 (N) WSHP-10
213 STORAGE 67 0.06 5 1 9.02 1.00 9 0.15 10 1 15 15 15 15 (N) WSHP-10
208 LARGE OFFICE 232 0.06 5 7 48.92 1.00 49 0.15 35 7 15 105 105 105 (ER) WSHP-11A
209 OFFICE 134 0.06 5 7 43.04 1.00 43 0.15 20 7 15 105 105 105 (ER) WSHP-11A
210 LARGE OFFICE 230 0.06 5 7 48.8 1.00 49 0.15 35 7 15 105 105 105 (ER) WSHP-11A
218OPEN PLAN 1250 0.06 5 12 135 1.00 135 0.15 188 12 15 180 188 190 (ER) WSHP-9
204 WELLNESS 103 0.06 5 1 11.18 1.00 11 0.15 15 1 15 15 15 15 (ER) WSHP-9
205 OFFICE 149 0.06 5 3 23.94 1.00 24 0.15 22 3 15 45 45 45 (ER) WSHP-9
203 COPY 113 0.06 5 1 11.78 1.00 12 0.15 17 1 15 15 17 20 (ER) WSHP-9
201 RECEPTION 366 0.06 5 4 41.96 1.00 42 0.15 55 4 15 60 60 60 (E) HP-1
202 CONFERENCE 273 0.06 5 10 66.38 1.00 66 0.50 137 10 15 150 150 150 (E) HP-1
218 OPEN PLAN 720 0.06 5 8 83.2 1.00 83 0.15 108 8 15 120 120 120 (E) HP-2
206 LARGE OFFICE 227 0.06 5 7 48.62 1.00 49 0.15 34 7 15 105 105 105 (E) HP-3
207 OFFICE 139 0.06 5 7 43.34 1.00 43 0.15 21 7 15 105 105 105 (E) HP-3
218 OPEN PLAN 1716 0.06 5 17 187.96 1.00 188 0.15 257 17 15 255 257 260 (E) HP-5
217 CONFERENCE 373 0.06 5 12 82.38 1.00 82 0.50 187 12 15 180 187 190 (E) HP-5
DUCT MATERIAL SCHEDULE
SYSTEM TYPE SYSTEM SERVICE DESCRIPTION PRESSURE CLASS
(IN. WC.)LOCATION TYPE SIZE MATERIALS INSULATION DUCT SEALANT NOTES
ROOF TOP UNITS HP-BUILDING SUPPLY / RETURN
2" (LOW PRESSURE)CEILING, SHAFT,
PLENUM
RECTANGULAR
ALL
GALVANIZED G90 SHEET
METAL EXTERNAL
WATER BASED,
SEAL
CLASS A
1
ROUND
2" (LOW PRESSURE)PLENUM
RECTANGULAR
ROUND, EXCEPT LAST 5' TO DIFFUSER
ROUND, LAST 5' TO DIFFUSER ACOUSTICAL FLEX
WATER SOURCE HEAT
PUMP WSHP-BUILDING SUPPLY / RETURN
2" (LOW PRESSURE)CEILING, SHAFT,
PLENUM
RECTANGULAR
ALL
GALVANIZED G90 SHEET
METAL EXTERNAL
WATER BASED,
SEAL
CLASS A
1
ROUND
2" (LOW PRESSURE)PLENUM
RECTANGULAR
ROUND, EXCEPT LAST 5' TO DIFFUSER
ROUND, LAST 5' TO DIFFUSER ACOUSTICAL FLEX
NOTES :
1 SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS ON ROOF SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 2.0" R-8 RIGID FIBERBOARD INSULATION. SUPPLY DUCTS IN SHAFTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1.0" R-4.2 DUCT WRAP EXTERNAL INSULATION.
EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNIT SCHEDULE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
MARK SERVING STATUS
MANUFACTURER
NOMINAL TON
FAN DATA COOLING DATA HEATING DATA CONDENSER SECTION ELECTRICAL
WEIGHT
(LBS)MAKE MODEL
DESIGN
AIRFLOW
CFM
FAN POWER (WATTS)EXT. S.P IN
W.C.
COOLING
CAPACITY
(MBH)
SENSIBLE
CAPACITY
(MBH)
EER
HEATING
CAPACITY
(MBH)
COP EWT ºF WATER FLOW
(GPM)
PRESSURE
DROP. (FT)V/PH/HZ FLA MCA MOCP
(E) WSHP-1 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)3 1200 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 36.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)36.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(E) WSHP-2 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)5 2000 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(E) WSHP-3 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)5 2000 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(E) WSHP-6 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)3.5 1400 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 42.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)42.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(E) WSHP-7 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)5 2000 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(E) WSHP-8 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)5 2000 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(ER) WSHP-9 SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)5 2000 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)60.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(ER) WSHP-11A SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)3 1200 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 36.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)36.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
(ER) WSHP-12A SEE PLANS EXISTING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)2 800 (EXISTING TO REMIAN)0.8 24.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)24.0 (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
NEW WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNIT SCHEDULE
MARK MANUFACTURER & MODEL NOMINAL TON
FAN DATA COOLING DATA HEATING DATA ELECTRIC
AL WEIGH
T
(LBS)
NOTES
DESIGN
AIRFLOW CFM
FAN POWER
(WATTS)
EXT. S.P IN
W.C.
COOLING
CAPACITY (MBH)
SENSIBLE
CAPACITY (MBH)
EAT
ºF
LAT
ºF EER
HEATING
CAPACITY
(MBH)
COP EWT ºF WATER FLOW
(GPM)
PRESSU
RE
DROP.
(FT)
V/PH/HZ FLA MOCP
(N) WSHP-10 CLIMATE MASTER
SEL036AKW30C0VS 3 1200 446 0.8 37.9 25.6 76 62 17 45.7 5.4 86 7.5 4.2 460/3/60 5.3 6.3 15 360 ALL
(N) WSHP-13 CLIMATE MASTER
SEL036AKW30C0VS 3 1200 446 0.8 37.9 25.6 80 63 17 45.7 5.4 86 7.5 4.2 460/3/60 5.3 6.3 15 360 ALL
NOTES :
1 PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER LOCAL ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS.
2 PROVIDE REQUIRED ACCESS TO UNIT ACCESS POINTS AND SERVICE AREA.
3 PROVIDE WITH MERV 13 FILTER BOX WITH 2" MERV 13 FILTERS, FILTER CLOG SWITCH WITH ALARM TO CHANGE FILTER.
4 PROVIDE WITH CONDENSATE PUMP, 115V/1PH/60 "HARTEL" OR EQUL CONDENSATE PUMP. CONDENSATE PUMP SHALL BE INSTALLED ON OR ADJACENT TO THE UNIT.
5 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT , M.W. SAUSSE RMXA OR EQUAL, 1" STATIC DEFLECTION.
6 WIRING, INSTALLATION, AND PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.
7 PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION COMPRESSOR BLANKET TO MINIMIZE VIBRATION AND NOISE TRANSMISSION.
8 PROVIDE WITH STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN PAN. PROVIDE CONDENSATE OVERFLOW ALARM WITH CONTROLS.
9 PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED THERMOSTAT.
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M6.02
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE
TAG TYPE CFM NECK SIZE
FACE SIZE /
LENGTH
(IN.)
OPPOSED
BLADE
DAMPER
(Y/N)
MAX. S.P.
(IN.WC.)
MANUFACTURER
& MODEL NO.IMAGE REMARKS
(SEE NOTES BELOW)
CD-1 SUPPLY
0-90
91-170
171-280
281-400
401-500
6"ø
8"ø
10"ø
12"ø
14"ø
12x12
12x12
24x24
24x24
24x24
Y 0.1 TITUS PAS CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE
PLAQUE, MUD-IN
RD-1 SUPPLY
0-90
91-200
201-300
301-450
451-600
6"ø
8"ø
10"ø
12"ø
14"ø
11 1/8"ø
14 3/4"ø
18 1/4"ø
22"ø
26"ø
Y 0.1 TITUS TMR
CEILING DIFFUSER
ROUND LOUVERED FACE
"DROPPED CONE"
CR-1 RETURN /
EXHAUST
0-90
0-90
91-180
181-300
301-410
411-540
541-600
601-1100
1101-1500
6"ø
6"ø
8"ø
10"ø
12"ø
14"ø
16"ø
18x18
22x22
12x12
24x24
24x24
24x24
24x24
24x24
24x24
24x24
24x24
N 0.1 TITUS PAR PERFORATED RETURN
DIFFUSER
SWR-1 RETURN
0-350
351-600
601-800
801-1000
1001-1500
1501-2000
12x12
22x12
28x12
34x12
40x16
42x20
NECK +
1-3/4"Y 0.1 TITUS 350FL
RETURN OR EXHAUST
REGISTER
35 DEG. FIXED DEFLECTION 3/4"
BLADE SPACING BLADES
PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION
NOTES:
1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR CEILING TYPE. PROVIDE LAY-IN TYPE BORDER FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS AND SURFACE MOUNT BORDER FOR GYPSUM BOARD AND
OTHER TYPES OF CEILING OR WALLS.
2. PROVIDE 24x24 MODULE FOR STANDARD LAY-IN CEILINGS. PROVIDE 12x12 MODULE FOR SMALL ROOMS WHERE 24x24 GRID LOCATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE.
3. INCREASE NECK SIZE 2” FOR 2 AND 3 WAY BLOW APPLICATIONS.
4. DIFFUSER AND REGISTER COLOR AND FINISH SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. ALUMINUM WHITE IS LISTED AS STANDARD.
5. PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION WITH THE CONNECTED DUCTWORK.
6. PROVIDE SECTIONING BAFFLES FOR 1,2, AND 3 WAY BLOW APPLICATIONS.
7. FOR FIRE RATED CEILING, PROVIDE DIFFUSER WITH MANUFACTURER'S FIRE RATED OPTION.
8. PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR DAMPER CONTROLS MODEL NO. 5020CC FOR ACCESS TO VOLUME DAMPERS ABOVE A HARD LID CEILING. VERIFY ACCESS LOCATION IN THE
CEILING WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION.
9. LINEAR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS SHALL BE HIGH THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN.
10. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON AIR DISTRIBUTION. SEE NOTE ON PLANS REQUIRING ALL BALANCING THROUGH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS IN DUCT, AS FAR
AS POSSIBLE FROM DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES.
11. PROVIDE WITH BLACK BACKING FOR ALL DIFFUSERS WITH ARCHITECT APPROVAL.
12. ALL DIFFUSERS SHALL BE RATED AT MAX. NC-15 SOUND LEVEL.
DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS
(PER T-24 2022, BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS
§120.4(a))
DUCT LOCATION INSULATION R-VALUE INSTALLED INSULATION THICKNESS
● OUTDOORS
● SPACE BETWEEN ROOF & INSULATED CEILING.
● IN VENTED ATTIC SPACES.
● IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES.
R-8 2"
● IN RETURN AIR PLENUM.
● ALL OTHER SPACES R-4.2 1"
● ENCLOSED IN DIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACE NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED
NOTES:
1. INSULATION THICKNESS VALUES BASED ON JOHNS MANVILLE INSULATION.
2. THE INSTALLED INSULATION THICKNESS OF DUCT LINING FOR PURPOSE OF COMPLIANCE IS EQUIVALENT TO ITS NOMINAL THICKNESS.
3. THE INSTALLED INSULATION THICKNESS OF DUCT WRAP FOR PURPOSE OF COMPLIANCE IS 75% OF ITS NOMINAL THICKNESS.
4. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
DUCT SIZING SCHEDULE LOW VELOCITY SUPPLY, RETURN AND
EXHAUST
CFM RANGE ROUND DUCT DIAMETER OR EQUIVALENT
RECTANGULAR DUCT CFM RANG ROUND DUCT DIAMETER OR EQUIVALENT
RECTANGULAR DUCT
000-110 6" OR 8"X4"1400-1900 18" OR 24"X12"
101-180 8" OR 10"X6"1900-2500 20" OR 24"X14"
181-270 10" OR 10"X8"2500-3300 22" OR 32"X14"
271-400 10" OR 12"X8"3300-4100 24" OR 36"X14"
401-600 12" OR 12"X10"4100-5000 26" OR 40"X16"
601-900 14" OR 16"X10"5000-6200 28" OR 48"X16"
901-1400 16" OR 18"X12"6200-7500 30" OR 48"X18"
NOTES:
DUCT SIZE INDICATED ARE INSIDE DIMENSION WHICH MAY BE ALTERED BY CONTRACTOR TO OTHER DIMENSIONS TO AVOIDINTERFERENCES AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT,
USE EQUAL FRICTION METHOD, 0.1"WG PER 100FT OF DUCT TO DETERMINE DUCT SIZES.
VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SIT, MAKE ALL MEASUREMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS NECESSARY FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION OF SHEET METALWORK. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR BEAMS, PIPE OR OTHER OBSTRUCTION AND FOR WORK BY OTHER
TRADES AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN THE EVENT OF ANY POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE. MAKE AN INITIAL VERIFICATION OF BEAM
PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND ADVISE OF ANY POTENTIAL
CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE SIZING SCHEDULE
TONS OF REFRIGERATION SIZE (IN.)
UP TO 20 3/4"
THROUGH 40 1"
THROUGH 90 1 1/4"
THROUGH 125 1 1/2"
THROUGH 250 2"
NOTES:
THE CAPACITY OF WASTE PIPES ASSUMES A ONE-EIGHT (1/8) INCH PER FOOT OR ONE PERCENT SLOPE.
NOISE CRITERIA GUIDELINES
ROOM NAME
ACCEPTABLE
NOISE CRITERIA
(NC) RANGE
ACCEPTABLE
dBA RANGE
OPEN OFFICE /
SHARED OFFICE 35-40 40-45
CONFERENCE
/ MEDITATION /
CLASSROOM
30-35 35-40
PRIVATE OFFICE 30-35 35-40
STORAGE / BREAK
ROOM 40-45 45-50
PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS
(PER T-24 2022, TABLE 120.3-A PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS)
FUILD TEMPERATURE
RANGE (°F)
CONDUCTIVITY RANGE
(BTU-INCH PER HOUR PER
SQ.FT. PER (°F)
INSULATION MEAN RATING
TEMPERATURE (°F)
NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES)
1 & LESS 1 TO < 1.5 1.5 TO < 4 4 TO < 8 8 & LARGER
INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED (IN INCHES)
SPACE HEATING SYSTEMS (STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE AND HOT WATER) AND SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS.
ABOVE 350 0.32 - 0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
251 - 350 0.29 - 0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5
201 - 250 0.27 - 0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
141 - 200 0.25 - 0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
105 - 140 0.22 - 0.28 100 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
SPACE COOLING SYSTEM (CHILLED WATER, REFRIGERANT AND BRINE)
40 - 60 0.21 - 0.27 75 NONRES 0.5 RES 0.75 NONRES 0.5 RES 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0
BELOW 40 0.20 - 0.26 50 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
FAN SCHEDULE
UNIT NO.MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO.LOCATION FAN TYPE SERVICE DRIVE CFM ESP
(IN. WG.)FAN RPM MAX. SOUND
(SONES)
BACKDRAFT
DAMPER (Y/N)INTERLOCK STARTING
MEANS
MOTOR DATA ELECTRICAL DATA OPER. WEIGHT
(LBS)NOTES
BHP HP FLA MCA MOP VOLT PH HZ
EF -1 GREENHECK SQ-97-VG CEILING INLINE EXHAUST DIRECT 55 0.350 1,008 7.0 Y TIME CLOCK ECM 0.25 1/4 3.8 4.8 15.0 115 1 60 50 1,2,3,4
NOTES :
1. PROVIDE WITH VARI-GREEN MOTOR, CONTROL AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER.
2. PROVIDE WITH MOUNTING SUPPORTERS/FRAMES, PRE-MANUFACTURED FASTENRS AND EC MOTOR.
3. WIRING AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.
4. PROVIDE WITH TIME DELAY CONTROL AND MULTI SPEED PLUG AND PLAY MODULE.
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
2501
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
01
AN
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
M7.01
ME
C
H
A
N
I
C
A
L
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
DO-1
BUSS
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
’
GRY
ORG
YEL
RED
NOTE: INSTALL SPOT LEAK DETECTOR IN
SECONDARY DRAIN PAN.
THE UNIT CONTROL SHALL BE STANDALONE CONTROLS WITH IMS MONITOR SYSTEM.
THE UNIT WILL RUN 24/7/365 A YEAR TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM TEMPERATURE AT:
· A 74°F (ADJ.) COOLING SETPOINT
ALARMS WILL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
· HIGH ZONE TEMP: IF THE ZONE TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN THE COOLING AND HEATING SETPOINT BY A USER
DEFINABLE AMOUNT (ADJ.).
ZONE SETPOINT ADJUST:
THE OCCUPANT WILL BE ABLE TO ADJUST THE ZONE TEMPERATURE COOLING SETPOINT AT THE ZONE SENSOR.
ZONE OPTIMAL START:
THE UNIT WILL USE AN OPTIMAL START ALGORITHM FOR MORNING START-UP. THIS ALGORITHM WILL MINIMIZE THE
UNOCCUPIED WARM-UP OR COOL-DOWN PERIOD WHILE STILL ACHIEVING COMFORT CONDITIONS BY THE START OF
SCHEDULED OCCUPIED PERIOD.
ZONE UNOCCUPIED OVERRIDE: A TIMED LOCAL OVERRIDE CONTROL WILL ALLOW AN OCCUPANT TO OVERRIDE THE
SCHEDULE AND PLACE THE UNIT INTO AN OCCUPIED MODE FOR AN ADJUSTABLE PERIOD OF TIME. AT THE EXPIRATION
OF THIS TIME, CONTROL OF THE UNIT WILL AUTOMATICALLY RETURN TO THE SCHEDULE.
FAN:
THE FAN WILL RUN ANYTIME THE UNIT IS COMMANDED TO RUN, UNLESS SHUTDOWN ON SAFETIES.
HEATING AND COOLING - 2 COMPRESSOR STAGES:
THE CONTROLLER WILL MEASURE THE ZONE TEMPERATURE AND STAGE THE COMPRESSORS TO MAINTAIN ITS
SETPOINT. TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING, THERE WILL BE A USER DEFINABLE (ADJ.) DELAY BETWEEN STAGES, AND
EACH STAGE WILL HAVE A USER DEFINABLE (ADJ.) MINIMUM RUNTIME. THE COMPRESSOR WILL RUN SUBJECT TO ITS
OWN INTERNAL SAFETIES AND CONTROLS.
ON MODE CHANGE, THE COMPRESSOR WILL BE DISABLED AND REMAIN OFF UNTIL AFTER THE REVERSING VALVE HAS
CHANGED POSITION.
ALARMS WILL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
· COMPRESSOR 1 RUNTIME EXCEEDED: COMPRESSOR 1 RUNTIME EXCEEDS A USER DEFINABLE LIMIT (ADJ.).
· COMPRESSOR 2 RUNTIME EXCEEDED: COMPRESSOR 2 RUNTIME EXCEEDS A USER DEFINABLE LIMIT (ADJ.).
FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MONITOR:
THE CONTROLLER WILL MONITOR THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE FILTER.
ALARMS WILL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
· FILTER CHANGE REQUIRED: FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE EXCEEDS A USER DEFINABLE LIMIT (ADJ.).
DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE:
THE CONTROLLER WILL MONITOR THE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE.
ALARMS WILL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
· LOW DISCHARGE AIR TEMP: IF THE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 40°F (ADJ.).
FAN STATUS:
THE CONTROLLER WILL MONITOR THE FAN STATUS.
ALARMS WILL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
· FAN FAILURE: COMMANDED ON, BUT THE STATUS IS OFF.
· FAN IN HAND: COMMANDED OFF, BUT THE STATUS IS ON.
· FAN RUNTIME EXCEEDED: FAN STATUS RUNTIME EXCEEDS A USER DEFINABLE LIMIT (ADJ.).
WATER-SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNIT CONTROLS (TYP. FOR EACH WSHP)
NTS
ˇ
˙
3.31.257
ˇ
˙
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
L
E
G
E
N
D
S
,
A
B
B
R
E
V
I
A
T
I
O
N
S
,
&
G
E
N
E
R
A
L
NO
T
E
S
SERVICE LOCATION FITTINGS
(REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
ABBR.
AD
AFF
AP
BEL
BFF
BOP
CFF
CI
CLG
CW
DIA
DF
DFU
DWG
(E)
EWC
FCO
FCW
FD
FLR
FW
HS
HW
IAW
IJS
I.E.
IW
ABBREVIATIONS
ACCESS DOOR
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ACCESS PANEL
BELOW
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR
BOTTOM OF PIPE
CP FOR FUTURE
CAST IRON
CEILING
COLD WATER
DIAMETER
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
DRAINAGE FICXTURE UNIT
DRAWING
EXISTING
ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER
FLOOR CLEAN OUT
FILTERED COLD WATER
FLOOR DRAIN
FLOOR
FILTERED DOMESTIC COLD WATER
HAND SINK
HOT WATER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH
IN JOIST SPACE
INVERT ELEVATION
INDIRECT WASTE
JS
LAV
MFGR
(N)
OTCS
PE
PVC
T&P
QTY
RD
REF
RPBFP
SS
S.O.V.
TYP.
UNO
UR
V
VBF
VTR
W
WABG
WBEG
WC
WCO
WHA
WSFU
JANITOR SINK
LAVATORY
MANUFACTURER
NEW
OPEN TO CEILING SPACE
POLYETHYLENE
POLYVINYLCHLORIDE
TEMPERATURE & PRESSUE
QUANTITY
ROOF DRAIN
REFRIGERATOR
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW
PREVENTOR
SANITARY SEWER
SHUT-OFF VALVE
TYPICAL
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
URINAL
VENT
VENT BELOW FLOOR
VENT THRU ROOF
SANITARY WASTE
SANITARY WASTE ABOVE GRADE
SANITARY WASTE BELOW GRADE
WATER CLOSET
WALL CLEAN OUT
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR
WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT
ABBR.DESCRIPTION ABBR.DESCRIPTION
WATER
ABOVE GROUND LEAD FREE SOLDERED JOINTS AND FITTINGS
PIPING MATERIAL
TY
P
E
'
K
'
C
O
P
P
E
R
TY
P
E
'
L
'
C
O
P
P
E
R
NO
-
H
U
B
C
A
S
T
I
R
O
N
SC
H
.
4
0
B
L
A
C
K
S
T
E
E
L
SC
H
.
4
0
G
A
L
V
.
S
T
E
E
L
PO
L
Y
E
T
H
Y
L
E
N
E
LEAD FREE SOLDERED JOINTS AND FITTINGS
SANITARY
WASTE
PROVIDE TYLER 2-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
VENT
PROVIDE TYLER 4-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
PROVIDE TYLER 2-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
PROVIDE TYLER 4-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
COLD WATER
HOT WATER
HOT WATER RETURN
VENT
SANITARY SEWER (BELOW FLOOR)
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
NATURAL GAS
STORM DRAINAGE / OVERFLOW DRAINAGE
FIRE WATER
EXISTING PIPE
PLUMBING
CLEANOUT / WALL CLEANOUT
FLOOR CLEANOUT
PIPE DOWN
PIPE UP
PIPE TEE, UP
PIPE TEE, DOWN
PIPE CAP
PIPE EXPANSION JOINT
PIPE CONTINUATION
POINT OF CONNECTION
POINT OF DISCONNECT
BALL / SHUT OFF VALVE
BALANCING VALVE
CHECK VALVE
GATE VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
GLOBE VALVE
STRAINER
SOV IN YARD BOX
BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
NOTE:
NOT ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS LISTED
ON THIS DRAWING MAY APPLY TO THE PROJECT
FIXTURE TAG & NUMBER
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION TAG
XX-X
PLUMBING SHEET INDEX
P0.01 PLUMBING LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME
P2.11 PLUMBING PLAN
P5.01 PLUMBING DETAILS
P6.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES
PIPE SCHEDULE
LEAD-FREE NOTE
ALL PLUMBING PIPING/FITTINGS AND PLUMBING FIXTURES INTENDED TO CONVEY OR DISPENSE WATER FOR
DRINKING OR COOKING SHALL BE "LEAD FREE" IN COMPLIANCE WITH AB 1953. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE
CERTIFICATION AS PART OF THE PLUMBING SUBMITTALS THAT ALL PLUMBING PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH AB 1953.
APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
1.2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
2.2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
3.2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
4.2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE
5.2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
6.2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE
7.2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
8.ALL CODES TO INCLUDE LOCAL CITY AMENDMENTS AND ORDINANCE
A.PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL MEET THE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN CALIFORNIA
GREEN BUILDING STANDARD CODE 5.303.6
B.PER 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARD CODE SECTION 4.303, PLUMBING FIXTURES
(WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS) AND FITTINGS (FAUCETS AND SHOWERHEADS) SHALL COMPLY
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1.WATER CLOSETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH.
2.URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH.
3.SHOWERHEADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI.
4.LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
5.KITCHEN FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
GREEN BUILDING COMPLIANCE
PLUMBING NOTES
1.PROVIDE PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE
REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS AND AS OTHERWISE
RECOMMENDED OR DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURERS.
2.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PIPING BELOW GRADE WITH STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND OTHER
SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS.
3.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. WITH ARCHITECTURAL,
STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
4.PROVIDE CLEANOUTS FOR SANITARY WASTE AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS WHERE SHOWN AND
SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER SEC. 707.0 & 719.0 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.
5.SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR PIPE CONNECTION SIZES.
6.PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL VALVES LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING
SYSTEMS. MAINTAIN FIRE RATINGS WHERE REQUIRED.
7.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATIONS.
8.ALL SEWER / DRAINAGE PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE SLOPED AT 2% (1/4" PER FOOT) UNO.
9.DO NOT RUN ANY PIPES OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR. COORDINATE PIPE
LOCATIONS TO AVOID ELECTRICAL PANELS.
10.PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED AND CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL
PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING & CONDUIT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH REQUIRED ACCESS.
11. EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER
EQUIPMENT USED IS SUBJECT TO MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF LISTED EQUIPMENT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO ASSURE OTHER EQUIPMENT WILL FIT
IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND WILL NOT EXCEED WEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.
12.CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR AT SEALED CONCRETE / TILE.
13. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE METHODS/LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING FROM
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
14.SEAL ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS WITH AIRTIGHT SEALANT (FIRE RATED SYSTEM AT RATED
WALLS). REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS.
15.ALL VENTS SHALL TERMINATE NOT LESS THAN TEN (10) FEET FROM OR AT LEAST (3) FEET ABOVE
ANY WINDOW, DOOR, OPENING, AIR INTAKE OR VENT SHAFT.
16.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CODE PLAN FOR AREAS WHERE FIRE PENETRATION MATERIALS ARE
REQUIRED.
17.MOUNT HOSE BIBBS @ 36" ABOVE GRADE/FF. UNO.
18.PROVIDE INSULATION FOR PIPES PER CALIFORNIA STATE ENERGY CODE (TITLE 24) AND PER
SPECIFICATIONS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICTS, PROVIDE MATERIAL WHICH MEETS THE MOST STRINGENT
REQUIREMENT.
19.PROVIDE ISOLATION VALVE AT EACH BRANCH CONNECTION TO MAIN (CW AND HW).
20.GRAVITY FLOW WASTE PIPE SIZES SHALL REMAIN AT INDICATED DOWNSTREAM SIZE WHERE SIZES
ARE NOT SHOWN.
21.WHERE DOMESTIC COLD AND/OR HOT WATER PIPING DROPS INTO A PIPE CHASE, THE SIZE SHOWN
FOR THE PIPE DROPS SHALL BE USED TO THE LAST FIXTURE.
22.PROVIDE FIRE STOPS ON PIPING TO MAINTAIN RATING OF FIRE RATED WALLS WHERE PENETRATED
BY PIPING.
23.WHERE DOMESTIC HW/CW PIPE SIZES ARE NOT INDICATED, SUPPLY PIPE SIZE SHALL REMAIN LAST
INDICATED UPSTREAM SIZE. CIRCULATION PIPE SHALL REMAIN LAST INDICATED DOWNSTREAM SIZE.
24. WHERE INDICATED PIPE SIZE IS NOT COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE, PROVIDE NEXT LARGER AVAILABLE
SIZE.
25.PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (WHA) ON HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCHES THAT SERVE
WATER CLOSETS, SINKS, URINALS, WASHING MACHINES, DISHWASHERS, HOSE BIBS, SHOWERS,
TUBS, AND OTHER FIXTURES WITH QUICK-CLOSING VALVES. PLACE WHA WITHIN 6 FEET OF FIXTURE.
PROVIDE WITH ACCESS PANEL IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE.
26.PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/8" SLOPE ON ALL CONDENSATE PIPING. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE
INSULATED AND JACKETED.
27.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES TO ENSURE AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE
COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
28.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF PROJECT
FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.
29.IF ANY EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IS DIFFERENT FROM THAT SPECIFIED, OR
REQUIRES CHANGES IN MATERIAL OR LABOR FROM THAT REQUIRED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AFFECTING HIS AND/ OR OTHER TRADES, SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS SHOP DRAWINGS.
SUBMITTAL SHALL INDICATE CREDIT DUE TO OWNER, IF ANY, BECAUSE OF THE CHANGES.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF ALL CHARGES RESULTING FROM
ADDITIONS OR CHANGES IN THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE
REQUESTED MODIFICATION. ALL CHANGED SHALL BE SHOWN ON RECORD AS -BUILT DRAWINGS.
30.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS.
31.PROPOSED ADDITION, ALTERNATION OR IMPROVEMENT REQUIRES ALL NON-COMPLIANT FIXTURES
TO BE REPLACED WITH WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES. (CIVIL CODE SECTION 1101.5)
32.NEW OR REPAIRED POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE DISINFECTED PRIOR TO USE ACCORDING
TO THE METHOD SET IN SECTION 609.9 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.
ABBREVIATIONS
PLUMBING SYMBOLS
RENOVATION OF EXISTING 2ND FLOOR SPACE. PROVISION OF WASTE, VENT, COLD WATER AND HOT WATER TO
SINK AT WELLNESS. AND PROVISION OF A NEW DOUBLE SINK AT BREAK ROOM.
SCOPE OF WORK
PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES
1.THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE TO HAVE VISITED AND EXAMINED THE PREMISES
BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, IN ORDER TO UNDERSTAND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS RELATED
TO HIS WORK.
2.REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, RELATED PIPING, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED
PER ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION WORK IN THE AREA TO BE RENOVATED. ALL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN
REMOVED AND IS NOT REUSED SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
3. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED TO BE DEMO'D OR REMOVED PER ARCHITECTURAL
DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE DISCONNECTED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, EXISTING WASTE, SOIL, VENT AND
WATER PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE MAIN, CAPPED AND/OR PLUGGED BEHIND WALLS,
ABOVE CEILING AND BELOW SLAB, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED
TO ELIMINATE DEAD ENDS AS REQUIRED BY CODE.
4. THE TRADES WHO WILL NORMALLY HANDLE OR INSTALL THE VARIOUS ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE SALVAGE
OR REUSED SHALL DISCONNECT, REMOVE STORE AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE, MOVE AND RELOCATE
AS NECESSARY, AND RECONNECT, INSTALL AND/OR BUILD AT THE LOCATION REQUIRED.
5. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS CONTRACTOR BUT
NOT LIMITED TO THE WORK ON THE DRAWINGS.
6. REMOVAL SHALL BE DONE CAREFULLY WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE TO ADJOINING WORK.
7. ALL WORK TO REMAIN OR UTILITIES, IF DAMAGED, MUST BE REPAIRED PROMPTLY TO THE OWNER'S
AND ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION, AND THE COST SHALL BE BORN BY THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE
FOR SUCH DAMAGE.
8. PATCH ALL WALLS, PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS TO MATCH ADJOINING WHERE THESE AREAS ARE DISTURBED
BY DEMOLITION.
9. MAINTAIN LEGAL EGRESS TO STAIRS AND EXISTS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION.
10.IF FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND EFFECT
WORK, CONTRACTOR SHOULD INFORM ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THAT AREA.
REFERENCE SHEET NUMBER
XXX
#
#
P#.##
DETAIL NUMBER
XXX
#PLUMBING RISER MARK
#PLUMBING KEYNOTE (NEW)
PLUMBING KEYNOTE (DEMO)
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT TAG
DESCRIPTIONVALVES & FITTINGS
CD
G
SD / OD
FW
(E)
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
95-5 SOLDERED FITTINGS
95-5 SOLDERED FITTINGS
BELOW GROUND
ABOVE GROUND
BELOW GROUND
ABOVE GROUND
BELOW GROUND
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
P0.02 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
P0.03 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.02
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1, ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SECTION
AND THE CONTRACT FOR THIS WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION AS FULLY AS IF REPEATED HEREIN.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES AND NECESSARY INCIDENTALS FOR THE FULL AND
COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN.
A. WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE:
ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER HEATERS, VALVES, HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP, AND
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR UNDERGROUND STEEL OR FERROUS PIPING.
CONNECTIONS TO SANITARY SEWER, WATER AND GAS MAINS.
DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER SYSTEMS.
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
FLOOR SINKS AND FLOOR DRAINS.
FURNISH AND SET ALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS.
GAS SYSTEM.
PIPE COVERING, INSULATION AND WRAPPING.
ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT OF GAS AND WATER, AND
CONDENSATE DRAINS.
ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER
SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS OR BY THE OWNER.
ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM.
SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER HEATERS, VALVES,
HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
SAFING OF ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE WALLS AND FLOORS.
WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS.
RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS:
1.TEMPORARY FACILITIES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01500.
CUTTING AND PATCHING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01045.
CONCRETE WORK AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 3, HOWEVER, PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR SPACING
AND SIZE OF CONCRETE PADS AND ANCHOR BOLTS FOR ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
ELECTRICAL WORK AS FOLLOWS WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 16: A. CONDUIT AND
WIRING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.
2.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
CODES AND STANDARDS
ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON SITE, ARCHITECTURAL OR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE PROVIDED
COMPLETE FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO FINISHED FIXTURE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
GOVERNING AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT
BE CONSTRUED TO PERMIT WORK IN VIOLATION OF GOVERNING CODES.
IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES AND
AGENCIES, CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS:
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2022 EDITION.
CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2022 EDITION.
CITY OF SANTA ANA REQUIREMENTS.
STATE FIRE MARSHALL.
STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS.
ALL REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL/OSHA.
ALL OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS WORK.
B.GUARANTEES: PROVIDE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE FORM REQUIRED UNDER DIVISION 1, AGAINST
DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE YEAR. GUARANTEE SHALL BE INCLUSIVE OF
REPAIR OF DEMAGE TO, OR REPLACEMENT (IF SO REQUIRED) OF ANY PORTION OF PREMISES
CAUSED BY WATER, OIL, OR GAS LEAKS OR BREAKS IN PIPE, FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED
UNDER THIS SECTION.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
A. SHOP DRAWINGS:
SHOW ALL DETAILS OF ALL PIPING, PIPING SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS.
B. PRODUCT DATA:
WITHIN 35 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT AND PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO THE JOB SITE OF ANY
MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEVEN COMPLETE BROCHURES OF ALL
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PER DIVISION 1 OF
THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
PRODUCT DATA SHALL INCLUDE ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, PIPE SUPPORTS AND OTHER
ASSOCIATED STANDARD ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS.
MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DATA TO COMPLY
WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS. COMPLIANCE
CERTIFICATION FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS
C. OTEHER SUBMITTALS
STERILIZATION TEST REPORT
TEST DATA
D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: DELIVER TO ARCHITECT THREE COMPLETE SETS IN BOUND
BOOKLET FORM OF WRITTEN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND BROCHURES FOR EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. FULLY INSTRUCT OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AND DEMONSTRATE ALL
ASPECTS OF PERFORMANCE, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. AMOUNT OF TIME ALLOCATED FOR SAID
INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THESE
OBLIGATIONS. SUBMIT A LETTER TO ARCHITECT SIGNED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WHO WILL OPERATE
SYSTEMS STATING THAT HE HAS BEEN FULLY INSTRUCTED BY CONTRACTOR CONCERNING OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. ONE ADDITIONAL SET OF APPROVED INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE
SUITABLY FRAMED BEHIND GLASS AND MOUNTED AS INSTRUCTED.
E. RECORD DRAWINGS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1. PROVIDE AN ACCURATE DIMENSIONED
RECORD OF AS-BUILT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS, AS REFERRED TO APPROVED BASE DATUM, OF BURIED
CONCEALED LINES, MANHOLES, CLEANOUTS, VALVES, PLUGGED TEES, CAPPED ENDS AND OF WORK WHICH HAS
NOT BEEN INSTALLED AS PER DESIGN DWGS.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A.
B.
PROTECTION: ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE MATERIALS OF THIS
SECTION BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION.
REPLACEMENTS: ANY OCCURRENCE OF DAMAGE, SHALL TRIGGER IMMEDIATE REPAIR OF ALL DAMAGED
AND DEFECTIVE WORK TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A.EXAMINATION OF THE SITE: EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL CONDITIONS IN BID
PROPOSAL UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED.
1.07 MISCELLANEOUS
A.
B.
C.
D.
EXAMINATION OF THE SITE: EXERCISE CARE IN EXAMINING THE SITE AND COORDINATE ALL WORK
INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. REPORT TO ARCHITECT IN WRITING
CONDITIONS THAT WILL PREVENT PROPER PROVISIONS OF THIS WORK. VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION
OF SERVICE LINES WITH SERVICING COMPANIES HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE EXCAVATING. BY
SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THE CONTRACTOR WARRANTS THAT HE HAS FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE
EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WILL PERFORM ALL WORK AS REQUIRED FOR HOOKUP AND AS REQUIRED
BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
PERMITS AND FEES: CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE, APPLY AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS,
INSPECTIONS, EXAMINATIONS, FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION.
SERVICE CONNECTIONS: MAKE ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANY
FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES. PAY ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH WORK INCLUDING
METERS AND HOOKUP CHARGES. UTILITY ASSESSMENT FEES, IF ANY, WILL BE PAID BY THE OWNER
AND ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT.
DRAWINGS: DRAWINGS SHOW DESIRED LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND
OTHER ITEMS, AND SHOULD BE ADHERED TO AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME
THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATING THE WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. WORK SPECIFIED
WHICH IS NOT CLEARLY DEFINED BY THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ARRANGED TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. IF CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE
DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT, THEY SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT
ADDITIONAL CHARGES PROVIDED THE CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE WORK IS INSTALLED AND NO
ADDITIONAL MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A.
B.
1.
2.
A.
B.
3.
PIPE SLEEVES AND WRAPPING: FURNISH POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATE AND BRASS SET SCREW
FLANGES WHERE PLUMBING PIPES PENETRATE WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND PARTITIONS IN
FINISHED PORTIONS OF BUILDING, INCLUDING FLANGES ON PIPES AT FIXTURES. ALL SLEEVES IN
CONCEALED AND EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED IRON 1" O.D. LARGER THAN THE
PIPE OD, CAULKED IF BELOW GRADE IN A MOISTURE-PROOF MANNER. ALL PIPES PENETRATING
THROUGH FIRE WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE PROPERLY FIRE SAFED WITH DOW CORNING 3-6548
SILICONE RTV FOAM AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
PIPE IDENTIFICATION
PIPING IDENTIFICATION TO COMPLY WITH ANSI AND OSHA STANDARDS: EACH INDIVIDUAL
PIPELINE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED FOR QUICK AND EASY IDENTIFICATION AS TO CONTENT AND
CHARACTER OF MATERIAL CARRIED IN THE PIPES BY SETON SNA OR STR MARKERS.
MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND LOCATED AT NOT MORE THAN 8' INTERVALS AND SO
LOCATED THAT MARKERS SHALL BE VISIBLE WHERE PIPING SYSTEM IS EXPOSED.
ONE MARKER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EITHER SIDE OF VALVES, SPECIAL FITTINGS
AND AT BRANCH TAKE-OFF. IN FURRED AREAS INSTALL ONE BAND TWENTY FOUR
(24) INCHES ABOVE FLOOR AND NINETEEN (19) INCHES BELOW CEILING LINE.
ROVIDE TWO IDENTIFICATION CHARTS COMPLETE WITH GLASS AND FRAME
SHOWING LIST OF MATERIALS CONVEYED IN THE PIPING SYSTEM, CLASSIFIED BY
NATURE OF ITS CONTENTS AND RESPECTIVE IDENTIFYING COLORS.
COLOR SCHEME SHALL BE APPROVED. BASE COLOR FOR MARKERS SHALL BE AS
FOLLOWS:
DOMESTIC HOT WATER --- YELLOW
DOMESTIC COLD WATER --- GREEN
FUEL GAS --- YELLOW
SANITARY SEWER --- GREEN
SANITARY VENT --- GREEN
INDUSTRIAL COLD WATER --- GREEN
STORM DRAINS --- GREEN
C.
D.
MATERIALS: ALL MATERIALS WHEN NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE
ASTM, ASME, AGA, AND ASA STANDARDS.
EQUAL MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: IN ADDITION TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS, THE
FOLLOWING SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED EQUAL, PROVIDED CORRESPONDING MODELS MEET ALL
SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. EQUIVALENT SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT NAMED HEREIN
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. SUBMIT ALTERNATE SELECTIONS AT TIME OF
BID, LISTING MAJOR EQUIPMENT.
ITEM MANUFACTURER
ACCESS PANELS:MILCOR
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:NEPTUNE, HERSEY
CLEANOUTS:ZURN
DRAINS & FLOOR SINKS:ZURN
ELECTRICAL WATER COOLERS:SUNROC, HAWS, ACORN
FLUSH VALVE:TOTO
GAS VENTS:METALBESTOS, AMERIVENT
INSULATIONS:MANVILLE, OWENS-CORNINGS, FIBERGLASS
PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORTS:GRINNELL, FEE & MASON, B-LINE
PLUMBING FIXTURES:CRANE
PRESSURE GAUGES:MARSH, MARSHALLTOWN, TREICE
SOIL PIPE:TYLER, UNIVERSAL
SOLDERS:HANDY-HARMAN, LUCAS, MILHAUPT
STRAINERS:WALWORTH, BAILEY, MUELLER
TOILET SEATS:TOTO
VALVES:WALWORTH, MILWAUKEE
WATER PRESSURE REDUCINT VALVES:BAILEY
WATER HEATERS:CHRONOMITE
2.02 PIPE AND FITTING SCHEDULE
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.
E.
F.
1.
2.
3.
SOILS AND STORM DRAIN LINES SHALL BE 5' FROM BUILDING: VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE AND FITTINGS OR
SERVICE WEIGHT NO-HUB CAST-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CISPI-301 AND SHALL BEAR THE NSF
TRADEMARK. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE 5' OUTSIDE BUILDING: SERVICE WEIGHT NO-
HUB CAST-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CISPI-301 AND SHALL BEAR THE NSF TRADEMARK..
DOMESTIC HOT & COLD WATER PIPING LOCATED ABOVE GROUND: TYPE L HARD- DRAWN COPPER
TUBE, ASTM B88, & WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, ANSI B16.22.
DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING LOCATED BELOW GROUND AND OUTSIDE THE BUILDING
3" DIAMERTER AND UNDER: TYPE K HARD-DRAWN COPPER TUBE, ASTM B88, AND WROUGHT
COPPER FITTINGS ANSI B16.22, SOLDER JOINT TYPE (REFER TO PARAGRAPH "PIPE
WRAPPING" HEREIN).
INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAINGS: TYPE M COPPER TUBE, ASTM B88. AND WROUGHT COPPER
FITTINGS ANSI B16.22, SOLDER JOINT TYPE.
GAS PIPING
2" AND UNDER LOCATED ABOVE GROUND: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-135,
A-795, WITH CLASS 150 WOG BLACK BANDED MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS.
2-1/2" AND LARGER ABOVE GROUND: SCHEDULE 4- BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-135, A-795,
WITH SCHEDULE 40 BUTT WELDED FITTINGS.
BELOW GROUND: PLEXCO PE2406 POLYETHYLENE PIPING SYSTEMS WITH ELECTRIC FUSION
SOCKET FUSION JOINTS. PROVIDE #12 ELECTRIC TRACER COPPER WIRE, SPIRAL WRAPPED
AROUND PIPE. BACKFILL WITH CLEAN SAND 4" AROUND PIPE. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY
WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
2.03 MATERIALS FOR JOINTS, FITTINGS AND VALVES
A.
1.
B.
1.
2.
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN CAST-IRON PIPE
PROVIDE "NO-HUB" COUPLINGS AS APPROVED BY THE CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE FOUNDATION,
CISPI310-85 SHALL BEAR THE NSF TRADEMARK
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN CAST-IRON PIPE
WATER PIPING: EQUIVALENT TO HARRIS "BRIDGIT" LEAD-FREE BRAZING ALLOY. 95-5
SOLDERS ARE NOT APPROVED.
COPPER INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: LEAD-FREE SOLDER WITH NON-
CORROSIVE PASTE FLUX.
C.WELDED JOINTS: WELDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED WELDERS, AND
SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME BOILER CONSTRUCTION CODE, ANSI CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING, AND
STATE REQUIREMENTS.
D.UNIONS AND GASKETS
1.2" DIA. AND SMALLER FOR STEEL PIPE: SCREWED MALLEABLE-IRON GROUND JOINT, CLASS
150 WOG, WITH BRASS-TO-IRON SEAT, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO MATCH SERVICE.
2.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER FOR STEEL PIPE: CAST-IRON FLANGED GASKET TYPE, CONFORMING
TO ANSI B16.1, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO MATCH SERVICE, OR 150 LB. FORGED STEEL SLIP-
ON FLANGES.
3.UNIONS FOR COPPER TUBING: CAST BRONZE, GROUND JOINT PATTERN, SOLDERED JOINT
CONNECTION, ASTM B62 AND ANSI B16.18.
4.DIELECTRIC UNIONS: EPCO, FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH ISOLATORS AND GASKETS OF
SAME SIZE AS PIPE, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO SUIT SERVICE.
5.DIELECTRIC FLANGES: F.H. MALONEY CO., TYPE E FLANGES FOR CATHODIC INSULATION.
6.GASKETS: 1/16" GARLOCK #17022
E.STRAINERS: Y-TYPE WITH SEMI-STEEL BODY AND STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN WITH PERFORATIONS
SUITABLE FOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS, OR SAME SIZE AS INSTALLED PIPELINE. PROVIDE GATE
VALVE WITH HOSE CONNECTION AT EACH STRAINER BLOW-OFF.
1.2-1/2" DIA. AND UNDER: BAILEY 100-A SERIES, 125 LB. OR 250 LB., SCREWED ENDS WITH
SCREWED GASKETED CAP.
2.3" DIA. AND LARGER: BAILEY 100-A SERIES, 125 LB. OR 250 LB., FLANGED ENDS AND BOLTED
GASKET CAP.
F.VALVES: PROVIDE VALVES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, OR FOLLOWING NUMBERS OR EQUIVALENT
BY COMPARATOR CHART OF APPROVED MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ADAPTORS FOR VALVES IN
COPPERTUBING WHERE NECESSARY. ALL DOMESTIC WATER VALVES, 2" DIA. AND UNDER, SHALL BE
BALL VALVES.
1.ECCENTRIC VALVES, 2" DIA. AND UNDER, GAS: DEZURIK #425 VALVE WITH RS49,
PLUG SEALS, IRON BODY, SCREWED OR FLANGED, U.L. LISTED.
2.GATE VALVES, 2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER, DOMESTIC WATER: 200 PSI WOG, SOLID
WEDGE DISC, UNION BONNET, RISING STEM, FLANGED.
GRINNELL 6020A
NIBCO F-617-0
CRANE 465 1/2
STOCKHAM G-623
3.PARTITION STOP VALVES: T&S B415, LOOSE-KEY TYPE WITH WALL FLANGE.
4.BALL VALVES, DOMESTIC WATER: BRONZE, FULLPORT, CLASS 150, THREADED.
GRINNELL 3750 OR 171N
NIBCO T-585
JAMESBURY 300
NOTE: PROVIDE FLANGED IRON BODY VALVES OR EQUIPMENT USED IN COPPER
PIPING SYSTEMS WITH MALONEY FLANGE AND BOLTS INSULATING KITS.
5.ANGLE VALVES, DOMESTIC WATER:
1/4 TURN, FULLPORT, COMPRESSION FITTING.
WATTS
NIBCO
BRASSCRAFT
G.CHECK VALVES
1.HORIZONTAL SWING:
A.2" DIA. AND UNDER (200 PSI WOG), BRONZE SCREWED CAP, SWING.
THREADED SOLDER.
GRINNELL 3300 3300SJ
NIBCO T-413(BWY)S-413(BWY)
CRANE 37 1342
STOCKHAM 320 B-309
B.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER (200 PSI WOG), IRON BODY, BRONZE TRIM,
SCREWED CAP, SWING, Y-PATTERN, REGRINDING, FLANGED.
GRINNELL 6300A
NIBCO F-918-B
CRANE 373
STOCKHAM G-931
H.PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
1.WILKINS MODEL 500XLYSBR OR EQUAL
2.07 ROOF FLASHING
A.SANITARY VENT FLASHINGS: SEMCO 1100-3 OR 1100-5, COMPLETE WITH ONE-PIECE LEAD FLASHING
AND COUNTERFLASHING SLEEVE.
B.OTHER PIPE THROUGH ROOF FLASHING: SEMCO 1100-2 OR 1100-4, COMPLETE WITH ONE-PIECE 4 LB.
LEAD FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING SLEEVE.
2.08 PIPE SLEEVES
PROVIDE ADJUST-TO-CRETE, PARAMOUNT, HOLE-OUT OR SPERZEL CRETE SLEEVE AT CONCRETE WALLS OR
FLOORS. PROVIDE FLOOR SLEEVES EXTENDED TO TOP OF CONCRETE CURBS FOR PIPING RISING THROUGH
FLOORS. WALL SLEEVES TO BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. SLEEVES SHALL BE SIZED TO PERMIT HALF
(1/2) INCH CLEARANCE AROUND PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION AND COVERING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS
THROUGH WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVES
2.09 ACCESS PANELS
A.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN PLASTER WALLS AND CEILINGS: KARP #DSC214PL, ELMDOR PW, 24"X24"
WITH METAL ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME, PRIME COATED STEEL AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT
SURFACES. FOR FIRE RATED AREAS PROVIDE USE KARP #KRP-150 FR 1-1/2 HOUR "B" LABEL ACCESS
PANELS, U.L. LISTED.
B.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN ACOUSTIC TILE CEILINGS: KARP #DSC-210, ELMDOR AT, 24'X24" WITH
METAL ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME, 24"X24" MINIMUM SIZE, PRIME COATED STEEL, RECESSED TO
ACCEPT STANDARD TILE IN FULL OPENING DOOR.
C.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN CERAMIC TILE WALLS: ELMDOR DW-SS, SMITH 4730, CHROME-PLATED
COVER AND FRAME OF SUITABLE SIZE FOR PURPOSE INTENDED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 8"X8" SIZE.
FOR FIRE RATED AREAS PROVIDE ELMDOR FR 1-1/2 HOUR "B" LABEL ACCESS PANELS, U.L. LISTED.
2.10 CLEANOUTS
FOR CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE, PROVIDE IRON BODY WITH EXTRA HEAVY BRONZE PLUGS SCREWED INTO
CAULKING FERRULES, FOR STEEL PIPE, PROVIDE EXTRA HEAVY BRONZE PLUGS; AND FOR VITRIFIED CLAY
PIPE, PROVIDE VITRIFIED CLAY PLUGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS, PLATES, AND FRAMES FOR FLUSH
MOUNTING WHERE CLEANOUTS OCCUR IN FINISHED INTERIOR WALLS. EXPOSED PARTS OF FLOOR
CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE TOP. PROVIDE ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT
PLUGS. CLEANOUT SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING:
A.IN FINISHED FLOORS: PROVIDE CAST-IRON WITH POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE ROUND TOP, NON-SKID
DIAMOND TREAD SET FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLASHING FLANGE WHEN USED WITH
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE.
SMITH - 4023
WADE - W-6000
ZURN - ZN-1420-2
JOSAM - 56010 (ADD -41 WHEN NEEDED)
B.IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AREAS: PROVIDE CAST-IRON WITH HEAVY CAST-IRON ROUND TOP, NON-
SKID DIAMOND TREAD SET FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLASHING FLANGE WHEN USED WITH
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE.
SMITH - 4223
WADE - W-6000
ZURN - Z-1420-25
JOSAM - 56070 (ADD -41 WHEN NEEDED)
C.IN WALLS: PROVIDE CLEANOUT TEE COMPLETE WITH SQUARED POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE ACCESS
PLATE WITH VANDALPROOF SCREWS AND FRAMES. OPENING 8"X8" MINIMUM.
SMITH - 4558-U
WADE - W-8460-S
ZURN - ZN-1445-3
JOSAM - 58770-15
D.IN EXTERIOR GRADES; PROVIDE CAST-IRON BODY, VANDALPROOF COVER, NON SKID DIAMOND
TREAD, SET FLUSH WITH GRADE OR FINISHED SURFACE. IN NON-SURFACED AREA, THEY SHALL BE
CAST IN A CONCRETE BLOCK 14'X14'X6" DEEP.
SMITH - 4020-U
WADE - W-8300MF
ZURN - ZN-1460-15-W/Z-1450-8
JOSAM - 58680-15
2.11 SHOCK ABSORBERS
PROVIDE SHOCK ABSORBERS MANUFACTURED BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS (PPP) INSTALLED AS
INDICATED OR AS RECOMMENDED BY PDI PAMPHLET WWH-201. FURNISH ACCESS PANEL FOR A SINGLE
MULTIPLE FIXTURE INSTALLATION (NOT OF FLUSH VALVE TYPE). IN NO SITUATION SHALL A FIXTURE BE
INSTALLED WITHOUT SHOCK PROTECTION.
2.12 PRESSURE TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE
FURNISH DOMESTIC WATER HEATER WITH ASME RATED PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE SET TO
RELIEVE AT 125 PSI PRESSURE AND AT 188 DEGREE TO 208 DEGREE F TEMPERATURE RANGE.
2.13 PRESSURE GAUGES
POTTER-ROEMER 6240-U.L. - F.M. 0-300 PSI RANGE, COMPLETE WITH 3-1/2" DIAMETER DIAL AND GAUGE COCK.
INSTALL PRESSURE GAUGES WHERE SHOWN AND AS REQUIRED.
2.14 INSULATION
A.ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ENERGY EFFICIENCY
STANDARDS. INSULATION THICKNESSES SPECIFIED ARE BASED ON INSULATION DISPLAYING
THERMAL RESISTANCES IN THE RANGE OF R-4.0 TO R-4.6 PER INCH OF THICKNESS ON A FLAT
SURFACE AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEGREE F. THICKNESSES SPECIFIED ARE MINIMUM AND
SHALL BE PROPORTIONALLY INCREASED FOR MATERIALS HAVING R VALUES LESS THAN 4.0 PER INCH
OF THICKNESS OR MAY BE REDUCED FOR MATERIALS HAVING R VALUES GREATER THAN 4.6 PER
INCH THICKNESS. PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER PIPING IS INSTALLED, TESTED AND
APPROVED AND IS IN CLEAN, DRY CONDITION. FIRMLY BUTT INSULATION JOINTS.
B.ALL HOT WATER AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH GLASS FIBER
PIPE INSULATION WITH FACTORY APPLIED WHITE JACKET, J-M MICRO-LOK 650 AP, 1" THICK FOR PIPE
SIZES OF 1/2" TO 1", AND 1-1/2" THICK FOR PIPE SIZES TO 1-1/4" AND ABOVE. ALL FITTINGS AND
VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PREFORMED INSULATION WITH PVC PREMOLDED ONE PIECE
FITTING COVER, J.M. ZESTON COVER. ADHERE LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTTS OF STRIPS OF
JACKET WITH FACTORY APPLIED PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE SYSTEM, J-M AP-T. FLANGES AND
UNIONS SHALL NOT BE COVERED.
C.ALL PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED SHALL BE
INSULATED WITH PLUMBEREX SPECIALTY PRODUCTS HOT WATER SUPPLY AND 'P' TRAP
PREFABRICATED INSULATION.
2.15 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A.GENERAL: ALL PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIMS & EXPOSED SUPPLIES AND WASTES TO BE MADE OF
BRASS WITH POLISHED CHROME-PLATED FINISH. FURNISH INDIVIDUAL LOOSE KEY STOPS OR, IF
SPECIFIED, SCREW DRIVER STOPS FOR SUPPLIES AND, UNLESS INTEGRAL WITH VALVES OR
FAUCETS, MOUNT UNDER FIXTURE. SEPARATELY TRAP ALL WASTES. MFURNISH EXPOSED SUPPLIES
AND WASTES TO WALL WITH POLISHED CHROME-PLATED CAST BRASS WALL ESCUTCHEONS.
PROVIDE ALL LAVATORIES WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CHROME-PLATED CAST BRASS P-TRAPS. ALL
PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE WHITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT.
B.WALL-HUNG FIXTURES: CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WITH HANGERS OR
SUPPORTING ARMS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED ON A 1/4" THICK BY 6" WIDE STEEL WALL PLATE
WHICH EXTENDS AT LEAST ONE STUD OVER FIRST AND LAST FIXTURE MOUNTING POINTS, OR A
TOTAL OF THREE STUDS MINIMUM. FASTEN WALL PLATE TO EACH STRUCTURAL STUD IT CROSSES
BY TACK WELDING EACH SIDE OF STUD FLANGE AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF PLATE. FIXTURE OR
SUPPORTING ARMS SHALL BE SECURELY AND FIRMLY ATTACHED TO STEEL WALL PLATE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. IN THE SITUATION THAT STRUCTURAL STUDS
ARE NOT BEING INSTALLED BEHIND WALL-HUNG FIXTURES, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY
ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
C.WALL-MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS: INSTALL WITH A COMBINATION FIXTURE SUPPORT AND WASTE
FITTING INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS AND HEIGHT INDICATED ON
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
D.URINALS: INSTALL USING BRASS NIPPLES. INSTALL AT HEIGHTS SPECIFIED ON ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS.
E.DRAINS: WHERE INSTALLED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, INSTALL DRAINS
WITH FLASHING CLAMP DEVICE WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT CLAMPING BOLTS.
F.FIXTURE SEALER: PROVIDE WALL-HUNG FIXTURES WITH WHITESILICONE SEALER BETWEEN
FIXTURE AND WALL, APPLIED SMOOTH AND EVEN.
FIXTURES, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS.
2.06 PIPE HANGERS
A.HANGERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED ISOLATION AND DI-CHROMATE FINISH.
1.2" DIA. AND UNDER: GRINNELL F69.
2.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER: GRINNELL F65.
3.CONCRETE INSERTS: GRINNELL 281 AND 282.
4.RISER CLAMPS FOR COPPER PIPING: GRINNELL 261P, PLASTIC COATED.
5.RISER CLAMPS FOR OTHER PIPING: GRINNELL 261.
B.HANGER RODS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
PIPE SIZE 2" DIA. AND UNDER: 3/8" RODS
PIPE SIZE 2-1/2" DIA. AND 3": 1/2" RODS
PIPE SIZE 3" DIA. AND LARGER: 5/8" RODS
2.16 SPECIALTY ITEMS
A.
B.
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS: SEE WATER HEATER SCHEDULE LOCATED ON DRAWINGS.
FIRE SAFING: SAFE ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS WITH U.L.
LISTED PROSET OR NELSON FIRE SAFING AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES,
THE ORIGINAL DESIGN, AND THE REFERENCED STANDARDS.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A.INSPECTION: ALL PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH TRADES DUE TO
LACK OF COORDINATION SHALL BE RESOLVED BY ARCHITECT WHOSE DECISION IS FINAL. RELOCATE
OR OFFSET ANY WORK AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AT NO EXTRA
COST TO THE OWNER WHEN SO DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
B.DISCREPANCIES
1.ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE
ARCHITECT.
2.DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION IN AREAS WHERE A DISCREPANCY HAS
BEEN SITED UNTIL ALL SUCH DISCREPANCIES HAVE BEEN FULLY RESOLVED.
3.INTERFERENCES BETWEEN WORK WHICH HAS BEEN INSTALLED BY VARIOUS.
3.02 LOCATIONS AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS
A.CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY INFORM HIMSELF WITH REGARDS TO ANY ANOMALIES AND LIMITATIONS
OF SPACES AVAILABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. DRAWINGS SHOW
DESIRED LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS, AND ARE TO BE
FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. WORK SPECIFIED, NOT EXPLICITLY DEFINED BY DRAWINGS
SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ARRANGED TO THE MANNER SATISFACTORY OF THE ARCHITECT. IF
CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT,
THEY SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE PROVIDED THE
CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE WORK IS INSTALLED AND NO ADDITIONAL MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED.
B.CONFIRM ALL SPACES, DIMENSIONS FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT OR OWNER-
FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS.
C.OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY ROUGH IN DATA AND DIMENSIONS FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT
OR OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS.
D.MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY HEADROOM CLEARANCES AND ACCESSIBILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH
LOCAL AND GOVERNING AGENCIES AND MAINTAIN CEILING HEIGHTS.
E.CONSTANTLY COORDINATE WORK OR OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH THIS
INSTALLATION.
3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL PIPE RUNS STRAIGHT AND TRUE. SPRINGING OR FORCING PIPING INTO DESIRED LOCATION
IS NOT PERMITTED. INSTALL IN MANNER TO PREVENT ANY UNDUE STRAIN ON EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE
SMOOTH JOINTS AND UNOBSTRUCTED INSIDE AND OUT, AND REAM PIPE ENDS THOROUGHLY TO
REMOVE BURRS. CONCEAL PIPING IN FINISHED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING UNLESS OTHERWISE
DIRECTED OR INDICATED. CAP OR PLUG ENDS & OPENINGS IN PIPE & FITTINGS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
INSTALLATION TOEXCLUDE DIRT UNTIL EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED OR FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
PIPE SIZE REDUCTIONS SHALL BE ANCHORED WITH REDUCING FITTINGS. USE NO BUSHINGS UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED. USE NO CLOSE NIPPLES. PROCEED TO ROUGH IN AS RAPIDLY AS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING WILL PERMIT AND COMPLETE AND TEST BEFORE ANY
LATHING, PLASTERING, OR DRYWALL, OR OTHER FINISH WORK HAS COMMENCED. FIT WORK INTO
AVAILABLE SPACE AND ACCURATELY ROUGHIN. GRADE AND VALVE WATER PIPING SO AS TO ENSURE
FOR COMPLETE DRAINAGE AND CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM. FURNISH CLAMPS AND/OR CONCRETE
THRUST BLOCKS AT DEAD ENDS, ANGLES, OR OTHER POINTS WHERE SEPARATION OF JOINTS MAY
OCCUR. GRADE VENT PIPING TO FACILITATE PIPING TO FREE ITSELF OF CONDENSATION OR WATER.
B.INSTALL PIPING TO AVOID BEAM PENETRATIONS UNLESS SLEEVING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
CONSTANTLY COORDINATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH THIS
INSTALLATION. SEEK AND OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT IF CORING OR CUTTING OF
CONCRETE WORK IS REQUIRED DUE TO FAILURE TO INSTALL REQUIRED SLEEVES PRIOR TO THE TIME
OF CONCRETE POUR. COST OF CORING AND CUTTING WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE
SUBCONTRACTOR.
C.EXPOSED PLATED OR ENAMELED PIPE: PROVIDE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH SPECIAL CARE.
SHOW NO TOOL MARKS OR THREADS.
D.DIELECTRIC UNIONS: PROVIDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TWO DISSIMILAR METAL PIPES WITH
DIELECTRIC UNIONS.
E.UNIONS: INSTALL A UNION ON ONE SIDE OF EACH SHUTOFF VALVE, AT BOTH SIDES OF AUTOMATIC
VALVES, AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND ELSEWHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED, UNLESS FLANGES
ARE INDICATED.
F.FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES: FURNISH WHERE PIPES PIERCE FINISHED SURFACES.
G.NOISE: INSTALL SOIL, WASTE, AND WATER PIPING SO AS TO PREVENT ANY UNUSUAL TRANSMISSION
OF NOISE FROM FLOW OF WATER UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS.
H.SHUTOFF VALVES: FURNISH WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR ADEQUATE CONTROL OF
SYSTEMS AND FOR ISOLATION OF FIXTURE GROUPS AND EQUIPMENT.
I.BURIED PIPING: INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 36" COVERAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
LAY PIPING ACCURATELY TO GRADE WHERE INVERT ELEVATIONS ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE THRUST BLOCKS AS REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
J.EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
K.ACCESSIBILITY: ENSURE INSTALLED WORK IS READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR NORMAL OPERATION,
READING OF INSTRUMENTS, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE, INSPECTION AND REPAIR. FURNISH ACCESS
PANELS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED.
L.PIPE JOINTS: INSTALL SCREWED JOINTS WITH A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF COMPOUND APPLIED TO THE
MALE THREAD ONLY. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
M.PROVIDE PIPE ISOLATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR NON-INSULATED PIPE.
N.PIPING ROUGH-IN FOR FIXTURES: SUPPORT OR SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE OR FIRMLY
ANCHORED WASTE PIPING SO THAT PIPES CANNOT BE DISPLACED. DO NOT SECURE TO WALLS. USE
OF MAKESHIFT TEMPORARY DEVICES, SUCH AS ROPE, WIRE, TAPE, ETC. IS PROHIBITED.
3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.LOCATE HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS FIRMLY IN PLACE USING APPROVED STEEL AND IRON HANGERS,
SUPPORTS, AND/OR PIPE RESTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FASTEN HANGER RODS FROM
CONCRETE INSERTS OR FROM APPROVED BRACKETS, CLAMPS OR CLIPS. HANG PIPES INDIVIDUALLY
OR IN GROUPS ONLY IF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE IS ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF PIPING
AND FLUID. EXCEPT FOR BURIED PIPING, HANG OR SUPPORT PIPE RUNS TO PROVIDE FREE
EXPANSION OR CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRAIN TO PIPE OR EQUIPMENT.
1.HORIZONTAL STEEL PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS EVERY 10' OR EVERY 8' FOR
PIPING 1-1/4" DIA. AND UNDER.
2.HORIZONTAL COPPER TUBING: FOR 2" DIAMETER AND OVER, PROVIDE HANGERS EVERY 10'
OR EVERY 6' FOR PIPING 1-1/2" DIAMETER AND UNDER.
3.HORIZONTAL CAST-IRON HUB AND SPIGOT PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS
LOCATED AT EACH HUB.
4.HORIZONTAL CAST-IRON NO-HUB PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS AT EACH SIDE
OF A NO-HUB FITTING. PROVIDE ANTI-SEPARATION BRACING AT EACH 90 DEGREE CHANGE
OF DIRECTION.
5.VERTICAL PIPING: SUPPORT AT EACH FLOOR PENETRATION WITH IRON PIPE CLAMPS.
6.SWAY BRACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13.
B.BRANCHES: PROVIDE SEPARATE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS FOR BRANCH LINES 6' OR MORE IN
LENGTH.
C.SOUND AND ELECTROLYSIS ISOLATORS: INSTALL AT ALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HOT AND
COLD DOMESTIC WATER LINES. SECURELY ATTACH PIPE TO WALLS, STUDS, ETC. ALL SUCH PIPING
SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM STRUCTURE BY "TRISOLATORS".
3.05 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
PIPING SUBJECT TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH EXPANSION LOOPS MADE UP
OF BENDS, FITTINGS, OR VICTAULIC COUPLINGS, EXPANSION JOINTS, SWING JOINTS, OR OTHER APPROVED
METHODS OR DEVICES. BRANCH LINES FROM MAINS SUBJECT TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SHALL
HAVE A SWING JOINT INSTALLED AT A POINT OF CONNECTION WITH THE MAIN. RISERS WHICH PASS THROUGH
ONE OR MORE FLOORS SHALL HAVE SWING JOINTS INSTALLED AT THEIR BASE. ANCHOR LINES SUBJECT TO
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION BY APPROVED METHODS TO RESTRICT MOVEMENT.
3.06 CORROSION PREVENTION
JOINT BETWEEN CUPROUS AND FERROUS MATERIALS SHALL BE MADE WITH APPROVED NYLON INSULATING
COUPLINGS. SEPARATE ALL CONTACT SURFACES OF DISSIMILAR METALS WITH NON-CONDUCTING COATING
OR SHEET.
3.07 CLEANOUTS
A.FURNISH CLEANOUTS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR
INDICATED, CLEANOUTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE WITH EXTENSIONS TO GRADE, TO OUTSIDE OF
BUILDINGS, OR TO FLOORS ABOVE AS SHOWN OR REQUIRED. DO NOT LOCATE CLEANOUTS IN
PUBLIC LOBBIES AND PUBLIC CORRIDORS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
B.MEMBRANES: WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LOCATED UNDER FLOOR, SHALL HAVE MEMBRANE
BROUGHT TO CLEANOUT WITHOUT PUNCTURING, AND PERMANENTLY ANCHOR TO INTEGRAL
ANCHORING FLANGE WITH A HEAVY CAST-IRON CLAMPING COLLAR AND RUSTPROOFED BOLTS.
C.COVERS: LOCATE CLEANOUT COVERS WITH ALL FINISHED WALL, FLOOR OR GRADE AND IN ALL
CASES SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHOR BY MEANS OF INTEGRAL LUGS AND BOLTS. WHERE SURFACING
MATERIAL SUCH AS RESILIENT COVERING IS SPECIFIED, ASCERTAIN THICKNESS BEING USED AND
SET CLEANOUT TOP TO FINISH AT FLOOR LEVEL FOR SMOOTH FLOOR FINISH.
D.USE ACORN 3500 THREAD COMPOUND.
3.08 ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS
A.FURNISH VALVE BOXES FOR VALVES LOCATED BELOW GRADE. FURNISH METAL ACCESS PANELS OF
SIZE AND TYPE HEREINBEFORE SPECIFIED FOR VALVES OR SHOCK ABSORBERS LOCATED IN
CONCEALED AREAS.
B.ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS: SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING. DOOR
OR PLATE LOCATED IN FINISHED WALLS SHALL BE REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION OR BE
OTHERWISE SUITABLY COVERED TO PROTECT FINISH.
C.OUTSIDE GENERAL SERVICE ACCESS BOXES: FURNISH WITH METAL, ASBESTOS CEMENT, OR CLAY
PIPE EXTENSIONS WHERE ADDED DEPTH IS NECESSARY. DO NOT LOCATE BOXES IN PUBLIC WALKS,
DRIVEWAYS OR COVERED PASSAGES UNLESS INDICATED.
3.09 STERILIZATION
STERILIZE EACH SYSTEMS WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LIQUID CHLORIDE OR
HYPOCHLORIDE BEFORE ACCEPTANCE FOR OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C601, "STANDARD FOR
DISINFECTING WATER MAINS." WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE
REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING:
A.MATERIALS
1.LIQUID CHLORINE: U.S. ARMY SPECIFICATION 4-1.
2.HYPOCHLORIDE: LIQUID SHALL CONFORM TO FED. SPEC. O-C-11RA (INT. 4).
B.METHOD: QUANTITY OF CHLORINE SHALL PROVIDE A DOSAGE OF 50 PPM MINIMUM AND SHALL BE
INTRODUCED INTO LINES AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN APPROVED MANNER. PROVIDE MINIMUM
CONTACT PERIOD OF 24 HOURS DURING WHICH PERIOD CHLORINE RESIDUAL SHALL BE MAINTAINED
AT 5 PPM MINIMUM, FLUSH OUT SYSTEMS WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL RESIDUAL CONTENT IS NOT
GREATER THAN 0.2 PPM. ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED WITH OPEN AND CLOSED VALVES IN
LINES BEING STERILIZED SEVERAL TIMES DURING CONTACT PERIOD.
C.TEST REPORTS: PROVIDE ONE COPY OF TEST REPORT OF COMPLETE AND ADEQUATE
STERILIZATION TO ARCHITECT BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK. CERTIFICATES SHALL HAVE
ENDORSED SIGNATURE OF AN OFFICIAL OF LABORATORY RESPONSIBLE FOR TEST. TESTING
LABORATORY SERVICE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS SUBCONTRACT.
3.10 TESTS
A.TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED TO ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION. CONDUCT TESTS IN PRESENCE OF
ARCHITECT AND AT A TIME SUITABLE TO HIM IF REQUESTED. PROVIDE NECESSARY LABOR AND
EQUIPMENT AND BEAR COSTS FOR TESTING. COST OF REPLACING AND/OR REPAIRING DAMAGE
RESULTING THEREFROM SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. SHOULD THE
CONTRACTOR REFUSE OR NEGLECT TO MAKE TESTS NECESSARY TO SATISFY THE ARCHITECT THAT
REQUIREMENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS ARE MET, SUCH TESTS MAY BE MADE BY AN
INDEPENDENT TESTING COMPANY AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL EXPENSES.
B.HYDROSTATIC TESTS: CONDUCT BY FILLING PIPING SYSTEM COMPLETELY WITH WATER AND
ELIMINATING ACCUMULATIONS OF AIR SO THAT LEAKAGE, NO MATTER HOW SMALL, WILL BE
IDENTIFIED ON TESTING GAUGE IMMEDIATELY. MAINTAIN PRESSURE UNTIL PIPE UNDER TEST HAS
BEEN EXAMINED, FOR NO LESS THAN 24 HOURS. TEST SYSTEMS AT FOLLOWING PRESSURE:
SYSTEM TEST PRESSURE
DOMESTIC COLD WATER150 PSIG
DOMESTIC HOT WATER150 PSIG
C.SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, VENT SYSTEM TESTS: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES, ALL ENDS OF
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPPED AND LINES FILLED WITH WATER TO 10' ABOVE THE SECTION BEING
TESTED (INCLUDING VENTS) AND ALLOW TO STAND UNTIL A THOROUGH INSPECTION HAS BEEN
CONDUCTED. MAKE TESTS IN SECTIONS IF SEEN AS NECESSARY. ENSURE INTERCONNECTIONS
BETWEEN EXISTING SECTIONS PREVIOUSLY TESTED ARE INCLUDED IN NEW SECTIONS IN THE NEW
TEST.
D.ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM: TEST AS SPECIFIED FOR SANITARY SYSTEM.
E.GAS SYSTEMS: TEST & FILL GAS SYSTEM WITH COMPRESSED AIR AT 10 PSI FOR SIX HOURS OR
LONGERAS DIRECTED TO PROVE TIGHT WITHOUT LEAKS. USE PRESSURE RECORDER TO RECORD
PRESSURE OF ALL LINES FOR DURATION OF TEST.
3.16 ADJUSTING
AT COMPLETION OF WORK AND AFTER CLEANING OF SYSTEM, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AND AUTOMATIC
PARTS OF PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE CAREFULLY & INCREMENTLY ADJUSTED FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
ALL FLUSH VALVES AND FIXTURE STOPS SHALL BE CHECKED FOR PROPER OPERATION AND FINAL
ADJUSTMENTS MADE WHERE NECESSARY. SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE QUIETLY WITHOUT VIBRATION OR NOISE.
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.03
FI
R
E
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY
TO THIS SECTION.
1.02 PRINCIPAL WORK
A.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1.PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES
NECESSARY OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SAFE INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION
WORK IN FULL CONFORMANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION; ALL AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR HEREIN SPECIFIED
INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:
a.FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
b.CORE DRILLING, ROUGH CUTTING AND PATCHING.
c.SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS.
d.TESTING, FILING AND FEES
e.CADD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
2.PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTS, PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES THAT ARE REQUIRED FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND THE EXISTING
STRUCTURE. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF
PIPING.
3.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING TO BE
CONNECTED TO PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
4.CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK: SHALL BE AT ODD HOURS TO INSURE MINIMUM
INTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL PIPING RUN IN
OTHER TENANTS' AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THAT TENANT, INSTALLED ON
OVERTIME AND AT TIMES CONVENIENT TO TENANT AFFECTED. ALL WORK SPACE SHALL BE
CLEANED AND RESTORED TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. OBTAIN APPROVAL OF BUILDING
MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO INSPECTION SHUTDOWN OR COMMENCING WORK.
5.VERIFY ALL GOVERNING DIMENSIONS IN THE AREA OF WORK.
6.CAREFULLY EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSAL. COORDINATE
ALL WORK TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING AND NEW FACILITIES.
7.SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT REQUIRED
EXAMINATION OF FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS HAS BEEN MADE. LATER
CLAIMS FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED DUE TO DIFFICULTIES,
WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN, WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.PROVIDE SIX (6) COPIES OF SUBMITTAL MATERIAL.
B.IF THIS CONTRACTOR SUBMITS MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS OF SPECIFIED
C.IF THIS CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO USE MANUFACTURERS OTHER THAN LISTED IN THE
SPECIFICATIONS, THEN THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO THE FOLLOWING.
1.BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A LIST OF MANUFACTURE
SUBSTITUTIONS, FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE. SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AT
ANY OTHER TIME.
2.AFTER VERIFYING ALL FIELD CONDITIONS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT EQUIPMENT CUT
SHEETS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
3.AT THE TIME OF EACH SUBMISSION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO IDENTIFY ANY DEVIATION BY
CLOUDING ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
4.SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S CUT SHEETS FOR THE FOLLOWING:
a.PIPE AND FITTINGS.
b.VALVES.
c.SUPPORTS.
d.SPRINKLER HEADS.
e.SLEEVES.
D.SUBMIT FULLY COORDINATE SHOP DRAWINGS OF FLOOR PLANS INDICATING TYPE OF
SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPE SIZES, ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH DETAILS AND
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN CRITERIA
INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS.
E.AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.PROVIDE WORKMANSHIP OF HIGHEST QUALITY. INSTALL ALL PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS IN
CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-13
LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
B.ALL MATERIAL, FIRE PROTECTION ITEMS, ETC., SHALL BE NEW AND BEST OF ITS KIND, UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
C.TYPE AND SIZE OF MATERIALS APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, NFPA AND OWNER'S
INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS.
D.SYSTEM AS INSTALLED SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION AND OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS AND RECEIVE APPROVAL OF
SAME BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT.
E.ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL INDICATE M.E.A. APPROVAL WITH A CALENDAR NUMBER, FACTORY
MUTUAL AND UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, INC.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A.PROVIDE ONE YEAR GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS.
1.06 DEMOLITION
A.IN DEMOLITION WORK, UNUSED PIPING SHALL NOT BE ABANDONED 'IN PLACE' EXCEPT AS
NOTED HEREIN. PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE OR POINT OF DISCHARGE, AND
THE RESULTING OPENINGS PLUGGED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
B.DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND CAP OR PLUG EXISTING UNUSED PIPING AS NOTED OR REQUIRED
TO PERMIT NEW INSTALLATION.
C.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING UNUSED PIPING WITHOUT
INTERRUPTING EXISTING REQUIRED FUNCTIONING SYSTEMS.
1.07 WORK NOT INCLUDED:
A.FINISHED PATCHING AND PAINTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
B.WIRING OF ALARM INITIATING DEVICES
1.08 PHASING
A.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FIRE PROTECTION PHASING SCHEDULE UPON AWARD OF
CONTRACT TO BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER.
B.AT NO TIME SHALL THE BUILDING BE WITHOUT FIRE PROTECTION EXCEPT IN AREAS OF NEW
WORK. IF WATER IS TO BE TURNED OFF, THEN TEMPORARY PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED AS
REQUIRED AND PROVIDE FIRE WATCH.
C.REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPING SHALL BE DONE IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER TO THE
ENGINEER AND COORDINATED WITH THE GC SECTION.
2.00 PRODUCTS
2.01 BASE BID MANUFACTURERS
A.PIPING: ALLIIED TUBE, BERGER, WHEATLAND TUBE CO., NORTHWEST PIPE & CASING CO.,
LACLEDE STEEL.
B.FITTINGS: WARD FITTINGS, VICTAULIC AND STAR PIPE PRODUCTS, INC.
C.VALVES: NIBCO, STOCKHAM, TYCO, MILWAUKEE AND VICTAULIC CO.
D.SPRINKLER HEADS: VIKING, TYCO, GLOBE, RELIABLE AND VICTAULIC.
E.HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: ANVIL INTERNATIONAL, CARPENTER AND PATERSON, INC., MICHIGAN
HANGER (ERICO), B-LINE, PSI CORP.
2.02 GENERAL ITEMS
A.ESCUTCHEONS:
1.PROVIDE EXPOSED PIPES WITH APPROVED TYPE, SINGLE PIECE, CAST BRASS OR CAST IRON
ESCUTCHEONS, FIRMLY HELD IN PLACE. IN FINISHED SPACE PROVIDE CHROME PLATED.
2.PROVIDE PENDENT SPRINKLER HEADS WITH CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS TO MATCH
SPRINKLER HEAD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
B.SLEEVES: PROVIDE NO. 22 USSG GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVES EXTENDED THROUGH
CONSTRUCTION IN CEILINGS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS. FIREPROOF BY SEALING ALL SLEEVES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING CODE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. SLEEVES SIMILAR
TO MICHIGAN HANGERS MFG. CORP.
C.HANGERS AND PIPING SUPPORTS:
1.SUPPORT MATERIALS: GALVANIZED STEEL.
2.ALL PIPING SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE. PIPE SUPPORTED FROM
PIPE, CHAIN, STRAP, PERFORATED BAR, OR WIRE HANGERS ARE NOT PERMITTED.
3.SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AT LEAST EVERY 12 FT. NO BRANCHES 2 FT. OR LONGER WITHOUT
SUPPORT.
4.PIPING 2 IN. OR LESS PROVIDE ELECTROPLATED SOLID BAND HANGERS, ANVIL INTERNATIONAL
AUTO-GRIP ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING FIG. 69.
5.FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING 2-1/2 IN. AND LARGER, PROVIDE GALVANIZED 'CLEVIS' HANGER, ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL NO. 260.
6.SUSPEND HANGERS FROM EXPANSION ANCHORS IN SOLID CONCRETE SLABS, SIMILAR TO HILTI
HDI OR FROM EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH BEAM CLAMPS SIMILAR TO ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL 95 WITH RETAINING CLAMP NO. 89. PROVIDE RODS SIZED FOR PIPE SUPPORTED
AND LOCK HANGER IN PLACE WITH DOUBLE NUTS.
7.WHERE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION DOES NOT PERMIT FASTENING HANGER RODS IN REQUIRED
LOCATIONS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STEEL FRAMING AS REQUIRED AND REVIEWED.
D.LABELING:
1.PROVIDE ON MAIN PIPING IN OR AT CEILING, 10 FT. ON CENTERS, INDICATING SYSTEM, SIZE AND
DIRECTION OF FLOW, SETMARK SNA TYPE. ADHESIVE TYPE MARKERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.PIPE:
1.STANDARD WEIGHT SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE, SEAMLESS OR WELDED MILD STEEL, ASTM A-106
OR A-53 FOR STANDPIPE AND SPRINKLER SUPPLY PIPING.
2.SCHEDULE 10 STEEL PIPE MAY BE USED FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM DIAMETERS 2 IN. AND LARGER
WITH WALL THICKNESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-13. THREADED OR CUT GROOVED
CONNECTIONS NOT PERMITTED FOR THIS PIPE.
B.FITTINGS:
1.CAST IRON THREADED: STANDARD WEIGHT, EXCEPT AS NOTED, ANSI B-16.4.
2.MALLEABLE IRON: THREADED AND BANDED, STANDARD WEIGHT, EXCEPT AS NOTED, ANSI B-16.3.
3.GROOVED END MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS WITH APPROPRIATE PRESSURE
RATING, SIMILAR TO VICTAULIC: SUBJECT TO SPECIAL APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER.
4.REDUCERS AND INCREASERS: OF THE TAPERED TYPE. NO BUSHINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED
EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
5.CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING MAY BE MALLEABLE IRON OR DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL
T-OUTLETS, SIMILAR TO VICTAULIC STYLE 920.
2.04 VALVES
A.VALVES:
1.VALVES CONTROLLING WATER FLOW IN FIRE STANDPIPE AND SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE OF
THE OS&Y TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:
a.VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER: THREADED BRONZE, 175 PSI WWP, SIMILAR TO NIBCO NO. T-104-O.
2.05 SPRINKLER HEADS
A.CAST BRASS, CLOSED, FUSIBLE LINK, SPRAY TYPE, 1/2 IN. ORIFICE, ORDINARY DEGREE
TEMPERATURE RATING, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
1.IN FINISHED AREAS WITH HUNG CEILINGS, CONCEALED TYPE WITH CEILING PLATES FACTORY
PAINTED WHITE, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G4FR.
2.IN UNFINISHED AREAS: UPRIGHT WHERE POSSIBLE, PENDENT HEADS WHERE NECESSARY,
BRONZE FINISH, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G.
B.HIGHER TEMPERATURE RATING WHERE SUBJECT TO ABNORMAL HEATING CONDITIONS AND/OR
WHERE INDICATED.
C.PROVIDE WITH WIRE GUARDS WHERE SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
D.SPRINKLER CABINET:
1.PROVIDE ENAMELED STEEL CABINET WITH (6) (12) OR (24) EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS INCLUDING
EACH TEMPERATURE RATING AND TYPE USED IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA 13. PROVIDE
SPRINKLER HEAD WRENCHES FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD USED.
2.06 TEST AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS
A.PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES AND/OR PLUGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA-13.
B.PROVIDE TEST AND DRAIN ASSEMBLY DOWNSTREAM OF EACH WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH,
CONSISTING OF TEST AND DRAIN VALVES, SIGHT GLASS AND CALIBRATED ORIFICE, AND
CONNECT IT TO DRAIN AS NOTED.
1.APPROVED COMPACT COMBINATION TEST-DRAIN FITTINGS WITH THREADED ENDS, SIMILAR TO
VICTAULIC STYLE 720, MAY BE USED. FOR 4 IN. AND LARGER, SPRINKLER CONNECTIONS DIAMETER
OF DRAIN PIPE FROM FITTING SHALL BE 2 IN.
2.FOR DRAINS SERVING PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES, THE DRAIN, DRAIN CONNECTION, AND ALL
OTHER DOWNSTREAM DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SIZED TO PERMIT A FLOW OF AT LEAST THE
GREATER SYSTEM DEMAND SUPPLIED BY THE PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVE. DRAIN CONNECTION 2
INCH MINIMUM, DRAIN RISER 3 INCH MINIMUM.
2.07 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A.PROVIDE:
1.2½ GAL. WATER TYPE: WHERE NOTED AS FE-1, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO. 3202.
2.10 LBS. ABC-RATED DRY CHEMICAL TYPE: WHERE NOTED AS FE-2, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO.
3010.
3.5 LBS. CARBON DIOXIDE TYPE, FE-3, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO. 3405.
2.08 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
A.PROVIDE CABINETS SIZED TO HOUSE NOTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. FULL RECESSED NO. 20 USSG
SHEET STEEL BOX.
B.NO. 20 USSG DOOR FRAME AND DOOR OF NO. 20 USSG HOLLOW METAL CONSTRUCTION, WIRE
GLASS PANEL MARKED FIRE EXTINGUISHER, CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE AND SATIN FINISH CP
LEVER CATCH.
C.PROVIDE DUO-PANEL DOOR.
D.CABINETS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO POTTER ROEMER 1700 SERIES (FOR ONE EXTINGUISHER).
2.09 SPRINKLER HEADS
A.CAST BRASS, CLOSED, FUSIBLE LINK, SPRAY TYPE, 1/2 IN. ORIFICE, ORDINARY DEGREE
TEMPERATURE RATING, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
1.IN FINISHED AREAS WITH HUNG CEILINGS, CONCEALED TYPE WITH CEILING PLATES
FACTORY PAINTED WHITE, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G4FR.
2.IN UNFINISHED AREAS: UPRIGHT WHERE POSSIBLE, PENDENT HEADS WHERE
NECESSARY, BRONZE FINISH, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G.
B.HIGHER TEMPERATURE RATING WHERE SUBJECT TO ABNORMAL HEATING
CONDITIONS AND/OR WHERE INDICATED.
C.PROVIDE WITH WIRE GUARDS WHERE SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
D.SPRINKLER CABINET:
1.PROVIDE ENAMELED STEEL CABINET WITH (6) (12) OR (24) EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS
INCLUDING EACH TEMPERATURE RATING AND TYPE USED IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA
13. PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD WRENCHES FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD USED.
3.00 EXECUTION
3.01 TESTS
A.TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY FOR TWO HOURS AT 200 PSI OR AT 50 PSI
ABOVE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) AND IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.ACCURATELY ALIGN SPRINKLER HEADS IN HUNG CEILING AREAS SYMMETRICALLY WITH
DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND CEILING TILES.
B.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ACTUAL QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF
SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES FOR CODE COMPLIANCE WITH
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
C.ALL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS, TYPES, FINISHES ETC. SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE
PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
D.CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK ALL CONDITIONS AT THE SITE AND EXAMINE ALL PERTINENT
DRAWINGS BEFORE PREPARING WORKING DRAWINGS.
E.CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE MEASUREMENTS FOR HIS OWN WORK, VERIFY HIS DRAWINGS
WITH DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR PROPER INSTALLATION IN AVAILABLE SPACE FOR APPURTENANCES HEREIN SPECIFIED
AND/OR INDICATED, AND SHALL, BEFORE MAKING ANY CHANGES, SECURE APPROVAL OF
PROJECT MANAGER FOR SUCH VARIATIONS.
ALL REFERENCES TO FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, FIRE SERVICE MAINS, STAND PIPE SYSTEM OR
SPECIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE USED FOR BIDDING
PURPOSES ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.04
TI
T
L
E
-
2
4
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
3
WCO
S-2
EWH-2
3/4"
2"
4
2
1
W-1
1/2"
FW
FS-1
TP-1
S-1
EWH-1
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P2.11
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1PLUMBING PLAN
N
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1.BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND
CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL UTILITIES AND PIPING BY PHYSICAL
EXCAVATION, AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES.
2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND
POINTS OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT.
KEY NOTES
P.O.C NEW 3/4" COLD WATER LINE TO EXISTING COLD WATER LINE
ABOVE CEILING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
OF ANY PIPING.
P.O.C NEW 2" SEWER LINE TO EXISTING SEWER LINE BELOW FLOOR.
FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.
P.O.C NEW 2" VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE ABOVE CEILING. FIELD
VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.
PROVIDE PER PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. CONNECT FIXTURES TO
EXISTING ROUGH-INS, EXISTING PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE
EXTENDED/REROUTED AS REQUIRED. REPLACE ANY EXISTING PLUMBING
IN WALL IF ANY DAMAGE OR CORROSION IS FOUND DURING
CONSTRUCTION. SEE DETAIL #8/P5.01 FOR UNDERCOUNTER PIPING
SCHEMATIC.
1
2
3
4
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
COUNTER
J-BOX, BY ELECT MOUNT
AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE
BELOW COUNTER
POWER WIRING BY
ELECTRICAL
SINK OR LAVATORY
COLD WATER LINE
3-WAY VALVLE
INSTANTANEOUS WATER
HEATER MOUNT PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
MOUNT AS HIGH AS
POSSIBLE BELOW THE
COUNTER
SOV
SOV
1-1/2"
SEISMIC BRACING PER DETAIL
@ 8'-0" O.C. PERPENDICULAR
TO PIPE AND 8'-0" O.C. ALT.
DIRECTION PARALLEL TO
PIPE.
1/2" THREADED ROD @ 8'-0"
O.C. MAX. TYPICAL
CENTERED OVER PIPE.
NOTE:
WHERE PIPE DOES NOT EXCEED 1" DIA. SEISMIC BRACING IS
NOT REQUIRED ADDITIONALLY PIPES MAY BE SUPPORTED
W/UNISTRUT J1205-J1210 AS APPROPRIATE.
P1109 THRU P1126 AS
APPROPRIATE SNUG DOWN TO
SECURE PIPE.
TO FLOOR DRAIN / FLOOR SINK
OR FUNNEL DRAIN
SEAL OR CAULK SLEEVE THRU
FIRE WALLS IN A SMOKE TIGHT
MANNER. SEE NOTE #1 BELOW
TERMINATE SLEEVE
FLUSH WITH FINISHED
WALL SURFACES
PIPE AND INSULATION TO BE
CENTERED IN SLEEVE - DO NOT
SUPPORT PIPE FROM SLEEVE
STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL
PIPE SLEEVE OF SIZE TO
PASS PIPE AND INSULATION
FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH
AGAINST WALL AND OF SIZE TO
COMPLETELY COVER OPENING
NOTES:
1.PLUMBING PIPING PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SEALED IN A SMOKE TIGHT MANNER
WITH SEALANT MATERIAL OF THE SAME RATING OF THE WALL. FIRE BARRIER 3M MODEL PSS7904 CAL.
STATE FIRE MARSHALL LISTING NO. 4485-0941:100.
2.ALL WATER PROOFING SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION
TRISOLATOR OR HOLD-RITE
AIR GAP PORTS
TRAP PRIMER PER
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ACCESS PANEL
BALL VALVE
CW SUPPLY
TAP OFF TOP
OF CW LINE
P1000 HS, CRIMP ENDS
(TYPICAL)
PIPING WITH INSULATION.
FINISHED WALL SURFACE
PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW
INTERIOR WALLS / FLOOR
PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH WALL/FLOOR
NO SCALE
PIPE SUPPORT
NO SCALE
WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL
NO SCALE
TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
NO SCALE
CONCEALED PIPING
5
P5.01
3
P5.01
7
P5.01
1
P5.01
WALL SURFACE
CLEANOUT PLUG
ROUND POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL WALL
COVER PLATE (NOT REQUIRED UNLESS
LOCATED IN WALLS)
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SCREWED COUNTERSUNK PLUG
OPENING CUT-OUT IN WALL
HORIZONTAL LINE
OR CLEANOUT TEE
SL
O
P
E
18"
P
E
R
FO
O
T
(
M
I
N
.
)
X
TSP=TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
INSIDE DRAIN PLENUM
(INCHES OF WATER COLUMN)
NOTES:
BLOW THROUGH COIL
1.X=1"
2.Y=TSP+1"
DRAW THROUGH COIL
1.X=TSP+1"
2.Y=1 2 (TSP+1")
CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP
NO SCALE
4
P5.01
DRAIN LINE SHALL BE AT LEAST
THE SAME SIZE AS THE DRAIN
PAN CONNECTION
OPEN END
AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
DRAIN PAN
FOR DISSIMILAR METALS
CONNECTION PROVIDE
DIELECTRIC UNION CONNECTIONY
1.WHERE VERTICAL SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT TRAP INSTALLATION AS
REQUIRED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB, EXTEND P-TRAP TO BELOW SLAB.
2.FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR INSTALLATION PROVIDE INSULATED RAIN LINE
TO THE POINT OF DISCHARGE AT APPROVED RECEPTOR.
NOMINAL
TONS
DRAIN LINE
SIZE (IN.)
UP TO 20 3/4
21 - 40 1
41 - 90 1 1/4
91 - 125 1 1/2
126 - 250 2
INDIRECT WASTE SPILL OVER
MECHANICAL ROOM FLOOR
DRAIN
MAXIMUM DIAMETER BOTTOM
BAR STRAINER ON SHORT
LEGS
TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION
FLOOR SINK FOR INDIRECT WASTE
NO SCALE
6
P5.01
INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER
NO SCALE
2
P5.01
UNDERCOUNTER PIPING SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
8
P5.01
LEVEL 2
WCO
FW
1/2"
1/2" FILTERED COLD
WATER TO WALL BOX
FOR CONNECTION TO
REFRIGERATOR
HOT WATER FAUCET
WD-1
HOT WATER TANK AND
FILTRATION SYSTEM
WD-1
DC-2
DC-1
FS-1
TP-1
ID
EWH-1
PANTRY SINK AND
FAUCET
S-1
3/4" CW
2" V
WATER
FILTER
WF-1
3/4" HW
SOLENOID
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
LDS-1; 120V ELEC. OUTLET REQ.
SENSOR PAD
(TYP.)
SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION
EXISTING
1/2" TP
2" W
LEVEL 2
REFRIGERATOR
BY OTHERS
W-1
GARBAGE
DISPOSER
GD-1
FW FW
SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION
1/2" TO COFFEE MAKERS
OR CAP FOR FUTURE
VERIFY IN FIELD
1/2" TO COUNTERTOP
WATER COOLER
OR CAP FOR FUTURE
VERIFY IN FIELD
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P5.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P6.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PLUMBING
TAG
ARCH
TAG DESCRIPTION
MINIMUM CONN.ELEC
REQ.REMARKS
WASTE VENT DCW DHW
S-1 S-1
FC-1 PANTRY SINK 2"2"3/4"3/4"NO
UNDERMOUNT SINGLE BOWL, ADA COMPLIANT.
FIXTURE: ELKAY ELUHAD281645 18-GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL SINK, 30-1/2" x 18-1/2" x 4-3/8" DEEP.
FAUCET: MOEN 7365RS 1.5 GPM SINGLE HANDLE SINGLE HOLE MOUNT HIGH ARCH KITCHEN FAUCET.
PROVIDE WITH WD-1, GD-1, LDS-1 & WF-1; REFER TO DETAIL #8/P5.01
S-2 S-1
FC-1 PANTRY SINK 2"2"3/4"3/4"NO
UNDERMOUNT SINGLE BOWL, ADA COMPLIANT.
FIXTURE: ELKAY ELUHAD281645 18-GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL SINK, 30-1/2" x 18-1/2" x 4-3/8" DEEP.
FAUCET: MOEN 7365RS 1.5 GPM SINGLE HANDLE SINGLE HOLE MOUNT HIGH ARCH KITCHEN FAUCET.
PROVIDE WITH LDS-1.
WD-1 FC-2 HOT WATER DISPENSER --1/2"-YES INSINKERATOR MODERN FH3010 INSTANT HOT WATER FAUCET. PROVIDE MINI TANK HEATER AND FILTRATION SYSTEM HWT200-F2000S, UL & NSF LISTED.
POWER 115V, 750 WATTS.
GD-1 EA-6 GARBAGE DISPOSER 2"---YES INSINKERATOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL BADGET 5XP, 3/4 HP, 120 VOLT, 60 HZ, 9.5 AMP (AVG. LOAD). WALL SWITCH LOCATION PER ARCHITECT.
FS-1 -FLOOR SINK 2"2"--NO ZURN 12" X 12" FLOOR SINK WITH 8" SUMP DEPTH, WITH 1/2 GRATE AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. OR EQUAL. PROVIDE WITH 1/2" TP LINE FROM TRAP PRIMER TP-1
TP-1 -TRAP PRIMER --1/2"-NO MIFAB MR-500-NPB ALL BRASS CONSTRUCTION, 3 P.S.I. PRESSURE DRIP ACTIVATION, WITH AIR GAP. PROVIDE WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT WHEN PROVIDING FOR MULTIPLE TRAPS.
TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 12" AFF FOR MAXIMUM 20' OF COVERAGE, 24" AFF FOR MAXIMUM 40' OF COVERAGE.
WHA-1 -WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ----NO ZURN 1260XL LEAD FREE, ASSE 1010 LISTED, WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR OR EQUAL. SIZE PER PLAN.
W-1 -WALL BOX --3/4"-NO SIOUX CHIEF OXBOX ICE MAKER OUTLET BOX FOR REFRIGERATOR
WF-1 -WATER FILTER --1/2"-NO EVERPURE EV9692-31 4FC-2 WATER FILTER CARTRIDGE OR EQUAL. 0.5 MICRON, 2.5 GPM SERVICE FLOW, 15,000 GAL. CAPACITY.
DC-1 -DUAL CHECK VALVE --1/2"-NO WATTS SD-3 DUAL CHECK, LEAD FREE, ASSE 1022 COMPLIANT.
DC-2 -DUAL CHECK VALVE --1/2"-NO WATTS SERIES LF7R DUAL CHECK, LEAD FREE, ASSE 1024 COMPLIANT.
LDS-1 -LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM ----YES FLOODSTOP MODEL FS3/4NPT AND SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE. PROVIDE EXTRA WATER SENSOR HAS NECESSARY.
NOTE:
1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR FULL SCHEDULE AND EXACT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
MARK MANUFACTURE &
MODEL NUMBER AREA SERVES TEMP.
RISE
ACTIVATION
GPM
ELECTRICAL DATA
REMARKS
V/PH/Hz AMPS WATTS
EWH-1 CHRONOMITE
CM-30L/277 BREAKROOM 116 1.5 GPM
@ 38° RISE 0.20 277/1/60 30 8310 ELECTRIC TANKLESS WATER HEATER. 110°F MAXIMUM OUTPUT TEMPERATURE. INSTALL HAMMER ARRESTER ON CW SUPPLY. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL
INSTALLER FOR POWER CONNECTION.
EWH-2 CHRONOMITE
CM-30L/277 WELLNESS 104 1.5 GPM
@ 38° RISE 0.20 277/1/60 30 8310 ELECTRIC TANKLESS WATER HEATER. 110°F MAXIMUM OUTPUT TEMPERATURE. INSTALL HAMMER ARRESTER ON CW SUPPLY. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL
INSTALLER FOR POWER CONNECTION.
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
L
E
G
E
N
D
S
,
A
B
B
R
E
V
I
A
T
I
O
N
S
,
&
G
E
N
E
R
A
L
NO
T
E
S
SERVICE LOCATION FITTINGS
(REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
ABBR.
AD
AFF
AP
BEL
BFF
BOP
CFF
CI
CLG
CW
DIA
DF
DFU
DWG
(E)
EWC
FCO
FCW
FD
FLR
FW
HS
HW
IAW
IJS
I.E.
IW
ABBREVIATIONS
ACCESS DOOR
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ACCESS PANEL
BELOW
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR
BOTTOM OF PIPE
CP FOR FUTURE
CAST IRON
CEILING
COLD WATER
DIAMETER
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
DRAINAGE FICXTURE UNIT
DRAWING
EXISTING
ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER
FLOOR CLEAN OUT
FILTERED COLD WATER
FLOOR DRAIN
FLOOR
FILTERED DOMESTIC COLD WATER
HAND SINK
HOT WATER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH
IN JOIST SPACE
INVERT ELEVATION
INDIRECT WASTE
JS
LAV
MFGR
(N)
OTCS
PE
PVC
T&P
QTY
RD
REF
RPBFP
SS
S.O.V.
TYP.
UNO
UR
V
VBF
VTR
W
WABG
WBEG
WC
WCO
WHA
WSFU
JANITOR SINK
LAVATORY
MANUFACTURER
NEW
OPEN TO CEILING SPACE
POLYETHYLENE
POLYVINYLCHLORIDE
TEMPERATURE & PRESSUE
QUANTITY
ROOF DRAIN
REFRIGERATOR
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW
PREVENTOR
SANITARY SEWER
SHUT-OFF VALVE
TYPICAL
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
URINAL
VENT
VENT BELOW FLOOR
VENT THRU ROOF
SANITARY WASTE
SANITARY WASTE ABOVE GRADE
SANITARY WASTE BELOW GRADE
WATER CLOSET
WALL CLEAN OUT
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR
WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT
ABBR.DESCRIPTION ABBR.DESCRIPTION
WATER
ABOVE GROUND LEAD FREE SOLDERED JOINTS AND FITTINGS
PIPING MATERIAL
TY
P
E
'
K
'
C
O
P
P
E
R
TY
P
E
'
L
'
C
O
P
P
E
R
NO
-
H
U
B
C
A
S
T
I
R
O
N
SC
H
.
4
0
B
L
A
C
K
S
T
E
E
L
SC
H
.
4
0
G
A
L
V
.
S
T
E
E
L
PO
L
Y
E
T
H
Y
L
E
N
E
LEAD FREE SOLDERED JOINTS AND FITTINGS
SANITARY
WASTE
PROVIDE TYLER 2-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
VENT
PROVIDE TYLER 4-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
PROVIDE TYLER 2-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
PROVIDE TYLER 4-BAND NO HUB COUPLINGS
COLD WATER
HOT WATER
HOT WATER RETURN
VENT
SANITARY SEWER (BELOW FLOOR)
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
NATURAL GAS
STORM DRAINAGE / OVERFLOW DRAINAGE
FIRE WATER
EXISTING PIPE
PLUMBING
CLEANOUT / WALL CLEANOUT
FLOOR CLEANOUT
PIPE DOWN
PIPE UP
PIPE TEE, UP
PIPE TEE, DOWN
PIPE CAP
PIPE EXPANSION JOINT
PIPE CONTINUATION
POINT OF CONNECTION
POINT OF DISCONNECT
BALL / SHUT OFF VALVE
BALANCING VALVE
CHECK VALVE
GATE VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
GLOBE VALVE
STRAINER
SOV IN YARD BOX
BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
NOTE:
NOT ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS LISTED
ON THIS DRAWING MAY APPLY TO THE PROJECT
FIXTURE TAG & NUMBER
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION TAG
XX-X
PLUMBING SHEET INDEX
P0.01 PLUMBING LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME
P2.11 PLUMBING PLAN
P5.01 PLUMBING DETAILS
P6.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES
PIPE SCHEDULE
LEAD-FREE NOTE
ALL PLUMBING PIPING/FITTINGS AND PLUMBING FIXTURES INTENDED TO CONVEY OR DISPENSE WATER FOR
DRINKING OR COOKING SHALL BE "LEAD FREE" IN COMPLIANCE WITH AB 1953. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE
CERTIFICATION AS PART OF THE PLUMBING SUBMITTALS THAT ALL PLUMBING PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH AB 1953.
APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
1.2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
2.2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
3.2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
4.2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE
5.2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
6.2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE
7.2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
8.ALL CODES TO INCLUDE LOCAL CITY AMENDMENTS AND ORDINANCE
A.PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL MEET THE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN CALIFORNIA
GREEN BUILDING STANDARD CODE 5.303.6
B.PER 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARD CODE SECTION 4.303, PLUMBING FIXTURES
(WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS) AND FITTINGS (FAUCETS AND SHOWERHEADS) SHALL COMPLY
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1.WATER CLOSETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH.
2.URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH.
3.SHOWERHEADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI.
4.LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
5.KITCHEN FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI.
GREEN BUILDING COMPLIANCE
PLUMBING NOTES
1.PROVIDE PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE
REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS AND AS OTHERWISE
RECOMMENDED OR DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURERS.
2.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PIPING BELOW GRADE WITH STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND OTHER
SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS.
3.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. WITH ARCHITECTURAL,
STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
4.PROVIDE CLEANOUTS FOR SANITARY WASTE AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS WHERE SHOWN AND
SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER SEC. 707.0 & 719.0 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.
5.SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR PIPE CONNECTION SIZES.
6.PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL VALVES LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING
SYSTEMS. MAINTAIN FIRE RATINGS WHERE REQUIRED.
7.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATIONS.
8.ALL SEWER / DRAINAGE PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE SLOPED AT 2% (1/4" PER FOOT) UNO.
9.DO NOT RUN ANY PIPES OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR. COORDINATE PIPE
LOCATIONS TO AVOID ELECTRICAL PANELS.
10.PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED AND CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL
PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING & CONDUIT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH REQUIRED ACCESS.
11. EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER
EQUIPMENT USED IS SUBJECT TO MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF LISTED EQUIPMENT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO ASSURE OTHER EQUIPMENT WILL FIT
IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND WILL NOT EXCEED WEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.
12.CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR AT SEALED CONCRETE / TILE.
13. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE METHODS/LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING FROM
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
14.SEAL ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS WITH AIRTIGHT SEALANT (FIRE RATED SYSTEM AT RATED
WALLS). REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS.
15.ALL VENTS SHALL TERMINATE NOT LESS THAN TEN (10) FEET FROM OR AT LEAST (3) FEET ABOVE
ANY WINDOW, DOOR, OPENING, AIR INTAKE OR VENT SHAFT.
16.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CODE PLAN FOR AREAS WHERE FIRE PENETRATION MATERIALS ARE
REQUIRED.
17.MOUNT HOSE BIBBS @ 36" ABOVE GRADE/FF. UNO.
18.PROVIDE INSULATION FOR PIPES PER CALIFORNIA STATE ENERGY CODE (TITLE 24) AND PER
SPECIFICATIONS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICTS, PROVIDE MATERIAL WHICH MEETS THE MOST STRINGENT
REQUIREMENT.
19.PROVIDE ISOLATION VALVE AT EACH BRANCH CONNECTION TO MAIN (CW AND HW).
20.GRAVITY FLOW WASTE PIPE SIZES SHALL REMAIN AT INDICATED DOWNSTREAM SIZE WHERE SIZES
ARE NOT SHOWN.
21.WHERE DOMESTIC COLD AND/OR HOT WATER PIPING DROPS INTO A PIPE CHASE, THE SIZE SHOWN
FOR THE PIPE DROPS SHALL BE USED TO THE LAST FIXTURE.
22.PROVIDE FIRE STOPS ON PIPING TO MAINTAIN RATING OF FIRE RATED WALLS WHERE PENETRATED
BY PIPING.
23.WHERE DOMESTIC HW/CW PIPE SIZES ARE NOT INDICATED, SUPPLY PIPE SIZE SHALL REMAIN LAST
INDICATED UPSTREAM SIZE. CIRCULATION PIPE SHALL REMAIN LAST INDICATED DOWNSTREAM SIZE.
24. WHERE INDICATED PIPE SIZE IS NOT COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE, PROVIDE NEXT LARGER AVAILABLE
SIZE.
25.PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (WHA) ON HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCHES THAT SERVE
WATER CLOSETS, SINKS, URINALS, WASHING MACHINES, DISHWASHERS, HOSE BIBS, SHOWERS,
TUBS, AND OTHER FIXTURES WITH QUICK-CLOSING VALVES. PLACE WHA WITHIN 6 FEET OF FIXTURE.
PROVIDE WITH ACCESS PANEL IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE.
26.PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/8" SLOPE ON ALL CONDENSATE PIPING. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE
INSULATED AND JACKETED.
27.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES TO ENSURE AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE
COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
28.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF PROJECT
FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.
29.IF ANY EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IS DIFFERENT FROM THAT SPECIFIED, OR
REQUIRES CHANGES IN MATERIAL OR LABOR FROM THAT REQUIRED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AFFECTING HIS AND/ OR OTHER TRADES, SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS SHOP DRAWINGS.
SUBMITTAL SHALL INDICATE CREDIT DUE TO OWNER, IF ANY, BECAUSE OF THE CHANGES.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF ALL CHARGES RESULTING FROM
ADDITIONS OR CHANGES IN THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE
REQUESTED MODIFICATION. ALL CHANGED SHALL BE SHOWN ON RECORD AS -BUILT DRAWINGS.
30.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS.
31.PROPOSED ADDITION, ALTERNATION OR IMPROVEMENT REQUIRES ALL NON-COMPLIANT FIXTURES
TO BE REPLACED WITH WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES. (CIVIL CODE SECTION 1101.5)
32.NEW OR REPAIRED POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE DISINFECTED PRIOR TO USE ACCORDING
TO THE METHOD SET IN SECTION 609.9 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.
ABBREVIATIONS
PLUMBING SYMBOLS
RENOVATION OF EXISTING 2ND FLOOR SPACE. PROVISION OF WASTE, VENT, COLD WATER AND HOT WATER TO
SINK AT WELLNESS. AND PROVISION OF A NEW DOUBLE SINK AT BREAK ROOM.
SCOPE OF WORK
PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES
1.THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE TO HAVE VISITED AND EXAMINED THE PREMISES
BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, IN ORDER TO UNDERSTAND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS RELATED
TO HIS WORK.
2.REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, RELATED PIPING, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED
PER ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION WORK IN THE AREA TO BE RENOVATED. ALL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN
REMOVED AND IS NOT REUSED SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
3. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED TO BE DEMO'D OR REMOVED PER ARCHITECTURAL
DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE DISCONNECTED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, EXISTING WASTE, SOIL, VENT AND
WATER PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE MAIN, CAPPED AND/OR PLUGGED BEHIND WALLS,
ABOVE CEILING AND BELOW SLAB, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED
TO ELIMINATE DEAD ENDS AS REQUIRED BY CODE.
4. THE TRADES WHO WILL NORMALLY HANDLE OR INSTALL THE VARIOUS ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE SALVAGE
OR REUSED SHALL DISCONNECT, REMOVE STORE AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE, MOVE AND RELOCATE
AS NECESSARY, AND RECONNECT, INSTALL AND/OR BUILD AT THE LOCATION REQUIRED.
5. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS CONTRACTOR BUT
NOT LIMITED TO THE WORK ON THE DRAWINGS.
6. REMOVAL SHALL BE DONE CAREFULLY WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE TO ADJOINING WORK.
7. ALL WORK TO REMAIN OR UTILITIES, IF DAMAGED, MUST BE REPAIRED PROMPTLY TO THE OWNER'S
AND ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION, AND THE COST SHALL BE BORN BY THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE
FOR SUCH DAMAGE.
8. PATCH ALL WALLS, PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS TO MATCH ADJOINING WHERE THESE AREAS ARE DISTURBED
BY DEMOLITION.
9. MAINTAIN LEGAL EGRESS TO STAIRS AND EXISTS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION.
10.IF FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND EFFECT
WORK, CONTRACTOR SHOULD INFORM ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THAT AREA.
REFERENCE SHEET NUMBER
XXX
#
#
P#.##
DETAIL NUMBER
XXX
#PLUMBING RISER MARK
#PLUMBING KEYNOTE (NEW)
PLUMBING KEYNOTE (DEMO)
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT TAG
DESCRIPTIONVALVES & FITTINGS
CD
G
SD / OD
FW
(E)
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
95-5 SOLDERED FITTINGS
95-5 SOLDERED FITTINGS
BELOW GROUND
ABOVE GROUND
BELOW GROUND
ABOVE GROUND
BELOW GROUND
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
P0.02 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
P0.03 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.02
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1, ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SECTION
AND THE CONTRACT FOR THIS WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION AS FULLY AS IF REPEATED HEREIN.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES AND NECESSARY INCIDENTALS FOR THE FULL AND
COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN.
A. WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE:
ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER HEATERS, VALVES, HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP, AND
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR UNDERGROUND STEEL OR FERROUS PIPING.
CONNECTIONS TO SANITARY SEWER, WATER AND GAS MAINS.
DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER SYSTEMS.
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
FLOOR SINKS AND FLOOR DRAINS.
FURNISH AND SET ALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS.
GAS SYSTEM.
PIPE COVERING, INSULATION AND WRAPPING.
ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT OF GAS AND WATER, AND
CONDENSATE DRAINS.
ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER
SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS OR BY THE OWNER.
ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM.
SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER HEATERS, VALVES,
HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
SAFING OF ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE WALLS AND FLOORS.
WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS.
RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS:
1.TEMPORARY FACILITIES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01500.
CUTTING AND PATCHING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01045.
CONCRETE WORK AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 3, HOWEVER, PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR SPACING
AND SIZE OF CONCRETE PADS AND ANCHOR BOLTS FOR ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
ELECTRICAL WORK AS FOLLOWS WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 16: A. CONDUIT AND
WIRING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.
2.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
CODES AND STANDARDS
ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON SITE, ARCHITECTURAL OR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE PROVIDED
COMPLETE FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO FINISHED FIXTURE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
GOVERNING AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT
BE CONSTRUED TO PERMIT WORK IN VIOLATION OF GOVERNING CODES.
IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES AND
AGENCIES, CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS:
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2022 EDITION.
CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2022 EDITION.
CITY OF SANTA ANA REQUIREMENTS.
STATE FIRE MARSHALL.
STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS.
ALL REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL/OSHA.
ALL OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS WORK.
B.GUARANTEES: PROVIDE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE FORM REQUIRED UNDER DIVISION 1, AGAINST
DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE YEAR. GUARANTEE SHALL BE INCLUSIVE OF
REPAIR OF DEMAGE TO, OR REPLACEMENT (IF SO REQUIRED) OF ANY PORTION OF PREMISES
CAUSED BY WATER, OIL, OR GAS LEAKS OR BREAKS IN PIPE, FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED
UNDER THIS SECTION.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
A. SHOP DRAWINGS:
SHOW ALL DETAILS OF ALL PIPING, PIPING SUPPORTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS.
B. PRODUCT DATA:
WITHIN 35 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT AND PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO THE JOB SITE OF ANY
MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEVEN COMPLETE BROCHURES OF ALL
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PER DIVISION 1 OF
THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
PRODUCT DATA SHALL INCLUDE ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, PIPE SUPPORTS AND OTHER
ASSOCIATED STANDARD ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS.
MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DATA TO COMPLY
WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS. COMPLIANCE
CERTIFICATION FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS
C. OTEHER SUBMITTALS
STERILIZATION TEST REPORT
TEST DATA
D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: DELIVER TO ARCHITECT THREE COMPLETE SETS IN BOUND
BOOKLET FORM OF WRITTEN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND BROCHURES FOR EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. FULLY INSTRUCT OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AND DEMONSTRATE ALL
ASPECTS OF PERFORMANCE, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. AMOUNT OF TIME ALLOCATED FOR SAID
INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THESE
OBLIGATIONS. SUBMIT A LETTER TO ARCHITECT SIGNED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WHO WILL OPERATE
SYSTEMS STATING THAT HE HAS BEEN FULLY INSTRUCTED BY CONTRACTOR CONCERNING OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. ONE ADDITIONAL SET OF APPROVED INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE
SUITABLY FRAMED BEHIND GLASS AND MOUNTED AS INSTRUCTED.
E. RECORD DRAWINGS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1. PROVIDE AN ACCURATE DIMENSIONED
RECORD OF AS-BUILT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS, AS REFERRED TO APPROVED BASE DATUM, OF BURIED
CONCEALED LINES, MANHOLES, CLEANOUTS, VALVES, PLUGGED TEES, CAPPED ENDS AND OF WORK WHICH HAS
NOT BEEN INSTALLED AS PER DESIGN DWGS.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A.
B.
PROTECTION: ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE MATERIALS OF THIS
SECTION BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION.
REPLACEMENTS: ANY OCCURRENCE OF DAMAGE, SHALL TRIGGER IMMEDIATE REPAIR OF ALL DAMAGED
AND DEFECTIVE WORK TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A.EXAMINATION OF THE SITE: EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL CONDITIONS IN BID
PROPOSAL UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED.
1.07 MISCELLANEOUS
A.
B.
C.
D.
EXAMINATION OF THE SITE: EXERCISE CARE IN EXAMINING THE SITE AND COORDINATE ALL WORK
INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. REPORT TO ARCHITECT IN WRITING
CONDITIONS THAT WILL PREVENT PROPER PROVISIONS OF THIS WORK. VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION
OF SERVICE LINES WITH SERVICING COMPANIES HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE EXCAVATING. BY
SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THE CONTRACTOR WARRANTS THAT HE HAS FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE
EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WILL PERFORM ALL WORK AS REQUIRED FOR HOOKUP AND AS REQUIRED
BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
PERMITS AND FEES: CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE, APPLY AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS,
INSPECTIONS, EXAMINATIONS, FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION.
SERVICE CONNECTIONS: MAKE ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANY
FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES. PAY ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH WORK INCLUDING
METERS AND HOOKUP CHARGES. UTILITY ASSESSMENT FEES, IF ANY, WILL BE PAID BY THE OWNER
AND ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT.
DRAWINGS: DRAWINGS SHOW DESIRED LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND
OTHER ITEMS, AND SHOULD BE ADHERED TO AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME
THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATING THE WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. WORK SPECIFIED
WHICH IS NOT CLEARLY DEFINED BY THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ARRANGED TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. IF CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE
DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT, THEY SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT
ADDITIONAL CHARGES PROVIDED THE CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE WORK IS INSTALLED AND NO
ADDITIONAL MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A.
B.
1.
2.
A.
B.
3.
PIPE SLEEVES AND WRAPPING: FURNISH POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATE AND BRASS SET SCREW
FLANGES WHERE PLUMBING PIPES PENETRATE WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND PARTITIONS IN
FINISHED PORTIONS OF BUILDING, INCLUDING FLANGES ON PIPES AT FIXTURES. ALL SLEEVES IN
CONCEALED AND EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED IRON 1" O.D. LARGER THAN THE
PIPE OD, CAULKED IF BELOW GRADE IN A MOISTURE-PROOF MANNER. ALL PIPES PENETRATING
THROUGH FIRE WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE PROPERLY FIRE SAFED WITH DOW CORNING 3-6548
SILICONE RTV FOAM AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
PIPE IDENTIFICATION
PIPING IDENTIFICATION TO COMPLY WITH ANSI AND OSHA STANDARDS: EACH INDIVIDUAL
PIPELINE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED FOR QUICK AND EASY IDENTIFICATION AS TO CONTENT AND
CHARACTER OF MATERIAL CARRIED IN THE PIPES BY SETON SNA OR STR MARKERS.
MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND LOCATED AT NOT MORE THAN 8' INTERVALS AND SO
LOCATED THAT MARKERS SHALL BE VISIBLE WHERE PIPING SYSTEM IS EXPOSED.
ONE MARKER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EITHER SIDE OF VALVES, SPECIAL FITTINGS
AND AT BRANCH TAKE-OFF. IN FURRED AREAS INSTALL ONE BAND TWENTY FOUR
(24) INCHES ABOVE FLOOR AND NINETEEN (19) INCHES BELOW CEILING LINE.
ROVIDE TWO IDENTIFICATION CHARTS COMPLETE WITH GLASS AND FRAME
SHOWING LIST OF MATERIALS CONVEYED IN THE PIPING SYSTEM, CLASSIFIED BY
NATURE OF ITS CONTENTS AND RESPECTIVE IDENTIFYING COLORS.
COLOR SCHEME SHALL BE APPROVED. BASE COLOR FOR MARKERS SHALL BE AS
FOLLOWS:
DOMESTIC HOT WATER --- YELLOW
DOMESTIC COLD WATER --- GREEN
FUEL GAS --- YELLOW
SANITARY SEWER --- GREEN
SANITARY VENT --- GREEN
INDUSTRIAL COLD WATER --- GREEN
STORM DRAINS --- GREEN
C.
D.
MATERIALS: ALL MATERIALS WHEN NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE
ASTM, ASME, AGA, AND ASA STANDARDS.
EQUAL MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: IN ADDITION TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS, THE
FOLLOWING SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED EQUAL, PROVIDED CORRESPONDING MODELS MEET ALL
SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. EQUIVALENT SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT NAMED HEREIN
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. SUBMIT ALTERNATE SELECTIONS AT TIME OF
BID, LISTING MAJOR EQUIPMENT.
ITEM MANUFACTURER
ACCESS PANELS:MILCOR
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:NEPTUNE, HERSEY
CLEANOUTS:ZURN
DRAINS & FLOOR SINKS:ZURN
ELECTRICAL WATER COOLERS:SUNROC, HAWS, ACORN
FLUSH VALVE:TOTO
GAS VENTS:METALBESTOS, AMERIVENT
INSULATIONS:MANVILLE, OWENS-CORNINGS, FIBERGLASS
PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORTS:GRINNELL, FEE & MASON, B-LINE
PLUMBING FIXTURES:CRANE
PRESSURE GAUGES:MARSH, MARSHALLTOWN, TREICE
SOIL PIPE:TYLER, UNIVERSAL
SOLDERS:HANDY-HARMAN, LUCAS, MILHAUPT
STRAINERS:WALWORTH, BAILEY, MUELLER
TOILET SEATS:TOTO
VALVES:WALWORTH, MILWAUKEE
WATER PRESSURE REDUCINT VALVES:BAILEY
WATER HEATERS:CHRONOMITE
2.02 PIPE AND FITTING SCHEDULE
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.
E.
F.
1.
2.
3.
SOILS AND STORM DRAIN LINES SHALL BE 5' FROM BUILDING: VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE AND FITTINGS OR
SERVICE WEIGHT NO-HUB CAST-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CISPI-301 AND SHALL BEAR THE NSF
TRADEMARK. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE 5' OUTSIDE BUILDING: SERVICE WEIGHT NO-
HUB CAST-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CISPI-301 AND SHALL BEAR THE NSF TRADEMARK..
DOMESTIC HOT & COLD WATER PIPING LOCATED ABOVE GROUND: TYPE L HARD- DRAWN COPPER
TUBE, ASTM B88, & WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, ANSI B16.22.
DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING LOCATED BELOW GROUND AND OUTSIDE THE BUILDING
3" DIAMERTER AND UNDER: TYPE K HARD-DRAWN COPPER TUBE, ASTM B88, AND WROUGHT
COPPER FITTINGS ANSI B16.22, SOLDER JOINT TYPE (REFER TO PARAGRAPH "PIPE
WRAPPING" HEREIN).
INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAINGS: TYPE M COPPER TUBE, ASTM B88. AND WROUGHT COPPER
FITTINGS ANSI B16.22, SOLDER JOINT TYPE.
GAS PIPING
2" AND UNDER LOCATED ABOVE GROUND: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-135,
A-795, WITH CLASS 150 WOG BLACK BANDED MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS.
2-1/2" AND LARGER ABOVE GROUND: SCHEDULE 4- BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-135, A-795,
WITH SCHEDULE 40 BUTT WELDED FITTINGS.
BELOW GROUND: PLEXCO PE2406 POLYETHYLENE PIPING SYSTEMS WITH ELECTRIC FUSION
SOCKET FUSION JOINTS. PROVIDE #12 ELECTRIC TRACER COPPER WIRE, SPIRAL WRAPPED
AROUND PIPE. BACKFILL WITH CLEAN SAND 4" AROUND PIPE. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY
WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
2.03 MATERIALS FOR JOINTS, FITTINGS AND VALVES
A.
1.
B.
1.
2.
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN CAST-IRON PIPE
PROVIDE "NO-HUB" COUPLINGS AS APPROVED BY THE CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE FOUNDATION,
CISPI310-85 SHALL BEAR THE NSF TRADEMARK
SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN CAST-IRON PIPE
WATER PIPING: EQUIVALENT TO HARRIS "BRIDGIT" LEAD-FREE BRAZING ALLOY. 95-5
SOLDERS ARE NOT APPROVED.
COPPER INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: LEAD-FREE SOLDER WITH NON-
CORROSIVE PASTE FLUX.
C.WELDED JOINTS: WELDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED WELDERS, AND
SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME BOILER CONSTRUCTION CODE, ANSI CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING, AND
STATE REQUIREMENTS.
D.UNIONS AND GASKETS
1.2" DIA. AND SMALLER FOR STEEL PIPE: SCREWED MALLEABLE-IRON GROUND JOINT, CLASS
150 WOG, WITH BRASS-TO-IRON SEAT, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO MATCH SERVICE.
2.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER FOR STEEL PIPE: CAST-IRON FLANGED GASKET TYPE, CONFORMING
TO ANSI B16.1, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO MATCH SERVICE, OR 150 LB. FORGED STEEL SLIP-
ON FLANGES.
3.UNIONS FOR COPPER TUBING: CAST BRONZE, GROUND JOINT PATTERN, SOLDERED JOINT
CONNECTION, ASTM B62 AND ANSI B16.18.
4.DIELECTRIC UNIONS: EPCO, FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH ISOLATORS AND GASKETS OF
SAME SIZE AS PIPE, GALVANIZED OR BLACK TO SUIT SERVICE.
5.DIELECTRIC FLANGES: F.H. MALONEY CO., TYPE E FLANGES FOR CATHODIC INSULATION.
6.GASKETS: 1/16" GARLOCK #17022
E.STRAINERS: Y-TYPE WITH SEMI-STEEL BODY AND STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN WITH PERFORATIONS
SUITABLE FOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS, OR SAME SIZE AS INSTALLED PIPELINE. PROVIDE GATE
VALVE WITH HOSE CONNECTION AT EACH STRAINER BLOW-OFF.
1.2-1/2" DIA. AND UNDER: BAILEY 100-A SERIES, 125 LB. OR 250 LB., SCREWED ENDS WITH
SCREWED GASKETED CAP.
2.3" DIA. AND LARGER: BAILEY 100-A SERIES, 125 LB. OR 250 LB., FLANGED ENDS AND BOLTED
GASKET CAP.
F.VALVES: PROVIDE VALVES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, OR FOLLOWING NUMBERS OR EQUIVALENT
BY COMPARATOR CHART OF APPROVED MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ADAPTORS FOR VALVES IN
COPPERTUBING WHERE NECESSARY. ALL DOMESTIC WATER VALVES, 2" DIA. AND UNDER, SHALL BE
BALL VALVES.
1.ECCENTRIC VALVES, 2" DIA. AND UNDER, GAS: DEZURIK #425 VALVE WITH RS49,
PLUG SEALS, IRON BODY, SCREWED OR FLANGED, U.L. LISTED.
2.GATE VALVES, 2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER, DOMESTIC WATER: 200 PSI WOG, SOLID
WEDGE DISC, UNION BONNET, RISING STEM, FLANGED.
GRINNELL 6020A
NIBCO F-617-0
CRANE 465 1/2
STOCKHAM G-623
3.PARTITION STOP VALVES: T&S B415, LOOSE-KEY TYPE WITH WALL FLANGE.
4.BALL VALVES, DOMESTIC WATER: BRONZE, FULLPORT, CLASS 150, THREADED.
GRINNELL 3750 OR 171N
NIBCO T-585
JAMESBURY 300
NOTE: PROVIDE FLANGED IRON BODY VALVES OR EQUIPMENT USED IN COPPER
PIPING SYSTEMS WITH MALONEY FLANGE AND BOLTS INSULATING KITS.
5.ANGLE VALVES, DOMESTIC WATER:
1/4 TURN, FULLPORT, COMPRESSION FITTING.
WATTS
NIBCO
BRASSCRAFT
G.CHECK VALVES
1.HORIZONTAL SWING:
A.2" DIA. AND UNDER (200 PSI WOG), BRONZE SCREWED CAP, SWING.
THREADED SOLDER.
GRINNELL 3300 3300SJ
NIBCO T-413(BWY)S-413(BWY)
CRANE 37 1342
STOCKHAM 320 B-309
B.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER (200 PSI WOG), IRON BODY, BRONZE TRIM,
SCREWED CAP, SWING, Y-PATTERN, REGRINDING, FLANGED.
GRINNELL 6300A
NIBCO F-918-B
CRANE 373
STOCKHAM G-931
H.PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
1.WILKINS MODEL 500XLYSBR OR EQUAL
2.07 ROOF FLASHING
A.SANITARY VENT FLASHINGS: SEMCO 1100-3 OR 1100-5, COMPLETE WITH ONE-PIECE LEAD FLASHING
AND COUNTERFLASHING SLEEVE.
B.OTHER PIPE THROUGH ROOF FLASHING: SEMCO 1100-2 OR 1100-4, COMPLETE WITH ONE-PIECE 4 LB.
LEAD FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING SLEEVE.
2.08 PIPE SLEEVES
PROVIDE ADJUST-TO-CRETE, PARAMOUNT, HOLE-OUT OR SPERZEL CRETE SLEEVE AT CONCRETE WALLS OR
FLOORS. PROVIDE FLOOR SLEEVES EXTENDED TO TOP OF CONCRETE CURBS FOR PIPING RISING THROUGH
FLOORS. WALL SLEEVES TO BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. SLEEVES SHALL BE SIZED TO PERMIT HALF
(1/2) INCH CLEARANCE AROUND PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION AND COVERING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS
THROUGH WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVES
2.09 ACCESS PANELS
A.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN PLASTER WALLS AND CEILINGS: KARP #DSC214PL, ELMDOR PW, 24"X24"
WITH METAL ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME, PRIME COATED STEEL AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT
SURFACES. FOR FIRE RATED AREAS PROVIDE USE KARP #KRP-150 FR 1-1/2 HOUR "B" LABEL ACCESS
PANELS, U.L. LISTED.
B.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN ACOUSTIC TILE CEILINGS: KARP #DSC-210, ELMDOR AT, 24'X24" WITH
METAL ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME, 24"X24" MINIMUM SIZE, PRIME COATED STEEL, RECESSED TO
ACCEPT STANDARD TILE IN FULL OPENING DOOR.
C.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN CERAMIC TILE WALLS: ELMDOR DW-SS, SMITH 4730, CHROME-PLATED
COVER AND FRAME OF SUITABLE SIZE FOR PURPOSE INTENDED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 8"X8" SIZE.
FOR FIRE RATED AREAS PROVIDE ELMDOR FR 1-1/2 HOUR "B" LABEL ACCESS PANELS, U.L. LISTED.
2.10 CLEANOUTS
FOR CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE, PROVIDE IRON BODY WITH EXTRA HEAVY BRONZE PLUGS SCREWED INTO
CAULKING FERRULES, FOR STEEL PIPE, PROVIDE EXTRA HEAVY BRONZE PLUGS; AND FOR VITRIFIED CLAY
PIPE, PROVIDE VITRIFIED CLAY PLUGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS, PLATES, AND FRAMES FOR FLUSH
MOUNTING WHERE CLEANOUTS OCCUR IN FINISHED INTERIOR WALLS. EXPOSED PARTS OF FLOOR
CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE TOP. PROVIDE ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT
PLUGS. CLEANOUT SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING:
A.IN FINISHED FLOORS: PROVIDE CAST-IRON WITH POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE ROUND TOP, NON-SKID
DIAMOND TREAD SET FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLASHING FLANGE WHEN USED WITH
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE.
SMITH - 4023
WADE - W-6000
ZURN - ZN-1420-2
JOSAM - 56010 (ADD -41 WHEN NEEDED)
B.IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AREAS: PROVIDE CAST-IRON WITH HEAVY CAST-IRON ROUND TOP, NON-
SKID DIAMOND TREAD SET FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLASHING FLANGE WHEN USED WITH
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE.
SMITH - 4223
WADE - W-6000
ZURN - Z-1420-25
JOSAM - 56070 (ADD -41 WHEN NEEDED)
C.IN WALLS: PROVIDE CLEANOUT TEE COMPLETE WITH SQUARED POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE ACCESS
PLATE WITH VANDALPROOF SCREWS AND FRAMES. OPENING 8"X8" MINIMUM.
SMITH - 4558-U
WADE - W-8460-S
ZURN - ZN-1445-3
JOSAM - 58770-15
D.IN EXTERIOR GRADES; PROVIDE CAST-IRON BODY, VANDALPROOF COVER, NON SKID DIAMOND
TREAD, SET FLUSH WITH GRADE OR FINISHED SURFACE. IN NON-SURFACED AREA, THEY SHALL BE
CAST IN A CONCRETE BLOCK 14'X14'X6" DEEP.
SMITH - 4020-U
WADE - W-8300MF
ZURN - ZN-1460-15-W/Z-1450-8
JOSAM - 58680-15
2.11 SHOCK ABSORBERS
PROVIDE SHOCK ABSORBERS MANUFACTURED BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS (PPP) INSTALLED AS
INDICATED OR AS RECOMMENDED BY PDI PAMPHLET WWH-201. FURNISH ACCESS PANEL FOR A SINGLE
MULTIPLE FIXTURE INSTALLATION (NOT OF FLUSH VALVE TYPE). IN NO SITUATION SHALL A FIXTURE BE
INSTALLED WITHOUT SHOCK PROTECTION.
2.12 PRESSURE TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE
FURNISH DOMESTIC WATER HEATER WITH ASME RATED PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE SET TO
RELIEVE AT 125 PSI PRESSURE AND AT 188 DEGREE TO 208 DEGREE F TEMPERATURE RANGE.
2.13 PRESSURE GAUGES
POTTER-ROEMER 6240-U.L. - F.M. 0-300 PSI RANGE, COMPLETE WITH 3-1/2" DIAMETER DIAL AND GAUGE COCK.
INSTALL PRESSURE GAUGES WHERE SHOWN AND AS REQUIRED.
2.14 INSULATION
A.ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ENERGY EFFICIENCY
STANDARDS. INSULATION THICKNESSES SPECIFIED ARE BASED ON INSULATION DISPLAYING
THERMAL RESISTANCES IN THE RANGE OF R-4.0 TO R-4.6 PER INCH OF THICKNESS ON A FLAT
SURFACE AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEGREE F. THICKNESSES SPECIFIED ARE MINIMUM AND
SHALL BE PROPORTIONALLY INCREASED FOR MATERIALS HAVING R VALUES LESS THAN 4.0 PER INCH
OF THICKNESS OR MAY BE REDUCED FOR MATERIALS HAVING R VALUES GREATER THAN 4.6 PER
INCH THICKNESS. PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER PIPING IS INSTALLED, TESTED AND
APPROVED AND IS IN CLEAN, DRY CONDITION. FIRMLY BUTT INSULATION JOINTS.
B.ALL HOT WATER AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH GLASS FIBER
PIPE INSULATION WITH FACTORY APPLIED WHITE JACKET, J-M MICRO-LOK 650 AP, 1" THICK FOR PIPE
SIZES OF 1/2" TO 1", AND 1-1/2" THICK FOR PIPE SIZES TO 1-1/4" AND ABOVE. ALL FITTINGS AND
VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PREFORMED INSULATION WITH PVC PREMOLDED ONE PIECE
FITTING COVER, J.M. ZESTON COVER. ADHERE LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTTS OF STRIPS OF
JACKET WITH FACTORY APPLIED PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE SYSTEM, J-M AP-T. FLANGES AND
UNIONS SHALL NOT BE COVERED.
C.ALL PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED SHALL BE
INSULATED WITH PLUMBEREX SPECIALTY PRODUCTS HOT WATER SUPPLY AND 'P' TRAP
PREFABRICATED INSULATION.
2.15 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A.GENERAL: ALL PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIMS & EXPOSED SUPPLIES AND WASTES TO BE MADE OF
BRASS WITH POLISHED CHROME-PLATED FINISH. FURNISH INDIVIDUAL LOOSE KEY STOPS OR, IF
SPECIFIED, SCREW DRIVER STOPS FOR SUPPLIES AND, UNLESS INTEGRAL WITH VALVES OR
FAUCETS, MOUNT UNDER FIXTURE. SEPARATELY TRAP ALL WASTES. MFURNISH EXPOSED SUPPLIES
AND WASTES TO WALL WITH POLISHED CHROME-PLATED CAST BRASS WALL ESCUTCHEONS.
PROVIDE ALL LAVATORIES WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CHROME-PLATED CAST BRASS P-TRAPS. ALL
PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE WHITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT.
B.WALL-HUNG FIXTURES: CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WITH HANGERS OR
SUPPORTING ARMS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED ON A 1/4" THICK BY 6" WIDE STEEL WALL PLATE
WHICH EXTENDS AT LEAST ONE STUD OVER FIRST AND LAST FIXTURE MOUNTING POINTS, OR A
TOTAL OF THREE STUDS MINIMUM. FASTEN WALL PLATE TO EACH STRUCTURAL STUD IT CROSSES
BY TACK WELDING EACH SIDE OF STUD FLANGE AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF PLATE. FIXTURE OR
SUPPORTING ARMS SHALL BE SECURELY AND FIRMLY ATTACHED TO STEEL WALL PLATE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. IN THE SITUATION THAT STRUCTURAL STUDS
ARE NOT BEING INSTALLED BEHIND WALL-HUNG FIXTURES, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY
ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
C.WALL-MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS: INSTALL WITH A COMBINATION FIXTURE SUPPORT AND WASTE
FITTING INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS AND HEIGHT INDICATED ON
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
D.URINALS: INSTALL USING BRASS NIPPLES. INSTALL AT HEIGHTS SPECIFIED ON ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS.
E.DRAINS: WHERE INSTALLED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, INSTALL DRAINS
WITH FLASHING CLAMP DEVICE WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT CLAMPING BOLTS.
F.FIXTURE SEALER: PROVIDE WALL-HUNG FIXTURES WITH WHITESILICONE SEALER BETWEEN
FIXTURE AND WALL, APPLIED SMOOTH AND EVEN.
FIXTURES, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS.
2.06 PIPE HANGERS
A.HANGERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED ISOLATION AND DI-CHROMATE FINISH.
1.2" DIA. AND UNDER: GRINNELL F69.
2.2-1/2" DIA. AND LARGER: GRINNELL F65.
3.CONCRETE INSERTS: GRINNELL 281 AND 282.
4.RISER CLAMPS FOR COPPER PIPING: GRINNELL 261P, PLASTIC COATED.
5.RISER CLAMPS FOR OTHER PIPING: GRINNELL 261.
B.HANGER RODS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
PIPE SIZE 2" DIA. AND UNDER: 3/8" RODS
PIPE SIZE 2-1/2" DIA. AND 3": 1/2" RODS
PIPE SIZE 3" DIA. AND LARGER: 5/8" RODS
2.16 SPECIALTY ITEMS
A.
B.
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS: SEE WATER HEATER SCHEDULE LOCATED ON DRAWINGS.
FIRE SAFING: SAFE ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS WITH U.L.
LISTED PROSET OR NELSON FIRE SAFING AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES,
THE ORIGINAL DESIGN, AND THE REFERENCED STANDARDS.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A.INSPECTION: ALL PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH TRADES DUE TO
LACK OF COORDINATION SHALL BE RESOLVED BY ARCHITECT WHOSE DECISION IS FINAL. RELOCATE
OR OFFSET ANY WORK AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AT NO EXTRA
COST TO THE OWNER WHEN SO DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
B.DISCREPANCIES
1.ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE
ARCHITECT.
2.DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION IN AREAS WHERE A DISCREPANCY HAS
BEEN SITED UNTIL ALL SUCH DISCREPANCIES HAVE BEEN FULLY RESOLVED.
3.INTERFERENCES BETWEEN WORK WHICH HAS BEEN INSTALLED BY VARIOUS.
3.02 LOCATIONS AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS
A.CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY INFORM HIMSELF WITH REGARDS TO ANY ANOMALIES AND LIMITATIONS
OF SPACES AVAILABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. DRAWINGS SHOW
DESIRED LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS, AND ARE TO BE
FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. WORK SPECIFIED, NOT EXPLICITLY DEFINED BY DRAWINGS
SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ARRANGED TO THE MANNER SATISFACTORY OF THE ARCHITECT. IF
CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT,
THEY SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE PROVIDED THE
CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE WORK IS INSTALLED AND NO ADDITIONAL MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED.
B.CONFIRM ALL SPACES, DIMENSIONS FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT OR OWNER-
FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS.
C.OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY ROUGH IN DATA AND DIMENSIONS FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT
OR OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS.
D.MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY HEADROOM CLEARANCES AND ACCESSIBILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH
LOCAL AND GOVERNING AGENCIES AND MAINTAIN CEILING HEIGHTS.
E.CONSTANTLY COORDINATE WORK OR OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH THIS
INSTALLATION.
3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL PIPE RUNS STRAIGHT AND TRUE. SPRINGING OR FORCING PIPING INTO DESIRED LOCATION
IS NOT PERMITTED. INSTALL IN MANNER TO PREVENT ANY UNDUE STRAIN ON EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE
SMOOTH JOINTS AND UNOBSTRUCTED INSIDE AND OUT, AND REAM PIPE ENDS THOROUGHLY TO
REMOVE BURRS. CONCEAL PIPING IN FINISHED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING UNLESS OTHERWISE
DIRECTED OR INDICATED. CAP OR PLUG ENDS & OPENINGS IN PIPE & FITTINGS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
INSTALLATION TOEXCLUDE DIRT UNTIL EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED OR FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
PIPE SIZE REDUCTIONS SHALL BE ANCHORED WITH REDUCING FITTINGS. USE NO BUSHINGS UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED. USE NO CLOSE NIPPLES. PROCEED TO ROUGH IN AS RAPIDLY AS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING WILL PERMIT AND COMPLETE AND TEST BEFORE ANY
LATHING, PLASTERING, OR DRYWALL, OR OTHER FINISH WORK HAS COMMENCED. FIT WORK INTO
AVAILABLE SPACE AND ACCURATELY ROUGHIN. GRADE AND VALVE WATER PIPING SO AS TO ENSURE
FOR COMPLETE DRAINAGE AND CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM. FURNISH CLAMPS AND/OR CONCRETE
THRUST BLOCKS AT DEAD ENDS, ANGLES, OR OTHER POINTS WHERE SEPARATION OF JOINTS MAY
OCCUR. GRADE VENT PIPING TO FACILITATE PIPING TO FREE ITSELF OF CONDENSATION OR WATER.
B.INSTALL PIPING TO AVOID BEAM PENETRATIONS UNLESS SLEEVING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
CONSTANTLY COORDINATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH THIS
INSTALLATION. SEEK AND OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT IF CORING OR CUTTING OF
CONCRETE WORK IS REQUIRED DUE TO FAILURE TO INSTALL REQUIRED SLEEVES PRIOR TO THE TIME
OF CONCRETE POUR. COST OF CORING AND CUTTING WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE
SUBCONTRACTOR.
C.EXPOSED PLATED OR ENAMELED PIPE: PROVIDE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH SPECIAL CARE.
SHOW NO TOOL MARKS OR THREADS.
D.DIELECTRIC UNIONS: PROVIDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TWO DISSIMILAR METAL PIPES WITH
DIELECTRIC UNIONS.
E.UNIONS: INSTALL A UNION ON ONE SIDE OF EACH SHUTOFF VALVE, AT BOTH SIDES OF AUTOMATIC
VALVES, AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND ELSEWHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED, UNLESS FLANGES
ARE INDICATED.
F.FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES: FURNISH WHERE PIPES PIERCE FINISHED SURFACES.
G.NOISE: INSTALL SOIL, WASTE, AND WATER PIPING SO AS TO PREVENT ANY UNUSUAL TRANSMISSION
OF NOISE FROM FLOW OF WATER UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS.
H.SHUTOFF VALVES: FURNISH WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR ADEQUATE CONTROL OF
SYSTEMS AND FOR ISOLATION OF FIXTURE GROUPS AND EQUIPMENT.
I.BURIED PIPING: INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 36" COVERAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
LAY PIPING ACCURATELY TO GRADE WHERE INVERT ELEVATIONS ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE THRUST BLOCKS AS REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
J.EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
K.ACCESSIBILITY: ENSURE INSTALLED WORK IS READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR NORMAL OPERATION,
READING OF INSTRUMENTS, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE, INSPECTION AND REPAIR. FURNISH ACCESS
PANELS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED.
L.PIPE JOINTS: INSTALL SCREWED JOINTS WITH A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF COMPOUND APPLIED TO THE
MALE THREAD ONLY. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
M.PROVIDE PIPE ISOLATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR NON-INSULATED PIPE.
N.PIPING ROUGH-IN FOR FIXTURES: SUPPORT OR SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE OR FIRMLY
ANCHORED WASTE PIPING SO THAT PIPES CANNOT BE DISPLACED. DO NOT SECURE TO WALLS. USE
OF MAKESHIFT TEMPORARY DEVICES, SUCH AS ROPE, WIRE, TAPE, ETC. IS PROHIBITED.
3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.LOCATE HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS FIRMLY IN PLACE USING APPROVED STEEL AND IRON HANGERS,
SUPPORTS, AND/OR PIPE RESTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FASTEN HANGER RODS FROM
CONCRETE INSERTS OR FROM APPROVED BRACKETS, CLAMPS OR CLIPS. HANG PIPES INDIVIDUALLY
OR IN GROUPS ONLY IF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE IS ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF PIPING
AND FLUID. EXCEPT FOR BURIED PIPING, HANG OR SUPPORT PIPE RUNS TO PROVIDE FREE
EXPANSION OR CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRAIN TO PIPE OR EQUIPMENT.
1.HORIZONTAL STEEL PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS EVERY 10' OR EVERY 8' FOR
PIPING 1-1/4" DIA. AND UNDER.
2.HORIZONTAL COPPER TUBING: FOR 2" DIAMETER AND OVER, PROVIDE HANGERS EVERY 10'
OR EVERY 6' FOR PIPING 1-1/2" DIAMETER AND UNDER.
3.HORIZONTAL CAST-IRON HUB AND SPIGOT PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS
LOCATED AT EACH HUB.
4.HORIZONTAL CAST-IRON NO-HUB PIPING: PROVIDE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS AT EACH SIDE
OF A NO-HUB FITTING. PROVIDE ANTI-SEPARATION BRACING AT EACH 90 DEGREE CHANGE
OF DIRECTION.
5.VERTICAL PIPING: SUPPORT AT EACH FLOOR PENETRATION WITH IRON PIPE CLAMPS.
6.SWAY BRACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13.
B.BRANCHES: PROVIDE SEPARATE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS FOR BRANCH LINES 6' OR MORE IN
LENGTH.
C.SOUND AND ELECTROLYSIS ISOLATORS: INSTALL AT ALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HOT AND
COLD DOMESTIC WATER LINES. SECURELY ATTACH PIPE TO WALLS, STUDS, ETC. ALL SUCH PIPING
SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM STRUCTURE BY "TRISOLATORS".
3.05 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
PIPING SUBJECT TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH EXPANSION LOOPS MADE UP
OF BENDS, FITTINGS, OR VICTAULIC COUPLINGS, EXPANSION JOINTS, SWING JOINTS, OR OTHER APPROVED
METHODS OR DEVICES. BRANCH LINES FROM MAINS SUBJECT TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SHALL
HAVE A SWING JOINT INSTALLED AT A POINT OF CONNECTION WITH THE MAIN. RISERS WHICH PASS THROUGH
ONE OR MORE FLOORS SHALL HAVE SWING JOINTS INSTALLED AT THEIR BASE. ANCHOR LINES SUBJECT TO
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION BY APPROVED METHODS TO RESTRICT MOVEMENT.
3.06 CORROSION PREVENTION
JOINT BETWEEN CUPROUS AND FERROUS MATERIALS SHALL BE MADE WITH APPROVED NYLON INSULATING
COUPLINGS. SEPARATE ALL CONTACT SURFACES OF DISSIMILAR METALS WITH NON-CONDUCTING COATING
OR SHEET.
3.07 CLEANOUTS
A.FURNISH CLEANOUTS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR
INDICATED, CLEANOUTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE WITH EXTENSIONS TO GRADE, TO OUTSIDE OF
BUILDINGS, OR TO FLOORS ABOVE AS SHOWN OR REQUIRED. DO NOT LOCATE CLEANOUTS IN
PUBLIC LOBBIES AND PUBLIC CORRIDORS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
B.MEMBRANES: WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LOCATED UNDER FLOOR, SHALL HAVE MEMBRANE
BROUGHT TO CLEANOUT WITHOUT PUNCTURING, AND PERMANENTLY ANCHOR TO INTEGRAL
ANCHORING FLANGE WITH A HEAVY CAST-IRON CLAMPING COLLAR AND RUSTPROOFED BOLTS.
C.COVERS: LOCATE CLEANOUT COVERS WITH ALL FINISHED WALL, FLOOR OR GRADE AND IN ALL
CASES SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHOR BY MEANS OF INTEGRAL LUGS AND BOLTS. WHERE SURFACING
MATERIAL SUCH AS RESILIENT COVERING IS SPECIFIED, ASCERTAIN THICKNESS BEING USED AND
SET CLEANOUT TOP TO FINISH AT FLOOR LEVEL FOR SMOOTH FLOOR FINISH.
D.USE ACORN 3500 THREAD COMPOUND.
3.08 ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS
A.FURNISH VALVE BOXES FOR VALVES LOCATED BELOW GRADE. FURNISH METAL ACCESS PANELS OF
SIZE AND TYPE HEREINBEFORE SPECIFIED FOR VALVES OR SHOCK ABSORBERS LOCATED IN
CONCEALED AREAS.
B.ACCESS BOXES AND PANELS: SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING. DOOR
OR PLATE LOCATED IN FINISHED WALLS SHALL BE REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION OR BE
OTHERWISE SUITABLY COVERED TO PROTECT FINISH.
C.OUTSIDE GENERAL SERVICE ACCESS BOXES: FURNISH WITH METAL, ASBESTOS CEMENT, OR CLAY
PIPE EXTENSIONS WHERE ADDED DEPTH IS NECESSARY. DO NOT LOCATE BOXES IN PUBLIC WALKS,
DRIVEWAYS OR COVERED PASSAGES UNLESS INDICATED.
3.09 STERILIZATION
STERILIZE EACH SYSTEMS WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LIQUID CHLORIDE OR
HYPOCHLORIDE BEFORE ACCEPTANCE FOR OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C601, "STANDARD FOR
DISINFECTING WATER MAINS." WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE
REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING:
A.MATERIALS
1.LIQUID CHLORINE: U.S. ARMY SPECIFICATION 4-1.
2.HYPOCHLORIDE: LIQUID SHALL CONFORM TO FED. SPEC. O-C-11RA (INT. 4).
B.METHOD: QUANTITY OF CHLORINE SHALL PROVIDE A DOSAGE OF 50 PPM MINIMUM AND SHALL BE
INTRODUCED INTO LINES AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN APPROVED MANNER. PROVIDE MINIMUM
CONTACT PERIOD OF 24 HOURS DURING WHICH PERIOD CHLORINE RESIDUAL SHALL BE MAINTAINED
AT 5 PPM MINIMUM, FLUSH OUT SYSTEMS WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL RESIDUAL CONTENT IS NOT
GREATER THAN 0.2 PPM. ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED WITH OPEN AND CLOSED VALVES IN
LINES BEING STERILIZED SEVERAL TIMES DURING CONTACT PERIOD.
C.TEST REPORTS: PROVIDE ONE COPY OF TEST REPORT OF COMPLETE AND ADEQUATE
STERILIZATION TO ARCHITECT BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK. CERTIFICATES SHALL HAVE
ENDORSED SIGNATURE OF AN OFFICIAL OF LABORATORY RESPONSIBLE FOR TEST. TESTING
LABORATORY SERVICE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS SUBCONTRACT.
3.10 TESTS
A.TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED TO ARCHITECT'S SATISFACTION. CONDUCT TESTS IN PRESENCE OF
ARCHITECT AND AT A TIME SUITABLE TO HIM IF REQUESTED. PROVIDE NECESSARY LABOR AND
EQUIPMENT AND BEAR COSTS FOR TESTING. COST OF REPLACING AND/OR REPAIRING DAMAGE
RESULTING THEREFROM SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. SHOULD THE
CONTRACTOR REFUSE OR NEGLECT TO MAKE TESTS NECESSARY TO SATISFY THE ARCHITECT THAT
REQUIREMENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS ARE MET, SUCH TESTS MAY BE MADE BY AN
INDEPENDENT TESTING COMPANY AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL EXPENSES.
B.HYDROSTATIC TESTS: CONDUCT BY FILLING PIPING SYSTEM COMPLETELY WITH WATER AND
ELIMINATING ACCUMULATIONS OF AIR SO THAT LEAKAGE, NO MATTER HOW SMALL, WILL BE
IDENTIFIED ON TESTING GAUGE IMMEDIATELY. MAINTAIN PRESSURE UNTIL PIPE UNDER TEST HAS
BEEN EXAMINED, FOR NO LESS THAN 24 HOURS. TEST SYSTEMS AT FOLLOWING PRESSURE:
SYSTEM TEST PRESSURE
DOMESTIC COLD WATER150 PSIG
DOMESTIC HOT WATER150 PSIG
C.SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, VENT SYSTEM TESTS: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES, ALL ENDS OF
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPPED AND LINES FILLED WITH WATER TO 10' ABOVE THE SECTION BEING
TESTED (INCLUDING VENTS) AND ALLOW TO STAND UNTIL A THOROUGH INSPECTION HAS BEEN
CONDUCTED. MAKE TESTS IN SECTIONS IF SEEN AS NECESSARY. ENSURE INTERCONNECTIONS
BETWEEN EXISTING SECTIONS PREVIOUSLY TESTED ARE INCLUDED IN NEW SECTIONS IN THE NEW
TEST.
D.ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM: TEST AS SPECIFIED FOR SANITARY SYSTEM.
E.GAS SYSTEMS: TEST & FILL GAS SYSTEM WITH COMPRESSED AIR AT 10 PSI FOR SIX HOURS OR
LONGERAS DIRECTED TO PROVE TIGHT WITHOUT LEAKS. USE PRESSURE RECORDER TO RECORD
PRESSURE OF ALL LINES FOR DURATION OF TEST.
3.16 ADJUSTING
AT COMPLETION OF WORK AND AFTER CLEANING OF SYSTEM, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AND AUTOMATIC
PARTS OF PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE CAREFULLY & INCREMENTLY ADJUSTED FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
ALL FLUSH VALVES AND FIXTURE STOPS SHALL BE CHECKED FOR PROPER OPERATION AND FINAL
ADJUSTMENTS MADE WHERE NECESSARY. SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE QUIETLY WITHOUT VIBRATION OR NOISE.
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.03
FI
R
E
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY
TO THIS SECTION.
1.02 PRINCIPAL WORK
A.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1.PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES
NECESSARY OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SAFE INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION
WORK IN FULL CONFORMANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION; ALL AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR HEREIN SPECIFIED
INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:
a.FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
b.CORE DRILLING, ROUGH CUTTING AND PATCHING.
c.SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS.
d.TESTING, FILING AND FEES
e.CADD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
2.PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTS, PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES THAT ARE REQUIRED FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND THE EXISTING
STRUCTURE. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF
PIPING.
3.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING TO BE
CONNECTED TO PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
4.CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK: SHALL BE AT ODD HOURS TO INSURE MINIMUM
INTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL PIPING RUN IN
OTHER TENANTS' AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THAT TENANT, INSTALLED ON
OVERTIME AND AT TIMES CONVENIENT TO TENANT AFFECTED. ALL WORK SPACE SHALL BE
CLEANED AND RESTORED TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. OBTAIN APPROVAL OF BUILDING
MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO INSPECTION SHUTDOWN OR COMMENCING WORK.
5.VERIFY ALL GOVERNING DIMENSIONS IN THE AREA OF WORK.
6.CAREFULLY EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSAL. COORDINATE
ALL WORK TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING AND NEW FACILITIES.
7.SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT REQUIRED
EXAMINATION OF FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS HAS BEEN MADE. LATER
CLAIMS FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED DUE TO DIFFICULTIES,
WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN, WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.PROVIDE SIX (6) COPIES OF SUBMITTAL MATERIAL.
B.IF THIS CONTRACTOR SUBMITS MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS OF SPECIFIED
C.IF THIS CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO USE MANUFACTURERS OTHER THAN LISTED IN THE
SPECIFICATIONS, THEN THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO THE FOLLOWING.
1.BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A LIST OF MANUFACTURE
SUBSTITUTIONS, FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE. SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AT
ANY OTHER TIME.
2.AFTER VERIFYING ALL FIELD CONDITIONS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT EQUIPMENT CUT
SHEETS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
3.AT THE TIME OF EACH SUBMISSION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO IDENTIFY ANY DEVIATION BY
CLOUDING ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
4.SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S CUT SHEETS FOR THE FOLLOWING:
a.PIPE AND FITTINGS.
b.VALVES.
c.SUPPORTS.
d.SPRINKLER HEADS.
e.SLEEVES.
D.SUBMIT FULLY COORDINATE SHOP DRAWINGS OF FLOOR PLANS INDICATING TYPE OF
SPRINKLER HEADS, PIPE SIZES, ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH DETAILS AND
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN CRITERIA
INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS.
E.AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.PROVIDE WORKMANSHIP OF HIGHEST QUALITY. INSTALL ALL PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS IN
CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-13
LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
B.ALL MATERIAL, FIRE PROTECTION ITEMS, ETC., SHALL BE NEW AND BEST OF ITS KIND, UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
C.TYPE AND SIZE OF MATERIALS APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, NFPA AND OWNER'S
INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS.
D.SYSTEM AS INSTALLED SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION AND OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS AND RECEIVE APPROVAL OF
SAME BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT.
E.ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL INDICATE M.E.A. APPROVAL WITH A CALENDAR NUMBER, FACTORY
MUTUAL AND UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, INC.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A.PROVIDE ONE YEAR GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS.
1.06 DEMOLITION
A.IN DEMOLITION WORK, UNUSED PIPING SHALL NOT BE ABANDONED 'IN PLACE' EXCEPT AS
NOTED HEREIN. PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE OR POINT OF DISCHARGE, AND
THE RESULTING OPENINGS PLUGGED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
B.DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND CAP OR PLUG EXISTING UNUSED PIPING AS NOTED OR REQUIRED
TO PERMIT NEW INSTALLATION.
C.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING UNUSED PIPING WITHOUT
INTERRUPTING EXISTING REQUIRED FUNCTIONING SYSTEMS.
1.07 WORK NOT INCLUDED:
A.FINISHED PATCHING AND PAINTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
B.WIRING OF ALARM INITIATING DEVICES
1.08 PHASING
A.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FIRE PROTECTION PHASING SCHEDULE UPON AWARD OF
CONTRACT TO BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER.
B.AT NO TIME SHALL THE BUILDING BE WITHOUT FIRE PROTECTION EXCEPT IN AREAS OF NEW
WORK. IF WATER IS TO BE TURNED OFF, THEN TEMPORARY PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED AS
REQUIRED AND PROVIDE FIRE WATCH.
C.REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPING SHALL BE DONE IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER TO THE
ENGINEER AND COORDINATED WITH THE GC SECTION.
2.00 PRODUCTS
2.01 BASE BID MANUFACTURERS
A.PIPING: ALLIIED TUBE, BERGER, WHEATLAND TUBE CO., NORTHWEST PIPE & CASING CO.,
LACLEDE STEEL.
B.FITTINGS: WARD FITTINGS, VICTAULIC AND STAR PIPE PRODUCTS, INC.
C.VALVES: NIBCO, STOCKHAM, TYCO, MILWAUKEE AND VICTAULIC CO.
D.SPRINKLER HEADS: VIKING, TYCO, GLOBE, RELIABLE AND VICTAULIC.
E.HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: ANVIL INTERNATIONAL, CARPENTER AND PATERSON, INC., MICHIGAN
HANGER (ERICO), B-LINE, PSI CORP.
2.02 GENERAL ITEMS
A.ESCUTCHEONS:
1.PROVIDE EXPOSED PIPES WITH APPROVED TYPE, SINGLE PIECE, CAST BRASS OR CAST IRON
ESCUTCHEONS, FIRMLY HELD IN PLACE. IN FINISHED SPACE PROVIDE CHROME PLATED.
2.PROVIDE PENDENT SPRINKLER HEADS WITH CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS TO MATCH
SPRINKLER HEAD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
B.SLEEVES: PROVIDE NO. 22 USSG GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVES EXTENDED THROUGH
CONSTRUCTION IN CEILINGS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS. FIREPROOF BY SEALING ALL SLEEVES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING CODE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. SLEEVES SIMILAR
TO MICHIGAN HANGERS MFG. CORP.
C.HANGERS AND PIPING SUPPORTS:
1.SUPPORT MATERIALS: GALVANIZED STEEL.
2.ALL PIPING SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE. PIPE SUPPORTED FROM
PIPE, CHAIN, STRAP, PERFORATED BAR, OR WIRE HANGERS ARE NOT PERMITTED.
3.SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AT LEAST EVERY 12 FT. NO BRANCHES 2 FT. OR LONGER WITHOUT
SUPPORT.
4.PIPING 2 IN. OR LESS PROVIDE ELECTROPLATED SOLID BAND HANGERS, ANVIL INTERNATIONAL
AUTO-GRIP ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING FIG. 69.
5.FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING 2-1/2 IN. AND LARGER, PROVIDE GALVANIZED 'CLEVIS' HANGER, ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL NO. 260.
6.SUSPEND HANGERS FROM EXPANSION ANCHORS IN SOLID CONCRETE SLABS, SIMILAR TO HILTI
HDI OR FROM EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH BEAM CLAMPS SIMILAR TO ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL 95 WITH RETAINING CLAMP NO. 89. PROVIDE RODS SIZED FOR PIPE SUPPORTED
AND LOCK HANGER IN PLACE WITH DOUBLE NUTS.
7.WHERE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION DOES NOT PERMIT FASTENING HANGER RODS IN REQUIRED
LOCATIONS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STEEL FRAMING AS REQUIRED AND REVIEWED.
D.LABELING:
1.PROVIDE ON MAIN PIPING IN OR AT CEILING, 10 FT. ON CENTERS, INDICATING SYSTEM, SIZE AND
DIRECTION OF FLOW, SETMARK SNA TYPE. ADHESIVE TYPE MARKERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.PIPE:
1.STANDARD WEIGHT SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE, SEAMLESS OR WELDED MILD STEEL, ASTM A-106
OR A-53 FOR STANDPIPE AND SPRINKLER SUPPLY PIPING.
2.SCHEDULE 10 STEEL PIPE MAY BE USED FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM DIAMETERS 2 IN. AND LARGER
WITH WALL THICKNESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-13. THREADED OR CUT GROOVED
CONNECTIONS NOT PERMITTED FOR THIS PIPE.
B.FITTINGS:
1.CAST IRON THREADED: STANDARD WEIGHT, EXCEPT AS NOTED, ANSI B-16.4.
2.MALLEABLE IRON: THREADED AND BANDED, STANDARD WEIGHT, EXCEPT AS NOTED, ANSI B-16.3.
3.GROOVED END MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS WITH APPROPRIATE PRESSURE
RATING, SIMILAR TO VICTAULIC: SUBJECT TO SPECIAL APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER.
4.REDUCERS AND INCREASERS: OF THE TAPERED TYPE. NO BUSHINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED
EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
5.CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING MAY BE MALLEABLE IRON OR DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL
T-OUTLETS, SIMILAR TO VICTAULIC STYLE 920.
2.04 VALVES
A.VALVES:
1.VALVES CONTROLLING WATER FLOW IN FIRE STANDPIPE AND SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE OF
THE OS&Y TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:
a.VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER: THREADED BRONZE, 175 PSI WWP, SIMILAR TO NIBCO NO. T-104-O.
2.05 SPRINKLER HEADS
A.CAST BRASS, CLOSED, FUSIBLE LINK, SPRAY TYPE, 1/2 IN. ORIFICE, ORDINARY DEGREE
TEMPERATURE RATING, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
1.IN FINISHED AREAS WITH HUNG CEILINGS, CONCEALED TYPE WITH CEILING PLATES FACTORY
PAINTED WHITE, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G4FR.
2.IN UNFINISHED AREAS: UPRIGHT WHERE POSSIBLE, PENDENT HEADS WHERE NECESSARY,
BRONZE FINISH, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G.
B.HIGHER TEMPERATURE RATING WHERE SUBJECT TO ABNORMAL HEATING CONDITIONS AND/OR
WHERE INDICATED.
C.PROVIDE WITH WIRE GUARDS WHERE SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
D.SPRINKLER CABINET:
1.PROVIDE ENAMELED STEEL CABINET WITH (6) (12) OR (24) EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS INCLUDING
EACH TEMPERATURE RATING AND TYPE USED IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA 13. PROVIDE
SPRINKLER HEAD WRENCHES FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD USED.
2.06 TEST AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS
A.PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES AND/OR PLUGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA-13.
B.PROVIDE TEST AND DRAIN ASSEMBLY DOWNSTREAM OF EACH WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH,
CONSISTING OF TEST AND DRAIN VALVES, SIGHT GLASS AND CALIBRATED ORIFICE, AND
CONNECT IT TO DRAIN AS NOTED.
1.APPROVED COMPACT COMBINATION TEST-DRAIN FITTINGS WITH THREADED ENDS, SIMILAR TO
VICTAULIC STYLE 720, MAY BE USED. FOR 4 IN. AND LARGER, SPRINKLER CONNECTIONS DIAMETER
OF DRAIN PIPE FROM FITTING SHALL BE 2 IN.
2.FOR DRAINS SERVING PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES, THE DRAIN, DRAIN CONNECTION, AND ALL
OTHER DOWNSTREAM DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE SIZED TO PERMIT A FLOW OF AT LEAST THE
GREATER SYSTEM DEMAND SUPPLIED BY THE PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVE. DRAIN CONNECTION 2
INCH MINIMUM, DRAIN RISER 3 INCH MINIMUM.
2.07 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A.PROVIDE:
1.2½ GAL. WATER TYPE: WHERE NOTED AS FE-1, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO. 3202.
2.10 LBS. ABC-RATED DRY CHEMICAL TYPE: WHERE NOTED AS FE-2, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO.
3010.
3.5 LBS. CARBON DIOXIDE TYPE, FE-3, POTTER-ROEMER MODEL NO. 3405.
2.08 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
A.PROVIDE CABINETS SIZED TO HOUSE NOTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. FULL RECESSED NO. 20 USSG
SHEET STEEL BOX.
B.NO. 20 USSG DOOR FRAME AND DOOR OF NO. 20 USSG HOLLOW METAL CONSTRUCTION, WIRE
GLASS PANEL MARKED FIRE EXTINGUISHER, CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE AND SATIN FINISH CP
LEVER CATCH.
C.PROVIDE DUO-PANEL DOOR.
D.CABINETS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO POTTER ROEMER 1700 SERIES (FOR ONE EXTINGUISHER).
2.09 SPRINKLER HEADS
A.CAST BRASS, CLOSED, FUSIBLE LINK, SPRAY TYPE, 1/2 IN. ORIFICE, ORDINARY DEGREE
TEMPERATURE RATING, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
1.IN FINISHED AREAS WITH HUNG CEILINGS, CONCEALED TYPE WITH CEILING PLATES
FACTORY PAINTED WHITE, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G4FR.
2.IN UNFINISHED AREAS: UPRIGHT WHERE POSSIBLE, PENDENT HEADS WHERE
NECESSARY, BRONZE FINISH, SIMILAR TO RELIABLE MODEL G.
B.HIGHER TEMPERATURE RATING WHERE SUBJECT TO ABNORMAL HEATING
CONDITIONS AND/OR WHERE INDICATED.
C.PROVIDE WITH WIRE GUARDS WHERE SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
D.SPRINKLER CABINET:
1.PROVIDE ENAMELED STEEL CABINET WITH (6) (12) OR (24) EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS
INCLUDING EACH TEMPERATURE RATING AND TYPE USED IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA
13. PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD WRENCHES FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD USED.
3.00 EXECUTION
3.01 TESTS
A.TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY FOR TWO HOURS AT 200 PSI OR AT 50 PSI
ABOVE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) AND IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.ACCURATELY ALIGN SPRINKLER HEADS IN HUNG CEILING AREAS SYMMETRICALLY WITH
DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND CEILING TILES.
B.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ACTUAL QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF
SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES FOR CODE COMPLIANCE WITH
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
C.ALL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS, TYPES, FINISHES ETC. SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE
PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
D.CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK ALL CONDITIONS AT THE SITE AND EXAMINE ALL PERTINENT
DRAWINGS BEFORE PREPARING WORKING DRAWINGS.
E.CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE MEASUREMENTS FOR HIS OWN WORK, VERIFY HIS DRAWINGS
WITH DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR PROPER INSTALLATION IN AVAILABLE SPACE FOR APPURTENANCES HEREIN SPECIFIED
AND/OR INDICATED, AND SHALL, BEFORE MAKING ANY CHANGES, SECURE APPROVAL OF
PROJECT MANAGER FOR SUCH VARIATIONS.
ALL REFERENCES TO FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, FIRE SERVICE MAINS, STAND PIPE SYSTEM OR
SPECIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE USED FOR BIDDING
PURPOSES ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P0.04
TI
T
L
E
-
2
4
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
BREAK ROOM
216
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
3
WCO
S-2
EWH-2
3/4"
2"
4
2
1
W-1
1/2"
FW
FS-1
TP-1
S-1
EWH-1
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P2.11
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1PLUMBING PLAN
N
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1.BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND
CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL UTILITIES AND PIPING BY PHYSICAL
EXCAVATION, AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES.
2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND
POINTS OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT.
KEY NOTES
P.O.C NEW 3/4" COLD WATER LINE TO EXISTING COLD WATER LINE
ABOVE CEILING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
OF ANY PIPING.
P.O.C NEW 2" SEWER LINE TO EXISTING SEWER LINE BELOW FLOOR.
FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.
P.O.C NEW 2" VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE ABOVE CEILING. FIELD
VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.
PROVIDE PER PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. CONNECT FIXTURES TO
EXISTING ROUGH-INS, EXISTING PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE
EXTENDED/REROUTED AS REQUIRED. REPLACE ANY EXISTING PLUMBING
IN WALL IF ANY DAMAGE OR CORROSION IS FOUND DURING
CONSTRUCTION. SEE DETAIL #8/P5.01 FOR UNDERCOUNTER PIPING
SCHEMATIC.
1
2
3
4
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
COUNTER
J-BOX, BY ELECT MOUNT
AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE
BELOW COUNTER
POWER WIRING BY
ELECTRICAL
SINK OR LAVATORY
COLD WATER LINE
3-WAY VALVLE
INSTANTANEOUS WATER
HEATER MOUNT PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
MOUNT AS HIGH AS
POSSIBLE BELOW THE
COUNTER
SOV
SOV
1-1/2"
SEISMIC BRACING PER DETAIL
@ 8'-0" O.C. PERPENDICULAR
TO PIPE AND 8'-0" O.C. ALT.
DIRECTION PARALLEL TO
PIPE.
1/2" THREADED ROD @ 8'-0"
O.C. MAX. TYPICAL
CENTERED OVER PIPE.
NOTE:
WHERE PIPE DOES NOT EXCEED 1" DIA. SEISMIC BRACING IS
NOT REQUIRED ADDITIONALLY PIPES MAY BE SUPPORTED
W/UNISTRUT J1205-J1210 AS APPROPRIATE.
P1109 THRU P1126 AS
APPROPRIATE SNUG DOWN TO
SECURE PIPE.
TO FLOOR DRAIN / FLOOR SINK
OR FUNNEL DRAIN
SEAL OR CAULK SLEEVE THRU
FIRE WALLS IN A SMOKE TIGHT
MANNER. SEE NOTE #1 BELOW
TERMINATE SLEEVE
FLUSH WITH FINISHED
WALL SURFACES
PIPE AND INSULATION TO BE
CENTERED IN SLEEVE - DO NOT
SUPPORT PIPE FROM SLEEVE
STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL
PIPE SLEEVE OF SIZE TO
PASS PIPE AND INSULATION
FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH
AGAINST WALL AND OF SIZE TO
COMPLETELY COVER OPENING
NOTES:
1.PLUMBING PIPING PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SEALED IN A SMOKE TIGHT MANNER
WITH SEALANT MATERIAL OF THE SAME RATING OF THE WALL. FIRE BARRIER 3M MODEL PSS7904 CAL.
STATE FIRE MARSHALL LISTING NO. 4485-0941:100.
2.ALL WATER PROOFING SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION
TRISOLATOR OR HOLD-RITE
AIR GAP PORTS
TRAP PRIMER PER
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ACCESS PANEL
BALL VALVE
CW SUPPLY
TAP OFF TOP
OF CW LINE
P1000 HS, CRIMP ENDS
(TYPICAL)
PIPING WITH INSULATION.
FINISHED WALL SURFACE
PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW
INTERIOR WALLS / FLOOR
PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH WALL/FLOOR
NO SCALE
PIPE SUPPORT
NO SCALE
WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL
NO SCALE
TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
NO SCALE
CONCEALED PIPING
5
P5.01
3
P5.01
7
P5.01
1
P5.01
WALL SURFACE
CLEANOUT PLUG
ROUND POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL WALL
COVER PLATE (NOT REQUIRED UNLESS
LOCATED IN WALLS)
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SCREWED COUNTERSUNK PLUG
OPENING CUT-OUT IN WALL
HORIZONTAL LINE
OR CLEANOUT TEE
SL
O
P
E
18"
P
E
R
FO
O
T
(
M
I
N
.
)
X
TSP=TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
INSIDE DRAIN PLENUM
(INCHES OF WATER COLUMN)
NOTES:
BLOW THROUGH COIL
1.X=1"
2.Y=TSP+1"
DRAW THROUGH COIL
1.X=TSP+1"
2.Y=1 2 (TSP+1")
CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP
NO SCALE
4
P5.01
DRAIN LINE SHALL BE AT LEAST
THE SAME SIZE AS THE DRAIN
PAN CONNECTION
OPEN END
AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
DRAIN PAN
FOR DISSIMILAR METALS
CONNECTION PROVIDE
DIELECTRIC UNION CONNECTIONY
1.WHERE VERTICAL SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT TRAP INSTALLATION AS
REQUIRED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB, EXTEND P-TRAP TO BELOW SLAB.
2.FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR INSTALLATION PROVIDE INSULATED RAIN LINE
TO THE POINT OF DISCHARGE AT APPROVED RECEPTOR.
NOMINAL
TONS
DRAIN LINE
SIZE (IN.)
UP TO 20 3/4
21 - 40 1
41 - 90 1 1/4
91 - 125 1 1/2
126 - 250 2
INDIRECT WASTE SPILL OVER
MECHANICAL ROOM FLOOR
DRAIN
MAXIMUM DIAMETER BOTTOM
BAR STRAINER ON SHORT
LEGS
TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION
FLOOR SINK FOR INDIRECT WASTE
NO SCALE
6
P5.01
INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER
NO SCALE
2
P5.01
UNDERCOUNTER PIPING SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
8
P5.01
LEVEL 2
WCO
FW
1/2"
1/2" FILTERED COLD
WATER TO WALL BOX
FOR CONNECTION TO
REFRIGERATOR
HOT WATER FAUCET
WD-1
HOT WATER TANK AND
FILTRATION SYSTEM
WD-1
DC-2
DC-1
FS-1
TP-1
ID
EWH-1
PANTRY SINK AND
FAUCET
S-1
3/4" CW
2" V
WATER
FILTER
WF-1
3/4" HW
SOLENOID
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
LDS-1; 120V ELEC. OUTLET REQ.
SENSOR PAD
(TYP.)
SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION
EXISTING
1/2" TP
2" W
LEVEL 2
REFRIGERATOR
BY OTHERS
W-1
GARBAGE
DISPOSER
GD-1
FW FW
SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION
1/2" TO COFFEE MAKERS
OR CAP FOR FUTURE
VERIFY IN FIELD
1/2" TO COUNTERTOP
WATER COOLER
OR CAP FOR FUTURE
VERIFY IN FIELD
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P5.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
P6.01
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PLUMBING
TAG
ARCH
TAG DESCRIPTION
MINIMUM CONN.ELEC
REQ.REMARKS
WASTE VENT DCW DHW
S-1 S-1
FC-1 PANTRY SINK 2"2"3/4"3/4"NO
UNDERMOUNT SINGLE BOWL, ADA COMPLIANT.
FIXTURE: ELKAY ELUHAD281645 18-GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL SINK, 30-1/2" x 18-1/2" x 4-3/8" DEEP.
FAUCET: MOEN 7365RS 1.5 GPM SINGLE HANDLE SINGLE HOLE MOUNT HIGH ARCH KITCHEN FAUCET.
PROVIDE WITH WD-1, GD-1, LDS-1 & WF-1; REFER TO DETAIL #8/P5.01
S-2 S-1
FC-1 PANTRY SINK 2"2"3/4"3/4"NO
UNDERMOUNT SINGLE BOWL, ADA COMPLIANT.
FIXTURE: ELKAY ELUHAD281645 18-GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL SINK, 30-1/2" x 18-1/2" x 4-3/8" DEEP.
FAUCET: MOEN 7365RS 1.5 GPM SINGLE HANDLE SINGLE HOLE MOUNT HIGH ARCH KITCHEN FAUCET.
PROVIDE WITH LDS-1.
WD-1 FC-2 HOT WATER DISPENSER --1/2"-YES INSINKERATOR MODERN FH3010 INSTANT HOT WATER FAUCET. PROVIDE MINI TANK HEATER AND FILTRATION SYSTEM HWT200-F2000S, UL & NSF LISTED.
POWER 115V, 750 WATTS.
GD-1 EA-6 GARBAGE DISPOSER 2"---YES INSINKERATOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL BADGET 5XP, 3/4 HP, 120 VOLT, 60 HZ, 9.5 AMP (AVG. LOAD). WALL SWITCH LOCATION PER ARCHITECT.
FS-1 -FLOOR SINK 2"2"--NO ZURN 12" X 12" FLOOR SINK WITH 8" SUMP DEPTH, WITH 1/2 GRATE AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. OR EQUAL. PROVIDE WITH 1/2" TP LINE FROM TRAP PRIMER TP-1
TP-1 -TRAP PRIMER --1/2"-NO MIFAB MR-500-NPB ALL BRASS CONSTRUCTION, 3 P.S.I. PRESSURE DRIP ACTIVATION, WITH AIR GAP. PROVIDE WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT WHEN PROVIDING FOR MULTIPLE TRAPS.
TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 12" AFF FOR MAXIMUM 20' OF COVERAGE, 24" AFF FOR MAXIMUM 40' OF COVERAGE.
WHA-1 -WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ----NO ZURN 1260XL LEAD FREE, ASSE 1010 LISTED, WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR OR EQUAL. SIZE PER PLAN.
W-1 -WALL BOX --3/4"-NO SIOUX CHIEF OXBOX ICE MAKER OUTLET BOX FOR REFRIGERATOR
WF-1 -WATER FILTER --1/2"-NO EVERPURE EV9692-31 4FC-2 WATER FILTER CARTRIDGE OR EQUAL. 0.5 MICRON, 2.5 GPM SERVICE FLOW, 15,000 GAL. CAPACITY.
DC-1 -DUAL CHECK VALVE --1/2"-NO WATTS SD-3 DUAL CHECK, LEAD FREE, ASSE 1022 COMPLIANT.
DC-2 -DUAL CHECK VALVE --1/2"-NO WATTS SERIES LF7R DUAL CHECK, LEAD FREE, ASSE 1024 COMPLIANT.
LDS-1 -LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM ----YES FLOODSTOP MODEL FS3/4NPT AND SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE. PROVIDE EXTRA WATER SENSOR HAS NECESSARY.
NOTE:
1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR FULL SCHEDULE AND EXACT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
MARK MANUFACTURE &
MODEL NUMBER AREA SERVES TEMP.
RISE
ACTIVATION
GPM
ELECTRICAL DATA
REMARKS
V/PH/Hz AMPS WATTS
EWH-1 CHRONOMITE
CM-30L/277 BREAKROOM 116 1.5 GPM
@ 38° RISE 0.20 277/1/60 30 8310 ELECTRIC TANKLESS WATER HEATER. 110°F MAXIMUM OUTPUT TEMPERATURE. INSTALL HAMMER ARRESTER ON CW SUPPLY. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL
INSTALLER FOR POWER CONNECTION.
EWH-2 CHRONOMITE
CM-30L/277 WELLNESS 104 1.5 GPM
@ 38° RISE 0.20 277/1/60 30 8310 ELECTRIC TANKLESS WATER HEATER. 110°F MAXIMUM OUTPUT TEMPERATURE. INSTALL HAMMER ARRESTER ON CW SUPPLY. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL
INSTALLER FOR POWER CONNECTION.
3.31.25 ˆ03.31.27
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E0.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
L
E
G
E
N
D
S
,
A
B
B
R
E
V
I
A
T
I
O
N
S
,
&
GE
N
E
R
A
L
N
O
T
E
S
PA
VA
W
WP
WH
UON
UG
V
SYM
XFMR
T, TEL
TYP
SPKR
SWBD
SW
REC
SPECS
RMS
SD
PDU
PVC
PNL
CO
HZ
MAX
MSG
PH,Ø
OH
P
NO
NTS
(N)
MTD
MSB
MTG. HT.
MLO
MCC
MIN
LTG
MA
LTS
KWH
KW
LCP
JB
KCMIL
KV
KVA
INCAND
INST
FUT, (F)
HOA
HPS
HP
GEN
GFCI
G
FACP
FLUOR
FLA
(E)
EPO
FA
DWG
EMT
EM
ELR
DO
DP
DIA
DIST
DISC
DN
DET.
CU
AL
BKBD
CB
CAT.
CCTV
CKT
BKR
C
AWG
BC
ATS
ARCH
APP.
AT
A, AMPS
AFG
AIC
AFF
AF
AC
AMPERES
ALTERNATE CURRENT
AMPERE FRAME
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
AMPERE INTERRUPTION CURRENT
ALUMINUM
APPROXIMATE
ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL
AMPERES TRIP
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BARE COPPER
BACKBOARD
BREAKER
CONDUIT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
CATALOG
CIRCUIT
CONDUIT ONLY
COPPER
DETAIL
DIAMETER
DISCONNECT (SWITCH)
DISTRIBUTION
DOWN
DUCT ONLY WITH #12 TW
COPPER PULL WIRE OR 3/16"
DIAMETER NYLON PULL ROPE.
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
DRAWING
EMERGENCY
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
END-OF-LINE RESISTOR
EMERGENCY POWER OFF
EXISTING
FIRE ALARM
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FULL LOAD AMPERES
FLUORESCENT
FUTURE
GROUND
GENERATOR
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER
HAND-OFF-AUTO SELECTOR SWITCH
HORSEPOWER
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HERTZ
INSTANTANEOUS
INCANDESCENT
JUNCTION BOX
KILO CIRCULAR MILLS
KILOVOLTS
KILOVOLT-AMPERES
KILOWATTS
KILOWATT-HOURS
LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL
LIGHTING
LIGHTS
MILLIAMPS
MAXIMUM
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MINIMUM
MAIN LUGS ONLY
MOUNTED
MOUNTING HEIGHT
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MAIN SWITCHGEAR
NEW
NORMALLY OPEN, NUMBER
NOT TO SCALE
OVERHEAD
POLE
PHASE
PUBLIC ADDRESS
POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT
PANEL
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RECEPTACLE
ROOT MEAN SQUARE
SMOKE DETECTOR
SPECIFICATIONS
SPEAKER
SWITCH
SWITCHBOARD
SYMMETRICAL
TELEPHONE
TRANSFORMER
TYPICAL
UNDERGROUND
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
VOLTS
VOLT-AMPERES
WATTS
WATER HEATER
WEATHERPROOF
(R)REMOVED
(RE)
(RL)EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED
PP POWER POLE
MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE
IG ISOLATED GROUND
N NEUTRAL
MH
MIC
MECH
MFR
MFG
HH
HO
HD
HID
MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURING
MANHOLE
MICROPHONE
MECHANICAL
HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
HANDHOLE
HIGH OUTPUT
HEAT DETECTOR
BLDG BUILDING
CC CENTER TO CENTER
CAB.CABINET
CL CENTER LINE
CLG CEILING
CLR CLEAR
CONC.CONCRETE
CTR CENTER
DC DIRECT CURRENT
EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ENCL ENCLOSURE/ENCLOSED
EQ EQUAL
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
FLEX FLEXIBLE
GALV GALVANIZED
GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL
HV
HSP HOUSE SERVICE PANEL
HIGH VOLTAGE
IC INTERCOM
ISC INTERRUPTING SHORT CIRCUIT
LPS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM
MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY
MISC MISCELLANEOUS
MOCP
NC NURSE CALL, NORMALLY CLOSE
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
OC ON CENTER
PB PUSHBUTTON
REQ'D REQUIRED
RS RAPID START
RSC RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
SN SOLID NUETRAL
SEC SECONDARY
STD STANDARD
TD
TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL
TIME DELAY
UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES
VP VAPORPROOF
WT WATERTIGHT
XP EXPLOSION PROOF
+4-6"
MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
APPLICABLE CODESABBREVIATIONS
SCOPE OF WORK
SHEET INDEX
GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, CALIFORNIA
ELECTRICAL CODE 2022 EDITION AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS.
2. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND WORK INCLUDED.
FOLLOW DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT WORK AND CHECK DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES RELATING TO WORK TO
VERIFY SPACES IN WHICH WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND MINIMUM CODE REQUIRED
WORKING CLEARANCES AT ALL TIMES.
3. DURING BID, THE CONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE THE COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR ALL TRADES. COORDINATE AND VERIFY DIMENSIONS SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND POINTS OF CONNECTION
TO ALL EQUIPMENT. MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH THE STRUCTURAL AND
THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
4. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED AND REMINDED THAT THEIR BEST EFFORTS AND THAT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S
ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL ARE TO BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE COORDINATED EFFORT INTENDED TO
PROVIDE THE PROJECT OWNER AND THE ULTIMATE USERS AND OCCUPANTS WITH FINISHED PROJECT WHICH
WILL SERVE ITS INTENDED PURPOSE.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ALL OTHER
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
6. DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE NEC 110.26(F): THE SPACE EQUAL TO THE WIDTH AND DEPTH OF THE EQUIPMENT
AND EXTENDING FROM THE FLOOR TO A HEIGHT (6 FT) ABOVE THE EQUIPMENT OR TO THE STRUCTURAL CEILING,
WHICHEVER IS LOWER, SHALL BE DEDICATED TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. NO PIPING, DUCTS, LEAK
PROTECTION APPARATUS, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE
LOCATED IN THIS ZONE.
7. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS
TO CONTROL PANELS AND TRANSFORMERS, 120V FOR CONTROL SYSTEM, SWITCHES, TIME CLOCK, VALVES,
STATS, RELAYS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATION, VAV BOXES, SMOKE FIRE DAMPERS, AND ETC. CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY FINAL CONTROL WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH DIVISION 22 & 23 PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND PROVIDE
ALL NECESSARY WIRING, DEVICES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND WIRING FROM ALL JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. AND MAKE FINAL
CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ANY
WORK.
9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL MOTOR AND APPLIANCE RATING AND LOADS IN ORDER TO PROVIDE
CORRECT SIZED MOTOR RELATED ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT
WITH REVISED DATA BEFORE INSTALLATION. ALL CHANGES SHALL BE SHOWN ON RECORD DRAWINGS.
10. ALL PANELS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GUTTER SPACE AND LUGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH U.L.
REQUIREMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS SHOWN.
11. WHERE WIRE SIZES ARE INDICATED ON PLANS, FOR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS, THE WIRE SIZE INDICATED SHALL
APPLY TO THE COMPLETE CIRCUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
12. LOCATION OF LOCAL WALL SWITCHES ARE SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS. AT OR NEAR DOORS, INSTALL SWITCHES
ON SIDE OPPOSITE TO DOOR HINGES. VERIFY FINAL HINGE LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, STROBES/HORNS,
STROBES, FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS, RECEPTACLES, ETC. WITH TACK BOARDS, CABINETS, FURNITURE,
EQUIPMENT ETC. TO AVOID CONFLICT.
14. WHERE ELECTRIC MOTORS OR EQUIPMENT ARE INSTALLED IN HUNG CEILING, PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN
HUNG CEILING WITHIN REACH FROM ACCESS POINT.
15. PROVIDE APPROVED EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAY CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS.
16. PROVIDE PULL WIRE IN EACH RACEWAY RUN OVER 10 FEET IN LENGTH, IN WHICH PERMANENT WIRING IS NOT
INSTALLED.
17. NOT MORE THAN THREE LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE OUTLET CIRCUITS ARE PERMITTED IN ONE CONDUIT, UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUIT FOR EACH HOME RUN INDICATED ON THE DRAWING.
18. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO OUTSIDE ENVIRONMENT SHALL BE
WEATHERPROOF TYPE, NEMA 3R.
19. LIGHTING, POWER, TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BACK TO BACK.
OUTLETS SHALL BE HORIZONTALLY SEPARATED MIN. OF 24" FOR RATED WALL AND MIN. OF 18" FOR NON-RATED
WALL.
20. PROVIDE PULL BOXES WHEREVER NECESSARY TO FACILITATE PULLING OF CONDUCTORS. COORDINATE
LOCATIONS OF BOXES WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT. PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. THE SIZE
OF PULLBOX SHALL COMPLY WITH CEC REQUIREMENTS.
21. OUTLET BOXES FOR FIXTURES RECESSED IN HUNG CEILING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH OPENING
OPERATED BY REMOVAL OF FIXTURES.
22. WHERE MORE THAN ONE LIGHT SWITCH OCCURS AT SAME LOCATION, SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A
MULTIPLE GANG BOX UNDER A SINGLE COVER PLATE. PLATES WITH MORE THAN (3) LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE
LABELED TO INDICATE THE LIGHT FIXTURES CONTROLLED. SWITCH(ES) CONTROLLING LIGHTS ON EMERGENCY
CIRCUIT SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE BOX UNDER THE SAME COVER PLATE AS THE OTHER SWITCHES.
23. PROVIDE GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH RACEWAY INCLUDING CONDUITS, PLUG STRIPS, ETC. SIZE OF
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE ARTICLE 250.122.
24. PROVIDE #10 CONDUCTORS FOR ALL 20 AMPS CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 100' AND #8 CONDUCTORS FOR CIRCUITS
LONGER THAN 225'. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST THE SIZE OF CONDUITS ACCORDINGLY.
25. FEEDER LENGTH SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION AND NOT TO BE USED FOR COST
ESTIMATING.
26. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN AS EXISTING, THEY ARE BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT THE
TIME OF PREPARATION OF THESE DRAWINGS/DOCUMENTS. NO WARRANTY IS IMPLIED AS TO THE ACCURACY.
CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. SHOULD FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN,
THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID. THE ENGINEER WILL THEN
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCOMPLISH THE DESIRED RESULT.
27. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL CIRCUIT AND PANEL NAME ON ALL OUTLETS.
28. FUSES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE HOLDERS.
29. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES PER TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS. FOR EACH FULL
SWITCHED RECEPTACLE PROVIDE TWO LABELS, ONE ON EACH CORNER (TOP RIGHT AND BOTTOM RIGHT). FOR
EACH HALF SWITCHED RECEPTACLE PROVIDE ONE LABEL ON TOP RIGHT CORNER. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL
DIAGRAMS FOR VISUAL REPRESENTATION.
30. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY U.L. OR APPROVED THIRD PARTY TESTING FACILITY.
31. ALL SERVICE EQUIPMENT, SWITCHGEAR, DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, AND PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY RATED.
SERIES RATED IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT 4'-6" FLOOR
OR GRADE TO CENTER OF ABOVE BOX
E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS, & GENERAL NOTES
E0.02 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E0.03
E2.11 POWER PLAN
E7.01 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E3.11 LIGHTING PLAN
E6.11 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES
APPLICABLE CODES AS OF JANUARY 1, 2023:
2023 CITY OF LOS ANGELES ELECTRICAL CODE
BASED ON THE 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE WITH ADOPTED PORTIONS OF 2020 NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL CODE
2023 CITY OF LOS ANGELES BUILDING CODE (LABC)
2023 CITY OF LOS ANGELES MECHANICAL CODE (LAMC)
2023 CITY OF LOS ANGELES GREEN CODE (LAGC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
2022 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE (NFPA 72)
2022 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (CAC), PART 1, TITLE 24 CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC), PART 2, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC), PART 3, TITLE 24 CCR
BASED ON THE 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC), PART 4, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC), PART 5, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC), PART 9, TITLE 24 CCR
THIS PROJECT INCLUDES TI RENOVATION OF EXISTING BUILDING.
REUSE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND EXISTING PANELS.
REUSE EXISTING LIGHTING AND PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING.
PROVIDE NEW POWER.
PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROL TO COMPLY T24.
E1.21 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN
E1.31 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
(D)EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED
REPLACED
RECEPTACLES (+18" AFF, U.N.O.)GENERAL
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
POWER UTILITY METER
GROUND
POWER TRANSFORMER
NEUTRAL BUS
GROUND BUS
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
TRANSFORMER
COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET
WITH 1"CONDUIT UP TO ACCESSIBLE
CEILING, U.O.N.
FLOOR MOUNTED COMBO
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET WITH 1"CONDUIT
UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, U.O.N.
CONCEALED CONDUIT IN WALL OR CEILING
CONCEALED CONDUIT BELOW FINISHED FLOOR/GRADE
CONDUIT OR RACEWAY TURNED UP
CONDUIT STUB OUT, CAP-OFF
CONDUIT OR RACEWAY TURNED DOWN
CONDUIT CONTINUATION
HOMERUN CONDUIT
LONG STROKES INDICATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR,
SHORT STROKES INDICATE PHASE OR SWITCHED
CONDUCTOR, LONG STROKES WITH DOT INDICATES
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3/4"CONDUIT MIN.
(3)1"C,3#8,1#8G 3 SETS OF ONE INCH CONDUIT WITH THREE
NUMBER EIGHT WIRE AND ONE NUMBER EIGHT
GROUND.
(U.O.N.), #12 AWG CONDUCTOR MIN. (U.O.N.)
WIRES AND RACEWAYS
SWITCHBOARD OR DISTRIBUTION BOARD
QUANTITY OF SECTIONS REQUIRED SHOWN
NOTE:
ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20AMP, 120V, U.O.N.
JUNCTION BOX WALL MOUNTED
+18"AFF, U.O.N.
JUNCTION BOX FLUSH IN FLOOR
TIME CLOCK
DISCONNECT SWITCH
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
TC
J
J
JUNCTION BOX CEILING MOUNTEDJ
N
G
M
T
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (MULTIPLE LETTERS
INDICATE MULTIPLE OPTIONS)
A ABOVE COUNTER, MOUNTED +44" AFF
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
C FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED.
E EMERGENCY.
F ARC FAULT PROTECTED BY BREAKER IN
PANEL.
G GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER.
GB GFCI PROTECTED BY BREAKER IN THE
PANEL.
L ISOLATED GROUND.
R1 HALF SWITCHED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR
RELAY.
R2 FULLY SWITCHED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR
RELAY.
T TAMPER RESISTANT SHUTTERED
RECEPTACLE.
U USB PORT (S).
W WEATHERPROOF CONTINUOUS USE
COVER, GFCI PROTECTED, WITH
WEATHER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLE.COMMUNICATIONS (+18" AFF, U.O.N.)
RECEPTACLES (+18" AFF, U.N.O.)
SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET (TYPE AS NOTED)
FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION RECEPTACLE
& TELE/DATA
SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLOOR MOUNTED SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET
QUAD RECEPTACLE
LIGHTING CONTROL
LIGHT SWITCH. LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING
CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF SWITCHES AS
REQUIRED TO CONTROL ZONE AS SHOWN.
WALL MOUNTED DIMMER SWITCH. LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S)
INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED. SWITCH TO HAVE
ON/OFF AND RAISE/LOWER PER ZONE. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF
SWITCHES AS REQUIRED TO CONTROL ZONES AS SHOWN.
KEY OPERATED SWITCH.
CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR.
LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL
ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (0-10V) DIMMER SWITCH.
LOWERCASE LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL
ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR. LOWERCASE
LETTER SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S)
CONTROLLED.
WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH.LOWERCASE LETTER
SUBSCRIPT(S) INDICATES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE(S) CONTROLLED.
OSD
OS
VS
SS
DL CEILING MOUNTED DIGITAL PHOTOCELL / DAYLIGHT SENSOR.
TC ASTRONOMICAL TIME CLOCK.
S
RC
WALL MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE OVERRIDE SWITCH. SUFIX "ZX-01"
DENOTES: X= ZONE NUMBER AND OVERRIDE SWITCH # 01
ROOM CONTROLLER MOUNTED ABOVE THE DOOR IN A ACCESIBLE
CEILING SPACE. U.N.O. ROOM CONTROLLER PROVIDED WITH DIM
RELAYS.
ALCR AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY.
POWER POINTPP
E2.10 POWER PLAN - LEVEL 01
E6.01 ELECTRICAL FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E3.12 EM PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION - LIGHTING PLAN
E0.04 ELECTRICAL TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS
SECTION [260000] - ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Electrical systems required for this work includes labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of
electrical work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility and not specifically described in
other Sections of these Specifications. Among the items required are:
1.Service and distribution equipment shown on Drawings.
2.Feeders to switchboards, distribution panels, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment, Owner-provided
equipment, and other equipment as detailed.
3.Branch circuit wiring from the distribution panels for lighting, receptacles, motors, signal systems and other detailed circuit
wiring.
4.Luminaires, control switches, receptacles, relays, supports and other accessory items.
5.Wiring and power connections for motors installed for heating, cooling and ventilation.
6.Fire alarm system
7.Low voltage system
B.Fees:
1.Obtain and pay for electrical permits, plan review, and inspections from local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A.Following is a list of abbreviations generally used in this Division:
1.ADA Americans With Disabilities Act.
2.AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction.
3.CBC California Building Code.
4.CEC California Electrical Code.
5.CFC California Fire Code.
6.HVAC Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
7.IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
8.IES Illuminating Engineering Society
9.NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
10.NFPA National Fire Protection Association.
11.OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
12.UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
B.Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
C.Furnish: Supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.
D.Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying, finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar
operations at the project site as required to complete items of work furnished by others.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Operation and Maintenance Documentation: Provide copies of certificates of code authority acceptance, test data, product data,
guarantees, warranties, and the like.
B.Submittals/Shop Drawings: Provide product submittals and shop drawings which include physical characteristics, electrical
characteristics, device layout plans, wiring diagrams, and the like. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in either paper
format or electronic format. Electronic format must be submitted via email or ftp site. For paper hardcopy, provide one complete
binder with tabbed dividers containing a separate submittal for each specifications section. For electronic format, provide one zip file
per specification division containing a separate file for each specifications section. Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per
Specification Section method will be returned without review or comment. Copy Architect on all submissions.
1.Identify each submittal and shop drawing in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between the submitted item and the
specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be considered cause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or
not discovered during the submittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment and materials that
meet the specifications and drawings.
2.Provide the following information for lighting submittals: Include electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting, material, required
clearances, terminations, wiring and connection diagrams, photometric data, diffusers, louvers, ballast type and quantities,
lamp type and quantities.
3.Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additional reviews and/or early review of long-lead items;
Bear costs of these additional reviews at Engineer's hourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to
contractor without review.
C.Record Drawings: Show changes and deviations from the Drawings. Include written Addendum and change order items. Make
changes to drawings in electronic format. Obtain electronic copy from Architect, use the same version of AutoCAD to prepare
record drawings as was used by the Engineer. Provide electronic copy and hard copy to Engineer for review.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Conform to the latest adopted version of the California Electric Code (CEC), with local amendments.
B.Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or other testing firm acceptable to AHJ.
C.Use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors' time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive
infrared sensitivity to satisfaction of the Owner.
D.Electrical Systems and Equipment Hanger and Support Requirements:
1.Manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of bolted metal framing support systems, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years.
2.Support systems to be supplied by a single manufacturer.
3.Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze,
equipment hangers/supports, and seismic restraint by a qualified Structural Professional Engineer.
a.Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where
Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in
material, design, and extent.
E.Regulatory Requirements:
1.Provide luminaires acceptable to code authority for application and location as indicated.
2.Comply with applicable ANSI standards.
3.Comply with applicable NEMA standards.
4.Provide luminaires and lampholders that comply with UL standards and have been listed and labeled for location and use
indicated by a testing agency acceptable by the AHJ (e.g. UL, ETL, and the like).
5.Comply with CEC as applicable to installation and construction of luminaires.
6.Comply with fallout and retention requirements of CBC for diffusers, baffles, and louvers.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A.For the proper execution of the work, cooperate with other crafts and contracts as needed.
B.To avoid installation conflicts, thoroughly examine the complete set of Contract Documents. Resolve conflicts prior to installation.
C.Prior to installation of feeders to equipment requiring electrical connections, examine the manufacturer's shop drawings, wiring
diagrams, product data, and installation instructions. Verify that the electrical characteristics detailed in the Contract Documents are
consistent with the electrical characteristics of the actual equipment being installed.
1.6 WARRANTY
A.Guarantee electrical work against faulty material or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final completion by the
Owner.
B.Ballast Manufacturer's Warranty: Not less than 5 years for electronic type ballasts, based on date of substantial completion.
Include normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast.
C.LED warranty: LED systems and complete luminaires must have manufacturer's warranty of 3 years from date of substantial
completion, including drivers.
1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Systems and Equipment Hanger and Support Requirements:
1.General: Provide conduit and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:
a.When supports, anchorages, and seismic restraints for equipment and supports, anchorages and seismic restraints for
conduit, cable tray and equipment are not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor is responsible for their design.
b.Connections to structural framing shall not introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral bending in the framing members. Provide
supplementary steel as required.
2.Engineered Support Systems: The following support systems to be designed, detailed, and bear the seal of a professional
engineer registered in the State of California.
a.Support frames such as conduit racks or stanchions for conduit and equipment which provide support from below.
b.Equipment and piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.
3.Provide channel support systems, for conduits to support multiple conduits capable of supporting combined weight of support
systems and system contents.
4.Provide heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple conduit capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and system contents.
5.Provide seismic restraint hangers and supports for conduit and equipment.
6.Obtain approval from AHJ for seismic restraint hanger and support system to be installed for piping and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used for construction are to be new, latest
products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog data and are to be UL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by
state, county, and city authorities. Equipment/fixture supplier is responsible for obtaining State, County, and City acceptance on
equipment/fixture not UL approved or not listed for installation.
B.Include special features, finishes, accessories, and other requirements as described in the Contract Documents regardless of the
item's listed catalog number.
C.Provide incidentals not specifically mentioned herein or noted on Drawings, but needed to complete the system or systems, in a
safe and satisfactory working condition.
D.Firestopping Foam Sealant: Foam sealant for use around conduit penetrations to prevent passage of smoke, fire, toxic gas or
water. Maintain seal before, during and after fire. In and around conduit for thermal break at penetration of barrier between heated
and unheated spaces. Hilti, 3M, Chase Technology Corporation CTC PR-855, Fire Foam, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
2.2 RACEWAYS
A.Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Hot-dip galvanized after thread cutting, in conformance with UL 6, ANSI C80.1. Fittings: NEMA FB2.10.
Manufacturers: Allied Tube & Conduit, Beck Manufacturing Inc, Picoma, Wheatland Tube Company, or approved equivalent.
B.Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Steel galvanized tubing, in conformance with UL 797, ANSI C80.3. Fittings: NEMA FB1, steel,
compression type. Manufacturers: Allied Tube & Conduit, Beck Manufacturing WL, Picoma, Wheatland Tube Company, or
approved equivalent.
C.Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Interlocked steel construction, in conformance with UL 1. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20. Manufacturers:
AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, or approved equivalent.
D.Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Inner core made from spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, hot dipped galvanized low
carbon steel, in conformance with UL 360. 3/4-inch through 1-1/4 inch trades sizes have a square lock core and contain an integral
bonding strip of copper. 1-1/2 inch and larger have fully interlocked core. Jacket material is moisture, oil, and sunlight resistant
flexible PVC. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20. Manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, or
approved equivalent.
E.Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Schedule 40 PVC. Manufactured in conformance with UL 651, NEMA TC 2. Fittings: NEMA TC
3. Manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems Inc., Electri-Flex Company, International Metal Hose, JM Eagle, or approved equivalent.
F.Conduit Fittings:
1.Bushings:
a.Insulated type for threaded raceway connectors without factory-installed plastic throat conductor protection. Insulated
grounding type for threaded raceway connectors. Manufacturers: Thomas & Betts 1222 Series, O-Z Gedney B Series, or
approved equivalent.
2.Raceway Connectors and Couplings:
a.Steel connectors, couplings, and conduit bodies, hot-dip galvanized.
b.Connector locknuts to be steel, with threads meeting ASTM tolerances. Locknuts to be hot-dip galvanized.
c.Connector throats (EMT, flexible conduit, metal clad cable and cordset connectors) to have factory installed plastic inserts
permanently installed. For normal cable or conductor exiting angles from raceway, the cable jacket or conductor insulation
to bear only on plastic throat insert.
d.Steel gland, Tomic or Breagle connectors and couplings are recognized for this Contract as having acceptable raceway to
fitting electrical conductance.
e.Set screw connectors and couplings, without integral compression glands, are recognized for this Contract as not having
acceptable raceway to fitting electrical conductance. A ground conductor sized per this Specification must be included and
bonded within raceway assembly utilizing this type connector or coupling.
3.Provide expansion/deflection fittings for EMT [PVC]. Manufacturers: O-Z Gedney, Crouse & Hinds, Carlon, Kraloy, or approved
equivalent.
2.3 WIRES AND CABLES
A.Copper, Soft-drawn with conductivity of not less than 98 percent IACS at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F). 600 volt rated throughout.
Conductors 12 AWG and 10 AWG, solid. Conductors 8 AWG and larger, stranded. 12 AWG minimum conductor size. Minimum
insulation rating of 90 degrees C. Insulation Type: THHN/THWN-2 above grade and XHHW-2 below grade. Manufacturers: General
Cable, Okonite, Southwire, Encore Wire or approved equivalent.
B.Phase color to be consistent at feeder terminations; A-B-C, top to bottom, left to right, front to back.
C.MC Cable: High strength galvanized steel flexible armor. Full length minimum size No. 12 copper ground wire, copper dual rated
THHN/THWN-2, full length tape marker phase/circuit identification on cable armor. Short circuit throat insulators, mechanical
compression termination. Manufacturers: Alflex, AFC, General Cable, Southwire, Encore Wire, or approved equivalent.
D.Ampacity: Cross-sectional area of pad for multiple conductor terminations to match ampere rating of panelboard bus or equipment
line terminals.
E.Copper Pads: Drilled and tapped for multiple conductor terminals.
F.Lugs: Compression type for use with stranded branch circuit or control conductors; mechanical type for use with solid branch and
feeder circuit conductors. Manufacturers: Anderson, Ilsco, Panduit, Thomas & Betts, 3M, or approved equivalent.
2.4 CONNECTORS
A.Split bolt connectors not allowed.
B.Conductor Branch Circuits: Wire nuts with integral spring connectors for conductors 12 through 8 AWG. Push-in type connectors
where conductors are not required to be twisted together are not acceptable. Manufacturers: 3M, Ideal, or approved equivalent.
2.5 BOXES
A.Luminaire Outlet: 4-inch octagonal box, 1-1/2 inches deep with 3/8-inch luminaire stud if required. Provide raised covers on
bracket outlets and on ceiling outlets. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
B.Device Outlet: Installation of one or two devices at common location, minimum 4-inch square, minimum 2 inches deep. Single- or
two-gang flush device raised covers. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
C.Multiple Devices: Three or more devices at common location. Install one-piece gang boxes with one-piece device cover, one
device per gang.
D.Masonry Boxes: Outlets in concrete. Manufacturer: Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, or approved equivalent.
E.Construction: For interior locations, provide galvanized steel outlet wiring boxes, of the type, shape and size, including depth of box,
to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes
with screws for securing box covers or wiring devices. Provide outlet box accessories for each installation, including mounting
brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, luminaire studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes,
compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. Exposed boxes shall be cast
steel, type FD.
F.Junction and Pull Boxes: ANSI 49 gray enamel painted sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of the type shape
and size, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with steel nuts, bolts, screws and
washers. Install junction boxes above accessible ceilings for drops into walls for receptacle outlets from overhead. Install junction
boxes and pull boxes to facilitate the installation of conductors and limiting the accumulated angular sum of bends between boxes,
cabinets and appliances to 270 degrees. Manufacturer: B-Line, Hoffman, or approved equivalent.
G.Box extension adapter: Install over flush wall outlet boxes to permit flexible raceway extension from flush outlet to fixed or movable
equipment. Manufacturer: Bell 940 Series, Red Dot IHE4 Series, or approved equivalent.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A.Finish: Match building standard.
B.Wall Switches: Toggle type, quiet acting, 20 amp, 120/277 volt, UL listed for motor loads up to 80 percent of rated amperage, extra
heavy duty. Where switches are ganged together, provide a single multi-gang coverplate. Leviton 1221, Pass & Seymour
PS20AC1, Hubbell HBL1221, or approved equivalent. Decorative AC Rocker Switches Characteristics: Quiet acting, 20 amp,
120/277 volt, UL listed for motor loads up to 80 percent of rated amperage. Where switches are ganged together, provide a single
multi-gang coverplate. Cooper, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, or approved equivalent.
C.Dimmer switches: Lutron NT Series compatible with type or load controlled (i.e., electronic ballast or low voltage luminaire). Finish
to match wall switches. Size dimmers to accept connected load. Do not cut fins. Where dimmers are ganged together, provide a
single multi-gang coverplate.
D.Receptacles: Straight parallel blade, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding.
1.Commercial Grade: Riveted. Back and side wired. Brass ground contact on steel mounting strap. Nylon face and nylon base.
[20 amp. Cooper 5362, Hubbell 5362, Bryant 5362, Leviton 5362S, Pass & Seymour 5362] [15 amp. Cooper 5352, Hubbell
5352, Bryant 5352, Leviton 5352, Pass & Seymour 5352.]
E.Commercial Grade Controlled Receptacle: Half-controlled, back and side wired. Brass ground contact on steel mounting strap.
Nylon face and nylon base. 20 amp, 125VAC. Pass & Seymour 5362CH or approved equivalent.
F.Ground Fault Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacle: Meets or exceeds UL943 (Class A GFCI), UL498. Feed through type, back-and-side
wired, tamper-resistant, weather resistant self-testing, 20 amp, 125VAC. Hubbell GFR5362SB, Cooper WRVGF20, Pass &
Seymour 2095TRWR, or approved equivalent.
G.While-In-Use Weatherproof Covers: NEMA 3R when closed over energized plug. Vertical mount for duplex receptacle. Provide
continuous use cover with cover capable of closing over energized cord cap with bottom aperture for cord exit.
2.7 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A.Passive Infrared Sensors (Ceiling mounted):
1.Sensor Function: Detects human presence in floor area being controlled by detecting changes in Infrared energy. Sensor
detects small movements, i.e., when people are writing while seated at a desk.
2.Provide temperature compensated dual element pyro-electric sensor and with multi-element Fresnel lens.
3.Sensor utilizes DIP switches for adjustment to time delay and override. Field adjustable settings for sensitivity.
4.Provide daylight filter to ensure that sensor is insensitive to short-wavelength infrared waves, i.e., those emitted by the sun.
5.Sensor utilizes advanced digital signal processing technology to reduce false offs without reducing sensitivity.
6.360 degree sensor range; coverage: 1200 square feet, unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
7.Low Voltage Sensor: 24VDC power. Sensor operates remote power switch packs. Multiple sensors can be wired in parallel
allow coverage of large areas.
8.WattStopper CI-300 series or approved equivalent.
B.COMBINED OCCUPANCY SENSOR/WALL SWITCHES ("SENSOR/SWITCHES")
1.Completely self-contained sensor system that fits into a standard single gang box. Internal transformer power supply, latching
dry contact relay switching mechanism compatible with electronic ballasts, compact fluorescent, and inductive loads. Triac and
other harmonic generating devices are not allowed.
2.Passive infrared sensor technology includes advanced signal processing to reduce false triggers without increasing sensitivity.
LED indicator blinks when occupant sensed.
3.Rated to switch loads: 800 watts incandescent or 120-volt ballast; 1000 watts 277 volt ballast. Zero-crossing technology
switches lighting off when AC voltage is at zero, minimizes contact wear.
4.Provide adjustable daylight feature that holds lighting "off" when a desired footcandle level is present.
5.Provide integral off override switch with no leakage current to the load or ground.
6.Vandal-resistant lens.
7.Include neutral wire to meet NEC 2014.
8.Finish: Match building standard.
9.Alerts for impending shut-off: light flash, audible, both or none.
10.Standard Sensor/Switch:
a.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
b.Manufacturers: WattStopper PW-100 Series or approved equivalent.
11.Dual Relay Sensor/Switch:
a.Dual auto-off buttons on face of switch allow end-user to turn off two switch legs in room space. Built-in light adjustable
level sensor only turns off second of two relays when desired footcandle level is present. Otherwise similar to
specifications above for single-zone sensor/switch.
b.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
c.Finish: Match building standard.
d.Manufacturers: WattStopper PW-200 Series or approved equivalent.
12.Sensor/Slide Dimmer:
a.Line voltage slider dimmer allows for manual adjustment of lighting levels from 100 percent to 10 percent; compatible with
two-wire line voltage 100 percent to 10 percent electronic dimming ballasts. Separate manual button for override 'off'
control.
b.180 degree sensor range; coverage: 150 square feet for desktop activity.
c.Match building standard.
d.Manufacturers: WattStopper WD Series or approved equivalent.
2.8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
A.Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners:
1.Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of
equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. Manufacturers: Anchor It, Epcon System, Hilti-Hit System, Power
Fast System, or approved equivalent.
2.Concrete Inserts: Cast in concrete for support fasteners for loads up to 800 lbs.
3.Anchors and Fasteners:
a.Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
b.Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts.
c.Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps.
d.Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors.
e.Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts.
f.Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors.
g.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
h.Wood Elements: Use wood screws
4.Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as required for assembly and installation of fabricated items; surface-applied fasteners
are specified elsewhere.
5.Bolts: Low carbon steel externally and internally threaded fasteners conforming with requirements of ASTM A307; include
necessary nuts and plain hardened washers. For structural steel elements supporting mechanical material or equipment from
building structural members or connection thereto, use fasteners conforming to ASTM A325.
6.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipment required for fabrication.
B.Support Channel, Hangers, and Supports:
1.Hangers and Supports - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and
conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. Manufacturers: B-Line, Kindorf, Superstrut, Unistrut, or approved equivalent.
a.Channel Material: Carbon steel. Stainless steel.
b.Coating: Hot dip galvanized Electrogalvanized zinc.
2.Pipe Straps: Two-hole galvanized or malleable iron.
3.Luminaire Chain: 90 lb. test with steel hooks.
4.Miscellaneous Metal: Provide miscellaneous metal items specified hereunder, including materials, fabrication, fastenings and
accessories required for finished installation, where indicated on Drawings or otherwise not shown on drawings that are
necessary for completion of the project. The Contractor is responsible for their design.
a.Fabricate miscellaneous units to size shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of required dimensions to receive
adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and
plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive
hardware and similar items.
5.Structural Shapes: Where miscellaneous metal items are needed to be fabricated from structural steel shapes and plates,
provide members constructed of steel conforming with requirements of ASTM A36 or approved equivalent.
6.Steel Pipe: Provide seamless steel pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM A53, Type S, Grade A, or Grade B. Weight and
size required as specified.
7.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipment required for fabrication.
2.9 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A.Nameplates: Engraving stock melamine or lamicoid plastic laminate, Federal Specification L-P-387, in the size and thicknesses
indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style, minimum 1/2-inch high letters, black with white core (letter color), punched
for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Provide 1/8-inch thick material. Use
self tapping stainless steel screws. Manufacturer: B&I Nameplates, Intellicum, JBR Associates, or approved equivalent.
B.Labels: Adhesive tape with 18 point black letters on clear background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and
receptacles, control stations, and telecommunication outlets. Indicate device name, source panel, and source circuits. Do not
provide dymo tape style labels. Manufacturer: Kroy, Brady, or approved equivalent.
C.Conductor Numbers: Vinyl-cloth self-adhesive type wire markers. Each conductor at pullboxes, panelboards, outlet boxes, junction
boxes, and each load connection. Branch circuit or feeder numbers as indicated on drawings and source panel. Manufacturer:
Brady, Panduit, Sumitomo, or approved equivalent.
D.Branch Circuit Schedules: Provide branch circuit identification schedules, typewritten, clearly filled out, to identify load connected to
each circuit and location of load. Numbers to correspond to numbers assigned to each circuit breaker pole position.
2.10 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.Fuses: Dual element, time delay, current limiting, nonrenewable type, rejection feature. UL Class RK1, RK5, J 1/10 to 600 amp, UL
Class L, above 600 amps. Provide fuse pullers for complete range of fuses. Manufacturers: Bussmann, Gould-Shawmut,
Littelfuse, or approved equivalent.
B.Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1.One, two or three-pole bolt on, single handle common trip, as indicated on Drawings.
2.Overcenter toggle-type mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action. Trip indication is by handle position.
3.Calibrate for operation in 40C ambient temperature.
4.15 to 150 Amp Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole.
5.151 to 400 Amp Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements. Provide push-to-trip button on cover on breaker for mechanical
tripping.
6.Greater than 400 Amp: Electronic trip type with adjustments for long-time, instantaneous, and short-time functions. Provide
ground fault function for breakers greater than 400 amps.
7.Provide handle mechanisms that are lockable in the open (off) position.
8.Manufacturers: Eaton Electrical, General Electric/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
2.11 CONTROL DEVICES
A.Lighting Contactors:
1.Continuously rated 20 amp per pole for all types of ballast and tungsten lighting and resistance loads, do not derate for use on
high-inrush loads.
2.Contacts: Double break, silver-cadmium-oxide. Auxiliary arcing contacts not acceptable. Convertible Contacts, N.O. or N.C.
Contact status, N.O. or N.C., clearly visible.
3.Approved per UL 508. Design in accordance with NEMA ICS2-211B, rated for application to 600 volt.
4.Electrically Held Contactor Coil: Continuously rated and encapsulated.
5.Mechanically Held Contactor: Encapsulated latch and unlatch coils, coil clearing contacts.
6.Manufacturer: ASCO, Eaton Electrical, GE/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
B.Power Contactors:
1.Continuously rated 30 to 800 amp per pole for types of ballast and tungsten lighting, resistance and motor loads.
2.Contacts: Totally enclosed contacts. Double break, silver-cadmium-oxide. Auxiliary arcing contacts not acceptable. Provide
for contact inspection or replacement without disturbing line or load wiring.
3.Straight through wiring, terminals clearly marked.
4.Approved per UL 508. Design in accordance with NEMA ICS2-211B, rated for application to 600 volt.
5.Field Addition Accessories: Auxiliary contacts, 6 amp, 600 volt, N.O. or N.C. Maximum of four. Control circuit fuse holder, one
or two fuses. Transient-suppression module for control circuit of 120 volt.
6.Electrically Held Contactor Coil: Continuously rated and encapsulated.
7.Mechanically Held Contactor: Encapsulated latch and unlatch coils, coil clearing contacts.
8.Enclosures: Provide NEMA enclosure suitable for location and use, flush or surface mount as indicated on Drawings.
9.Manufacturer: ASCO, Eaton Electrical, GE/ABB, Square D, or approved equivalent.
C.Electronic Time Switches: Double pole, single throw; one N.O. contact, one N.C. contact. 24-hour digital. Battery power source to
provide minimum of 3 years of memory back-up. Eight event setpoints. Provide enclosure with separate hinged door, recessed or
surface as indicated on Drawings. Manufacturer: Intermatic, Paragon, Tork, Sangamo, or approved equivalent.
D.Photoelectric Switches: Hermetically sealed light sensitive element installed in die-cast weatherproof enclosure. Adjustable
external light level slide. Swivel adjustable enclosure. 120VAC, 1800VA, connected for pilot duty unless otherwise indicated.
Manufacturer: Paragon, Tork, Precision, or approved equivalent.
2.12 LUMINAIRES
A.Luminaires: Refer to description and manufacturers in Luminaire Schedule.
B.Where recessed luminaires are installed in cavities intended to be insulated, provide IC rated luminaires or other code approved
installation.
C.UL label luminaires installed under canopies, roof or open porches, and similar damp or wet locations, as suitable for damp or wet
locations.
D.Suspended luminaires: Provide minimum 24-inch adjustability in aircraft cable length where used.
E.Recessed Luminaires: Frame compatible with ceiling material installed at particular luminaire location. Provide proper factory trim
and frame for luminaire to fit location and ceiling material. Verify with Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan prior to submittals.
F.Finishes: Manufacturer's standard finish (unless otherwise indicated) over corrosion resistant primer. White or specular finish with
not less than 85 percent reflectance for interior luminaires.
G.Light Transmitting Components: Plastic diffusers, molded or extruded of 100 percent virgin acrylic. Prismatic acrylic, extruded, flat
diffusers, 0.125-inch overall thickness, unless otherwise noted.
1.Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA):
a.With fully wired, integral dry-film type capacitor and potted ignitor (where applicable).
b.Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.6.
c.Metal Halide (MH) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with less than plus or
minus 5 percent variation in output voltage.
d.High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with output
voltage within trapezoidal limits of lamp operating voltage over lamp life.
e.Manufacturers: Philips, Universal Lighting Technologies, Venture or approved equivalent.
2.High pressure sodium: high leakage reactance high power factor (HX-HPF) equal to Philips 72C Series acceptable for 100
watt or less.
3.Electronic:
a.Integral end of lamp life detection and shutdown circuit with automatic reset.
b.High frequency operation: not less than 170Hz.
c.Ballast shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with less than plus or minus 0.5 percent variation in
output voltage.
d.Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.3.
e.Manufacturers: Osram/Sylvania, Philips, Universal Lighting Technologies, or approved equivalent.
2.13 LAMPS
A.Provide lamps for luminaires. Provide lamp cataloged for specified luminaire type.
B.Manufacturers: Osram/Sylvania, General Electric, Philips, Venture, Ushio (MR only), or approved equivalent unless specific
manufacturer is indicated in the luminaire schedule.
C.Incandescent: Not allowed unless noted in luminaire schedule.
D.High Intensity Discharge (HID):
1.Rate lamps used in open luminaires for such use.
2.Provide coated or clear lamps as recommended by luminaire manufacturer for maximum luminaire efficiency and distribution.
3.Lamps installed in common interior areas shall be of the same manufacturer's production run.
4.Provide self extinguishing lamps or lamps with protective shroud in open luminaires
5.Ceramic arc tube metal halide: Color temperature: 4000K. CRI equal to or exceeding 80. Wattage, configuration, and base
style and type as indicated in luminaire schedule. Provide lamp base and orientation compatible to luminaire.
6.Quartz arc tube metal halide: CRI exceeding 64, Color temperature: 4000K. Wattage, configuration, and base style and type as
indicated in luminaire schedule. Maximum plus or minus 600 Kelvin color shift over rated lamp life. Provide pulse-start type.
Provide lamp base and orientation compatible to luminaire.
7.High Pressure Sodium: Ceramic arc tube type, mogul or medium screw base, universal burn rated, wattage and configuration
as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
E.LED (Light Emitting Diode):
1.LED manufacturer will include, but not be limited to, light source, luminaire, power supply and control interface with added
components as needed for complete and functioning system.
2.Comply with ANSI chromaticity standard for classifications of color temperature. See luminaire schedule for specified LED
lamp color and color temperature. UL or ETL listed and labeled.
3.Luminaire testing per IESNA LM-79 and LM-80 procedures.
4.Lamp life for white LEDs: 50,000 plus hours with lamp failure occurring when LED produces 70 percent of initial rated lumens.
5.Provide shop drawings, with LED systems based on lumen output at 70 percent lumen depreciation for white LEDs and 50
percent lumen depreciation for color LEDs. Initial lumens for all colors of LEDs must be listed individually.
6.LED Drivers: reverse polarity protection, open circuit protection, require no minimum load. Minimum 80% efficiency. Class A
noise rating.
7.Dimming: LED system capable of full and continuous dimming.
8.LED light source manufacturers: Nichia, Cree, Osram/Sylvania, GE Lumination or approved equivalent.
2.14 EMERGENCY LED LAMP POWER SUPPLY
A.Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, factory mounted within luminaire body and compatible with driver. Comply with
UL 924.
1.Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously at a minimum output of 1400 lumens each. Connect
unswitched circuit to battery unit and switched circuit to luminaire driver.
2.Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire or entering ceiling space.
a.Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability.
b.Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end
of discharge cycle.
3.Battery: Seal, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90 minutes.
4.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer relay.
B.External Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, suitable for powering one or more LED modules, remote mounted from
luminaire. Comply with UL 924.
1.Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously. Connect unswitched circuit to battery unit and switched circuit
to luminaire driver.
2.Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire.
a.Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability.
b.Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end
of discharge cycle.
3.Battery: Seal, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90 minutes.
4.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.
5.Housing: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.
C.Provide access hatches for emergency battery power supplies, adjacent to recessed 6-inch or less diameter downlights installed in
inaccessible ceilings.
D.Manufacturers: Bodine, Iota, Lithonia.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.Drawings are diagrammatic with symbols representing electrical equipment, outlets, luminaires, and wiring. Examine the entire set
of Drawings to avoid conflicts with other systems. Determine exact route and installation of electrical wiring and equipment with
conditions of construction.
B.Clarification:
1.The Drawings govern in matters of quantity, the Specification in matters of quality. In event of conflict on Drawings or in the
Specifications, the greater quantity and the higher quality apply.
2.Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the governing codes and regulations, refrain from installing
that portion of the work until clarified by Architect.
3.2 DEMOLITION
A.Coordinate with Owner so that work can be scheduled not to interrupt operations, normal activities, building access, access to
different areas. The Owner will cooperate to the best of their ability to assist in a coordinated schedule but will remain the final
authority as to time of work permitted.
B.Coordinate the exact location of existing utilities and equipment prior to commencement of work. Compensate the Owner for
damages caused by the failure to locate and preserve utilities. Replace damaged items with new material to match existing. Verify
that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
A.Execution:
1.Remove existing luminaires, switches, receptacles, and other electrical equipment and devices and associated wiring from
walls, ceilings, floors, and other surfaces scheduled for remodeling, relocation, or demolition unless shown as retained or
relocated on Drawings.
2.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain electrical continuity of existing systems during construction. Remove or
relocate electrical boxes, conduit, wiring, equipment, luminaires, as encountered in removed or remodeled areas in the existing
construction affected by this work.
3.Remove and restore wiring which serves usable existing outlets clear of the construction or demolition
4.If existing junction boxes will be made inaccessible, or if abandoned outlets serve as feed through boxes for other existing
electrical equipment which is being retained, provide new conduit and wire to bypass the abandoned outlets.
5.If existing conduits pass through partitions or ceiling which are being removed or remodeled, provide new conduit and wire to
reroute clear of the construction or demolition and maintain service to the existing load.
6.Concealed conduit located in concrete walls or hardboard ceiling spaces may be abandoned in place. Remove conductors and
tag abandoned conduits with corresponding system and termination point. Cut and cap abandoned conduit. Do not extend
stubs above finished floor.
7.Extend circuiting and devices in existing walls to be furred out.
8.Provide temporary support for electrical systems that remain in place.
9.Existing electrical outlets and luminaires are indicated on electrical demolition plans. Verify exact location and number of
existing electrical outlets and luminaires in the field. Only partial existing electrical shown. Locations of items shown on
Drawings as existing are partially based on Record and other Drawings which may contain errors. Verify the accuracy of the
information shown prior to bidding and provide such labor and material as is necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract
Documents.
10.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
11.Provide blank cover plate for abandoned flush outlets.
12.Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as
appropriate.
13.Provide updated panel schedules and directories that identify existing circuits and number of spare circuits available upon
completion of demolition work.
3.3 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE
A.No interruption of services to any part of existing facilities will be permitted without express permission in each instance from the
Owner. Requests for outages shall state the specific dates and hours and the maximum durations, with the outages kept to these
specific dates and hours and the maximum durations. Obtain written permission from the Owner for any interruption of power,
lighting or signal circuits and systems.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A.Install electrical equipment complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Obtain installation instructions from
manufacturer prior to rough-in of the electrical equipment, examine the instructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation
instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer prior to proceeding with installation. This includes
proper installation methods, sequencing, and coordination with other trades and disciplines.
B.Delivery, storage and handling: Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period. Store in a clean,
dry environment. Maintain factory packaging, and if required, provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect
enclosure(s) from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
C.Install equipment requiring access (i.e. Junction boxes, luminaires, power supplies, motors, etc.) so that they may be serviced,
reset, replaced or recalibrated by service people with normal service tools and equipment. Do not install electrical equipment in
obvious passages, doorways, scuttles or crawl spaces which would impede or block the intended usage.
D.Noise Control:
1.Do not install outlet boxes back to back. Do not use straight through boxes.
2.Do not place contactors, transformers, starters and similar noise producing devices on walls which are common to occupied
spaces unless specifically called for on Drawings. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied
spaces, mount or isolate in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied
space.
E.Firestopping: Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and floors. When these assemblies
are penetrated, seal around conduit and equipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material complete as
directed the manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTM E814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of
Through-Penetration Fire Stops.
F.Equipment Wiring:
1.Connect equipment, whether furnished by Owner or other Divisions of the Contract, electrically complete. Do not install
electrical equipment or wiring on mechanical equipment without approval of Architect.
2.Provide moisture tight equipment wiring and switches in ducts or plenums used for environmental air.
3.Connect motor and appliance/utilization equipment complete from panel to motor/equipment as required by Code.
4.Install motor starters and controllers for equipment furnished by others.
5.Appliance/Utilization Equipment: Provide appropriate cable and cord cap for final connection unless equipment is provided
with same. Verify special purpose outlet NEMA configuration and ampere rating with equipment supplier prior to ordering
devices and coverplates.
G.Conduit:
1.Conduit Joints: Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, luminaires and equipment with fittings to maintain
continuity.
2.Conceal conduits. Exposed conduits are permitted only in the following areas:
a.Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms or spaces where walls, ceilings and floors will not be covered with finished materials.
b.Existing walls that are concrete or block construction and where specifically noted on the Drawings.
3.Do not install conduits on surface of building exterior, across roof, on top of parapet walls, or across floors. Where exposed
conduits are permitted, install parallel and perpendicular to walls, tight to finished surfaces and neatly offset into boxes.
4.Keep conduits a minimum of 12-inches away from steam or hot water radiant heating lines (at or above 104 degrees F) or
3-inches away from waste or water lines.
5.Maximum Bends: Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between electrical boxes. Install no more than
equivalent of two 90 degree bends between telecommunication boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction,
as around beams.
6.Flexible Conduit: Install 12 inch minimum slack loop on flexible metallic conduit and liquidtight flexible metallic conduit.
7.Conduit Size: Minimum trade size 3/4 inch.
8.Conduit Use Locations:
a.Underground, In Slab on Grade, or In Slab Above Grade: PVC.
b.Outdoor Locations Above Grade: RMC or IMC.
c.Wet Locations: RMC or IMC.
d.Damp Locations: RMC, IMC, or EMT up to 2 inches in diameter.
e.Dry, Protected: EMT.
f.Cast-In-Place Concrete and Masonry: RMC, IMC, and PVC. Horizontal runs of conduit in poured-in-place concrete slabs,
maximum diameter of conduit is 1 inch.
g.Sharp Bends and Elbows: RMC, EMT use factory elbows.
h.Install two pull strings/tapes in empty raceways. Secure pull strings/tapes at each end.
i.Elbow for Low Energy Signal Systems: Use long radius factory ells where linking sections of raceway for installation of
signal cable.
j.For motors, recessed luminaires and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration, use flexible metallic
conduit.
k.For motors and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration and subjected to the following conditions; exterior
location, moist or humid atmosphere, water spray, oil or grease: use PVC coated liquid tight flexible metallic conduit.
9.Branch Circuits: Do not change the intent of the branch circuits or controls without approval. Homeruns for 20 amp branch
circuits may be combined to a maximum of six conductors in a homerun. Apply derating factors. Increase conductor size as
needed.
H.Conduit Fittings:
1.Use set screw type fittings only in dry locations. When set screw fittings are utilized, provide insulated continuous equipment
ground conductor in conduit, from over current protection device to outlet.
2.Use compression fittings in dry locations, damp and rain-exposed locations. Maximum size permitted in damp locations and
locations exposed to rain is 2 inches in diameter.
3.Use threaded type fittings in wet locations and damp or rain-exposed locations where conduit size is greater than 2 inches.
4.Provide corrosion-resistant punched-steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and plastic conduit bushings of the type and
size to suit each respective use and installation.
5.Expansion Joints:
a.Provide conduits crossing expansion joints where cast in concrete with expansion-deflection fittings, installed per
manufacturer's recommendations.
b.Secure conduits 3-inches and larger to building structure on opposite sides of a building expansion joint with an
expansion-deflection fitting across joint installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
c.Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of
expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible
conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflection fitting, as
indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.
d.Verify expansion/deflection requirements with Structural Engineer prior to installation.
6.Seismic Joints:
a.No conduits cast in concrete allowed to cross seismic joint.
b.Provide conduits with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of seismic joint, connected together with 15-inches
of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper.
Prior to installation, verify with Architect that 15-inches is adequate for designed movement, and if not, increase this length
as required.
c.Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of
expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible
conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflection fitting, as
indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.
I.Lugs and Pads:
1.Thoroughly clean surfaces to remove all dirt, oil, great or paint.
2.Use torque wrench to tighten per manufacturer's directions.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E0.02
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
section [16040][269000] - building lighting acceptance testing and documentation
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.this section describes the acceptance testing and documentation of the lighting system(s) and outlines the duties and
responsibilities of the contracting team for acceptance testing.
B.supply the acceptance requirements to products, equipment and systems provided under this division, where indicated on plans,
and where required by california title 24 requirements.
C.engage the services of a firm specializing in commissioning of lighting systems or shall submit contractor qualifications for review by
architect where testing and documentation is to be performed by contractor.
1.2 THE COMMISSIONING TEAM
A.form the commissioning team of:
1.electrical contractor's representative
2.lighting controls manufacturer's representative
3.inspector of record
4.owner's staff representative
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUTIES OF THE TEAM
A.the duties of the team are as outlined in the title 24 requirements and summarized below:
18.plan, organize and implement the acceptance testing process and within 1 month of the award of the contract, submit the
names and addresses of the testing team member(s).
19.the acceptance testing team shall submit a complete description of the testing procedures and systems to be tested to the
architect for review.
20.the acceptance testing team shall coordinate tests of systems and equipment and assemble documentation related to tests.
submit documentation relative to tests and proposed procedures to design engineer for review prior to submitting
documentation to authority having jurisdiction (ahj). team responsible for performing data analysis, calculation of performance
indices and crosschecking of results with the requirements of title 24 and the contract documents. the installing contractor or
agent responsible for testing and documentation shall record their state of california contractor's license number or their state
of california professional registration license number on each certificate of acceptance for submittal.
21.responsible for submitting certificate of acceptance including paper and electronic copies of measurements and monitoring
results and supporting documentation to the ahj. where ahj questions results or requires additional testing, complete additional
testing and provide required documentation at no additional cost to the owner.
2.2 TIME SCHEDULE
A.determine the time period of the commissioning of the systems by the general contractor and acceptance testing team. it is
important to note that ahj will not release a final certificate of occupancy until a certificate of acceptance is submitted that
demonstrates that the specified systems and equipment have been shown to be performing in accordance with the title 24
standards.
2.3 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE I - DOCUMENTATION
A.team shall assemble documentation showing lighting fixture locations, lighting control device locations, control sequences and
notes.
B.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide record drawings to building owner within 90 days of receiving a final occupancy permit
(refer to other specification sections for requirements on record drawings.)
C.per title 24 requirements, team shall provide operating and maintenance manuals to the building owner (refer to other specification
sections for requirements on operation and maintenance manuals.)
2.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE II - INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.team shall review the installation, perform acceptance testing and document results for the following systems:
1.occupancy sensors
2.manual daylight controls
3.automatic daylight controls
4.automatic time switch controls
B.review of installation shall confirm lighting fixtures and lighting controls are properly located, identified, calibrated, and set points and
schedules programmed per contract document requirements.
2.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING - PHASE III - CERTIFICATION
A.team shall document operating and maintenance information, complete installation certificate, and indicate test results on the
certificate of acceptance, and submit the certificate to the ahj prior to receiving final occupancy permit. team shall submit forms
ncra-lti-02-a through ncra-lti-05-a and nrca-lto-02-a as required by title 24 requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND DOCUMENTATION
A.refer to california title 24, non-residential manual for specific testing procedures and documentation requirements. the detailed
requirements can be found at
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency .
contractor is responsible for reviewing and complying with these standards
end of electrical specifications
P.GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:
a.raceway grounding:
1)ground metallic raceway systems. bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger
equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug.
2)connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to enclosure, by
grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.
3)where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding
conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
4)install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, in metallic and nonmetallic
raceway systems.
b.feeder and branch circuit grounding:
1)provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits.
2)where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed, provide insulated
equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of
cec article 250, table 250-122.
c.bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors
and lugs. install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
d.motors, equipment and appliances: install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
e.receptacles: connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipment grounding conductor. self
grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipment grounding conductor bolted to outlet box.
Q.CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.for breakers added to existing panelboards, coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating with existing panelboard. breakers
to match existing in manufacturer's type and aic rating. provide new typed panelboard directory.
2.provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.
3.provide handle guards on circuits supplying constant loads such as fire alarm, security, lighting controls, refrigerators and
freezers, fire protection, etc.
R.OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1.install occupancy sensors as directed by manufacturer's instructions. provide connections to control circuits, occupancy
sensors, power supply pack and low voltage wiring.
2.drawings were laid out using watt stopper sensors as the basis of design. if another manufacturer is approved for installation
under this contract, verify with manufacturer representative that sensors are laid out to provide coverage across room space,
adding additional sensors as needed.
3.provide power packs for sensor to control number of circuits and/or switch legs within its area of coverage.
4.field adjust each sensor to maximize its coverage of room space.
5.relocate sensors with ultrasonic technology to avoid being closer to hvac diffusers and power packs than recommended by
manufacturer.
6.field set time delay for each device as noted below:
j.classrooms and conference rooms: 20 minutes
k.restrooms: 30 minutes
l.storage rooms, janitor's closets, unisex restrooms: 5 minutes
m.other spaces: 20 minutes.
S.CONTROL DEVICES:
1.contactors:
a.provide vibration isolation mounting pads for electrically held contactors installed within or on walls which are common to
occupied spaces. isolate terminals and operating mechanisms from enclosure.
b.install contactors and relays to reduce noise such that it will not create a disturbance or distraction in the areas in which
such equipment is located.
2.install time switches and other automatic control devices in accessible locations near the source of power or grouped at a
common location in mechanical rooms or similar spaces.
3.install photoelectric control devices at such locations as necessary to be most effective. avoid locating photoelectric devices in
or at locations where they can be influenced by other than natural light or under eaves. verify location of equipment with
architect.
T.LIGHTING:
1.install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.
2.install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
3.align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires.
4.avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. where the indicated locations for the luminaires conflict with
locations for equipment, change locations for the luminaire as directed by architect.
5.suspended luminaires: mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors.
6.emergency egress luminaires provide unswitched emergency circuit to exit signs and emergency luminaires.
7.support luminaires: anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
8.provide recessed luminaires with two support wires as required by cbc.
9.wiring:
a.recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit
conductors in nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. junction box fastened to building structural member within 6
feet of luminaire.
b.install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
c.flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support
device.
d.install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires.
e.unit battery equipment in egress luminaires: provide unswitched conductor to each egress luminaire from serving circuit.
this is for the transfer electronics to determine when power has actually been lost.
10.relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.
11.replace drivers deemed as excessively noisy by architect, engineer, or owner.
12.install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. provide pendant length required to
suspend luminaire at indicated height.
13.install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. secure to
prevent movement.
14.make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within
luminaire.
15.where remote drivers are required, insure adequate accessibility. upsize conductors between luminaire and driver to
accommodate voltage drop.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.tests: conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in this division. refer to individual
specification sections for required tests. document tests and include in closeout documents. during site evaluations by architect, provide
an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be
performed.
B.low-voltage electrical power conductors and cable test:
1.test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmmeter. use insulated cable
engineers association testing procedures. minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and
below. notify architect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.
2.test report: prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder,
insulation type, voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter
test. submit test reports with project closeout documents.
3.inspect and test in accordance with neta standard ats, except section 4.
4.perform inspections and tests listed in neta standard ats, section 7.3.2.
C.verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment.
D.coordinate hvac voltage requirements with drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in.
E.systems startup: provide field representative to prepare and start equipment. test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase
motors. adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances. demonstrate proper operation of equipment to
owner's authorized representative.
F.wiring device tests: test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to
demonstrate compliance with requirements. test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. correct
defective wiring.
G.transformer tests: check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. measure primary and secondary voltages
and make appropriate tap adjustments. revise the installation of noisy units to achieve an acceptable noise level or replace with a new
unit with an acceptable sound level.
H.use manufacturer's published testing and adjusting procedures to adjust sensors time delay, daylight sensitivity, and passive infrared
sensitivity to satisfaction of the owner.
I.focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with architect, at such time of day or night as required. align
luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
J.verification of conditions: verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and other construction details prior to release of luminaire for
shipment.
J.electrical distribution study: provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust
installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. adjust installed protective devices having
adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by coordination analysis. submit report showing final adjusted settings of
protective devices.
J.WIRES AND CABLES:
2.do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10 degrees c (14 degrees f). do not
handle thermoset insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -40 degrees c (-40 degrees f). all wire and cable must be
acclimated to temperatures above freezing for no less than 24 hours prior to installation.
3.install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wires indicated.
4.install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.
5.do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation.
6.use of pulling compounds is permitted. clean residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor
installation. do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to gfci circuit breakers or gfci receptacles.
7.conductor size and quantity:
a.install no conductors smaller than 12 awg unless otherwise shown.
b.provide required conductors for a fully operable system.
c.power circuits: no. 12 awg minimum, except as follows:
1)no. 10 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 70 ft.
2)no. 8 awg for 20a, 120v circuits longer than 100 ft.
d.when exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installation of the conductors, ensure that the
maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of the circuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. increase wire size
from #12awg, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.
7.provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120v circuits and all 277v circuits.
8.homeruns:
a.do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. homeruns for 20a branch circuits may be combined to a
maximum of six current carrying conductors including neutral conductors in homeruns. apply derating factors as required
per nec. increase conductor size as needed.
b.mc cable homeruns are not allowed unless indicated on drawings.
9.exposed cable is not allowed.
10.all cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view when possible. where installed in tray
each power cable is to be identified with lamacoid nametag engraved with identification of equipment being fed. tag to be
fastened to cable using tie-wraps. provide nametag at each floor level.
11.do not install pvc jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenum cables.
12.use of mc cable is limited to the following conditions. installations that do not comply with the following conditions are to be
removed and replaced with no additional expense to the owner.
a.20 amp branch circuiting where following conditions apply:
1)where there is a suspended ceiling with accessible space above (example: suspended acoustic ceiling tile).
2)use mc cable for final flexible connections from junction or outlet boxes to recessed fixtures. do not use mc cables to
loop between fixtures, except where it is not practical to provide conduit connections between boxes or where existing
inaccessible ceilings prevent installation of conduit runs. each individual luminaire is to be serviced by an individual
cable drop from the associated junction box in the ceiling space. maximum length 6-feet of mc cable. luminaire drops
secured to, and supported by, the building structure with nylon tie wraps. the use of the ceiling suspension system for
support of any type of cabling is not permitted.
3)in residential units where allowed by the cec.
4)use mc cable for branch circuit wiring and short home runs under 50-feet in length. provide minimum of one 12 by 12
junction box per room. connect junction boxes where required and provide homeruns using multi-circuit mc cable.
5)mc cable may be routed in the void space above hard lid ceilings, and routed within wall cavities below glazing,
provided cec requirements are otherwise met, and a minimum one 3/4-inch conduit is routed from nearest accessible
ceiling space to inaccessible location, terminating in a j-box with blank faceplate, for future circuits.
K.CONNECTORS:
1.install to assure a solid and safe connection.
2.select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.
3.install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.
4.do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.
5.make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. provide single wire pigtails for luminaire and device connections.
wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails.
6.make splices for no. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors. make all taped joints with scotch
33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 kcmil.
L.BOXES:
1.anchoring: secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or
masonry.
2.noise control: provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acoustic rated walls.
3.coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) with architectural drawings to prevent mounting
devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behind cabinets.
4.provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture.
5.knockout closures: provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.
6.code compliance: comply with cec as applicable to construction and installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes
according to cec, except as noted otherwise.
7.mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by americans with disabilities act (ada), or noted on drawings, the following
distance above finished floor:
a.control switches:
1)48 inches to the top of outlet box.
2)44 inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ada requirements.
b.receptacles: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
c.telecom outlets: 15 inches to the bottom of outlet box.
d.other outlets: as indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.
M.provide cec-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on drawings or not. provide disconnect switch at each motor
location within 5 feet unless otherwise noted. locate disconnect means in view of and not inside of equipment, such that tools are
not needed to remove covers of energized equipment to access the disconnecting means. coordinate fuse ampere rating with
installed equipment. fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance
with bussmann fusetron 40c recommendations. do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.
provide arc flash labels.
N.SUPPORTING DEVICES:
1.fabrication - miscellaneous metals:
a.general: verify dimensions prior to fabrication. form metal items to accurate sizes and configurations as indicated on
drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill,
countersink, tap, and otherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. fabricate to detail of
structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and other connection devices required.
include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, and similar devices. hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items
installed in exterior locations. set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. construct
items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to
exclude water.
b.ferrous metal: after fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or chemical methods to remove rust,
scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. for metal
items exposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain g90 zinc coating in accordance with astm a123.
provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with one coat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. apply zinc
coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specified elsewhere.
c.metal in contact with concrete, masonry and other dissimilar materials: where metal items are to be erected in contact with
dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not
less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.
d.for galvanized surfaces: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to
comply with astm a780.
2.anchors, threaded rod, and fasteners installation:
a.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. support to withstand four times
weight of equipment it supports.
b.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
c.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
d.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
e.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
f.provide seismic bracing per cbc requirements.
g.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
h.use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.
i.cutting and drilling: do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from architect.
3.support channel, hangers, and supports installation:
a.install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and
workmanlike manner, as specified in neca 1.
b.safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed. supports to withstand four times
the weight of equipment it supports.
c.verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.
d.install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls.
e.install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless otherwise noted.
f.provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls
or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.
g.do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or materials.
h.do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
i.do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.
j.support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless more stringently required by
cec.
k.maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by cec.
l.support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless
otherwise required by cec.
m.maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed 48-inches spacing unless
otherwise required by cec.
n.install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. suspend strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer for the
load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet of outlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel
raceway termination unless otherwise required by cec.
o.securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling from
floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.
p.provide seismic bracing per cec requirements.
q.install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
r.use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
s.in wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1-inch off wall.
O.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION:
1.conductor identification: apply markers on each conductor for power, control, signaling and communications circuits.
2.provide an engraved label on each major unit of electrical equipment indicating both equipment name and circuit serving equipment, including but not
limited to the following items: disconnect switches, relays, contactors, time switches, service disconnects, switchboards, branch circuit panelboards,
and transformers.
3.install engraved label on the inside of flush panels, visible when door is opened. install label on outside of surface panel. secure nameplates to inside
surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations.
4.on the back of receptacle and switch finish plates legibly write with indelible ink pen the circuit that each device is connected to.
5.on the front of receptacle and switch finish plates, provide label with the circuit that each device is connected to.
6.service and distribution: verify utility requirements prior to bidding and provide associated work required by local utility including but not limited to:
service underground primary including conduit, pull cord, excavation and backfill, underground pull vaults, pole risers, transformer pads, vaults, and
the like. secondary service lateral including conduit, and conductors. grounding of transformers. service metering equipment.
3.6 CLEANING
A.remove dirt and debris caused by the execution of the electrical work. leave the entire electrical system installed in clean, dust-free and proper working order.
B.thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removing temporary labels and traces of foreign substances. throughout work, remove construction debris and surplus
materials accumulated during work.
C.where finish of luminaires or enclosures is damaged, touch up finish with matching paint in accordance to manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
D.clean paint splatters, dirt, dust, fingerprints, and debris from luminaires.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E0.03
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E0.04
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
T
I
T
L
E
2
4
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
S
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
NOT IN SCOPE
TT
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
T
(E)PANEL 'LC'
(E)PANEL 'LCC'
(E)PANEL 'HD'
(E)PANEL 'HE'
(E)PANEL '3LC'
(E)75 KVA X'MER 'AA'(E)PANEL 'AA'
(E)PANEL 'LC1'
(E)PANEL 'AA1'
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE2
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E1.21
PO
W
E
R
D
E
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES
AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ELECTRICAL OR ARCHITECTURAL PLAN, DISCONNECT AND
REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION
BOXES, DISCONNECT SWITCH, DATA DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, CONDUIT,
WIRING IN THE ROOM BACK TO THE SOURCE PANEL.
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER DEMOLITION PLAN
A.REFER TO SHEET E0.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION.
B.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND
BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT
OF THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
C.THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY AND ALL
MATERIALS, CONNECTIONS, EXTENSIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING AND OTHER
ELECTRICAL WORK, TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT, THAT MAY REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN SERVICE THROUGHOUT THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT.
COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT.
D.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES LABELED AS (E)
SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ANY NEW WORK
SHALL NOT AFFECT THE EXISTING OPERATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES.
E.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE
DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT
SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED.
EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND
SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE
NECESSARY.
F.EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS PASSING THRU THE AREA OF
DEMOLITION AND SERVING OCCUPIED ADJACENT AREAS AND/OR INTERFERING
WITH THE NEW WORK SHALL BE TRACED AND RELOCATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
ALL NECESSARY SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS WORK SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT.
G.WIRING, CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITING
WHERE NOTED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THEIR PANEL OF ORIGIN.
H.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS
SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
I.PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL
UNDERTAKE ELECTRICAL SURVEY TO TRACE ALL EXISTING BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS IN AREAS DEMOLITION INCLUDING ADJACENT AREAS TO
REMAIN AND CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS TO REMAIN. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC
WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE DEMISED AREA ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. THIS SHALL
INCLUDE CIRCUITS THAT PASS THRU AND/OR FEED THE ADJACENT SPACES TO
REMAIN.
J.THE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT FOR EXISTING TO REMAIN ACTIVE BRANCH CIRCUITS
SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM(S) FOR A MINIMUM OF
24” OUTSIDE THE ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. AFTER
CEILING DEMO IS COMPLETE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT
CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.
K.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:LIGHTING
FIXTURES, RECTANGLES, ELECTRICAL PANELS, CONTROL PANELS, DISCONNECT
SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES
THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE
TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.
L.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD
VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
M.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID.
HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
N
1
2
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
NOT IN SCOPE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E1.31
LI
G
H
T
I
N
G
D
E
M
O
L
I
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
N
1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ELECTRICAL OR ARCHITECTURAL PLAN, DISCONNECT
AND REMOVE EXISTING LUMINARIES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUITS, WIRING, AND CONTROL TO
SOURCE PANEL.
A.REFER TO SHEET E0.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION.
B.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND
BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT
OF THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
C.THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY AND ALL
MATERIALS, CONNECTIONS, EXTENSIONS, CUTTING, REPAIRING AND OTHER
ELECTRICAL WORK, TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT, THAT MAY REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN SERVICE THROUGHOUT THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT.
COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT.
D.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES LABELED AS (E)
SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ANY NEW WORK
SHALL NOT AFFECT THE EXISTING OPERATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES.
E.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE
DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT
SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED.
EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND
SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE
NECESSARY.
F.EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS PASSING THRU THE AREA OF
DEMOLITION AND SERVING OCCUPIED ADJACENT AREAS AND/OR INTERFERING
WITH THE NEW WORK SHALL BE TRACED AND RELOCATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
ALL NECESSARY SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THIS WORK SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT.
G.WIRING, CONDUITS AND SUPPORTS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITING
WHERE NOTED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THEIR PANEL OF ORIGIN.
H.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS
SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
I.PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL
UNDERTAKE ELECTRICAL SURVEY TO TRACE ALL EXISTING BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS IN AREAS DEMOLITION INCLUDING ADJACENT AREAS TO
REMAIN AND CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS/FEEDERS TO REMAIN. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC
WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE DEMISED AREA ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. THIS SHALL
INCLUDE CIRCUITS THAT PASS THRU AND/OR FEED THE ADJACENT SPACES TO
REMAIN.
J.THE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT FOR EXISTING TO REMAIN ACTIVE BRANCH CIRCUITS
SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM(S) FOR A MINIMUM OF
24” OUTSIDE THE ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. AFTER
CEILING DEMO IS COMPLETE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT
CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.
K.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:LIGHTING
FIXTURES, RECTANGLES, ELECTRICAL PANELS, CONTROL PANELS, DISCONNECT
SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES
THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE
TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.
L.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD
VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
M.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID.
HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
4.3
IT STORAGE
IT
OFFICE
131
OFFICE
132
OPEN AREA
135
OFFICE
136
FAMILY ROOM
137
OFFICE
138
OFFICE
139
CONFERENCE
ROOM
141
COPY
143
BREAKROOM
144
VESTIBULE
149
RESTROOM
147
RESTROOM
148
OFFICE
128
OFFICE
130
CONFERENCE
ROOM
129
OPEN AREA
134
OPEN AREA
125
OPEN AREA
126
OFFICE
124
CONFERENCE
ROOM
123
OFFICE
122
OFFICE
121
OFFICE
120
OFFICE
119
OFFICE
117
CONFERENCE
ROOM
118
WORK AREA
116
COPY
114
OPEN AREA
110
STORAGE
111
CONFERENCE
ROOM
109
CONFERENCE
ROOM
112
CONFERENCE
ROOM
113
OPEN AREA
104
CONFERENCE
ROOM
103
CONFERENCE
ROOM
108 OFFICE
105
OFFICE
106
OFFICE
107
COMPUTER
STATION
102
MEN'S
RESTROOM
151
WOMEN'S
RESTROOM
152
RECEPTION
101
STORAGE
145
STORAGE
146
COPY
127
OPEN AREA
142
STORAGE
153
STORAGE
154
STORAGE
155
CORRIDOR
150
STORAGE
115
LOBBY
OFFICE
133
OFFICE
140
T T(E)MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
'MS'
(E)PANEL 'HA'
(E)PANEL 'HB'
(E)112.5 KVA X'MER
(BOTTOM)
(E)112.5 KVA
X'MER 'LA'(E)75 KVA
X'MER(TOP)
(E)PANEL 'LA'
(E)PANEL 'LAA'
(E)PANEL 'LBB'
(E)PANEL 'LB'
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IT
NOT IN SCOPE
NOT IN SCOPE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E2.10
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
-
L
E
V
E
L
0
1
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER PLAN - LEVEL 01
N
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING
E000 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.RECEPTACLES GANGED TOGETHER SHALL BE MOUNTED UNDER SINGLE COVER PLATE.
C.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT. SCALING OF
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
D.REFER TO AV, IT, AND SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACK BOX AND CONDUIT
REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL TELE/DATA BOXES AND AN EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
TELE/DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT. ALL
TELEPHONE/DATA CONDUIT STUB-UPS, WHERE GYPBOARD CEILINGS OCCUR, SHALL
RUN INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS.
E.NO PIPING, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT.
F.DO NOT INSTALL OUTLETS BACK TO BACK ON THE SAME PARTITION. WHERE OUTLETS
MUST BE LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE PARTITION,
INSTALL A VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STUD, AS REQUIRED, SEPARATING SUCH
OUTLETS.
G.NO EQUIPMENT, J-BOXES, ETC. REQUIRING ACCESS SHALL BE LOCATED IN HARD
CEILING AREAS UNLESS ACCESS PANEL IS PROVIDED,COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT.
H.ALL WIRING IN OPEN AREAS TO BE RUN NEATLY IN CONDUIT.
I.ALL FURNITURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. LAYOUT SHOWN FOR
REFERENCE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF FLOOR CONNECTIONS/DEVICES WITH
FURNITURE DEALER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF RELATED POWER AND SIGNAL
CONNECTIONS.
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED
WIRES AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
1
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
EXISTING
BRIDGE TO
ADJACENT
BUILDINGS
+66"
TV AV
(N)
(N)(N)
AV
+66"
+66"
+6
6
"
+6
6
"
G
+40"
G
+66"
+66"
+66"
+66"
AV
(RL)
NOT IN SCOPE
TT
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
(E)75 KVA
X'MER
T
(E)PANEL 'LC'
(E)PANEL 'LCC'
(E)PANEL 'HD'
(E)PANEL 'HE'
(E)PANEL '3LC'
(E)75 KVA X'MER 'AA'(E)PANEL 'AA'
(E)PANEL 'LC1'
(E)PANEL 'AA1'
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+66"+66"+66"
1
2
TV
TV
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
AA1-1
1
1
1
1 1
AA1-3
3
3
3
3
3
3
AA1-5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
9
9
9 9 9 9
11
11
AA1-9
11
11 11 11 13
13 13 13
13
13
AA1-13
AA1-11
AA1-9
AA1-7
AA-34
34 34
34
34
34
23
23
23
23
23 21
21
21
21
AA1-21
31
31
31
31
31
AA1-31
33
33
33
33
33
AA1-33
35
35
35
35
35
AA1-35
8
8
8
8
AA1-8
AA1-12,14,16 AA1-18,20,22 AA1-36,38,40
3LC-8,10,12
AA1-24,26,28 AA1-30,32,34 AA1-37,39,41
3LC-25,27,29
3LC-13,15,17
3LC-20,22,24
3
3
3
3
3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4
4
4
4
4
J
EWH-2HD-41
EWH-1
HD-33
60A-1P
60A-1P
5
5
6
LDS-1
AA1-17
1
WSHP
2
WSHP 3
WSHP
4
WSHP
5
WSHP
6
WSHP
7
WSHP
8
WSHP
9
WSHP
(E)
(R)
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9 PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
2
PP
+40"+40"
A
A
1
A A
A
A
A
A
3LC-7
3LC-1,3,5
1
3
5+40"
+40"
+40"
+40"
G
G
G
G
3LC-9
33
31
5
A
WATER
DISPENSOR
LCC-18 COFFEE
MAKER
LCC-20 LCC-22
AA1-23
10
10
35
35
33
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216 CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
12A
WSHP
10
WSHP
11A
WSHP
7
7
7721
7
LC-19
LC-7
LC-3
LC-1
LC-9
AA-21 AA-19
1919
AA-13
21
LC1-1
LC1-3
3
3
3
1
1
E-2.11
2
LC-21
NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE
CR
PRE ACTION
214
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
AA1-2
22
AA-27
27
AA1-4
4
6
3LC-18
18
18
AA-27
27
AA1-6
LCC-4,6
LCC-2,12
LCC-8,10
LCC-14,16
AA-14,16
AA-18,20
AA-22,24
AA-2,4
AA-6,8
AA-10,12
AA-29
(E) FIRE ALARM
PANEL 13LC-14
J
AA-26
CONTROL
VALVE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E2.11
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1POWER PLAN
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING
E000 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.RECEPTACLES GANGED TOGETHER SHALL BE MOUNTED UNDER SINGLE COVER PLATE.
C.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT. SCALING OF
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF DEVICES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
D.REFER TO AV, IT, AND SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACK BOX AND CONDUIT
REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL TELE/DATA BOXES AND AN EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
TELE/DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT. ALL
TELEPHONE/DATA CONDUIT STUB-UPS, WHERE GYPBOARD CEILINGS OCCUR, SHALL
RUN INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS.
E.NO PIPING, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT.
F.DO NOT INSTALL OUTLETS BACK TO BACK ON THE SAME PARTITION. WHERE OUTLETS
MUST BE LOCATED IN THE SAME STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE PARTITION,
INSTALL A VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STUD, AS REQUIRED, SEPARATING SUCH
OUTLETS.
G.NO EQUIPMENT, J-BOXES, ETC. REQUIRING ACCESS SHALL BE LOCATED IN HARD
CEILING AREAS UNLESS ACCESS PANEL IS PROVIDED,COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT.
H.ALL WIRING IN OPEN AREAS TO BE RUN NEATLY IN CONDUIT.
I.ALL FURNITURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. LAYOUT SHOWN FOR
REFERENCE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF FLOOR CONNECTIONS/DEVICES WITH
FURNITURE DEALER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF RELATED POWER AND SIGNAL
CONNECTIONS.
N
EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED
WIRES AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
LEAVE LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SLACKS LONG ENOUGH TO REACH THE THE DATA RECEPTACLE
ON THE MODULAR FURNITURE.
SAW-CUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR THIS AREA AS REQUIRED FOR NEW DATA AND POWER
CONNECTION. NEW FLOOR DATA AND RECEPTACLES TO BE COMPLETELY FLUSH WITH FLOOR
SURFACE FOR CONCEALED LOOK. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER/ARCH PRIOR TO
ROUGH-IN.
LEAVE SLACK WIRES LONG ENOUGH TO REACH THE LAST CUBICLE'S RECEPTACLE THAT THE
CIRCUIT IS SERVING.
PROVIDE POWER TO WATER HEATER "EWH-1 & 2" UNIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND
REQUIREMENT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUGH-IN.
PROVIDE POWER TO WATER HEATER "LDS-1" UNIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND
REQUIREMENT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EC SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND REWIRED NEW MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT
REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EC SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND REWIRED RELOCATED
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE
EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING
AND CONTROL COORDINATE WITH GC/OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WHILE RETAINING
THE EXISTING OUTLET. PROVIDE A NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON THE PLAN.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"2POWER PLAN
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1
X1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
(N)
NOT IN SCOPE
R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 R1 R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
D
OS
OS
OS
OSD OSD OSD OSD OSD OSD OSD OSD OSD
OSD
OS
OS
OS
D
OS
D
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
X1
X1
D
OS
4
D
3
OSD
3
(N)
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
1
EF
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
D
a,b
OS
OSa a a a
aaaa
a
b
b
b
b
X1
R1
R1
R1
R1
X1 X1
R1
R1R1
R1R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1 R1
R1
R1R1R1
R1 R1 R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
X1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1R1
R1
D
OS
HD-17
HD-19
HD-21
HD-25
HD-23
4
D4
D4
OS OS OS
OS
OS OS OS OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OSOS
OS OS OS
OS
3
D3
a,b
D
4
17
1717
1717
1717
1717
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
171717
1717
1717
17
23
23
23
2323
23
23
2323
23
23
2323
23
23
2323
23
23
23
23
23
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
2323
23
23
23
19 19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
1919
19
19
19
19
19
19 19
19 19
19 19
19
25252525252525
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
19
19
19
252525
25 25 25
252525
25 25 25
252525
25 25 25
2525
25
25
25
25 25 25 25
2525
25
25
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EMEM
19
NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E3.11
LI
G
H
T
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1LIGHTING PLAN
A.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. REFER TO DRAWING E000
FOR GENERAL NOTES.
B.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXIT SIGN LOCATION AND COUNTS WITH FIRE INSPECTOR.
C.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION, QUANTITIES, TYPES, AND
MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF LIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS, SWITCHES, DIMMERS, ETC.
D.PRIOR TO ORDERING LIGHTING FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND
ENGINEERING INFORMATION, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION OF ANY QUESTIONS PRIOR TO
PROCEEDING.
E.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AS
INDICATED AND INSTALL NEW SWITCHES, DIMMERS, ETC. FOR CONTROL OF LIGHT FIXTURES
AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE SWITCHING CONTROL
WITH ARCHITECT/CLIENT REPRESENTATIVES.
F.LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CIRCUITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED
ADJACENT TO EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE. CIRCUITRY MAY BE SHOWN IN CERTAIN INSTANCES
AND ONLY UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES. PROVIDE ALL CONDUITS, WIRES AND BOXES AS
WELL AS CEILING OUTLETS AND FIXTURES WHIPS REQUIRED FOR CIRCUITRY INCLUDING
WIRING FOR SWITCHING OF THE FIXTURES.
G.ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VIA LOW
VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
H.EACH COMPONENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE AND
CAPABLE OF BEING INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED AND CONFIGURED THROUGH THE SYSTEM.
PROVIDE THE REQUIRED RELAY PACKS AND DIMMING MODULES TO CONTROL ALL LIGHTING
LOAD TYPES.
N
1 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED CONTROL SHALL REMAIN. EC SHALL KEEP ALL
ASSOCIATED WIRES AND CONDUITS. COORDINATE WITH GC PRIOR TO WORK.
EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND RE-CONNECT THE RELOCATED LIGHT FIXTURES TO THE EXISTING
LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING THE SPACE. PROVIDE NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS AS
NEEDED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND CONNECT THE NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO NEARBY EXISTING LIGHTING
BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING THE SPACE. PROVIDE NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS AS NEEDED FOR A
FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING 2X4 LIGHT FIXTURES USED IN THE SPACE AND PROVIDE NEW 2X4
LIGHT FIXTURE MATCHING EXISTING.
2
3
4
DOWN
DOWN
1
1
13
13
2
2
A A
F F
B B
C C
D D
E E
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
8
8
NOT IN SCOPE
(E) STORAGE
231
CONFERENCE
230
PHONE
229
PHONE
228
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
226
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
224
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
222
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
220
OFFICE
219
BREAK ROOM
216
CONFERENCE
217
PRE ACTION
214
LARGE OFFICE
212
OFFICE
211
LARGE OFFICE
210
OFFICE
209
LARGE OFFICE
208
OFFICE
207
LARGE OFFICE
206
CONFERENCE
202
COPY
203
WELLNESS
204
OFFICE
205
I.T. / I.D.F.
215
RECEPTION
201
OPEN OFFICE
218
STORAGE
213
EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EMEM
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'R-1 @ 12'
R-1 @ 12'
NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.6 4.4 4.5 0.3 0.9
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.1 4.4 5.5 5.5 4.4 3.0 2.0
1.2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.1 3.2 4.6 5.7 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.2
1.7 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.0 2.9 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1
2.5 2.8 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.4 3.0 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.4 1.8
3.7 4.2 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.7 3.7 3.1 2.3 1.7 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.6
4.8 5.6 5.2 4.0 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.7 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.0 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4
5.3 6.1 5.6 4.3 2.9 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.2 5.3 4.2 2.9 2.0 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.3
4.7 5.3 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.7 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.6 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4
3.5 4.0 3.7 2.7 2.0 1.4 1.1 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.1 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.0 1.6
0.3 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.3 3.9 4.0 3.3 2.5 1.9
0.2 0.7 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.2 3.0 2.1
1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.4 3.1 2.1
0.5 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.7 4.5 4.6 3.8 2.7 1.9
0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.3 3.3 2.8 2.1 1.6
0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3
0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8
1.6 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6
2.2 2.6 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5
1.0 1.5 2.3 3.2 3.9 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 2.6 4.1 5.1 5.1 4.2 2.9 1.9 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5
4.6 5.6 5.5 4.4 3.0 2.0 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5
4.0 4.7 4.7 3.8 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5
2.9 3.4 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
2.0 2.3 2.3 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6
1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7
1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.0 0.9
0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.1
0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 2.6 2.3 1.8 1.4
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 3.9 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.8
0.5 0.6 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.1 2.9 2.0
0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.4 5.4 4.4 3.1 2.1
0.4 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.8 4.6 4.6 3.8 2.8 2.0
0.6 0.6 2.6 0.5 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.4 3.4 3.0 2.3 1.8
3.0 3.6 3.6 3.1 1.3 1.1 0.6 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.3 4.5 3.8 2.8 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.7 4.5 4.4 3.7 2.5 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.5
4.1 4.8 4.8 4.1 2.2 3.1 2.8 5.8 4.8 3.5 2.4 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.1 3.0 4.3 5.4 5.5 4.6 3.3 2.2 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.5 5.6 5.6 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.6 1.4
5.0 6.0 5.9 5.0 2.6 3.8 5.1 6.3 6.3 5.2 3.7 2.5 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.5 5.6 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.3 4.7 5.8 5.7 4.7 3.3 2.2 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4
5.3 6.3 6.3 5.2 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.7 5.6 4.7 3.4 2.4 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.9 3.9 4.8 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.9 4.0 4.9 4.9 4.1 3.0 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.5
4.6 5.4 5.4 4.5 3.3 4.4 4.6 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.9 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.5 3.6 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.7
3.5 4.0 4.0 3.4 5.2 4.8 4.4 3.9 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.5 4.1 4.1 3.5 2.7 2.0
2.7 2.9 2.9 2.5 6.1 5.3 4.3 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.3 5.3 5.3 4.3 3.1 2.2
0.8 1.0 1.1 1.6 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.9 4.0 5.3 6.4 6.4 5.4 4.1 3.2 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.6 5.6 5.6 4.6 3.2 2.3
1.0 1.3 1.5 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.4 1.2 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.1 5.1 5.7 5.5 4.7 3.7 2.9 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.4 3.1 4.0 4.8 4.8 4.0 3.0 2.1
1.3 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.6 2.6 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.7 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.5 4.5 4.3 3.7 3.0 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.6 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.6 3.2 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.4 1.9
1.6 2.4 3.3 4.0 4.0 3.4 2.6 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 3.1 3.7 3.7 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.8 3.8 3.2 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.4 4.0 3.9 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.7 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.3 2.4 2.9 3.6 4.1 4.1 3.5 2.6 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.5 3.3 3.9 4.0 3.3 2.5 1.8 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.1 4.1 3.6 2.9 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.6
1.9 2.8 4.1 5.1 5.1 4.2 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.9 4.9 4.9 4.0 2.7 1.8 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.8 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.1 2.9 2.1 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.4 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.2 4.2 2.9 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.9 4.3 5.4 5.6 5.0 4.0 3.2 2.7 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.5 3.2 4.3 5.2 5.2 4.3 3.0 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.1 4.1 2.9 2.0 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.2 5.2 5.3 4.4 3.3 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5
2.0 2.9 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.3 3.0 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.2 5.2 4.2 2.9 1.9 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.9 4.2 5.3 5.3 4.3 3.1 2.2 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.7 3.7 4.8 5.7 5.6 4.5 3.1 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.4 5.6 5.8 4.9 3.7 2.8 2.2 1.9 1.8 1.9 2.3 3.2 4.4 5.4 5.5 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.3 5.4 4.4 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.4 5.5 5.6 4.6 3.4 2.6 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4
1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.6 1.8 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.6 4.4 4.4 3.6 2.5 1.7 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.8 2.9 2.2 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.1 4.9 3.9 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.7 3.8 4.7 4.8 4.1 3.1 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.8 3.8 4.6 4.6 3.8 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.5 4.5 3.7 2.7 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.7 3.8 4.7 4.7 4.0 3.1 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5
1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.1 1.5 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.1 3.1 2.6 2.0 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.2 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.8 3.4 3.7 3.9 4.0 4.1 3.8 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.4 3.4 3.0 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.2 3.2 2.8 2.1 1.6 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 3.5 3.1 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 2.7 2.2 1.7
1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 2.2 2.8 3.7 4.4 4.6 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.9 3.7 4.3 4.3 3.6 2.7 2.0
0.9 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.5 5.4 5.6 4.8 3.7 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.5 5.5 5.4 4.4 3.2 2.2
0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.7 2.3 3.3 4.7 5.7 5.8 4.8 3.6 2.6 1.9 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.4 4.8 5.9 5.9 4.7 3.2 2.2
0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.5 2.1 2.9 4.1 4.9 4.9 4.2 3.3 0.7 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.5 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.1 4.3 5.2 5.2 0.4 1.9
2.4 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.2
1.8 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.2
1.4 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.6
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E3.12
EM
P
H
O
T
O
M
E
T
R
I
C
C
A
L
C
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
-
L
I
G
H
T
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1EM PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION - LIGHTING PLAN
N
Calculation Summary
Label CalcType Units Avg Max Min Avg/Min Max/Min
Open Office Illuminance Fc 2.13 6.4 0.2 10.65 32.00
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E6.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
EQUIPPED WITH A 90 MINUTE BATTERY PACK TO SUPPLY THE EMERGENCY POWER.
GENERAL NOTES
A.EXISTING LOADS, BREAKER SIZES AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON SITE
SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE AND SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY EXACT CONNECTED LOADS, ACTUAL BREAKER SIZES AND CIRCUIT
DESIGNATIONS IN THE FIELD AND UPDATE PANEL SCHEDULES AS NEEDED.
B.PANEL LABELS AND DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED ON ALL EXISTING PANELS UTILIZED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT RENOVATION. ALL EXISTING BREAKERS IN THE 'OFF' POSITION
SHALL BE LABELED AS 'SPARE'. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCURATE PANEL SCHEDULES
AT CONCLUSION OF PROJECT.
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E6.11
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
P
A
N
E
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
SCHEDULE LEGEND
(E)PANEL'AA1'(E)PANEL'3LC'(E)PANEL'HD'
(E)PANEL'LCC'
SCALE:1 EXISTING ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - ELECTRICAL
NTS
(E) MAIN
SERVICE
480/277V,1200A,
3Ø-4W
M (E)METER
TO EXISITING
INCOMING SERVICE
(E)
PANEL
"AA"
200A
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
1200A
3P
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"LCC"
200A
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
100A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"LC"
200A
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HC"
200A
(E)
150A
3P
(E)
150A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HB"
150A
(E)
70A
3P
(E)
70A
3P
M M
(E)
ELEV
(E)
CHILLER
SCOPE OF WORK
GENERAL NOTES
A.PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME
FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THEIR IMPACT OF THE EXECUTION
OF THE WORK IN THIS CONTRACT.
B.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING
AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK.
C.EXISTING ONE LINE DIAGRAM IS BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND SITE SURVEY DATA
AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FEEDER SIZES, BREAKER SIZES, FUSE SIZES
ETC. AND ALL EXACT LOCATIONS. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY
DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICENOT SHOWN ON ONE LINE DIAGRAM
SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.
D.FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ENGINEERED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING FIELD
CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE PLANS AND BE FAMILIARIZED WITH THE EXISTING
SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBMIT ANY WRITTEN REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) AND/OR
REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION (RFC) TO ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER FOR INTERPRETATION
OR CORRECTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO START OF WORK.
E.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE NOT TO DISRUPT CIRCUITS IN OTHER NOT IN
CONTRACT, (NIC) AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHERE EXISTING AREAS ARE AFFECTED
DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER AS
REQUIRED.
F.PANEL LABELS AND DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED ON ALL EXISTING PANELS UTILIZED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT RENOVATION. ALL EXISTING BREAKERS IN THE 'OFF' POSITION SHALL
BE LABELED AS 'SPARE'. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCURATE PANEL SCHEDULES AT
CONCLUSION OF PROJECT.
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)XFMR
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LC1"
100A
(E)
PANEL
"3LC"
100A
(E)
PANEL
"AA1"
100A
(E)
125A
3P
(E)XFMR
"T1"
112.5KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LA"
(E)
125A
3P
(E)XFMR "T2"
112.5KVA
480V-208Y/120V
(E)
PANEL
"LB"
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HE"
(E)
200A
3P
(E)
PANEL
"HD"
200A
SCOPE OF WORK
(E)
PANEL
"LAA"
(E)
PANEL
"LBB"
2ND FLOOR
1ST FLOOR
(E)
PANEL
"HA"
150A
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6 CU
GND
2"
C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2"
C-(4)#1/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2-1/2"
C-(4)#3/0
+ (1)#6
CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1
+ (1)#8
CU GND
3 SET OF 4" C-(4)#600
+ (1)#3/0 CU GND
#6 CU GND #6 CU GND #6 CU
GND
#6 CU GND #6 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
1-1/4"
C-(4)#4 +
(1)#8 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
1-1/4"
C-(4)#4 +
(1)#8 CU
GND
2" C-(4)#1/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
(E)
PANEL
"CP4"
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
(E)
PANEL
"LE"
(E)
100A
3P
(E)XFMR "T3"
75KVA
480V-208Y/120V
2-1/2" C-(4)#3/0 +
(1)#6 CU GND
#6 CU GND
2" C-(4)#1 +
(1)#8 CU GND
(E)DISC-1
200AF
200AS 3P
ATCE
ATCE
250215LA
FU
J
I
F
I
L
M
-
F
I
S
I
25
0
1
P
U
L
L
M
A
N
S
T
S
U
I
T
E
2
5
0
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
5
DA
T
E
RE
M
A
R
K
S
10
E
d
e
l
m
a
n
Ir
v
i
n
e
,
C
A
9
2
6
1
8
P
9
4
9
.
6
6
0
.
9
1
2
8
JOB NO.:
DRAWN BY.:
PA/PM:
SHEET
TH
E
S
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
S
A
N
D
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
A
R
E
T
H
E
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
A
N
D
C
O
P
Y
R
I
G
H
T
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
N
O
T
B
E
U
S
E
D
O
N
A
N
Y
O
T
H
E
R
W
O
R
K
E
X
C
E
P
T
B
Y
A
G
R
E
E
M
E
N
T
W
I
T
H
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
.
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
S
H
A
L
L
T
A
K
E
P
R
E
C
E
D
E
N
C
E
O
V
E
R
S
C
A
L
E
D
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
N
D
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
V
E
R
I
F
I
E
D
O
N
T
H
E
J
O
B
S
I
T
E
.
A
N
Y
D
I
S
C
R
E
P
A
N
C
Y
S
H
A
L
L
B
E
B
R
O
U
G
H
T
T
O
T
H
E
N
O
T
I
C
E
O
F
W
A
R
E
M
A
L
C
O
M
B
P
R
I
O
R
T
O
T
H
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
C
E
M
E
N
T
O
F
A
N
Y
W
O
R
K
CAUTION: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" IT IS A REDUCED PRINT
07
/
2
1
/
2
0
2
5
50
%
P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S
S
E
T
1.
08
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
5
IS
S
U
E
D
F
O
R
P
L
A
N
C
H
E
C
K
2.
E7.01
EL
E
C
T
R
I
C
A
L
S
I
N
G
L
E
L
I
N
E
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
YES NO
INSTRUCTIONS:
ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY
Plan Submittal Criteria
COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects
and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments
· Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place.
· Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section.
· If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA.
· In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations.
· Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding
requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602.
Address Suite City
Project Scope/Business Description
1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways,
curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within
300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145)
2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation?
Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124)
3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from
an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170)
4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving
private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475)
5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000
sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable
to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless
classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration
or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses
where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories
with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285)
6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card,
button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan
depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520)
7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment;
industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible
liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium
ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations?
Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382)
8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft
maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if
H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240)
9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard
commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330)
10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a
commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335)
Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement:
11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is
required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed
Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications.
12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located
in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327—
Initials the building department will determine specific requirements.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true:
Print Name Signature
Phone Number ( ) Date / /
Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA
review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the
applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the
appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE
COM
O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y
Plan Referral Form
Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when
the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”.
City Official Requesting Review: City Reference #: __________________________
City / County: _____________________________________ Date: __________________________________
Contact Name: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________
Title: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________
** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. **
Reason(s) for Review:
Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County:
OCFA COMMENTS:
No further action required on this specific plan type, based
on information provided on: ____/______/______.
Project to be taken in for OCFA Review.
Other:
Name: _________________________________________
Contact #: ______________________________________
Date: _________________________________
Updated: 08/30/2021
YES NO
INSTRUCTIONS:
ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY
Plan Submittal Criteria
COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects
and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments
· Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place.
· Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section.
· If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA.
· In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations.
· Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding
requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602.
Address Suite City
Project Scope/Business Description
1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways,
curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within
300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145)
2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation?
Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124)
3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from
an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170)
4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving
private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475)
5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000
sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable
to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless
classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration
or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses
where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories
with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285)
6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card,
button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan
depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520)
7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment;
industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible
liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium
ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations?
Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382)
8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft
maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if
H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240)
9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard
commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330)
10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a
commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335)
Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement:
11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is
required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed
Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications.
12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located
in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327—
Initials the building department will determine specific requirements.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true:
Print Name Signature
Phone Number ( ) Date / /
Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA
review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the
applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the
appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE
COM
DDL
DDL
DANIELA DILUZIO
10/28/2025949-266-6566
O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y
Plan Referral Form
Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when
the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”.
City Official Requesting Review: City Reference #: __________________________
City / County: _____________________________________ Date: __________________________________
Contact Name: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________
Title: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________
** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. **
Reason(s) for Review:
Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County:
OCFA COMMENTS:
No further action required on this specific plan type, based
on information provided on: ____/______/______.
Project to be taken in for OCFA Review.
Other:
Name: _________________________________________
Contact #: ______________________________________
Date: _________________________________
Updated: 08/30/2021